News archives for 2012 have been recovered. Still working on 2011 and on creating an index for 2002-2012 |
Monday 0230 GMT
December 31, 2012
·
Editor
really didn’t need this
It was sent by an alleged
friend. Alleged because no friend should make a friend suffer this
much. https://www.youtube.com/embed/ACkmg3Y64_s?rel=0
As readers know, Ed is a model railroad fan, has a 120-foot long
layout in his basement, but has never managed to get the wiring
straight. So the railroad does not run. Meanwhile the kids on the
block whom he promised to have it ready when they started
Kindergarten, are now in Middle School. Editor’s morale is totally
shattered and his feelings of inadequacy are overwhelming. Nothing
happy about his New Year. Moan, whine, complain, and kvetch and so
on. Someone has to do it. The moaning and whining, Editor means.
·
There’s another demoralizing thing Editor has been wanting to share. TMI, you will say, but you can always skip
to the next item. Kids have an acute sense of smell. For a teacher
its particularly important to be ultra clean because the kids and
you are on top of each other all school day. So along with his
morning routine, Editor shampoos his hair. Luckily it doesn’t take
long as he has one and a half hairs left. Since one fetish Editor
has is to be completely clean before jumping into bed, he ends up
shampooing twice a day. This one and a half hairs are extremely well
looked after, let Ed tell you.
·
So the
other day when he went to CVS, he picked up what he thought was
men’s shampoo. He doesn’t see so well any more.
One whiff in the shower and
Ed realized it was women’s shampoo.
Okay, now Ed does not believe in wasting money, and he had
already opened the container so there was no question of returning
it. So, Ed said to himself, he would smell like a woman. Given he
has the hide of an ancient rhino, this did not bother him in the
least. Saving $4 by not buying the right shampoo is more important.
·
So first
this lady teacher starts leaning over him and Ed’s heart is glad,
because he thinks he is getting somewhere. Then another lady teacher
starts standing really close when we’re talking, and Ed is getting
all ready for that big date Saturday night. Of course, one has to
ask the lady, and she has to agree, but
please, enough of these petty details. You cannot ruin a good
fantasy for no reason. When a third lady teacher also starts
standing very close, and he notices her sniffing. Ed is very, very
pleased. Any minute now it’s going to be not just a lunch at
McDonald’s/matinee movie date, but a Real Date.
·
Editor
has a lady friend from when he was in school and college – happily
married to someone else – that he often consults on matters of
women. So he tells her that
he now a chick magnet. She laughs and says: “Do you notice
I am standing very close
to you?” Editor allows he has noticed, and that’s it is kind of
nice. Just because Editor is now almost 80 does not mean he cannot
feel passion for someone he was kissing friends with many decades
ago.
·
(Don’t be
prurient – it never got any further because the lady in her youth
was quite evangelical. Also her dad had a repeater shot-gun and was
never shy about telling stories about his daughter’s many admirers.
The stories all had depressingly identical endings: the admirer was
seen off the premises by Dad. Now seeing as Ed was a heathen, the
wrong color as well, you may ask how Dad tolerated Ed dating his
daughter. Simple. He too was a model railroad fan. Most of the date
would be spent with Ed helping Dad with the latest railroad work.
Then Dad would casually look at his watch, and say: “Mmmmm. It’s
almost Anne’s curfew” – 9PM if you must ask – “why don’t you go up
to the parlor and talk to her.” Then he’d turn on all the parlor
lights, and retire. Naturally
Anne’s mother would come in and want to chat. It’s a wonder Ed got
any kissing done. Ah the good old days. America was a different
place then.)
·
Then his
friend explains patiently to him. It is well known, she says
that women do not like the
way men smell – of two-week unwashed gym socks with a pathetic
attempt to cover up using one of those Old Spice body sprays for
moldy, sweaty clothes. Ed thinks that is a manly smell, having grown
up with all guys and constantly playing sports or running.
Women like men to smell at
least a bit feminine, his friend tells him. Less threatening.
·
Ed
pointed out that back in the day he smelled of moldy socks and
sweatsuits, so how come she
never complained? And Old
Spice body spray had not been invented then. “Ah,” she said, “when
you’re a teenager the lust hormones overcome those inhibitions.”
Now she tells Ed. He might
have been more willing to take risks when he was dating her. BTW,
folks, don’t get the wrong idea. The lady’s husband is sitting in
the room during this discussion, smiling indulgently. He thinks it
is all very cute (excuse Ed while he hurls) and he loves hearing
about his wife when she was in school and college, before he met
her.
·
“So,” Ed
says brightly, “you are saying my teacher lady colleagues are now
standing close to me because I smell “Nice” like a woman and am
non-threatening?” Yes, she says. “So this means they are
not overcome by lust at
the very nearness of my person?” No, she says.
Saturday 0230 December
29, 2012
·
Delhi rape victim dies To cut the long story, and to spare you from throwing up over your
lunch, I am not going to give the details of what was done to this
girl. Suffice it to say her entire intestine had to be removed, she
had serious brain injuries, repeated abdominal infections, and a
lung infection, any and all of which were bad enough to kill her.
Aside from what was done to her in the bus, she was thrown out of the moving bus. This not the
sort of thing that does any human body much good, even if you have
not been grievously injured already.
·
What
makes the story all the more forlorn is that she fought back to try
and save her boyfriend who was being beaten in the bus. This drove
the perp completely crazy, and he sure showed her not to mess with
him. I wonder what attitude he will show to the hangman. This is now
a murder case, the man has already confessed to everything and shown
no remorse, and in India when a group commits a murder, the courts
do not waste a lot of time in apportioning responsibility. As well
they should not. No one asked the other five perps to participate.
The court is not going into “well, this killed her and not that, so
the defendant has diminished responsibility.” The sole point the
court will consider vis-à-vis the head perp is the girl was well and
alive when she boarded the bus; as a result of what was done to her
she is dead. No one cares he was drunk, that he might not have
intended to kill her, or whatever. In these group murders there is
always someone who does not participate enthusiastically; perhaps
the court in their case/s will settle for life, but that’s just
guesswork.
·
My point
here will not be the heinous nature of the crime. Terrible as it
was, worse things are done every day. I will mention a personal
angle, but even this will not be the point. The bus stop at which
the couple boarded is mid-way between Mrs. Rikhye IV’s university
and the upscale area in which we lived. (We lived in a garage with a
bathroom, so no snarky comments about upscale.) IIRC, the distance
from where the girl was thrown off the bus to the bust stop to the
university is about 2-km. Mrs. R IV and myself have walked the road
many, many times, at all hours of the day or night. In our day, 20+
years ago, people did not bother you if it was a couple. The one
time we were mobbed by a bunch of rowdy college boys (in another
part of town) wanting to have a bit of fun at our expense, I
immediately introduced myself to each of the boys, commented
favorably on their firm handshakes and earnest student looks, and
discussed their hopes for the future. We parted as good friends.
·
I should
explain about the bus. Delhi has government public transport
supplemented by private buses. If a bus stops at a bus stop, there
is no reason to suspect foul play. It’s just a bus. This is what
makes the affair doubly bad, because these men deliberately set a
trap for anyone who boarded. They had already robbed one person
unfortunate enough to fall for it at a previous bus stop, they threw
him out on the road too. Buses are innocent, they help you get where
you want, you don’t expect to be brutally attacked by the driver and
accomplices.
·
My point
concerns an Indian politician, who happens to be the son of India’s
President. This man is from West Bengal, a place where women are
treated with respect – as they are mostly in India except in the
Northwest. For no reason at all, he came out with a statement saying
that he didn’t see any women students demonstrating, all he saw is
pretty ladies who were painted and dented. In case you scratch your
head at the metaphor, please let me explain. It means these are
sexually active women available to anyone. His subtext is the same
as every rapist’s: the victim brought it on herself. If you are
interested, you should read the letters to the editor in any Indian
magazine or newspaper, for every two letter expressing horror, there
is one saying “why was she out at night with a boyfriend?”
·
This man
seems to have an overactive imagination, because Delhi is a cold
place in winter. The demonstrators regardless of their sex are
bundled up – it is not LA in the summer, if you get my meaning. That
he is an elected representative of the people comes as a shock. His
sister was shocked enough she publicly rebuked him and made him
apologize. It was a mealy mouthed apology of the “if I have offended
anyone” variety, no one has accepted it.
·
The
sister was asked if her father, the Prez, shared her sentiments. She
was sure he did. But – and finally I get to my point – the Prez has
not rebuked his son. In microcosm this shows why Indians are so
angry about this case. The politicians just have no clue as to what
are the concerns of ordinary people. You can be 110% sure that the
sister, or the politician’s wife and daughters if he has any, do not
have to travel by bus. They will have cars and chauffers. For the
son to have made the statement he did is bad enough. But for the
President not to give his boy a verbal thrashing – and a whipping –
is the real crime.
·
The
President of India is father or mother to all Indians. Under most
circumstances the President’s powers are limited; he is like a
constitutional monarch. But the position is always occupied by a man
or woman who has spent her/his lifetime serving the country, and who
is of the highest moral integrity. This president has shown zero
moral integrity. Old man though he may be, he needs to be thrashed
with a Singapore cane. Of course, it is likely he does not see what
his son has done wrong. And that’s India for you. Indians
are supposed to hold women in
the highest esteem and respect. But in reality Northwest India is
famous for its ill-treatment of women – if the woman is outside the
house, more so if she is young. Indian men make a big thing of
saying “but she dressed provocatively, she was asking for it.”
Sadly, however, as Indian journalist Seema Sirhoi has pointed out
http://www.cnn.com/video/?iid=article_sidebar#/video/world/2012/12/27/nr-officials-ask-for-calm-in-india-rape-riots.cnn
the woman’s dress has nothing to do with it. Most Indian women who
get assaulted and molested themselves come from the conservative
middle/low middle/poor classes. Upper class girls generally do not
get molested except as students because they have cars in which to
travel.
·
The
President used to be a member of the Congress Party, which is the
ruling party. This is the same party that was headed for almost 20
years by a woman (until her death), Mrs. Indira Gandhi. It is now
headed by her daughter-in-law, Italian born Sonia, who has never had
to take public transportation, but still, she is a woman. The
biggest star of the Congress Party, despite Mama Sonia's attempts to
push her lame-brain son, is her daughter, Priyanka.
·
So what
is the Congress Party’s position on the moronic son of a clueless
President? It wants us to accept the apology and forgive the boy –
lovingly and affectionately. This is the state of Delhi today.
·
In
conclusion, I want to defend the Delhi Police. People blame the
police reflexively. People are saying: “How come the bus passed
unchecked through 5 police checkpoints?” Hello, Indian public. Your
outrage at what happened is justified. Your attacking the police is
not. This was a public transport bus. Why should the police stop it
at a checkpoint? It was a Delhi Police foot patrol that heard the
feeble cries of the victim’s boyfriend and came to their aid.
Passerby seem to have minded their own business and walked on. In
36-hours the Delhi Police had tracked down the bus. Delhi is a city
of 20-million people. It is huge and it has huge exurbs. The woman’s
friend remembered the color, the name of the transport company, and
that the bus had tinted windows. The Delhi Police speedily tracked
374 buses and got the right one. I don’t think US police could have
done it much faster. Having lived in Delhi, and having taken the
time to get to know the police (sometimes involuntarily) and how
they live and work, I am personally astonished at their efficiency.
Friday 0230 GMT
December 28, 2012
·
Central African Republic So
this rebel group, which has grievances it says the Government has
failed to address despite an agreement, attacks government forces
who become conspicuous by their absence. This is a repeat of Mali,
where government forces also rapidly splat when the rebels showed
up. Rebel advance stops about 100-km north of the capital, after
taking ten towns. Are the rebels running out of steam? Are they
offering a chance for the government to negotiate? None of this is
clear from the news reports.
·
Well, the
people of the capital get irate and attack the French Embassy. Not
the usual reason: these folks are angry because the French WONT
intervene. This is the New France: Hollande says France cannot
intervene to protect a particular regime. That this “regime” is the
closest thing CAR has had to a democracy, the CAR Prez winning
elections twice, seems to have escaped M. Hollande, who is probably
spending his time with a current girlfriend while trying to hide
from THE girlfriend and the ex-girl friend. (Gotta say THE
girlfriend is one snazzy dresser. These French women really know how
to dress very simply and every elegantly. Ed has always believe
French women are wasted on French men.)
·
The
people of the CAR, having seen enough misfortune in fifty years to
last normal people five hundred, are in complete panic. They have
been fleeing into the jungles, anything to get away from the rebels.
The capital has 600,000 people, and they are not looking forward to
fleeing into the jungle, as you may well imagine. France has a
200-troops contingent, mainly for security of French interests. EU
has a 400-troop force to protect civilians from the last time around
there was a crisis. European/French reaction to the rebel advance?
Get out of Dodge. They’re all working on evacuating embassy staff
and citizens, the black folks can look after themselves. After all,
we know from the west’s record in black Africa that one white life
is worth more than a 100 hundred black lives; it is so fragile, so
beautiful, so precious to God that it cannot be risked for any
number of blacks.
·
In case
“Central African Republic” sounds familiar to older readers, this is
the home of the self-declared Emperor Bokassa, who fed people he
didn’t like to crocodiles, personally beat children to death, and
had human bodies in his cold storage, because he liked to indulge in
tasty treats once in a while. The French had no problem protecting
Bokassa until he got too much even for the French, whereupon they
overthrew him.
·
Ah, but a
supporter of the French might say. That was then, in the 1970s, in
the immediate post-colonial era. We, the French are enlightened now.
And how can we take perpetual responsibility for these people?
Actually, both morality and humanity demand the French take
responsibility. Like the other colonial powers, though none equaled
Belgium’s king for sheer cruelty and genocide, France exploited the
people and resources of their colonies. It is now only fifty years
since the bitterly and brutally repressed black folk of Black Africa
have had their freedom. For much of this time the “freedom” was
notational, with the French intervening whenever necessary to
protect their commercial interests. The current government is
democratically elected; it deserves to be protected against those
who would overthrow it by force.
·
But of
course, appealing on grounds of morality and humanity to the French
is like importuning a rock. Probably you will make better headway
with the rock. The French pride themselves on their pragmatism. They
had zero problem intervening most recently in the Cote de Ivorie
because they have money to be made from that former colony.
Thursday 0230 GMT
December 26, 2012
·
Setback to Editor’s suggestion on arming school staff
Someone wrote in to Washington Post
asking if we really wanted faculty meeting held in an environment
where the principle, administrators, and teachers have guns. Being a
teacher, Editor has to concede the point.
·
On this
subject, as we mentioned in Tuesday’s post, gun supporters have to
give up the claim that 2nd Amendment gives us a right to
arm against tyranny, so we need automatic weapons. First, that means
we have a right to artillery, rockets, tanks, and nuclear weapons.
Second, that is not what 2nd Amend says. It speaks of a
well-armed militia to SUPPORT the government, not to OPPOSE the
government. In other words, you have a right to be armed so you can
be an oppresser on BEHALF of the Government. Editor is ready, able,
willing to be an oppressor in support of government. Dear Govs,
kindly deliver the following to Editor’s door so he can help you
oppress: 100 100-MT nukey-poos, 100 M-1 tanks, 100 F-35 fighters,
and one Glock. Thank so much.
·
This
is funny After the Americans
started a petition to deport Piers Morgan, the British have started
a counter petition, which says: We spent 40-years trying to get rid
of him. You wanted him, now you keep him.
·
Editor
read something odd: someone saying US Constitution does not apply to
non-citizens so Piers Morgan has no 1st Amendment right.
He CAN be deported because by mocking the 2nd Amend, he
has insulted the US Constitution. Sigh, Editor loves America, but he
could love its citizens more if they weren’t so darned confused
about their own constitution. The constitution does very much apply
to non-citizens
http://scholarship.law.georgetown.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1302&context=facpub
That is why US Government has not bought the Guantanamo terrorists
to trial in the US. The first thing that will happen is the US will
have to admit it got their confessions via torture, and then its
goodbye case, pay the terrorist money. Further, because he lives
here, Piers Morgan likely has a residence permit. Every law and
constitutional articles applies to him, but he can’t vote. That is
the sole difference between him and citizens. He works under other
limitations as expressed by Congress, for example, he can be
deported for any conviction that carries a sentence of more than
1-year imprisonment, even if he doesn’t serve a day in jail. But 1st
Amend rights he does have. As is also true of 2nd Amend
rights. Morgan, instead of abusing those who advocate for the more
extreme interpretations, should go get his own weapons. Just a
thought.
·
The
hypocrisy of the American ruling class. Our reader Luxembourg sends a story by
Brietbart The Brat saying that Sidwell Friends, the Washington DC
school where Our Royal Preziness sends his kids along with other
Washington elitist, has 12 armed guards on its roster. This does not
count Sasha and Malia’s armed protection detail. Okay, on one level
Editor understands: lots of UIPs (Ultra Important People, at least
in their eyes) send their kids to Sidwell which presumably could be
a target for would-be kidnappers and publicity seekers. You can
further say that Sidwell is a private school, so the guards are not
costing the taxpayer a dime.
·
But see,
this is the way it is with the wealthy of America.
They live in one world with their unique
set of privileges bought with their money, and then there is ROU
(Rest of us). Any person sending their kid to Sidwell who ridicules
the idea of armed guards in school needs, before anything, to vote
to get rid of the school guards. Then they have a right to join the
conversation. Your Royal Preziness, that mean YOU.
·
On the
subject of our own Royal: a friend tells us when the
Commander-in-Chief gave the funeral peroration for the late Senator
from Hawaii, he managed to include the word “I” sixty-one times. It
was all about him, as usual. Then he wonders why people genuinely
don’t like him.
·
Gender Wars We listened to a
press interview with the lady dental hygienist who was fired by his
boss for being too attractive and, as is the obvious corollary, he
couldn’t resist her. Or she him, apparently. Well, she was very
upset in a quiet way and said at least twice that the Iowa Supreme
Court’s ruling was unfair. Two points. There is fairness and there
is the law. The lady said she was the victim of gender
discrimination. She could not prove this as ALL the dentist’s
employees are women; he replace the lady with another woman. There’s
the end of the matter as she brought before the court.
·
There is
also the law and common sense in another sense. The dentist said he
had no complaint about her work; indeed, she was the best assistant
he’d every employed. But his wife was raising heck, he found the
assistant irresistible, and she found him irresistible, and it was
his marriage or his assistant. Regardless of what the law says,
common sense dictates either of two outcomes. One, her boss could
have transferred her. But in a dental office, where was he to
transfer her? Two, he could fire her, which he did. We don’t think
that’s unfair.
Wednesday 0230
GMT December 26, 2012
Editor got home very late last night so
with apologies he is skipping the update. He had gone to visit the
new grandkid, being Christmas and all, and the family insisted he
stay for dinner, even heroically moving it up by two hours. Its five
hours each way. The morning run was perfect, the interstates empty
like they mainly used to be in the good old days, 40 and more years
ago, before everyone in America had two cars each and insisted on
driving them simultaneously. But returning it was like the usual
weekend traffic, particularly I-95 Peterboro to Richmond to
Washington DC. Everyone drives with their brights on, so Editor,
being low to the ground, gets blinded and basically drove nearly
300-miles by angling his side and rear mirrors away and following
the car in front. Good thing the car in front was also going to
Washington, or Editor might have ended up in Iowa or someplace.
Editor was very resentful: just because he has no life doesn’t mean
everyone else in Virginia should also have no life and spend their
time going up and down the roads for no purpose and getting in
Editor’s way. The worst of it was that to keep his mind off the
traffic and bright lights Editor had to put the radio on. Now Editor
has no problem listening to Holy Night ten times and Silent Night
five times, but Have Yourself A Merry Christmas ten times and Rudolf
the Red Nosed Reindeer 20 times is torture. Editor became so
desperate that at one point he tried to figure out a practical way
of killing himself while still getting home on time so he wouldn’t
have to listen to Rudolph any more. Quantum mechanics tells us we
can be dead as a dodo in one state and alive and well in another
state, but as usual, between theory and practice there seems to be a
wide gap.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
December 25, 2012
Happy Christmas, folks. At least try to
be good this coming year. Okay, okay, Editor is being unrealistic.
Go be as bad as you want. If you hang around in money circles, you
will get great gifts in 2013 no matter how bad you are. If you hang
around with the poverty stricken, you will get lousy presents no
matter good you are. Happy now?
·
Piers Morgan First, Mr.
Morgan had no right to hurl verbal abuse at his guest no matter how
strongly he feels about gun control. This is bullying, particularly
so if the guest had called Mr. Morgan the same names or worse, we
may doubt the tape would have been shown. An apology by Mr. Morgan
is in order.
·
Second,
have gun rights folks lost sight of the US Constitution? There is
something called the 1st Amendment in the same
Constitution that allows us the right to own guns. The US Supreme
Court has ruled that anyone residing in America is entitled to the
protection of the Constitution. That includes Mr. Morgan. There is
no need for any further debate.
·
Nothing
like writing about an issue to learn more about it. We are now told
that the idea of the 2nd Amendment was not to arm the
citizenry against the possibility of an oppressive government. The
idea was to PUT DOWN insurrections against the state. And the state
more or less means the government. In other words, the original idea
was oppression of the people.
At this point we are just shaking our head and going: “Oh wow, who
knew”.
·
Armed guards in schools This
is not going to stop attacks in schools, and in any case, given the
rarity of gun attacks against schools, this is horribly
cost-ineffective. There are 140,000 schools, at the very minimum you
need one trained person for each. That’s $60,000 per year counting
benefits and overheads, or $8.4-billion/year. To save what? 30 lives
a year? $250-million to save each life? Please, someone, apply the
brains you have. For that money, you could save tens of thousands of
children’s lives by assuring them of proper pre-natal/post-natal
care, proper nutrition, and proper medical care through 12th
Grade.
·
And what
exactly will one armed guard do against a madman? BTW, not that the
armed school guards lobby wants to here this, in high schools at
least this is absolutely not going to work. In every high school I
work (5 in Montgomery County, Maryland) there are so many hallways
and dead ends that a gunman could happily shoot up 50-100 kids
before anyone could do anything about it. Will an armed guard be a
deterrent? No, because to a mad person determined on making his
point regardless of consequences no deterrent will work.
·
Does this
mean we are saying that limits on weapons shouldn’t be enacted?
Look, people, you can enact any limit you want. Short of making a
law – and enforcing it – that any person owning a gun for any reason
will be shot by the same gun, limiting guns is not going to work.
Are gun control advocates willing to lobby for such a law? BTW, this
business of “let’s ban high magazine capacity” is another blind
plunge into Utopia. If someone is determined to kill, 8-round
magazines, or even six-round revolvers, are not going to stop a mad
person landing up at a school. Two 8-round magazine semi-automatics
is 16 rounds which can be fired in as many seconds, allow 20 seconds
to change magazines and firing 30 rounds a minute is entirely
feasible for a semi-skilled gunman.”
·
So are we
saying no limits on assault weapons? May we repeat once again:
Americans, this is your country. Do as you see fit. Editor can’t
afford even one proper gun so the whole thing is academic to him.
But if you think these badly though out ideas are going to save
lives, think again.
·
By the
way, it’s anyone’s 1st Amendment right to beat up on the
NRA. But why are people so convinced the NRA is the one blocking
“sane” gun legislation? Take a look at
http://www.opensecrets.org/orgs/summary.php?id=D000000082 which
is an anti-NRA site. Editor for one was truly astounded at how
pathetically little the NRA spends on Congressional lobbying:
$2.2-million in 2012. Please excuse us, $2.2-million won’t buy you a
herniated three-legged cow in the lobbying stakes. Of course,
another $18-million or so is spent in advertising and such.
$20-million is a pathetic, truly laughable sum of money. Editor
laughed so hard when he learned this he got a hernia. Top “earners”
in Congress got less than $10,000 each.
·
It is
absurd to say you can buy a Congressman for $10,000! If gun control
advocates think they can, what’s stopping them from collecting
$2-million to bribe the Congresspersons not to accept NRA money. The
uncomfortable truth has to be that most Americans are opposed to
serious gun control. Don’t blame the pathetic wimpy NRA, blame the
people.
·
Now
that’s a winning strategy, isn’t it? Mr. Morgan, comments?
Monday 0230 GMT
December 24, 2012
·
Gender wars Is it time to
stop this ritual bashing of media: “You
described what XYZ looks like and the clothes she wear. Would you do
it for a man?” Generally these comments are by women, but
occasionally you get one from a male; and we always suspect it’s
some guy trying to get in good with his lady so that he gets to –
you know, read the Bible with her.
·
Some
American women seem to have no clue about how things work. Men are
always 100% into a lady’s looks and figures, they could care less
what she’s wearing, because they have already undressed her in their
fantasies. And women are also 100% interested in what other women
look like and especially what they are wearing. There is not one man
in the world who gives one little darn about what men are wearing.
Women like a nicely dressed man, but since men are perpetual bores
in the matter of their dress, women are not interested in
discussions on what the guys are wearing. What
other women are wearing –
now that’s not business, its personal.
·
So we’re
going to suggest to the media that it is perfectly A-OK to comment
on women’s clothes and even their looks. The media by doing this
perform a valuable service for its women readers and the few men
readers who notice what women are wearing.
·
Now
comes this peculiar case from Iowa The State High Court rules 7-0 that it is
perfectly okay for a male employer to fire a woman employee because
she is too good looking. The judges are seven men to zero women. The
woman in question’s lawyer has gone totally off her rocker by
declaring that these men don’t get gender discrimination. Bosh,
nonsense, and rotten fish heads.
·
The man
is a dentist; the lady is a hygienist in his office. She has worked
there for ten years. The dentist’s wife somehow caught on that her
husband and the employee wanted to – er, read the Bible together.
Really smart woman that it took her ten years: apparently the
husband and the hygienist have had a long-standing pash for each
other, even though both are married. And the wife works in the
office, too. Well, the wife did what any wife is entitled to do: she
demanded her husband see off this lady. He called her woman in front
of his pastor, and told her he was firing her even though he had no
complaint about her work. The woman sued.
·
One
reason the judges did not go for this gender discrimination baloney
is that the dentist said he hired only women. This of course sets
him up for a real gender discrimination suit when a man applies for
a job and is turned down. That is another story. Also, are the
judges supposed to tell this hapless man “even if it costs you your
marriage, you must keep the plaintiff employed”? This is not a
company where they woman can be transferred to another office or
division. And just in case people forget, dentists and their
hygienists work in rather close physical proximity to each other.
·
The
judges ruled correctly. It really is time for women’s advocates to
use their brains and not just scream discrimination where no
discrimination exists. Our request is directed toward both male and
female advocates for women, just to show Editor is not biased.
·
When
the media revealed the case of the two Army generals rather taken up women they were not married
to, naturally some women began their ritual of mumbling: “Oh yes,
it’s always the woman’s fault, the men are like, totally helpless.”
Just to make clear which side Editor is on: Yes, it is always the
woman’s fault and men are like, totally helpless, and like, also
total jerks.
·
Anyone
knows that it is the women target the guys, and just as if a switch
is flicked, the men respond by drooling and following the woman
around. The men think they are doing the chasing; this always amuses
the women because they know who is manipulating whom. The men are
just doing what nature intends for them to do. They are hardwired
for this kind of behavior, no amount of moralizing – or snarky
comments from women – is going to stop this, any more than Pavlov’s
dog could stop his drool when food was shown to him. The men are
total jerks precisely because they are not in control of themselves
– they cannot and still remain true to nature. Just like the dog,
men drool when an attractive woman shows interest in them. Sorry,
Editor lied. Men drool when ANY woman shows an interest in them. The
man who has many women who want him can afford to be selective, the
rest of us cannot.
·
So are we
absolving men of all responsibility for affairs? Of course not. A
man has to drool when a lady beckons, but it’s his choice to follow
up or not. Also, BTW, every man has to try his luck even if the
woman is giving no vibes. Men are indiscriminate beasts: they run
from woman to woman, knowing that if they do not try they will get
no woman. But if the woman is really not giving signals, all except
the stupidest of men get the point. If they refuse to get the point,
then Editor for one if with the women: tar and feather the man
because he obviously has no manners, and no man without manners is a
real man.
·
The
second general was not accused of an affair. The crime, which
required 15 investigators working overtime to investigate –
taxpayer’s money being used to satisfy a mentally ill society’s
“morals” – was “inappropriate” emails. The man’s crime was calling
the woman not his wife “sweetheart” and “darling” and such offences
against the public morality.
·
Editor
would like to tell the US Government that he sends no inappropriate
emails, but scores of times every working day he calls much younger
females he is not related to “sweetheart”, “darling”, “baby”,
“sweetie-pie”, and so on. Yes, he confesses all! Investigate him,
please! His guilt is killing him! Actually not. The targets are his
students, when they are behaving badly or need to be cajoled to
work. A lot of girls today seem to have an issue with male authority
– maybe girls always did. Speaking to them firmly or harshly or
coldly gets them into a rebellion mode. Speaking gently and
affectionately usually works, because that’s the way their grandpas
talk to them. The same goes for the boys. When he needs their
cooperation he calls them “son” or “sonny boy”. With high-school
boys you can’t call them “darling” and “baby boy” because they feel
embarrassed. But with his middle-school boys when Editor taught
middle school, he would address the boys and girls exactly the same.
It works.
Friday 0230
December 21, 2012
Next update Monday December 24, 2012
·
Back to guns This being the
hot button issue that it is, clearly we are not going to change
anyone’s present position and nor do we want to. But Editor hates in
when people seek to make a case by using statistics that have no
meaning.
·
One
example is an article that says 11,000 Americans die due to gun
murders each year, whereas 3000 Afghan civilians have been killed
(either this year or last year). Where upon Editor has to restrain
the urge to say: AAAANNNNDDDD? Like,
what’s the comparison? What is you are trying to say? Is your point
that four times as many Americans are getting killed in peacetime as
Afghan civilians are getting killed in wartime? But so what?
·
There
are, to start, twelve times as many Americans as there are Afghans.
Next, the Afghan War is not just a very low intensity war, the
allies do everything possible not to cause collateral damage, and
even the Taliban do not cause that many civilian losses. Next, will
someone kindly inform us what the Afghan gun
murder rate is compared to
America’s 3.5% per 100,000? Editor does not know, and neither does
the writer of the article we mention. But it is the only honest
comparison.
·
Gun
opponents correctly point out that America’s gun murder rate is
about 30-times higher than most advanced nations. They also point
out correctly that America has the highest per capita gun ownership
rate of any country. We believe it’s one gun per man, woman, and
child; though we have to suggest readers take this estimate with
diffidence unless someone can show the estimate is based on solid
facts. It is also undoubtedly correct to say that without guns there
would be no gun murders. Japan is cited as an example. This raises
two questions: are Americans homicidal whackos, and is anyone
suggesting that every single gun in America be made illegal and
confiscated?
·
Let us
take the whacko part first. According to
http://www.guardian.co.uk/news/datablog/2012/jul/22/gun-homicides-ownership-world-list
there are 25 countries with gun murder rates equaling or exceeding
the US. True some really small countries are included, like Jamaica,
Barbados, Anguilla. The point is that the US is by no means alone in
the whacko league. Indeed, we are told that aside from the US’s
homicide rate falling by half in the last 30-years, US has generally
been fairly violent murder wise. Ten per 100,000 in the rate during
the Depression, for example. So if we wanted to push it, we could
say the US has one of the fastest dropping homicide rates in the
world despite the wide availability of guns.
·
That
doesn’t quite square with the narrative of the anti-gun folks, does
it? Here’s another statistic to randomly throw around. America has
half of the world’s civilian-owned handguns. But it’s gun murder
rate is only 2.9 or so per 100,000 folks. We’d have to do a bit more
research, but we suspect you can make a case that
compared to the number of guns
available, Americans are
less likely to use their guns to kill than most countries.
Likely you’d get even better figures if you took just handguns. (See
http://www.gunpolicy.org if you want to work this out yourself.)
·
Now of
course this does not prove there is tea in China, or whatever,
because it is another false comparison. All we are saying is there
is no sense in anyone, pro- or anti-gun, throwing out invalid
comparisons.
·
The only
way you are going to get the gun murder rate down to zero is by
having zero guns, right? We leave it to the anti-gun lobby to
suggest how this is to be done. Obviously it will cost money, a
great deal. So you can work out a figure of dollars spent to save
one life. Then you can see if it wouldn’t be more effective to use
those dollars to save lives lost through fast food, smoking, air
pollution, and drunken driving. Not the same thing, you will argue,
because no one gets into their car drunk with the intent of killing
someone. True. Objectively, however, a life lost to a drunken driver
is the same as a life lost to a murderer. A life is a life.
·
Now let’s
go back to a position anti-gun folks hold. We are not trying to ban
all ownership. We simply want (a) more control over who guns are
sold too; and (b) we want to limit guns with magazines of – say –
more than 10-rounds. On the first, we have to ask our pro-gun folks
to be reasonable. To say, as some do, that ANY restriction on
ownership is the thin edge of wedge makes no sense. For example,
there’s that hoary chestnut: you have a right to free speech, but
not to yell ‘fire’ in a crowded theatre. You have a right to
pornography, but child pornography will get you as many years in
jail as most murders. You have a right to free speech, but not to
take out large ads in the media saying “Kill the Jews” or “Kill the
Editor” or whatever. (Actually, on the principle that some attention
is better than no attention, please do take out ads saying “Kill the
Editor”.) You have a right to your automobiles, but boy, is this
ownership regulated or what. You have a right to get married, but
not if you’re under 18. So on and so forth. After all, I have no
right to own an M-1 tank (I’d prefer four, if you don’t mind, in
different colors; red, pink, baby blue and sunflower yellow; thank
you). So we already accept restrictions on weapon ownership. What is
an M-1 but a platform for a 120mm gun.
·
On the
second issue, limiting magazine size, okay, if it makes people feel
better, Editor will go along with it. But let’s not fool ourselves.
Will homicide rates drop? Unlikely, for the reason that these random
mass murders happen rarely. The Newtown, CT shooter could have
easily killed just as many people using a 10-round magazine – and
ten magazines. Sure, it would have taken him a bit longer. But even
Editor, who is so butter-fingered he’s the Kindergarten kid that
they never gave scissors to, can swap out a magazine in 7-seconds.
Someone even that slow could still kill 10-15 people in one minute
with one gun.
Thursday 0230 December
20, 2012
·
Benghazi
The report is in, and to no one’s
surprise it found no conspiracy. It said there was no
delay in getting the cavalry to the scene. This we told readers long
ago. An interesting point is that the report said there was no
demonstration and no mob. But before anyone gets agitated at the
Government having misled the public, please to appreciate this is
the information is was given – including by the CIA. In crises wrong
information is often given. This is not a hanging offence.
·
The
report did find negligence in
State’s failure to adequately protect the post. It said that there
were plenty of warning signs that should have been heeded, and that
in the future officials that show this kind of negligence should be
sanctioned. There also seems to be a move to add 1000 Marines to US
overseas posts. Wish someone would remember the Marines are there
not to do an Alamo but to make sure the documents are safe, which
means destroyed before the mob breaks in.
·
Personally we have no problem is US Government decides embassies are
to be protected by American forces; all we’d have to do is to
appropriately increase the size of the Corps. Editor would remind
readers that stationing troops at US posts is not something the US
can unilaterally decide. The home country has to agree, and a great
many will not. Then the US has to make a cost-benefit analysis: is
the post more important than the protection?
·
And this
is what bothers us about the Benghazi thing. Blame who you want, but
the Ambassador chose not
to tell State he was going to pull the consulate out unless safety
could be assured. Someone more familiar with the rules may come up
with Rule 56,551, Section 9919, Subsection bbxdef, and para 83,745
that says the Ambassador cannot unilaterally order shut a post he
deems unsafe. As a practical matter, he can. Let’s not go into this
because we’ll drift far and wide. We are told that the Ambassador
knew the risks better than anyone else because he was better
informed than anyone else, but believed not only that the post was
too import to shut down, but also that he personally had to be
repeatedly present. He was not a mindless puppet in the hands of
State. He took a decision for the good of the US that cost him his
life. We admire his courage and his sense of duty, but ask readers
to remember this all is not a simple matter of blaming some
bureaucrat back in Washington.
·
We
haven’t seen the report; yet we will not be surprised if it doesn’t
tell us what was really going on in Benghazi. It was something
covert, involving the consulate and the CIA, and there, we suppose,
the matter will rest. It would also be interesting to know why the
CIA sent the report of a demonstration when none took place? A
genuine mistake in the heat of a crisis or covering up some Dirty
Work? If it is the latter, we for one are not going to blame the
CIA. Dirty work under
different covers is part of the Agency’s work. Editor knows from his
Delhi days that the use of embassy cover by the CIA was not
something greeted with joy and celebration by the State Department
folks. It becomes harder for genuine diplomats to do their work when
the locals suspect them of being CIA. Also, as a complete aside, the
anti-narcotics people in the embassy did not trust the CIA people
one bit, and you know the reason for that too. Again, we don’t blame
the CIA. Protecting the US involves a lot of dubious goings on. If
the American people want absolute purity, they’d best either join
monasteries and nunneries, or simply disband all secret service
organizations and take the consequences.
·
By the
way, Editor is one who believes this whole intelligence and covert
action thing is vastly, vastly overrated. He is the first one to admit
it can be wildly exciting to a certain type of person. But 90% of
the intel apparatus can be done away and no one will miss it.
·
All this
said, as long as the people of the US authorize covert
organizations, they have to accept that they, the people, do NOT
have a right to know what those covert organizations are doing. If
the people are told, there is nothing covert, which kind of defeats
the purpose of the thing, don’t you think? Secrecy is also needed to
cover mistakes. The covert biz can be incredibly risky. If you have
watchers sitting on the shoulder of the covert folks, you deny them
the ability to make mistakes. There is no such thing as covert biz
without mistakes, including some ghastly ones. The greater the risk
undertaken, the greater the chance of failure.
Wednesday 0230
December 19, 2012
·
Mali So back to the
discussion about Mali. One of the arguments given for a cautious
approach to intervention in Mali is that the locals do not like
foreigners, so a foreign intervention could make things tougher for
the west. But please to tell; just who exactly does love to have
foreigners intervening in their country even if it is to oust the
bad guys? And if foreigners are unwelcome, isn’t the intervention
force being planned going to be unwelcome? They’re all foreigners,
West Africans, quite different folks from the Maghreb folks. So this
is yet another silly argument seeking to justifying no intervention.
·
Current
plans call for 3300 West African troops to assist 5000 Mali troops
to retake the north. This is insufficient for a proper CI campaign,
but enough to destroy the Islamist hold. So another question arises:
where precisely are these 5000 Mali troops? The Mali army as existed
at the end 2011 broke and ran. For all the US and French training,
it was unable to do the job. One problem was the usual tribal
rivalries. You can take any 10,000-square-kilometers of Africa at
random and there will be at least two different ethnic groups living
there. Mali troops defected as well as running away. (We lack
authentic details concerning this part of the story; defections did
take place, but the whys and the whos of it are unclear to us.)
·
According
to Complete World Armies 2012 (ahem) the Mali armed forces consisted
of about 7000 troops, which means about 6500 army troops. Since no
counteroffensive has been launched by Mali, it’s probably safe to
assume there is no Mali army of 6500 troops any more. The enemy, as
nearly as we can tell, consists of about 1500+ trained Tuaregs, and
a bunch of Ansar Dine hangers on, plus some armed tribesmen that no
army should have much problem with. True the Mali Army was badly
trained and equipped with. So we are not blaming the government for
collapsing, we’re saying if there was no effective army then, there
certainly is no effective army of any sort now.
·
We’ve
seen from Somalia training up even half-a-dozen local battalions is
not done in a day. It seems to us, in fact, that the Somalis have
only recently started to become effective, after 3 or more years of
training and relapses. Why it should take so long is a very
interesting subject. We wander off the point so much that we risk
confusing our readers if we take on this topic, but basically it has
to do with when the White Man arrives the natives regress to an
infantile stage. They refuse to take responsibility, they feel
overwhelmed, intimidated, and threatened by the White Man; worse, it
doesn’t take them very long to figure that as likely as not, the WM
may be a very professional soldier, he has no clue about the
country. So the distrust factor also builds up. On top of this the
west has done a perfectly absurd and pathetic job of training –
Afghanistan. West did okay in Iraq because the Iraqis are educated
and have a high level of organization, motivation, leadership and so
on. We doubt any of this applies in Mali.
·
To us,
then, this idea of a West African force and a new western trained
Mali Army seems utopian. Not that it can’t be done. It IS being done
in Somalia. But it has taken a good many years, five years to be
precise. We don’t have five years in Mali because the Somalis
basically are focused on their own country, they have no desire to
go to war with the west. AQ in the Maghreb is a beastie of a
different color. Unless the west acts fast, in five years we may
push AQ out of Mali, and find they have made themselves cozy in
Niger and Mauritania among other places. So we’ll be back to
Whack-A-Mole. (Frankly, we don’t like this metaphor. What have moles
done to us anyway that we should be whacking them?)
·
So you
will by now be in a tired, crotchety mood at the Editor’s lengthy
meanderings. So you will say “so what do you want us to do? Send in
the 82nd Airborne?” Actually, it will be the 10th
Mountain. Under the new new new reorganization of the US Army for
the first time specific formations will train for specific
locations, and the 10th Mountain Division is for Africa.
You will also say “Ed, you keep saying how incompetent we are at
intervening; you’ve lukewarmly supported the Obama administration’s
policy of not intervening in Syria because, you say, we’ll make a
huge mess of things, so why are you calling for intervention in
Mali?”
·
Two
reasons. One is the American part of Editor. Americans are ADHD (as
is Editor), and every day to them is a new day with not history
tying today back yesterday, forget the past. So Editor is all for
washing hands of Afghanistan, and for going off to a new adventure.
This time we will be SURE to get it right. (If you believe that, you
are incredibly naïve, and yes, Editor is indeed incredibly naïve. HE
really does believe it will be different this time.)
·
The
second reason is the dilemma the entire world comes up against very
fast. NOBODY, and we have to underline it several times, wants the
US stomping all over the world creating one giant disaster after
another. But NOBODY (underline that several times) has the will to
do the job instead of the US. In this case the French are the
logical people. Of all the west, they know this part of Africa
better than anyone else. They also have the loveable French Foreign
Legion, which not only is highly experienced in these little wars,
it suffers from no angst when local bad guys have to be slaughtered.
The FFL does not go into action with the supporting Legion of
Lawyers. The FFL also does not daily need a gazzilion tons of supplies
per man to function.
·
But as
you’ve noticed, the French have been strangely silent. The red blood
in their veins has been replaced with Evian, as is the case for the
rest of the west bar the US. After Afghanistan, the French seem to
have lost their appetite for intervention even in their back yard.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
December 18, 2012
·
A
rant about naming US Navy carriers
We were supposed to finish the
discussion on Mali, instead we got into various rants. Being ADHD,
Editor is easily distracted. So he learned over the weekend that CV
79 has been named John F. Kennedy, and CV 80 has been named the
Enterprise. CV 80 follows in a long line of US Navy ships following
that name. CV 79 follows what tradition? A president who was
assassinated in the prime of life and already had a ship named for
him? (The original JFK commissioned in 1966.)
·
When you
look at US aircraft carrier names, you step into a world that
Alice’s Mad Hatter would have found comfortable.
The trouble started when CV
42 was named after FDR (for simplicity we are using the designation
CV for all attack carriers, there have been others, such as CVA,
CVB, and CVN, the latter for the nuclear-power carriers). It was
originally laid down as the Coral Sea, to commemorate that famous
naval battle. A worthy name for what was then the largest carrier
ever laid down. OK, so FDR died, and it is understandable the Navy
wanted to honor the World War II leader. Even the Royal Navy, which
is very tight on proper naming of its warships, slipped a bit and
called a nuclear powered attack submarine Churchill. We can forgive
the lapse.
·
But then
the first of the super-carriers was named Forrestal. The gentleman’s
claim to fame? He was the first SecDef, and he committed suicide. US
Navy, you want to name your then-largest warship after a SecDef and
a suicide? You’re starting to get funky, like 10-year old stale
stinky cheese. Well, after this lapse the US Navy seemed to
straighten out: Constellation, Ranger, America, Saratoga,
Independence, and Enterprise (not
in order). Kitty Hawk was bestowed as name – not quite pukka, as the
Brits used to say, but okay, that was the birthplace of aviation,
lets not get hung up on it.
·
Then came
the JFK, and everything fell apart.
Nimitz: a great naval leader but now we’re really running
wild. A destroyer would have been good, no reason to go haywire.
Eisenhower: an army general and president. Weird. Vinson: a
Congressman? You’re naming America’s capital ships after a
Congressman? US Navy has lost its ball bearings. Then we get Teddy
R, Abe Lincoln, and George Washington. But the presidents and famous
Americans already had their own line of naval vessels, the deadly
ballistic missile submarines. Why not stick with that? Since when is
it okay to name the biggest, baddest ships after dead prezinesses? Worse is to come. Stennis:
another Congressman.
Truman: a decent man, but for heaven’s sake, US Navy get a grip. It
gets worse: Ronald Reagan, an actor who became president and is
famous for his naps.
Bush the First: another decent man, but where’s the justification?
Ford: the accidental president.
What is with the US Navy? A Klowne Parade? A Confederacy of
Dunces? The US Navy in La-la Land? Inhaling too much ozone?
·
Now we
get JFK reprised, and Enterprise, which may be ready by 2025. So
basically, in over a half century, US Navy has named ONE carrier
properly. Some readers may
wonder if we’re not making too much of a deal over names. Okay, so
the tradition used to be to name carriers after famous warships. Now
there’s a new tradition, naming them after Prezzies. We ask our
readers to imagine they are back to being 18-year old youngsters and
a sailor on a carrier. So the Captain comes over the loudspeakers
and says “Men and women of the US Navy, we are surrounded by enemy
too numerous to count. Our ship is crippled. We must fight to the
last for…” for the Ford? For the Reagan? For the Truman? The Bush?
Come on people. You fight to the last for the America and the
Enterprise and the Ranger and so on. Not for the Barrack Obama and
Bill Clinton. Can’t happen you say? Haha.
Suppose a Congressman starts
a petition to name the next carrier Clinton and the one after that
Obama. What excuse is the Navy going to give not to comply?
Monday 0230 GMT
December 17, 2012
·
Newton, CT There is a good
reason we do not comment on mass shootings in the US or other
countries. First, nothing we say is going to either inform any
reader or provide fresh insight. Similarly, we do not comment on
bombings in – for example – Pakistan, or on accidents, or on
tragedies with a high death toll. But we are breaking our rule
because we were amazed and astonished at the hypocritical sight of
the President wiping tears from his eyes and announcing that “our
hearts are broken” when you, I, and the patient street lamppost
outside my house know neither president nor Congress has no
intention of doing anything to prevent similar tragedies. To then
speak of the national heart being broken is simply a puerile show
for the benefit of the voters.
·
Let us
first be clear that what we are about to say is not another liberal
gun control rant. Editor is a firm believer in the right to bear
arms. He accepts when you ban gun ownership for the public only
criminals and the Government have arms and the citizenry is
helpless. He maintains that all the facts explaining how guns in the
hands of private citizens kill more people than they save from
criminal are entirely irrelevant. Every person has a right to feel
safe in her/his house and on the street, and if there is a cost to
this, so be it. There is a cost to cars – accidents kill more people
by at least an order of magnitude than is the case with guns. We
have never heard of a drive to ban cars. Coal mining and coal
burning kill thousands each year and shorten the lives of hundreds
of thousands of people – each year. We don’t see anyone petitioning
to end coal. Alcohol kills hundreds of thousands a year, too, and is
a huge factor in domestic violence. Do we hear any calls to ban
alcohol? The American predilection for fast food also kills by
shortening people’s lives, again likely hundreds of thousands a
year. Still waiting to hear calls to ban fast food. The case of
death from smoking is very well known. Any calls to ban tobacco?
Nope. And so on.
·
Indeed,
Editor has often complained how he cannot afford a decent gun or
two, and has suggested that the right to bear arms becomes
meaningless when some of us cannot afford to buy the darn things.
People think he is joking when he says it is the duty of the state
to offer every person 18 or older a free gun. But if people have a
right to state-subsidized medical care, they also have a right to
state-subsidized guns.
·
It is
also worth noting that the greatest single gun killer in peacetime –
as far as we know – is the young fascist from Norway, who
remorselessly picked off 69 people, mostly teenaged school children.
Norway is a very high prosperity country with an amazing set of
social protection for every citizen, and is free of the terrible
virus of violence that has America in a deadly grip. Yes, we do have
the highest murder rate among the advanced countries, but conversely
if you take only whites, America is no more murderous than peaceful
Canada. In these cross-national comparisons its best to compare
like-to-like.
·
It is
undoubtedly true if you took away people’s guns the murder rate
would fall. For example, access to guns in China is restricted. You
have the same horrific attacks on toddlers and little kids as
happened at Newton, CT; but because the attackers generally must use
knives, the death toll is much lower. But as we have said, to focus
on guns when other evils in society kill many, many more people is
hypocritical.
·
Please to
note in this particular case, the system worked. The killer tried to
buy a legal gun and was refused. The fault lay entirely with his
mother, a gun fanatic who appears to have owned at least six guns
and who took her boys to shoot at targets. Lots of people are gun
fanatics and take their kids to shoot; except in this case the
killer had what is being delicately described as a “personality
disorder”. This is a case of an adult parent acting irresponsibly.
Plenty of parents let their
children drive without adequate supervision and the children kill
themselves and/or others. As we said earlier, no calls for banning
cars.
·
Having
spent 750 words assuring readers Editor is all for guns, the rest of
his argument can be short. The
reason the president is being hypocritical is that in America, at
the top levels of government – mainly the presidency and Congress,
there is no real democracy. What we have is bought democracy. You
want a law changed or retained, pay off the Congress and the
President. Doesn’t matter what anyone thinks. No politician in their
right mind – and as a politician the president is very much in his
right mind – is going to go up against the gun lobby. The gun lobby
is not, as it seems to think, synonymous with the right to own guns.
It is synonymous with to right to own guns without restriction.
·
In modern
society, no one has absolute rights. Assuming Editor had the money,
he would very much like to buy an 8 x 8 armored personal carrier
with a 20mm cannon and other goodies. He would get some respect on
his morning commute. Since he drives a Suzuki Swift that loses
10-mph for every passenger, he gets no respect. And talk about
off-road: an 8 x 8 APC gives you plenty of off-road. He would also
like, say, 100 tacnukes. That would ensure the government cannot
take away his hypothetical guns without paying a wholly
disproportionate price. We
are, of course, exaggerating to make a case. Society correctly
imposes all sorts of restrictions. And so it must be with guns.
·
The
obvious restriction is on high-magazine semi-automatic weapons and
assault guns. Will this stop future Newton, Connecticuts? Obviously
not. But it will reduce the damage a shooter can cause. There are
other restrictions. One that is very overdue is Singapore Rules on
use of a gun to commit a crime. Even firing a gun in the air during
a crime qualifies the shooter for the hangman. Singapore quite
coldly and rationally says that firing the gun equals intent to
kill. It doesn’t matter someone due to good luck didn’t get killed.
The US needs to go one step further: the mere possession of a gun,
loaded or otherwise, during a crime should mean sleepy time – for
good. We are certain the gun lobby would support these rules if any
president/Congress has the courage to bring them forward, because
the gun lobby very clearly stands for the right for
lawful possession and use
of guns. Another measure is making people responsible for their
guns. Your kid or your sister-in-law takes your gun and commits a
crime, you get the same penalty. If they are caught with your gun,
no crime committed, a 20-year jail term should learn you to make
sure your guns are secured at all time – really secured.
·
That
said, Editor will now say something that is going to outrage a lot
of people. But then Editor is not running for Miss Popularity.
Schools are gun free zones, whatever that means. They’re also, BTW,
drug free zones and Editor can testify this rule is obeyed about as
well as the biblical injunction about not taking the lord’s name in
vain. The school provides a perfect case of what the gun lobby says:
“banning guns means only the criminals will have guns.” If the
people who worked at the school had been allowed to carry guns, the
young shooter would have had his career as a mass murderer cut a lot
shorter.
Friday 0230 GMT
December 14, 2012
Next update Monday December 17, 2012
·
Mali Ol’ Gaffy of Libya
didn’t have a whole lot of trust in his army, which is why he kept
it weak, half-trained, and ill-equipped. That was one reason his
army couldn’t suppress the rebellion in the early stages. He had
good reason not to trust the army. After all, he was
Colonel Gaddaffi when he
overthrew the last ruler of Libya, King Idris. He knew a bit about
armies and coups. Consequently, his trusted troops included
mercenaries, including Tuaregs from Mali. When Ol’ Gaffy was about
to lose, the Mali mercs wisely split for home.
·
Bit of
background. Mali, like almost every nation in Africa, is a colonial
legacy, in this case of France. The Tuaregs have been rebelling
against the state for about a hundred years. Inspired by Libyan
events, the Mali Tuaregs decided this was a good time to resume the
fight for independence. The relationship between Gaffy and Mali – as
with all his neighbors – was complicated, the man used to be a
megalomaniac. But definitely Gaffy’s imminent demise was a prime
motivator in the rebellion. We
won’t go into that as it would require doing some research; our
memory is a bit dim.
·
For some
reason, likely the addition of a couple of thousand tough tribesmen
fresh from the extended Libya campaign, bringing home with them
weapons of a quantity and type they never had, North Mali was
overrun in three days. Now, you know Mali is not the size of
Holland, where back in the day it took four hours driving at a
sedate speed to cross from one side to the other. We’re talking a
territory the size of France here. It’s a pretty remarkable military
achievement, but to give you an accurate account of how this was
made possible, a trip to Mali would be required. Aside from the
impossibility of funds, this is not a Good Time to visit either
North or South. One of the reasons for the fast win was that (a)
government troops defected; and (b) those who did not ran for their
lives – including five
allegedly crack companies trained by the Americans.
·
Hot on
the heels of the Tuaregs came an unwelcome ally, the Ansar Dine, an
affiliate of Al Qaeda in the Mahgreb. The Tuaregs did 90% of the
fighting; Ansar Dine, like the jackels they are, fed off the Tuareg
victories and began imposing the usual whacked out Islamist laws and
destroying Mali’s famed Islamic heritage which dates back seven
eight centuries. The Tuaregs, who admittedly are not Obama Liberals,
got miffed by were beaten by Ansar Dine whenever they chose to make
a stand.
·
So: time
out for some banging of head against stone wall. AQ is supposed to
be the biggest threat the US has faced since the end of the Cold
War. Here was US declaring victory against AQ in Afghanistan, and
deposing Gaffy,
and all of a sudden, AQ is
now in control of half-a-million square kilometers if not more.
There’s blowback and there’s
whackingly immense, mega huge blowback. Put Mali in the latter
category. This is what the US Government calls “strategy”, and what
others call “The March of the Klasse Klownes”.
·
So,
anyway, naturally the West was alarmed, but not enough to do
anything about it: with Libya messed up, Egypt double messed up, and
Syria triple messed up, Washington has not been overly keen on new
foreign adventures. France, for some reason which makes sense only
to the French, have abdicated all responsibility. A few hundred
French air strikes would have finished off the rebellion, but Paris
said no. So the obvious is happening, Ansar Dine is working on
expanding into Mauritania and Niger. This entire region has been
bolstered by the US since 2001 to prevent the spread of the
Islamists, and lo! The Islamists are spreading like locusts – just
when the US/EU has soundly thrashed them in Somalia, what rotten
luck for us.
·
So aside
from the Yellow Condition (the Runs, but our authoritative source
inside the CIA – he cleans toilets – tells us American Government
Runs are kind of scummy green, so its really the Green Condition,
why is the US not decisively intervening in Mali? Well, we’re told
that actually that is the reason. We don’t entirely trust our
sources because Editor hangs out with a lot of Super Hawks, you
know, the kind that blame Ike for not unleashing Patton on Berlin
because of a stupid agreement made with a perfidious guy called Joe
The Stalin. And of course, rationally that was the start of a lot of
problems in the post-war period, but that’s another story.
·
The US
says it is not intervening because democracy has been overthrown in
Mali and – kof kof – our laws forbid us to give aid to
anti-democratic types. Just think for a minute: have you ever heard
anything more absurd? If the Maghreb falls to AQ, who is the loser?
Do we really care about 25-million or so desert dwellers? Seeing as
we don’t really care about 60-million Congolese, 25 million North
Koreans, and 1.3-billion Chinese, let’s face facts. We don’t care
what happens to the Maghreb. But surely we should care what happens
to us. What’s more important, that a weak democracy be restored to Mali
before we intervene, while AQ uses our delay to spread further, or
that we go in an whack AQ now?
·
It seems
to us our Super Hawks may be right, the US is using this
lack-of-democracy thing as an excuse while we flail around
uncontrollably, hoping some solution will present itself. When the
threat is mortal, remember, the color of potential allies is not
important. So it was with Joe The Stalin. In the 1930s we believed
he was far worse than Satan, but by 1942 he and we were BFF’s
together. (By the way – seeking his alliance may have looked logical
at the time, but it was a mistake. Also BTW, we’d have defeated
Hitler without the Soviet Union. That’s another story from the
Distant Past.)
Thursday 0230
GMT December 13, 2012
·
We love you, Kimmy, yes we do
Finally DPRK got an ICBM
analog rocket to work. Back in the US, the Ballistic Missile Defense
program was facing program cuts; serious ones in our opinion. The
cost of R and D, weapons, and so on goes up 10-15% every year. So an
increase of less than, say, 10% is a defacto reduction. US BMD
budget was being reduced in absolute terms. i.e. fewer dollars were
being sanctioned each year; so with cost inflation it was a double
hit.
·
But
thanks to that loveable rascal, Kim III, the long, sad, tedious,
morbid, discouraging, pointless debate about DPRK’s missile
capabilities is finally over. People were insisting DPRK did not
present a real threat; okay, now you have your real threat, And
where DPRK goes, can Iran be far behind?
·
That
still leaves the question of effectiveness. Here we feel critics
have the wrong end of the stick. No one ever made a defensive weapon
that could, at its deployment, meet 100% of the threat. You can’t
just say “this doesn’t work” or “the enemy will find a way through”
and then sit back forever on your fat tushie. BMD is not a luxury
option, it is possibly the most critical of all weapon systems. Why?
Because the consequences of even one warhead getting through are
horrendous. Then the academics go into this long, utterly useless
discussion about rationality, as in, knowing the US’s retaliatory
capabilities, no one in his right mind will attack the US. Time out
for uncontrollable giggles, snarfs, and plain merriment. People are
claiming people are always rational and still calling themselves
rational? Come on, guys, what about a break here? First, our
rationality is not always the other guy’s rationality. Second,
people can make a very rational decision that can turn out totally
wrong. Pearl Harbor, anyone?
Third, people can make mistakes. Fourth, people can go crazy
and act crazy. To sit back and claim the perpetual rationality of
human beings is highly irrational.
·
One
reason we aren’t further down the BMD road is that we haven’t been
serious about the weapons. Spending $6- to $10-billion a year in a
defense budget of $600-billion, and an actual national security
budget of $1-trillion (these last few years) is a perfect example of
irrationality. Lets spend $100-billion/year on BMD on a war footing,
and we’d be a lot, lot more advanced than we are today. Some of our
readers may be tempted to say “Take it easy, Old Boy, $100-billion
for BMD R&D and deployment every year? Aren’t we going overboard?”
Well, considering what one 20-MT warhead could do to a major US
metro area, $100-billion doesn’t seem all that outrageous.
·
There is
another factor to consider. The whole notion of today’s systems
being ineffective is because we are all making the mistake of taking
DOD at its word, i.e., that its objective is a hit-to-kill warhead.
Well, let’s be fair here: that is
an objective. But if
anyone thinks that this is all there is to BMD program, we are being
unfair to DOD. We know, we know, the whole notion of being unfair to
DOD given this august organization’s shenanigans of the last decade,
to say nothing of Korea and Second Indochina seems eccentric. But
really, folks, DOD is not COUNTING on hit-to-kill.
·
The
etiquette of writing in the public media requires that no one should
say: “I have secret knowledge and that’s proof of my assertions.”
That’s why journos who quote unidentified sources speaking off the
record are so unpersuasive. If the journo cannot give some evidence,
on what basis are we supposed to trust her/him when s/he goes “Trust
Me”. So Editor cannot claim secret knowledge. But we can use
analysis.
·
Back in
the day, when Spartan was deployed – mid-1970s – no one spoke of
hit-to-kill. Spartan carried a whacking 5-MT warhead that killed
incoming warheads using radiation, and the beast was effective to a
50-km radius. The incoming warhead had only to be within a circle of
15,000-square-miles for it to be neutralized.
·
So why
was Spartan cancelled. Well, primarily it was a political decision,
nothing to do with technology. Later on people started to say, “oh,
the EMP generated by an N-warhead knocks out all unprotected
electronics over a huge, huge area, so you’re basically shooting
yourself in the head. The first warhead wont get through, but since
no electronics will be working afrter that first intercept, we’re
dead anyway.”
·
Really?
Hahahahahaha. ROTFLBAG (Rolling On The Floor Laughing Busting A
Gut). People, people, a small matter of four decades has passed
since Spartan was developed. (a) Thanks to the quest for
hit-to-kill, we’re currently at the stage where we can be reasonably
certain the interceptor is going to come within 100-200 meters of
the warhead. Oh yes: multiple warheads, multiple warheads on the
interceptor, so lets not bring up that old chestnut. When you are
that close, you don’t need a 5-MT warhead. We don’t know the
equations, but a 5- to 10-KT warhead should suffice to fry the
threat.
·
Wait a
minute, you will say, we’re committed not to deploy N-warheads on
our interceptors. Really? Since when? We agreed not to TEST
N-weapons in the air, on ground, or underground. That doesn’t mean
we cannot design and produce the needed warheads without testing. Is
that dangerous? Perhaps. But the US did develop scores of compact
warheads in the 1950s and 1960s and tested them repeated. That’s
that whole tacnuke thingy. There's an enormous base of pratical
experience to build on. Next, who says you have to have N-weapons to
generate serious EMP? May have been true then. Not true today. Last,
because conventional EMP weapons are developing so rapidly, you can
betcha US military electronic systems are being hardened or soon
will be hardened.
·
We recall
reading that the BMD system for Europe (30 interceptors) was based
on the assumption 4 to 10 interceptors would be needed for a single
incoming missile. So obviously it was planned for a limited Iranian
capability. (You have to add Aegis at sea and Patriot etc on land to
that mix, so you’re looking at interception 10+ missiles.) With new
systems coming available for terminal defense, and with EMP
warheads, we’ll be able to protect against a dense attack. Not in
2013. But by 2017 it will be different. Assuming we don’t lose our
way on this.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
December 12, 2012
·
We’ve spent much time trying
to figure out why the US Army, which needs about 80,000 new recruits
a year, has to work so hard to fill quotas when this country has a
population of 313-million. Yesterday the Washington Post (Page A3)
let us into the secret. Three of every four people wanting to join
the Army are found unfit to even consider. Among the main problems
is obesity. Then, of the one in four that are recruitable, 65% are
not fit enough on application day. They have to be sent back to get
in better shape.
·
One of
the truly freaky things about American soldiers is if you look at
archival fotos/film from the Vietnam War, you would not know it’s
the same country, i.e., the US of A. The soldiers look
normal. They are lean and
look fit, which should be the case for soldiers. When those boys
move or run, their motions are
normal. When you look at today’s soldiers, they are near
immobile – and who wouldn’t be, carrying 100 to 130 pounds of gear.
But even from the fotos/film of today’s soldiers without all the
extra gear, the image that comes up is a herd of elephants in the
jungle. And badly overweight heffies at that.
·
The other
day Editor was at Dulles IAP for some reason and from far he saw a
group of lean and strong-looking soldiers in camo. This is such a
rare sight in America, editor was compelled to investigate. No
sooner than he got within hearing range (which for him is about
one-meter) then he realized by the accents that these were not
Americans, but British. Oh
well.
·
What we
don’t understand is that Americans will spend $5-10 billion
developing a weapon and then saying “this doesn’t work” or “it’s too
expensive.” This is an every day affair in the Department of
Defense. Well, why hasn’t DOD sat down and developed, from ground up
(no pun intended) lightweight equipment for the infantry. Surely
even in America you can get the infantryman equipped and protected
within 60-lbs for an R & D cost of a few billion? Or is somehow the
case that we are so advanced at the practice of war we don’t need
our infantry to be able to walk from Point A to Point B without
killing themselves? Sometimes Editor thinks Americans are really
messed up – in the head.
·
And BTW,
don’t Americans find it strange that the entire purpose of American
forces in war has become force protection? The armed forces don’t
want to risk getting even one pilot killed or ten infantrymen
killed. Editor is often treated to weepy-sobby articles in the media
about the terrible casualties we’ve taken in Iraq and Afghanistan.
Really? Afghanistan was one bad month in Vietnam in 1968. That’s in
eleven years of combat. Iraq was 9-10 bad weeks in Vietnam. That is
in eight years of combat.
·
Okay,
before someone points out the obvious, one reason casualties were so
high in Vietnam was that the men were being sent over with minimal
training, and the rotation policy meant that you had a constant
stream of youngsters coming in who were simply destined to die ASAP.
We’ve all heard the stories about how the more experienced soldiers
would freak when new men arrived as fillers because they had so
little training, the experienced hands were frightened the newcomers
would get them pointlessly killed. But somewhere they has to be a
middle ground between sending out a battalion on a night mission and
then calmly announcing, oh well, we had a hundred killed and two
hundred wounded, just another yawn-inducing day, and between
designing your entire war to keep reducing the possibility even one
man is killed. In fact, leaving out IEDs and accidents, we wonder
how many American soldiers have been killed in straight combat.
·
Now look
people, Editor wholly understands why someone would not want to get
killed. You don’t see Editor volunteering for the service. Well, he
did when he was young but could not prove his age – he doesn’t have
a birth certificate. But here’s the weird thing: Editor has zero
evidence that American soldiers are unwilling to die. From what he gathers, they are as
fatalistic as any other soldiers. Naturally no one wants to die
uselessly, but soldiers accept even that. The American politicians –
not even the public – are casualty averse. The politicians think the
people will rise up if there are casualties.
·
But the
people will not rise up if there are casualties. No one rose up in
any American War for that reason. Not even in Vietnam. The people
who were objecting the loudest – the white middle-class kids – were
objecting because they didn’t want to die. None of them gave a tinker’s broken pot
that the poor white and black kids were dying.
·
Now, we
can’t prove this, but Editor has pretty good intuition and he is
seldom wholly wrong. What he thinks has happened since 2001 is this.
99% of this country has no interest in defending America – even
after 9/11. We feel guilty about this, even as we manage to suppress
our guilt – with great bravery. The politicians feel particularly
guilty because with a couple of exceptions, none of their kids are
in danger. Editor thinks the politicians in particular, and possibly
the public too, are
compensating for their guilt by insisting that casualties must be
reduced, then reduced again, and then reduced once again till we get
down to a handful.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
December 11, 2012
·
Returning jobs from China
Readers may know Editor has anxiously watched the rise of China’s
wages and had noted some months ago that a very low wage US state
like Mississippi or Alabama can, as of this year, finally compete
with China for manufacturing. China’s wages have been going
up-and-up, ours have collapsed. People have already, in a small way,
starting shifting production back to the US and Editor was looking
for a great revival of American manufacturing.
·
Now
Editor has been reading several articles that say the US
manufacturing sector will indeed, rebound majorly – but
manufacturing jobs wont. The culprit? Robots. The price of
industrial robots has hugely dropped, and their capabilities have
hugely increased. So manufacturing will return, but instead of the
millions of jobs that went to China returning, ten times fewer will
be needed now because of robots. Bummer.
·
We are
further being told that US labor has completely lost its bargaining
power because employers have consistently upped efficiency, and
instead of sharing the gains with workers, have kept the gains for
themselves and shareholders. So, we are told, this business about US
companies not spending because of “uncertainty” and “taxes” is total
banana hogwash. Profits are soaring as never before, and taking a
larger and larger share of the national income. When companies are
getting ever richer while
firing workers, why on earth should they hire more workers?
·
Okay, so
you might say that at SOME point this process of squeezing
efficiency has to end and companies have to start hiring. Editor has
been told by Those Who Know not to hold his breath. Because of
robots and computers and outsourcing, companies have a heck of a lot
of leeway to squeeze more efficiency from their operations. How?
From professional workers. These have already started to be
replaced, but in the next 20-years there is going to be tsunami of
professional worker layoffs.
·
So
naturally Editor keeps asking the obvious question: if the number of
unemployed and marginally employed keeps increasing, and real wages
continue to stagnate as they have for 30-years, how are people going
to have money to buy the goods and services the companies produce?
And then how are the companies going to make money?
·
The
people Editor talks to smile gently at this point, kind of if your
idiot cousin got all excited about something and wanted to know why
it couldn’t be done. Editor is told that all major American
corporations are multinationals, and as the hugely populous by still
poor countries grow, they will generate plenty of demand for goods
produced by American companies. The specific case of Apple I-Phones
was brought up. Apparently they are all the rage in India – and
that’s a $500 phone in a country with a $2000 per capita income. In
the next 20 or years, there will be 600-million Indians with the
money to buy I-phones, or three times the US market. So why should
Apple care if Americans will not be able to to buy I-Phone Model 20?
Apple will simply sell zillions of I-Phone Model 15s to India, and
China, and Africa, and South America. And it will do so at the same
time as selling boatloads of I-Phone versions 20s to these very same
countries because their upper middle class will just keep exploding.
·
Depressing. Editor is wondering if it is time to return to Mars.
·
Letter from a former US Defense Intelligence Agency person
in response to Editor’s whining and
moaning about not getting DIA to respond to a FOIA request. I worked
at DIA for a while and knew a fair amount about what hard-copy
historical data was stored there. Once I retired from the military,
I submitted a FOIA request for some of that material, as I had (and
still have) hopes to write on some topics concerning military
history. Despite even citing the exact material requested and
exactly where it was located, the reply I received, after several
months, was that it would take at least several months to respond to
my request. I wrote back that I would wait, and did just that. It
was a year later that I finally received a second letter, asking
what exactly was I looking for.
·
I
responded to that one as well, enclosing a duplicate of the first
FOIA request. I then waited another 4 months and received a letter
stating that the material I wanted was classified and could not be
released.
·
At this
point, I copied all the letters and my responses, drafted a new
letter explaining exactly what I was asking for and exactly where it
was located, why I was requesting the data, and then sent it off to
the DIA FOIA Office again, only this time it was a courtesy copy as
I sent the originals to the Office of the President of the United
States. I got my requested data 2 weeks later.
·
Now, when
I worked in DIA, in my section was an analyst whose sole function
was to respond to FOIA requests, always with a 2 week time limit. It
is the FOIA Office itself that delays or "loses" the information. In
my case, I already had the data, as all it required was a quick trip
to the copying machine and reproduction of the unclassified bits I
wanted. I just wanted to exercise the system and see what happens.
Well, I saw what happened. SO, even though I spent a lifetime inside
the Intel beastie, some people do lie, and for no good reason at
all.
·
And I
will say that it is not unique to the US, but seems to be pervasive
to all Intel agencies, be they established national ones or ad hoc
insurgent ones.
·
Editor’s response This letter
does provide comfort, in that if DIA can confound a former employee, then us
outsiders shouldn’t whine and moan about the agency’s
non-cooperation. Editor just remembered he had had two earlier
encounters with DIA. Sometime in the 1990s he sent a request for a
handbook of the PLA. The 1970s edition was available on the market
as a printed book out out by some commercial company, but there was
a 1984 edition. DIA was silent for a couple of months, then the
postman dropped a fat manila envelope inside my screen door and
behold! DIA had not only sent me a foto-copy of the updated version,
they refused to charge me a penny.
Monday 0230 GMT
December 10, 2012
·
Note to Government of India
It has long been known in Indian that the Romani people (Gypsies)
came from India. Now scientific research done in the west uses DNA
genetic evidence to prove this.
http://tinyurl.com/bkym5jf Indeed, it is being said that the
Romani were outcastes who enlisted in Prithvi Raj Chauhan’s and
other northern armies to fight the Muslim invaders on the promise of
an improvement in status. On the defeat of Chauhan, the Romani fled
westwards, eventually arriving in Europe.
·
As you
know, the Romani have been victimized over centuries and many of
them do not have statehood or proper papers. It seems reasonable to
consider giving them Indian citizenship. It is, after all, only
820-years since they were scattered. It might be nice if, for once,
you – the Government of India – got off your fat butt and did
something proactively because it is the right thing to do.
·
While we
are on this subject, may I remind you that donkey’s years ago
Parliament authorized dual citizenship for India. But you – again
said Government of India Fat Butts have not acted on the intent and
will of parliament, on the wholly paranoid and specious excuse that
enemies of India, such as Pakistanis who were Indian citizens before
1947, might claim Indian nationality, arrive in India to undermine
our defense and to steal our women. First, is there a shortage of
Pakistani agents infiltrating India? Second, are you saying you are
so incompetent that you cannot keep out people who might threaten
national security? Third, even the Pakistanis, who are even more
paranoid than the Indians, permit dual citizenship. If infiltrators
are the problem, doesn’t allowing Indians dual nationality permit
the infiltration of Indian agents into Pakistan?
·
Right
now, what you – Fat Butts – have done is force Indians to choose
between their Indian nationality and their foreign countries of
domicile. This probably comes as a great surprise to you, but there
are some of us, at least, who don’t want to make that choice. We
don’t want to give up Indian nationality. In the case of Editor he
is not sure why, but then, of course, Editor is known to be seven
short of a six-pack when it comes to the land of his birth. At the
same time, living overseas without nationality of the country of
your domicile poses its own perils. I do not see why, given – last
time Editor checked – 80 or 90 countries permit dual-nationality,
India has to be stand out for Super Stupidity and expose the country
to even more ridicule than you already have, simply by the fact of
your sad, pathetic existence.
·
Thank for
allowing me this opportunity to express myself on how India can be
improved. Of course, it would be best improved by every bureaucrat
seizing one politician, binding the pol to the bureaucrat with iron
chains welded tightly, and then launch said pol into the nearest
river. Of course, you, the bureaucrat would also die, but hey, no
sacrifice is too great for you guardians of the nation, is it? Since
you do not want to allow dual nationality for the sake of national
security, think how much safer the Republic would be if the
bureaucrats eliminated the politicians – while eliminating
themselves at the same time. Jai Hind!
·
PS: while
you’re busy drowning yourself and the politicians, would you be so
kind as to take an American politician with you? With the American
politicians gone, America will easily meet its Kyoto targets even if
we switched all power generation to coal tomorrow.
·
Meanwhile, Back On The Ol’ Ranch
the American president is going strong
by showing the GOP who is the boss. According to what we read in the
media, now that he’s been reelected, and gained an unassailable
position in the Senate, he does not see why he has to compromise
with the GOP. One should not believe everything in the media (and
readers will be best advised to believe nothing they read in this
blog), but if the analysis of the President is correct we are in
trouble. We are not referring to hyper-partisanship as being bad for
the country. The US has pretty much had it anyway, the issue now is
really how best to hasten its decline so that its rebirth can begin.
Friday 0230
December 7, 2012
Pearl Harbor Day. Doesn’t mean much to
many Americans, but that’s inevitable. We suspect the Civil War
didn’t mean much to Americans of 1937 (72 years after Appomattox),
or the Revolutionary War to Americans of the 1840s.
·
Fox News and more Benghazi Revelations Now, admittedly Fox is not the most objective
of observers on the Benghazi September 11, 2012 fiasco. But this
article is worth reading because it suggests that Fox’s thesis of a
major administration Snafu may not be accurate.
·
Fox says
that when the attack on the US consulate began at 2135, the CIA post
started destroying its files and equipment. There likely wasn’t
much, because the CIA knew the post was in dangerous territory. By
2335 CIA officers had done their thing. Fox further says the
shenanigans at Benghazi may have been an attempt at driving the CIA
out.
http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2012/12/05/cia-moved-swiftly-scrub-abandon-libya-facility-after-attack-source-says/
·
If this
is correct, the implications are interesting and significant. First,
CIA had two critical missions that day, in the few hours the crisis
lasted. First, likely protecting the consulate was a contingency CIA
was not prepared for. No blame attaches to CIA because likely they
went on this mission despite having their own work to attend; in other words, they
responded gallantly to appeals for help. Protection of the consulate
was not in their remit.
·
Second,
if the real target was the CIA post, the possibility arises the
terrorists attacked the consulate – under cover of the Koran
protestors – to get CIA personnel out of their fortified post,
making it easier for the Islamists to attack the post. This is the
purest speculation, but it could make sense.
·
Why so?
Because the Islamists seem to have had no interest in the consulate.
They made no effort to kidnap any State Department personnel, or to
steal files. All reports say files were just lying scattered over
the consulate; Fox says the consulate was not secured after the
attack. If files were an objective, surely a half-dozen Islamists
would have energetically grabbed everything in sight. Now, we don’t
KNOW that no attempt to kidnap consular staff was made. But since
the armed protection numbered perhaps four, one may assume that
snatching hostages was not a difficult thing.
·
Further
more, there is the very baffling circumstance that it was
Libyans who searched for the Ambassador, found him, and rushed him
to the hospital, to no avail. Several possibilities. One, the local
militia tasked to defend the consulate
did turn up and got into
doing what they were supposed to do. Two, the Ambassador was
supposed to a popular sort, perhaps when the trouble started
ordinary Libyans rushed to the scene to see if they could help. We
prefer One to Two, because we don’t see a bunch of unarmed fans of
the Ambassador risking their lives to spontaneously arrange rescue
parties.
·
Another
baffling aspect is: just how big was the mob and just how many
Islamists were present? We tend to think the mob was small and so
was the group of gunmen. We base this on the news that enroute to
the consulate fallback
position and until the arrival of reinforcements, just two Americans
were killed – including the Ambassador. The other two deaths took place after the
consulate staff was rescued and reinforcements arrived in the early
morning. Please feel to correct us in case we’ve got these details
wrong. The immediate CIA reinforcement was just eight men. True,
they finally got the militia organized, so a lot more armed forks
appeared at the fallback position. But that took a couple of hours.
Till the CIA cavalry arrived, there was essentially no one
protecting the consulate staff. It seems likely that were the
Islamists in any number, say 30, 40, or 50, they would have
overwhelmed the remaining consulate staff. Of course, we also don’t
know how many consulate staff there were. The American staff at the
consulate may just have been 4-6; presumably the Libyan staff could
slip away in the confusion.
·
Another
question is what was the connection between the consulate and the
CIA post? Everyone assumes they two groups were completely separate,
but this may not have been the case. For example, the consulate
could have been part of the CIA presence, or at least some of it.
There have been many rumors the Ambassador was on a clandestine
mission. Perhaps this is no more than rumor. But if there is some
truth to it, it may strengthen Fox’s belief that the entire
operation was directed toward the CIA.
·
Now, of
course, all we’ve done is present a new set of speculations by
parsing the very limited data available. But at any rate, if the
whole thing was an anti-CIA op, is it beyond possibility that CIA
lied to the Administration to divert attention from itself? Nothing
sinister here, please understand. Regardless of what the good
Senators may think, CIA’s first responsibility is to maintain its
operational secrets. If the CIA did lie, then we should stop beating
up the US ambassador to the UN for having “lied”. She has said a
hundred times she was going by the info given to her. That brief
would have had to be prepared by CIA, because they were the only
ones on the scene bar a couple of American staff and some Libyan
staff at the consulate.
·
Again,
please to appreciate we are not defending the young lady. We
absolutely don’t want her as SecState. BTW, while women media
persons are beside themselves claiming sexism, that no one complains
when men are rude and offensive, we’ve give the example of Mr.
Holbrooke who never got a chance to try for SecState. There is
another person we did not mention. The infamous John Bolton; oddly
enough the young lady’s predecessor at the UN. He also suffered from
Soccer Mom Mouth, and no one liked him either, men or women.
·
If this
was a CIA affair, forget about learning the truth. You might get to
take a look at the scrubbed files in 2062. By the way, there’s even
higher levels of classification. Used to be 75-years was the max in
our day. That Editor knew of.
·
BTW,
here’s what happened when Editor wrote to DIA under FOIA, asking for
material on Warsaw Pact orders of battle 1947 or whenever the Pact
was formed to 1980. Months later we got a letter saying the
information was scattered in many buildings and would take time to
assemble. Months after that
we got a letter saying no such material existed. We’ve often commented that
Americans are as big fat liars as the Indians. Whereas the Indians
lie blandly, Americans bury themselves in legal talk. The DIA is
lying through its tooffies. And
for what reason? None, except habitual liars have to lie. (We sent
in an inquiry the other day asking if any faculty or fellowship
positions were available at the DIA. We’ll let you know what they
say. Probably “Dear Sir, the Dustbin Inspection Agency has no
fellowships or faculty. You may, if you wish, apply for an unpaid
volunteer internship to inspect your own dustbins and report any
suspicious activity.”)
Thursday 0230
GMT December 6, 2012
Sorry for the short update: have been
under the weather this week.
·
Syria: beginning of the end but when is the end?
The Syrian Army is starting to
disintegrate. It may be down to 100,000 and is continually losing
ground. The big question is when does Assad make a run for it? Rumor
has it he has asked some South Americans if he can hang out. This
includes our fave dictator. Hugo of Venezuela. It appears that
previous western promises to settle him nicely in exile have been
withdrawn, and the International Criminal Court is starting to look
through documentation to make a case – many months away, if not
longer.
·
The
breaking point of an army is difficult to predict. But if it is true
Assad is down to 100,000 loyal troops, it can take the loss of just
20,000 to cause the organization to collapse, no matter how
desperately the rest fight. The army has lost many of its bases and
is said to be low on ammunition. Assad is in the process of
attacking his own capital’s suburbs, which from the loyalist side
cannot be considered a Good Thing. The rebels are moving to control
the roads to/from the capital; each day makes an escape more
difficult. Of course, Assad can always do a goatherd kind of escape,
but he has his family to worry about, and in any case we don’t see
the lovely Asma Assad doing the goatherd’s wife thing and helping
Baby Assad drive a flock of goats on foot from Damascus to – where?
·
Whenever
the collapse comes, dear readers, please evaluate it just as the end
of Phase 1. The next war for Syria will start immediately as the
rebel factions, already far from united, start fighting each other.
·
BTW, speaking of our Fave Dictator, the rumors say he is very ill. Cancer has
spread to the bones. The poor fellow may be terminal. We don’t want
him around because he is anti-American, and honestly, we don’t need
more reason than that. We are not going all “My country right or
wrong” on readers, but the truth is America has not for many years
been oppressing the people of Venezuela.
·
The
people of Venezuela have been oppressing their own people, first the
fascists and then the Chavistas. US has nothing to do with what’s
happening there. In fact, Clinton, Bush, Obama all took a hands off
approach: the people have elected him it’s not our business. We
don’t like he is using made up stories about the US to justify his
oppression. While it is true he won a “Fair” election, which is to
say he didn’t much tamper with the vote, but he played every dirty
trick before the vote by silencing the opposition. Nonetheless, no
one should wish serious cancer on anyone.
Wednesday 0230 GMT December 5, 2012
·
The Morons That Rule America
So readers will already know about the latest fiscal cliff
foolishness. After
talking up a compromise, President Obama offered a bill that had
little the GOP wanted. So then the GOP came up with its own bill,
and it has little the Democrats find acceptable. Normally you could
say that these are just first negotiating positions. But this fiscal
cliff thing has been under prolonged negotiation already. The idea
is not to start off ab initio.
The idea is we know in nauseating detail what both sides want
(GOP=spending cuts; Democrats=tax increases). So – say – a trillion
dollars must be cut from the budget. The solution is half that money
comes from increased taxes and half from reduced spending, and we
can all go home. Of
course, no one is talking about cutting a trillion a year, which is
the minimum needed for a balanced budget. They’re talking about a
couple of hundred billion a year, so in the meantime the national
debt is just going to keep growing. So to realize how bad the
situation is, there is no deal even on the symbolic reduction of the
deficit.
·
Readers
may not be so aware of another deal that is going down the tubes.
Everyone agrees the US needs more technically educated migrants, the
so-called Science, Engineering, Technology and Math brigade. So the
GOP said it will agree to an expansion of 50,000 visas, provided the
so-called Diversity Visa program is cut to accommodate the
additional STEM visas. Over our dead bodies, says the Democrats, and
truly Editor wishes he could grant them their wish. The visas the
Dimwits are protecting are for random people chosen by a lottery,
and require only a high school degree. So to let in people with no
more qualifications than high school degrees, we are going to have
the joy of excluding people with STEM college degrees.
·
At this
point Editor has to make a diversion. There are lots and lots of
people who argue no, we do not need more STEM immigrants, we need to
pay our people better. The STEM program, they say, is just a cunning
ploy by the Elefant-wits to provide cheap technologically skilled
labor to the greedy capitalists. At least one of our readers who is
the computer field has disagreed in the past, saying there is a
genuine shortage. As a teacher, Editor can personally testify that
the issuance of H-1 skill visas to teachers is absolutely, 100% a
ploy to get 3rd World teachers happy to work for a wage
US teachers refuse. Editor has had the pleasure of working with some
of these teachers, and there is no doubt they are very highly
skilled. But then we get into the argument why stop with teachers?
Why not let anyone migrate who is qualified and willing to work for
less? India, Pakistan, and Bangladesh will send you 50-million
teachers, engineers, architects, IT types, skilled workers,
administrators, doctors, lawyers, corporate leaders etc etc and we
could cut US salaries by half in every field and become more
“competitive”.
·
In line
with the growing American trend towards Moronism, here’s something
from one of the two big US teacher unions. They’re proposing a
national certification exam as rigorous as the bar and other top
professional exams, plus a year of intern teaching. This will ensure
us qualified teachers, says the union. Now, everything the union
says makes perfect sense, yet it has declared itself a firm adherent
to the Cult of Moron. Why the union is doing this is a very
Machiavellian thing, so cunning it will make you shiver. We’ll
discuss that another time. Right now, the assumption behind the
union’s proposal is that all we need is stricter teacher standards
and we’ll get better teachers. Ha ha. Double Ha Ha Ha. This is so Ha
Ha that we need – Indian style (Indian Indians, not the fakes ones
you all called Indians) – to flap our arms, make rude armpit sounds,
and go “Tickle me!”. This is Indian-speak for “what you just said is
so unfunny it’s not funny.”
·
To
explain what we are saying, let’s remember this is a capitalist
society at least in the sense everyone gets to work at a job of
their choice. No one can be drafted to do a job. We are all
volunteers. True, much of the time we “volunteer” for Job X, say
WalMart, because we can find nothing better. But still, its not like
the Department of Labor says “Hmmmm, next year we will be short
11,111 elevator operators, so send out the draft cards.” So if you
want better teachers, you have to ATTRACT better teachers. No
teacher will invest in qualifications up the wazoo unless there is
an incentive for them to so do. (Except Editor, who is likely the
most overqualified teacher in his county, but then we all know
Editor is quite Cwazzeeeee!)
·
So let’s
look at Republic of Korea. It has a 1-2% teacher turnover, probably
the lowest in the world. The teachers come from (different people
give different figures), the top 5-10% of college graduates. But
here’s the hitch. ROK teachers spend HALF the time American teachers
do in the class (in class – not in school, where they likely spend
as much); and they get paid twice what American teachers do in terms
of per capita income.
Suppose you offered teachers $100,000 a year for teaching half the
load, you can be sure you will get very qualified people competing
to get these jobs. Needless to say, in ROK students are respectful,
behave in class, and do 3-6 hours a day of homework and extra
tutoring. Back on the ranch in the Good Ole USA, my advanced 12th
Graders, all college bound, are telling me – in September – they
can’t focus because they’ve got Senioritis. If this is not enraging,
I don’t know what is. These are NOT poor minority kids, but
upper-middle class Anglo kids supposed to be doing college level
work. The good citizens of Montgomery County spend nearly $18K a
year per student (and they get what by many measures is the top
large school system in the country). If I could, I would take these
students, issue them 10-lb steel bars, and make them run laps with
the bars held above their heads, with whipping each time they
collapse. Of course a good many of them ARE working very hard. But
enough are not the teachers are openly saying it’s become a problem.
ROK kids don’t suffer from senioritis.
·
But
Americans are unwilling to pay their teachers more; indeed, they
seem to think teachers are paid way too much already. So please do
tell: how does anyone propose to get more qualified teachers into
the class? By flogging teachers till their morale improves?
·
What is
this teacher union up to? Quite simply, it is tired of hearing
teachers are insufficiently qualified.
But you do know what happens
when teachers have professional qualifications similar to lawyers
and architects? Yes indeedy –do. That same union is going to say:
Well our members are just as qualified as the other top
professionals, and they deserve the same type of salaries. And you
know what? The people who run this country are such drooling,
blithering idiots they’re going to walk right into this one, with
their eyes wide shut.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
December 4, 2012
·
Indian Navy Chief: Something Really Strange Happened
The Navy chief announced at a press
conference that India was determined to protect its interests in the
South China Sea. If that meant sending warships, then so be it.
http://t.co/mtfZLR8d
·
What is
odd about this is it is the first Editor can recall that a senior
Indian military officer has told China quite calmly where it gets
off. The Army and the Air Force chiefs have made several statements
in the last couple of years about defending Indian territory,
referring specifically to Arunachal Pradesh, which China claims as
part of Tibet. But they have not been aggressive about it. No talk
of going into China’s wading pool or something, just signaling a
clear intent to fight back if China attacks. The Navy chief’s
statement falls into a different category altogether because its
asserting India’s right to project its presence well outside its
backyard, the Indian Ocean. Naval movements to the South China Sea
are expeditionary in nature because of the distance.
·
China has
been behaving very badly about Indian warships in the South China
Sea, going “Mine! Mine! Mine!” loudly and throwing a tantrum each
time an Indian warship visits. India has economic interests with
ASEAN and Vietnam, and it has specific anti-China military interests
in Vietnam. It’s not an alliance, let’s just say it’s a close
friendship that dates, oddly enough, from the 1960s.
·
A bit of
background. Everytime China glares at India, its political lot and
civil service gets what the Indians inelegantly term “loose
motions”, and the Americans with their usual aversion to mincing
words, call “the runs”. So this stiff stand will cause eyebrows to
rise.
·
Part of
the reason the Indian Navy is acting tough is that China has been
doing altogether too much sniffing around the Bay of Bengal and
along Pakistan’s Makran Coast. China calls it the “String of Pearls”
approach, where it has built, is building, and planning to build, a
chain of naval bases to keep India quarantined in its own backyard. But there is an another
reason which is a bit harder to pin down. This is that the Indian
Navy is not disturbed by the notion of fighting the PLAN. It’s major
warships are every bit as good as the PLAN’s, and the Indian Navy is
confident it is superior in organization, tactics, and the myriad
bits and pieces that go into making an effective naval force.
· The Indian Navy is not by any means dismissive of the PLAN. Indeed, the Navy chief specifically admires the rapidity and quality of the PLAN’s buildup. But the Indian Navy believes it is better. One place where the PLAN is superior is in the matter of nuclear-powered submarines. India’s domestic construction program is finally yielding results, as is its seaborne ballistic missile program. But India has taken so long to developed its own propulsion reactors, that in numbers it is ten years behind the PLAN. Though not nopt neccessarily in operating experience, thanks to India’s leases of Soviet boats, including a large, sophisticated, and spanking new Akula II class. Earlier, in 1988 India recieved a Charlie I on lease and had signed for two more. But they never came, and the first was rerurned in just three years. The Charlie was was a piece of junk even the normally mong-suffering Indian Navy could not tolerate.
And of course India’s
nuclear-armed cruise missiles are limited to a 300-km range,
though a 1000-km missile is likely to make an intial flight in
2013. The Indian SSBNs
will carry a 750-km range missile to start, with longer range
ones in development. The first SSBN is undergoing trials for
2013 commissioning, and the second of the class of four will
launch next year for 2016 service. The boats can carry 12
missiles, or four 3500-km range missiles under development.
·
India’s
sole point of happiness, submarine wise, is that the PLAN’s SSN/SSBN
programs seem to experience one failure after another to match
actual performance to design specifications. Inevitably, however,
the PLAN will get it right within the next five to seven years.
India is also undertaking a six SSN program. India is, of course
half-a-century ahead of the PLAN in the matter of carrier aviation.
Monday 0230 GMT
December 3, 2012
·
The next US Secretary of State
Editor is against the appointment of the
likely nominee. His sole reason is she is a rude person. And no, he
is not being sexist because he cordially dislikes rude men. So, for
example, he thought the late Mr. Richard Holbroke was fit only for
latrine duty, because that is where his mouth belonged. Editor does
not care how brilliant someone is; a potty mouth shows a fundamental
weakness of character. When someone swears at an equal or a
superior, that is fine by Editor. But to swear at subordinates or
people who have no power to retaliate is the mark of an extreme
bully. Americans display a confused state of mind when they equate
cussing with toughness. A bully can never be tough. Rather s/he is
weak.
·
Editor
had to make this clear as prelude for what he is about to say. To
pick on the likely nominee over her briefing on Benghazi is
stupidity beyond moronic. First, she said what she was told. Second,
her duty lies not to Congress, but to her President. So she shilled
for him on the issue. That is her job, if the President tells her it
is her job. Third, Editor has yet to hear one explanation of how
what she/President said affected the outcome of the election. How
would it have hurt the President to say “this was a terrorist
attack”? Some people have gone just looney tunes over this, claiming
it was the biggest cover-up in American history. There was no cover
up. The thing start to finish was a CIA affair. In case someone
hasn’t noticed, the CIA prefers to say as little as possible.
Further, it is hardly unknown for the CIA to mislead to protect its
operations.
·
This
said, neither the President nor the likely nominee has helped their
case. While Editor keeps insisting on the facts, one reason he has
gotten nowhere in life, the reality of life is that personalities
count for 90% and facts for very little. The likely nominee did not
help her case because she reacted with her usual arrogance when
questioned about the alleged misstatements. The President has gone
wholly over the top, saying sexism and racism, and saying an attack
on her is an attack on him. Gee, what a giant ego the man has – its
all about him.
·
Sexism
has nothing to do with it – and how weird to allege sexism when the
likely nominee’s boss is a woman. And equally weird to allege racism
when the country has twice elected a man who defines himself as
black. (Editor defines him as white Irish. According to Editor, the
mother is more important simply for biological reasons, and in this
case, the mother was also the one who brought him up. To deny his
mother is to betray her. This is only Editor’s opinion, but there it
is.)
·
Some
professional women commentators who Editor respects for their
balanced views have said the opposition has to be racism because a
man who is abrasive is seen as tough. First, who has denied the
likely nominee is tough? Moreover, has anyone said SecState Clinton
is not tough because she does not have an uncontrollable middle
finger and a potty mouth? Second, no one likes an abrasive man
either, especially for a job that requires the utmost tact. We go
back to Mr. Holbroke. Would he have been okayed as a SecState? We
doubt it.
·
Obviously
the likely nominee has some very serious personality issues. The
opposition has every right to criticize her for this without being
called racist or sexist. But the opposition needs to be responsible
and not put the blame for flawed announcements on her. When
personality is the issue, false facts are hardly the way to go.
·
Kim K was in the Gulf the other day. Hundreds of screaming teenaged girls paid
fabulous money to come see her. Meanwhile 100 stern-visaged mullah’s
demonstrated, saying she should not have been allowed to come
because she has a “bad reputation”. How
delightfully quaint. Where does that leave Lady Gaga? With a “very
bad reputation”? At any rate,
the girls expressed their opinions of the mullahs, which can be
summarized as “Butt out”.
·
Knowing
Editor’s oft-stated antipathy for Kim K, readers might be surprised
to know he very much approves of the young lady as an ambassador for
America. The reason is simple. American is headed down the tubes of
history. Thanks to Kim K and others like her, at least we’ll take
the rest of the world with us. Can’t be the best, then strategically
the power play must be to pull down everyone else to our level. We
believe Sun Tzu was the first to make this point, and it was updated
for modern times by Mahan and McKinder. After all, America destroyed
its greatest enemy in 236-years, communism, by pushing consumerism.
Now it is busy destroying the People’s Republic of China’s political
structure because, oddly, consumers also somehow want the freedom to
Just Be Me. The Chinese, before the embarked on their capitalist
revolution, the previous one having flopped big time, thought their
people could be kept satisfied with material objects while allowing
the Party to rule, instead we have to start wondering how long this
so called Party is going to last.
·
The way
to destroy fundamentalist Islam is not to bomb it of existence, but
to push the idea that sex and lusting after under-aged girls is a
human right up there with the right to life and liberty. Sex and
lust come under the Pursuit of Happiness clause. Now truthfully
Editor has never associated Kim K with sex. Of course, her fans can
retort that at Ed’s advanced age, sex is at best a faded memory, so
what does he know. A student asked Editor when was the last time
Editor had sex. Editor said Roosevelt was still president. “Ah,”
said the student sympathetically, “Theodore Roosevelt’s time”. But
truthfully, Editor does not know many males who think Kim K = Sex.
If the women are going wild over her, okay, good for them because
anything that pokes a mullah in the eye has to be a Good Thing for
America.
·
Readers
might wonder why Editor is constantly putting down Kim K. Could it
be he secretly lusts after her? Truthfully no, because like Jimmy
Carter, Editor has reached the physical age where the only place
that he can feel lust is in his heart. A good lady friend has
pointed out this may be the source of Editor’s lack of dates on
Saturday. She says women are now sexually liberated and apt to
expect and pursue sex as
much as men, if not more. She suggests that when Editor thinks a
tender, intimate moment is when the Editor looks deeply into his
date’s eyes and seductively says: “Now,
my dear, would you like me to explain why India’s mountain strike
corps is delayed?”, women are likely to say “This old coot is weird”
and cross him off their Must Invite To Tea list. Editor refuses to
believe women are THAT shallow. But back to the question of why
Editor makes fun of Kim K.
·
The first
reason is that she is not aesthetically designed. If she were a
warship, she would sink bow first into the sea on her very first
trial run. The second reason is that when she goes on a date, she
has to be carefully constructed layer-by-layer. Industrial size air
compressors and paint guns the size of those used on automobiles are
involved. You start wondering “is she really a robot sent to invade
earth by an engineering team that has relied on what it thinks are
Earth notions of feminine beauty?” The third – and most important
reason – is that the Editor is plain frightened of Kim K. You see,
you may have noticed she is – er – incredibly pneumatic. And she
wears a lot of jewelry on her wrists. Well, this is an accident
waiting to happen. Should she prick herself accidentally with a
sharp part of the jewelry, well, there will be a massive explosion
and Earth will undergo an extinction event. It’s kind of like
watching someone dance Chubby Checker on a wire anchored on opposite
sides of the Grand Canyon. It is complete agony, because you’re
frozen in fearful anticipation that the dancer is going to miss a
step and plunge into the canyon. In Kim K’s case she would go
straight through the Earth and arrive in time for tea with the Ozzie
Kangas, which is serious animal abuse.
Friday 0230 GMT
November 30, 2012
Next update Monday December 3, 2012
·
Letter from S. Renfrew on Obama and Taxes
Your assertion that everyone with an
income of $1 or more should pay federal tax is shocking.
Particularly so because you claim (I am inferring from the figures
you have given) that you are in the bottom of the third quintile and
undergo considerable financial hardship. Shouldn’t you of all people
be more sympathetic to the poor, who consist of minimum wage
workers, disabled, and elderly. Are you even aware that the poor pay
a higher percentage of their income in federal excise taxes,
payroll, and state and local taxes than the 4th through 1st
quintiles? They are not, as you seem to believe, getting a free
ride! Imagine if you earned minimum wage and took home $12,000 a
year, or were an elderly or disabled person getting that or less. If
$400 for car repairs has busted your budget for a year, can you
possibly imagine what that would do to someone with an income a
third of yours? Shame!
·
Editor’s response Phew! S.
Renfrew is clearly a person of strong convictions. Actually in India
we say “Shame, shame, puppy shame, all the dawggies know you name!”
Don’t ask what it means. Okay. Let’s go back to first principles.
Editor most of his life has been for income equalization while
giving those who make more money enough incentive to keep at it.
Editor has pointed out that in Eisenhower’s/Kennedy’s time, the top
1% was paying confiscatory rates of taxes, 70-90%. Editor cannot
recall anyone in the 1% saying “I have no incentive to make more
money and so I’m not going to work more than I am. He agrees the
argument that the wealthy generate jobs is bogus. He has himself
stressed that the Bible enjoins us – requires us a precondition of
salvation – to help the poor even if it means going around in shabby
clothes ourselves. The Indian philosophers very very big on the idea
the rich have a special responsibility for the poor. (Not that
anyone with money does that; for all their faults Americans are
exceptionally generous when it comes to giving to those less
advantaged.)
·
There was
all this excitement about the Lotto, with the prize reaching half a
billion or something. Editor also bought his $2 ticket, though
objectively he understood the chances of winning were less than the
chances of a date on Saturday night. Since the latter is effectively
zero, so is willing the Lotto. But, since Editor likes to be
prepared, he went through the plan if he won the Lotto. To his
horror he realized his philosophy did not allow him to keep even a
dollar of winnings. His first obligation – this is enshrined in
India – is to ensure his family is comfortable for the rest of their
lives. What’s left over has to go to what the Indians call “feeding
the poor”, which of course these days extends to a lot more than
just feeding them, if you have the means. Pardon us a moment…
·
Okay,
we’re back. Editor was so overcome with his own nobleness he had to
get a box of tissues of which he had to use half to wipe away the
tears.
·
But there
is a problem. Some of our readers who are to the extreme right of
Ron Paul have been pointing out in private emails that where does it
say in the Constitution that the Government has the right to take
from the rich to give to the poor? Okay, you will say, and where in
the Constitution does it say black folk and women can vote? Correct,
it doesn’t, and it’s because in time people came to understanding
that denying black folk and women the right violated the spirit of
the Constitution that the original absurdity was corrected. But
there is no spirit of the Constitution that says the rich have to
pay more taxes and the poor no taxes. There is an ethical issue here
because we are treating the rich differently from the poor. It’s
called discrimination. Editor does not deny every time he sees a BMW
700 series or a Mercedes 600 series sedan stopped at the light, his
first impulse is to block the car, get out, throw the owner into the
traffic, and drive off in the fancy car. But it would not be
ethically right for the Editor to do that, just as it is not
ethically right for the government to do that.
·
Yes,
agreed that the poor pay an outsize share of their income in
non-federal taxes. The biggest item, almost 9% for the bottom
quintile, is payroll taxes. But its fair for the poor to pay this
because they get it back in Social Security and Medicare. As for
sales taxes, they’re completely neutral between income groups and
thus ethical. Editor said the other day that taxes have to be
raised, entitlements have to be cut. You don’t have to charge the
poor much by way of federal tax – make it 2% if you want. But you
have to charge them something
because that is the ethical thing to do. As for bringing up the
disabled and the elderly, this is emotional blackmail and nothing
more. Before the state massively took over the job of financially
supporting the citizenry, families looked after the elderly and the
disable. If you had children out of wedlock, you either looked after
them yourself or you put them in an orphanage. If your husband ran
away that was your bad luck. What has this got to do with the state?
It is not the duty of the state to be our father and our mother. If
we take this argument to its logical end, should the Editor maintain
it is the state’s duty to provide him with dates on Saturday night?
And BTW, Editor can make that argument in a logically sound way.
We’re going to quite now because Editor is on the verge of getting
carried away. He’s very sensitive about the No Dates issue. But he
will add what also got to go is government assistance to
corporations. Leveling the playing field means leveling for
everyone, not just poor people.
·
Letter from AA on Technology Readiness Level 6
There are actually 8 levels. Level Six
is not "ready for deployment". It is only prototype demonstration of
effectiveness in a combat, or realistically simulated combat
environment.
Thursday 0230 GMT
November 29, 2012
·
A
short note to the President
Dear Your Prezziness. I am told yesterday you called for tax cuts
for the middle class. See, right here you have shown you are no more
serious about putting America on the road to fiscal responsibility
than the Republicans. It is well-known that our Government spends
$1-trillion/year more than it takes in taxes. It is further well
known that we will have to raise taxes on everyone, poor, middle
class, and rich (I am the lower-middle class income wise). Yes, I
know raising taxes on people like myself and the many, many
Americans who make less than I do is going to be very hard for us
citizens. But you know perfectly well just raising taxes on the rich
is not, by a long shot, going to work.
·
As well
as requiring everyone with an income above zero dollars to pay taxes
– income taxes as well as other taxes, you know perfectly well
entitlement programs like Social Security and Medicare and Medicaid
and so on will have to be cut. My Medicare medicine and doctor
visits already require copays so high that I skip the doctor for
important things unless I am in pain or hemorrhaging blood. (For
some reason, the sight of my own blood makes me upset. Other
people’s blood – including your administration’s – bothers me not at
all.) I already do what I am told tens of millions of American do:
cut their medicine in half, or skip doses. If my co-pays go up even
further, I will have to cut back even more. My Social Security check
is $770 which I am told is fairly typical. Yesterday my 14-year old
car died – conveniently – right after I refueled as the gas station.
So it was easy for the repair shop to wheel it 20-meters and into a
bay. Very nice people – immigrants – and because they know I am a
substitute teacher they cut their labor cost back and got rebuilt
parts rather than new. Alternator gone, belts gone, bunch of other
stuff, came to $440. That takes care of my discretionary income for
four months. Turns out the car is leaking oil and burning oil; it’s
not going to die, but it requires $550 worth of work. Which pretty
means discretionary spending gone
till September 2013. Okay, so you know, and I know, that in addition
to raising taxes, and cutting entitlements, you’re going to have cut
deductions. I save $2250/year on annual taxes because of the
mortgage deduction (mortgage is 63% of my monthly income), and if
you take that away, I am going up Honey Creek with a limp noodle for
a paddle.
·
I am
telling you this not to angle for sympathy, because despite all my
problems I am STILL better off than about one-third of the people in
the country. I am very heavily in student debt, but unless the law
changes that will be eliminated when I drop dead, and provided I can
keep paying the mortgage, I will at least have something left to
pass on to my kids. I am where I am because of my own choices and a
never ending stream of bad luck - yet, even the luck was mine to
make, or not. No one gave me bad luck. I absolutely do not begrudge
Pie Face Gates and his ilk, or even you and your ilk, the money you
make. The skinny-butt long-haired
guy Upstairs tells me you and Pie Face earn your money honestly, and
that’s good enough for me.
·
So why am
I telling you this? See, it’s because I have two sons, two nieces,
and two grandkids, with more – I hope – in prospect. Every time I
realize that the comfort I enjoy – small as it may be – is at the
cost of my children and grandchildren, I don’t feel good. In fact, I
feel downright sick.
·
You have
two daughters. Supposing tomorrow you fell on bad times – the Lord
forbid. Supposing your family did not have enough to eat. Would you
and Ms. Prez tell your daughters: “I need to eat, hand over half of
what is on your plate”? Obviously not. Though you may only half the
calories you need, you will give from your share to your children.
But this is exactly what you and others of your ilk – the politicals
of America – are NOT doing for the country. You are, in a very real
sense, the father of our country (not the first father, obviously,
but the job gets passed down with every election). Yet you are a
father who is concerned only to secure the future of your two
natural born children. But all the other children in America are
also yours, at least while you are in office.
It is your ethical and legal
responsibility to look after all of America’s children. For that you
know we have to have fiscal responsibility, which means everyone –
poor, rich, you, me, 20-years old or 90-years old – will have to cut
back on our consumption for the sake of our children and
grandchildren and great grandchildren.
·
You say
you care for America. But when you say the middle class must pay
less, how are you any different from your so called opponents across
the aisle, who want the rich to pay less. (I say “so called
opponents” because everyone knows there is absolutely no difference
between you and opposition politicians. Your motto as much as their
motto seems to be “I’m looking out for Number 1”.)
·
See, if
we’d built up these huge deficits for a noble cause, like World War
II, we’d have some justification – but no justification for blindly
adding to the deficits. These deficits have come about because we
spend more than we earn. Its not more complicated than that. Yes, I
am aware that many respected economists say the deficits don’t
matter. Is that really the case? Today people pay the US to keep
their money. But what happens tomorrow when we have to pay real
money to pay interest? And BTW, the US Government keeping interest
rates low has not been without cost. You’ve robbed from those
Americans who dutifully and diligently saved for their retirements,
only to see themselves getting no more than inflation as returns.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
November 28, 2012
·
Revolutions and all that In
various blogs and letters to editors and so forth, we are seeing a
lot of people very upset about developments in Egypt and Libya.
Egypt: a return to dictatorship that the dictator planned as even
tougher than that if ousted Mubarak.
Libya: chaos that was part of the cause four American embassy
deaths. Americans are asking: what did we intervene for, then?
·
Sorry to
tell the upset folks you aint seen nuthin yet. When Assad of Syria
goes down, you are going to see a bloody mess that is going to make
you grossly ill. Please to remember, forty thousand (40,000) people
have already been killed in a country that is about the size of
Missouri, and if people think that when Assad is overthrown it may
be 50- to 60,000 dead. If anyone thinks after Assad is hung in
Central Damascus there is going to peace has been imbibing something
stronger than the Editor’s 20mg Prozac a day (BTW, Editor has
protested to his doctor that everyone he knows is getting more than
20mg a day, why is he being discriminated against? Doc has a very
peculiar answer: “You don’t need more; in fact, I don’t think you
need any at all.” Is that something to tell someone who is
perpetually broke even though he works 12-hrs/day every day of the
year, and who has not had a date on Saturday night since 1968?).
Then let’s not forget that Iraq is going to crack, and whether
that’s done peacefully or with more blood is entirely up to Baghdad.
·
First,
Editor should be clear he is not an expert on history and
revolutions. Indeed, today he had a very sharp recollection that
when he should have been reading Hannah Arendt half-a-century ago he
was missing class and out chasing some particularly pretty and empty
headed lady. They were the only ones he could persuade that the
proper attire for discussing Indian philosophy was – er – no attire.
And even with the empty-headed ladies he had no luck. That said,
think back: with the exception of the American Revolution – that was
back 236 years in case people have forgotten – has any significant
revolution ended well?
·
Well,
what about Iraq 2003 to the present. They seem to have some kind of
functioning democracy. So they do. But they didn’t have a
revolution. The US came in and executed the dictator. The natives
did not have to lift a finger. Then before it left, the US built up
a force of 600,000 military/paramilitary troops. The Iraqi Army
circa Saddam was actually a pretty efficient one, and Iraqis as a
society were pretty educated. US did not have a particularly hard
time creating the new army. Peace
has been maintained because the Shia ethnically cleansed the Sunnis
under US rule, and have a Size 18 quadruple wide jackboot firmly
planted on the Sunni neck. And the Shia leave the Kurds alone; the
Kurds run their own show. So what is there to fight about?
·
Next,
remember that the countries of the Mideast went straight from the
Ottoman Empire to subjugated states run by Western masters. Then
when the western masters decided to call it a day, the local tyrants
took over. On the question of states, folks, what you see in the
Mideast – as in Africa – is administrative divisions drawn on the
map by the Western conquerors of the Ottoman Empire. Places like
Libya, Syria, and Iraq have been kept together by force. Not only do
they not have a tradition of self-rule, each of these places is a
country only courtesy of Mr. Shotgun. Take Mr. Shotgun away, and
you’re going to get chaos. Look what happened to Yugoslavia. The
country was an artificial created to suit the needs of the victors
of World War I. The first time the tyranny was removed Yugoslavia
fell apart into what – eight different countries? And anyone thinks
Bosnia-Herzegovina is going to stay together because US said so is
also on something stronger than 20mg Prozac a day. Same thing is
happening in the Mideast, just that it’s taken something like
700-years to lift the tyranny.
·
Well,
you’re going to say, what about the Soviet Union? Sixteen new
countries and they’re doing okay. Well, sort of. Russia itself is no
democracy, and neither are most of the other states. Also remember
this was the Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics. The
constituents of the USSR had their own nationhoods, even though they
were ruled as vassals of Moscow. Their own history, culture,
language and so on. With the exception of Egypt and Iran, the other
countries are made up patchworks. Take the jackboot off their necks
and they’re going to explode.
·
What’s
happening in the Middle East is 100% normal. Nothing to get worried
about. Things will take time, and the best the US can do is to stay
out. When we say time, remember the Central and South American
republics? They were independent for darn nearly 200 years before
they got democracy functioning. And some of them are doing their
best to unget democracy.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
November 27, 2012
·
Now Let Us Praise Iron Dome Frankly, Israeli boasts about their weapons
being the best get terribly tedious. For one thing, a whacking high
percentage of their weapons is built with US money, components, or R
and D. For another, systems like their Merkeva MBT may be
well-suited to their requirements, but best MBT it is not.
Nonetheless, with Iron Dome the Israelis have legitimate bragging
rights. And so far, at least, the Israelis haven’t been claiming
it’s the best in the world because actually it is the
only operational CRAM
(Counter Rocket, Artillery and Mortar) system around.
·
Well you
may ask: why doesn’t the
US have such a system. That’s because in the matter of weapons, the
US has become Futzer Nation. We’ve been futzing about on CRAM for at
least 10-years Editor can recall, and where are we? Well, read this
RFI (Request For Information)
https://www.fbo.gov/index?s=opportunity&mode=form&tab=core&id=e859f9a0d04cbea443bebc75f3587faa
which was posted in October this year. It calls for coming up with
components that can be moved into Level 6 by 2015, i.e., just short
of limited rate production. The
bulk of the hardware has already been developed in some form or the
other. (It’s been decades since we did anything related to US RDT&E,
and we cannot find a definition of the levels after spending
15-minutes on the web. So we may be wrong about what’s expected at
Level 6. Please correct us if necessary.) The way the US goes about
the development business, it will be a miracle if anything is
actually ready for an RFP (Request For Proposals) by 2015, and how
many years it takes to get to the troops is anyone’s guess.
·
The
Israelis, on the other hand, started work on Iron Dome in 2007. They
too relied on components that were mainly already developed and
tested. The first battery was deployed in 2009. They’ve cut the
production time for new batteries – we are told – to 4-6 months from
years. The clever thing about the Israelis is that were updating
their system during combat!
Yes, it was software updates, but that’s what they needed for
greater effectiveness, so while the troops were firing away in the
field, others processed the new data gathered within hours, and
within hours altering the software. Phew.
Can the US do this? We’ll
leave the snickering and snarfing to reader. (A snarf is when out of
politeness you try to suppress a major snicker and it explodes from
your nose with more force than if you hadn’t tried to suppress it.
Snot – a great deal – is involved.)
·
How were
the Israelis able to achieve this highly compressed schedule from
start of work to combat? They say they focused on developing a
system that did just what it was supposed to, with no extras or
diamond plating or hypothetical threats to the year 2412 AD. They
figured that once they got it deployed, actual combat would show
them what they needed to do in order to improve. So whatever cannot
be accommodated by the software upgrades, will roll out as Iron Dome
Version 2. (Actually, we think was used last week
was Version 2 if not 3.)
And by the way, a new battery of 3 launchers with 60 ready missiles
is priced at – get this - $50-million. Of course, this is not what
the Israelis will charge other customers, because they will expect –
and get – fat profit margins. But still.
·
Now, in
case you are an old timer, you may be scratching your head and
asking yourself: “Now where did I hear of someone else using this
system: rapid development-test-upgrade-rapidly deploy-test-upgrade
and so on ad infinitum. Scratch your head no longer, friend. This
was the US system just a few decades ago. The Nike Ajax/Hercules SAM
system is such an example, US got battalions and battalions deployed
as fast as possible against the Soviet bomber threat, kept testing
furiously every year – actually every month – and then going back
and modifying/upgrading the system on the go. Compare this with
Aegis/Standard, where tests are less frequent than total solar
eclipses (or something like that).
·
India has
been interested in Iron Dome since the system’s inception. Every
time Americans feel bad about their messed up development and
procurement system, they can look at India. We are working on
forming our first squadron of the Light Combat Aircraft, which
requirement was formulated and on which work began
42 years ago. India inducted its first aircraft carrier
half-a-century ago, its first own-made carrier is still not ready
for deployment. We have to stop now – blood pressure is rising
dangerously.
·
India is
talking of four regiments, which we assume means 12 batteries. We
cannot imagine the batteries will have just three launchers. For one
thing India is about a gazillion times larger than Israel. A battery
should have at least six launchers. So – this is interesting –
Editor was reading the Letters to the Editor in a major Indian
newspaper about this news, and someone said what good is Iron Dome
for India because it
cannot intercept cruise missiles. Coincidentally. The Israelis have
been working on David’s Sling, for first deployment by 2014. This
system is intermediate between Iron Dome (75-km max range – the
Israelis squeezed an extra 5-km out of it
during the week-long war)
and Arrow, which handles the ballistic missiles. David’s Sling will
have a range of around 350-km. And get this: not wanting to waste a
good little fight, the Israelis launched a couple of David’s Sling
missiles at live targets and even shot down one. These ranges are
current ranges: there’s already talk of extending the Iron Dome
interceptor’s range.
·
And also,
get this. Israeli Ministry of Defense told Rafael, which makes the
Iron Dome interceptor, “we need to rebuild our inventory ASAP as
well expedite deployment of more batteries because the shooting
match could restart at any time. Rafael said “no problem dudes,
we’re already working to double production for you.” The rumor mill
says that within months Rafael will be turning out 10 interceptors a
day. Can you imagine a US manufacturer doing this? And the missiles
cost between $40- and $50,000. The interceptor is like a long-range
air-to-air missile. Can you imagine a US company handing this over
for $50,000/round. US AMRAAM costs $300,000+ a round. Okay, AMRAAM
is not the same as an Iron Dome interceptor. Its heavier, but the C
version has about the same range as an Iron dome interceptor.
Incidentally, it is likely Israel’s improved interceptor will cost
$90,000; meanwhile AMRAAM D version will cost - $700,000.
·
The
genius of the Israeli system is that it does not try to shoot
everything down. No sir. It
calculates which rockets will likely impact against a target, and it
takes out these with 90% efficiency. Those that will land without
causing damage are ignored. Editor at least is very impressed.
Monday 0230 GMT
November 26, 2012
·
Letter from Reader VK on Israel-Hamas
If we use Occam razor in Pillar of
Defence this is indeed a massive Israeli cop out. But this round
looked like that neither side wanted a fight
and grabbed the
ceasefire when a face-saving opportunity arose. Methinks the whole
thing was deliberately calibrated Israeli escalation war game to see
how each actors precisely behave in the changed Middle East
scenario, testing its civil defense infrastructure, effectiveness of
Iron Dome in real life situation, how new Islamist regimes react etc
on top of usual lawn mowing of Hamas in preparation/anticipation of
something big. Perhaps US is going to do something in Syria or
US-Israel is planning something big in Iran.
·
It was
weird how US, Israel and major European countries were in perfect
co-ordination and at least the criticism of Israel was minimum. The
status quo on Syria and Iran
is untenable and it must break down
soon. The arrival of US warships to evacuate its citizens from the
region is ominous of something big will happen. My preference is for a
conspiracy theory in this round of Israel-Hamas/Hezbollah fighting
is because usually Israel is sucker punched into a situation like in
2006 into reacting.
·
This time
Israel took the whole escalation right up to mobilization on border
and sudden seeming cop out points to a pre-planned calibrated
escalation & de-escalation. The clause in ceasefire that promises
stopping assassination means nothing. If the Israel wants to resume
assassination, it can make some rogue group fire couple of rockets
to Israel, cry "violation of ceasefire",
and whole thing can start
over. A piece by David Sanger piece supports my theory.
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/11/23/world/middleeast/for-israel-gaza-conflict-a-practice-run-for-a-possible-iran-confrontation.html?hp
·
Letter from Reader YL on Israel and Hamas
Your rant on Israel’s defeat oddly
matched the extremist Debka.com’s comments on the recent operation.
In case your readers are unaware, Debka.com is an unofficial
mouthpiece for “Israel first” extremists masquerading as patriots.
Their preferred solution to Israel’s security issues, first and
last, is unlimited violence unleashed against its enemies. I don’t
know if you are aware, but Israeli views on Palestine cover a wide
range and there are probably more people for peace than there are
for war.
·
As an
Israel-American, I follow your blog closely when you write on
Israel. I am amused – and baffled – at your totally schizophrenic
attitudes on Israel and Palestine. You often say as Third Worlder
you sympathize with the Palestinians, even to the extent of
maintaining that Israel should not have formed in Palestine. Yet
whenever Israel launches war, you get upset and angry because it
hasn’t gone far enough, at least by your lights. So which is the
real Editor? Your writings make it impossible to tell!
·
Concerning the recent flare up. It was not started by Israel, but by
Hamas, Bibi responded, as he must, meeting force with force. But
Gaza is not this prime minister’s fight, He is focused on the more
serious threat of Iran. Gaza was, for him, a distraction that he
needed to get rid of at the soonest. It was critical to keep western
public opinion favorable to Israel, to give him a freer hand on
Iran. A ground invasion of Gaza, with the inevitable civilian
casualties, would have cost him the support of the western public.
The same applies to any
hawkish moves on Gaza. By accepting the ceasefire Bibi has conceded
nothing, because it is inevitable Hamas will start its nonsense
again as soon as it can. Instead of losing, Bibi and Israel have
gained because for the first time you have Israel willing to forgo
some of its national security objectives for the sake of peace. This
is very important. Unlike yourself, who are very pessimistic on what
has happened, I am very optimistic, and I believe Israel won this
round.
·
Editor’s Response Editor
freely accepts he is schizophrenic on Israel and Palestine, and this
is inevitable considering he is a 3rd Worlder brought up
in, and living in, the US. Editor is a great believer in the
traditional American theory that ultimately force is the solution to
all intractable problems. After all, when confronted with the
Gordian Knot, Alexander immediately and efficiently solved the
problem by slicing it with his sword. America’s stalemate in Korea,
and its defeats in Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan all arise from an
insufficient application of force. Either American should not play
the game of force, or if it chooses force, it must go all in. Going
half-way will led to defeat, which causes far more problems than not
intervening in the first place.
·
Editor
has no reason to doubt that Reader YL has accurately stated Bibi’s
position. This does not change the reality that this is the first
war that Israel’s enemies began and ended on their terms. Every
other time Israel has severely punished the aggressor. By letting
Cairo broker a ceasefire, Israel has let Hamas go, and Hamas is
already preparing for the next round. Not enough people have asked
why Hamas broke the ceasefire in the first place. By using force,
and by remaining standing after Israeli retaliation, Hamas has
clearly established to the people of Palestine that Hamas, not
Fateh, gets results. Fateh, which is for peace with Israel, has been
discredited. As it is Fateh was in decline; this rumpus has
accelerated the decline. Hamas, needless to say, far from being
interested in peace with Israel, doesn’t even acknowledge the
existence of Israel.
·
Far
worse, Hamas had shown the ability to exploit western public opinion
to limit Israeli punishment . Isarel’s greatest strength – as was
Ronald Reagan’s – was giving the impression it is violently crazy
and will not be swayed by logic even if that violence hurts Israel.
No one wants to fight a crazy person.
That is all gone now. Hamas’s next provocation will be
greater still, and the cost to Israel greater still. Israeli
deterrence has failed. This is a major defeat.
Friday 0230 GMT
November 23, 2012
·
The Congo Civil War turns
serious again as M23 rebels take Goma and advance on Sake to the
west. M23 is supported by Rwanda; indeed, Goma is just a few miles
from the Rwanda border. There was no real fight for Goma as the
Congo Army simply withdrew. MONUC has no mandate to fight the
rebels. It has supported the Congo Army in operations against the
rebels, and did so last week as it used attack helicopters to try
and stop a rebel push. But by itself the air support proved
insufficient, and with the Army having vacated Goma, there is no one
for the UN to support.
·
M23 says
2100 Congo Army troops and 700 police surrendered; many have joined
the rebels. The rebels plan on advancing on Bukavu, at the southern
tip of Lake Kivu, which is shared between Rwanda and Congo. From
there they want to advance west, all the way to Kinshasa. To us at
this time this seems an unrealistic plan, but let’s see what we see.
The push for Bukavu has hit a temporary roadblock because the Congo
Army is fighting back at Sake, an important town on Highway N2 from
Goma to Bukavu. Whether the army can stop the rebels remains to be
seen.
·
The UN’s
position is simple. Its job is to provide security for the civilians
in the region and to help out the Army. It is not to do the fighting
for the government. There is no doubt that if MONUC is ordered into
action, with its several Indian and Pakistani battalions it will
quickly sweep away the rebels. But what next? MONUC was supposed to
buy time for a new Congo national army to be formed from the 5-6
major rebel armies in Eastern Congo. MONUC did this, and now the
Congo Army is not doing its job. Frustrating as it is, MONUC is
doing the right thing by staying out of things.
·
The
Central African War, which at its peak in the 1990s involved eight
countries vying for the resources of this astonishingly mineral rich
land, has already cost over 5-million lives, the vast majority
civilians, who have brutally treated by all sides. This is the
costliest war in terms of casualties since the Second World War.
Africa is an out of sight, out of mind situation for the west, which
has done little except support MONUC and conducted some training for
the new Congo Army. It is only a few million African black folks
that are being killed, how is Europe and the US to get excited about
this?
·
The
rebels loot, murder, rape, and impress children into their armed
service. The Congo Army does the same, though it is less guilty of
using child soldiers. Unwilling to defend Goma the Congo Army
nonetheless gave the people they were supposed to protect a parting
gift: they looted the civilians and along with the rebels, are doing
their standard killing and raping.
Thursday 0230 GMT
November 22, 2012
·
Israel Loser This may sound
harsh, or at best a rant from the Israeli right. It is neither. This
particular round started with Hamas ramping up its usual rocket
nonsense, in the calculated belief that the Arab Spring and Cairo
being on Hamas’ side would stop Hamas from suffering fatal
consequences. The idea was to say “we punched Israel, and Israel has
to back off leaving us still standing.” If you are not an Arab or a
Palestinian, this may sound like a pretty self-destructive attitude.
You may laugh, or even taunt Hamas. But that would be making the
always big mistake of viewing a situation solely through our own
lens. But for the people who live in the Mideast, to punch Israel
and then escape from Israel’s crushing retaliation is a very big
deal indeed.
·
Within
days of Hamas starting this round, the world rushed in to stop the
fighting. So Hamas was already proved right. It could provoke, and
get away with it. Then the Israelis scored a massive hit on Hamas:
they got a chance to kill its military chief, and did. Retaliation
was inevitable; the last people to be surprised that the rockets
started flying again would be the Israelis. But as far as the
Israelis were concerned, they were on top, because obviously they
could punish Hamas at will.
·
Well,
sadly, it didn’t work out that way. The minute Israel started
hitting Hamas in earnest, the whole world including the US jumped on
Israel and told it to stop. Israel has become so weak politically
after years of punishing Hamas, Hezbollah, whoever and whatever,
only to see them spring back that it couldn’t even afford to see
this round through. Hamas and allies launched over 1000 rockets etc
at Israel. Back in the day, say even 2 years ago, this would have
meant Israel would have gone in and whacked Hamas but good,
regardless of how many civilians died. Instead Israel launched 1500
surgical strikes, and collapsed.
·
The
ultimate humiliation: who saved Hamas’ lamb chops? Egypt. Yup.
Egypt, which has never had respect from Israel, was the coordinator
of the ceasefire and Israel (and Hamas too) is now accountable to
Cairo to maintain the peace. For heaven’s sake, is it possible to
sink lower? We do not think so. Particularly because Hamas from the
start said Cairo would stop the fighting.
·
If that
wasn’t enough of a victory for Hamas, Israel has had to make a very,
very major concession, one that frankly is having trouble accepting
Israeli actually made. This is Israel has given up its right to
target individuals. Hamas and its terrorist allies can sleep soundly
in bed now.
·
Now,
obviously it wasn’t Cairo that forced Israel to back down. But this
is what is really bad: all of Israel’s allies ganged up against it
and accepted Cairo’s role as the key negotiator.
For all the honeyed words
uttered by the US Administration, even the US helped sell Israel
down the river. The entire world’s first priority was to stop the
fighting regardless of Israel’s interests, and they succeeded.
·
We can
just hear right-wing Israelis saying: “Gosh, this Editor is such a
dingbat. He has so little understanding of the situation. Israel has
scored a great victory because for the first time it has forced the
Arab world to take responsibility for restraining Hamas. Next stop,
we’re going to maneuver the
Arabs into restraining Hezbollah. You say we’ve lost? We’ve scored a
major victory.
·
We can
also hear the left-wing Israelis saying: “How could we have invaded
Gaza again? There is no end to this if we choose the path of
violence. We need peace, and now the Arabs are working with us to
ensure peace. This is a great first step to a negotiated settlement.
We’ve scored a major victory.”
·
But what
is there to negotiate? Is Israel going to withdraw its people from
the West Bank and let an independent Palestine rise? No. Is Israel
going to allow the Palestinians it kicked out return? No. Is Israel
going to dissolve itself as a nation and head back to Europe and
America? No. So what is this business about a negotiated peace? Any
agreement that leaves the Palestinians with one slice of bread in a
loaf is not going to be acceptable to the extremists. They might
settle for half-a-loaf. They never have, but Israel is not prepared
to give half a loaf. It doesn’t matter if 99% of Palestinians say:
“We’ve had enough, let’s have peace at any cost.” It takes just 1%
who are extremists to reject this and top keep the violence going.
Wanna bet that the 1% is not going to agree to peace except on its
terms?
·
As for
the idea that the Arabs are now invested in peace with Israel and
will control their extremists who seek to use violence against
Israel, please, people, have a heart. The Arabs can’t control their
extremists, how are they going to control Palestine extremists? And
we’ve made huge assumptions here, namely that Israel is willing to
give half a loaf (it never will) and that the extremists will accept
half a loaf (they never will).
·
Hamas had
10,000 rockets at the start of this round. Israel has destroyed
thousands. Okay, so not only has Hamas got thousands more, it is now
free to rebuild its arsenal. Hamas lost 150 military and civilian
lives. That is what – half-a-day’s population growth? Hamas and the
Palestinian [ep[;e probably suffered the loss of a billion dollars
worth of infrastructure, perhaps even two billion. Wanna bet the
west is right working overtime to rush fresh aid to Palestine and
Hamas’ allies including Iran are rushing hundreds of million worth
of military assistance to build up Hamas ‘ arsenals?
Wanna bet Hezbollah and Hamas
are sitting down, this very minute, plotting the next move against
Israel, slapping each other on the backs and saying “tole ya the
Jews are wimps, next time they’ll sue for peace even faster.”
Wednesday 0230 GMT
November 21, 2012
·
OK, this Gaza thing is getting really boring
and both sides need to stop already. We
were hoping Israel was going to do a ground invasion because
strictly from an enthusiast point of view we want to see what the
Israelis have learned about combat in urban areas. If they’re not
going to invade, then please stop wasting Editor’s time, too much of
which has gone in covering this matter.
·
Among the
things we note approvingly is that the Israeli Air Force is using
mini smart bombs. We cannot, from the pictures, estimate their
weight because for that we need a full side shot. But the bombs seem
to be shorter than the ejector racks. The Israelis are also taking
some care to warn people of impending attacks. And they are
continuing to send civilian supplies into Gaza so to that extent
they are not squeezing the civilians. The squeezing of the civilians
on the expectation they would rise up against the militants was
brutally vicious, and the least attractive and least defensible
aspect of Israeli action in Palestine. This is against the law of
war and defies common sense,
because of all parties, the civilians are the most helpless.
·
Mind you,
we are reporting this stuff from the Israeli side, and of course you
would expect the IDF to paint itself in the best possible light. But
from the casualties – just 124 dead over 6 days, according to the
Palestinians themselves, or less than one per ten strikes – it
really does seem the Israelis are being careful. A reader wrote us
to ask why we haven’t mentioned the fake dead children positioned by
Hamas propagandists for gullible fotogs, and the habit of Hamas and
other militant groups of using civilian shields. The answer is that
the Israelis say they are civilized – indeed, they a western nation
that happens to live in the Mideast. Civilized behavior is expected
of the Israelis, no one expects anything from the militants. Unfair?
Yes. But if Israel wants to appear moral, unfairness has nothing to
do with it.
·
We have
also been asked why we are not condemning Hamas’s indiscriminate
fire whereas Israel is going to considerable lengths to target
civilians. We have explained this in previous years, no harm in
repeating it. The disparity in combat power between Hamas and Israel
is probably three orders of magnitude. That is to say, Israel
militarily outclasses Hamas by thousands of times. When someone is
that badly outclasses, they have no choice but to hit back as they
can. And that is what Hamas is doing. It’s managed to kill exactly
one Israeli soldier so far, and of course that was by accident. This
does not mean we are excusing Hamas. We have a real problem with
Islamic militants not least because they wrecked so much havoc in
India. We are simply stating the reality. The underdog has to seize
the few opportunities that come his way.
·
Would
Hamas solely focus on military targets if it had the necessary
weapons? Doubtful, because the Palestinians believe Israel
deliberately targets civilians. Besides, Hamas does not have the
necessary weapons, so this becomes a sterile debate like where would
Editor take his date on a Saturday night. He doesn’t have a date, so
what is the point of discussing where he would take her?
·
In case
you haven’t been following the cease fire discussions of the last
48-hours, the reason there is no ceasefire is simple. Hamas does not
want a ceasefire that makes it look as if it was forced into a dead
end by Israel. Not just that, Hamas wants to be able to declare a
victory. Fair enough, that’s Hamas’s business, not ours. Israel says
it is tired of this stop and go rocketing business, where Hamas
agrees to a ceasefire to buy time, then starts up again. Israel
wants, tactically, a 24-hour period where no rocket is launched
before it ceases fire; and strategically it wants a solution to the
rocket problem.
·
But what
about the assertion that the militants had ceased fire and Israel
broke the ceasefire by killing Hamas’s military commander? This is what the Turks have been
repeating a hundred times a day, and all we can say is that the
Turks, who are among the most level-headed people in the world, have
lost their marbles. At least their leaders have lost their marbles.
First, any ceasefire agreement Israel makes explicitly excludes its
bringing to justice militant leaders. Israel has not attacked the
political leadership, but never once has it implied or stated that
terrorists get immunity.
·
Second,
Hamas broke the ceasefire first, by starting rocket attacks all over
again. Moreover, that is hardly the only problem. Since the Arab
spring, Hamas has been stretching its macaroni muscles, and pushing
Israel from all sides – attacks on the frontier, increased smuggling
of weapons, missile attacks on Eliat – these are just some of the
things that come to mind.
·
Okay, you
say, didn’t Editor just say that the weaker power has to strike as
best it can? People, people, we are not moralizing. We are not
saying “Hamas devils, Israelis angels.” There is much wrong on both
sides going back to the turn of the 20th Century or
whenever it is large scale Jewish immigration to Palestine began.
BTW, this is not an argument anyone can with an Israeli, because he
will say “We are only returning to our homeland from where we were
expelled in 70 AD”. Fine. By that standard, us Northwest Indians
have the right of return to our ancestral lands in the Caucasus. And
as the eldest surviving male heir of my grandfather, I have the
right to return to claim my grandfather’s house in Lahore, that our
family had to flee on Partition in 1947. You all in Israel support
my right of return – there’s also a dacha on the Black Sea I am sure
I can make a claim to – the land at least. We can argue this
nonsense till the earth grows cold and we will get nowhere.
Tuesday 0230 November
20, 2012
·
Israel-Gaza Jerusalem Post
says the cabinet met late Monday night to consider a ceasefire.
Hamas is already crowing that it has achieved a balance of power
with Israel, and says that Israel must ceasefire first because Hamas
will not agree to an imposed ceasefire. Israel, of course, is saying
the same thing in reverse, plus insisting a long-term solution be
found to the problem of Hamas’ and other terror attacks. If no such
solution is found, Israel will do a ground invasion.
http://www.jpost.com/DiplomacyAndPolitics/Article.aspx?id=292612
·
So what
exactly is going on with Israel? First, let us be clear that if
Israel agrees to a ceasefire without a long-term solution, Hamas has
won. Hamas’ calculation was Cairo would save Gaza’s lamp chop. It
wouldn’t be Cairo saving much, but the world community which is very
keen that the whole problem of Hamas and Israel would just go away,
preferably to another star system, say Epsilon Eiridani, if not
further. The EU in particular is sitting on both sides to
compromise.
·
So why is
Israel of all countries playing nice, even to the point of
kissy-facing with its enemy? First there is the practical
consideration that an election is due in January, though the talk is
it may have to be postponed. If Bibi goes into Gaza and it turns out
a disaster, his political career suffers. Second, his public is not
behind him on a ground invasion. Israel is not just a raucous
democracy, it is not falsely
patriotic like us Americans. Waving the flag in Israel does not
automatically bring the country to its feet singing the national
anthem; nor does it cause a complete suspension of thought as
happens here. Your typical Israeli is a true patriot: threaten his
country, and he’s ready for war. But over the years he has become
suspicious of his government in this matter of marching off to war.
After all, the current op is the third major one in just six years.
Third, just about every Jewish Israeli is in the military, or
closely related to someone in the military. That makes the people a
bit more hesitant to shed blood. Unlike in America, where we always
ready to shed our soldiers’ blood. Fourth, Bibi needs to keep the
west sweet because of the Iran problem.
·
Last, and
this may be Hamas’ real victory, Israelis are plain tired of war.
Please to remember that in their first four major wars (1948, 1956,
1967, 1973) their enemies created an existential threat where if
Israel did not fight, things could end up with Israel vanishing.
1978, 1982, 2006, 2008, and
2012 are non-existential threat situations.
·
So, lets
see how this goes. The general mood seems to be this round will end
with a ceasefire, but not just yet. Meantime, anyone can see nothing
will be achieved by either side, except the laying of ground for the
next bash. When you grind a man down to nothing, as the Israelis
have done to the Palestinians, he has nothing to lose. The
Palestinians are fatalists; they expect to lose everything at
regular intervals; and if the Israelis are tired of conflict, the
Palestinians are beyond exhausted. They have no strength to tell
their militant leaders that they don’t want more war. Nor can they
fight Hamas, or in the West Bank, the Palestine Authority. No matter
what happens in 2012, the hardliners of both sides are ever ready to
provoke the other side, and then it starts all over.
·
Frances loses Moody’s Triple A rating
The UK Telegraph is careful to note,
however, that being put on negative watch in the past mid-year did
not increase France’s borrowing costs.
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/financialcrisis/9689457/France-stripped-of-prized-AAA-credit-rating-by-Moodys.html
·
Meantime, the Telegraph,
which has always been super-skeptical on Greece, has bluntly stated
the obvious re. Greece. Athens is going to need $125-billion debt
forgiven on top of what has been previously forgiven; else it is
heading for a debt of 190% of GDP, and its youth unemployment to
58%. The economy is down 7% this year after many years of decline.
Fiscal tightening has not worked for Europe, indeed, the EU/IMF have
made things worse. It is a given that either more debt relief is
given, or it’s bye-bye Greece. (Many think its bye-bye Greece
anyway, even with debt relief. If the immediate relief is given, the
Germans stand to lose $25-billion, which is going to play havoc with
Merkel’s political standing. If it is not given, the consequences
will be worse.
Monday 0230 GMT
November 19, 2012
·
Israel-Gaza There has been a
serious reduction by strikes by both sides on Sunday. Only 120
rockets and 120 air strikes were launched. We do not think this is
because of any negotiations taking place. The Israeli Defense Forces
spokesperson has said Hamas’s launch capability is reducing. But we
would like to make clear that our assessment is not they are running
out of rockets; they have used just a fraction of their arsenal.
Rather, the problem is the speed with which Israel has been
retaliating makes launching a risky activity. This is so even in the
case of the rockets fired from tubes buried underground and remotely
detonated. There is not a lot of room to hide in Gaza. On Israel’s
side, we believe it is running out of targets.
·
Our
assessment is that both sides are waiting for third parties to bring
about a ceasefire. Israel is hardly suffering, but Hamas is being
hammered and now the Israelis are going after individual Hamas
leaders. Israel has said it will not quit until Hamas cries “Uncle!”
Hamas says we will never surrender, we will unleash the gates of the
Hot Place Downstairs (as if Hamas has control of the Downstairs
Place); vengeance is ours and so in in rather colorful language that
could send a hot-air balloon to the Moon.
·
Nonetheless, Israel is fully aware of the risks of a Gaza land
invasion. It is not on the Israeli “Must Do Today” list. And in any
case, when you have a reservist army, you need time to bring the
reservists – and even the regulars – up to the mark. Better to spend
more time getting ready than less. And of course, in the meanwhile
may be a ceasefire can be arranged. But Israel wants to tell
everyone that if this shooting does not stop, an invasion is
inevitable.
·
What
honestly amazes us is not that by the end of Day 5 75 or so
Palestinians have been killed. What amazes is that ten time or more
have not been killed because Israel has put in around 1000 air,
attack helicopter, naval, and artillery strikes. If you have been to
Gaza (which we haven’t since the 1970s but we keep in touch) you
will see the towns – Gaza City in particular – are very densely
populated. The Israelis are
using small bombs and anti-tank missiles where they can, accuracy
makes up for the loss in kill radius. But still, this absurdly low
death toll speaks well of the Israelis. Who, we repeat, in our
opinion should not have created their country where they did. Yet,
saying “should not” doesn’t help when the country is already there
for six decades.
·
Back to Benghazi Episode CXII
One thing that baffles us about Benghazi
is that people are saying the president lied. For the sake of
argument, let’s assume he did lie (as opposed to messing up the PR
part, which is actually what happened).
But why exactly would he lie?
What would he have gained? People say he wanted to avoid an October
surprise. But how exactly does a bunch of crazies overrunning a US
consulate in the back of beyond qualify as an October surprise?
·
A friend
of ours says we need to stop reading the right wing blogs and trying
to make sense of what a bunch of Obama haters say, and will keep
saying forever. Fair enough, but how can we stop reading material
and views that contradicts our analyses? What should we read
instead? The White House Times or whatever? The left-wingers do not
make much sense on the issues they take up, either. Everyone needs
to read a bit of everyone’s angle if only to learn different points
of view, rational or not. Editor does need to stop trying to
convince people whose hatred is so visceral they will not be
convinced. It was the same thing with the Clinton haters and the
Bush II haters. We owe it to readers to say something, but there is
no need to take up every point every time it is repeated.
·
UN Ambassador as SecState When we heard this lady was a serious
candidate for Secretary State, we were, like, “Say what, again?”
Truthfully, if you are going to make her SecState, even the Editor
is better qualified. Even his Teddy Bears are better qualified.
(Likely the Bears are more qualified than he is.) On hearing the
news, Editor had no choice but to roll his eyes and say: “There he
goes again”, meaning the Prez. The Prez, according to Editor, lacks
maturity and gravitas, and here he was demonstrating it – again.
·
Well,
Prez is free to choose his own team, but we have to disagree when
Prez/supporters said attacks on the UN ambassador were sexist and
racist. Pathetically cheap shots. Still, this person is such a
non-entity we couldn’t understand why Washington was getting het up.
To say she shouldn’t become SecState because she said the Benghazi
attack was on account of the anti-Islam video seemed unreasonable to
us. That is what she was briefed, and the briefing had to come both
from State and the CIA. So why beat her up?
Friday 0230 GMT
November 16, 2012
Next update will be Monday November 19,
2012 unless there occur important developments in the Middle East
·
We’ve had
to postpone our planned comments on the US and its Klasse Klowne
Parade as there is serious news to be covered tonight.
·
Meanwhile, please to note General Petraeus will be testifying before
a Congress committee, which starts work today
0730 US winter time (1300
GMT). So we can stop with the conspiracy theory he was pressured
into resigning as part of a Benghazi coverup. This widely touted
theory made no sense at all because Congress can subpoena who it
wants when it wants. And a General Petreaus mad at being thrown
under the bus (part of this conspiracy theory) would be very eager
to tell Congress his side of the story. It is time we all took our
medication and calmed down both about Benghazi and the General’s
personal misfortunes. Editor has zero idea what is actually going in
the investigations including the Broadwell investigation. Editor
wagers that the bloggers also do not know. To then run around
posting bits of gossip and pausing every second to go “OMG!
Treason!” is immature and unintelligent.
·
Republicans will say that Democrats were doing just that with Mr.
Bush the Second. True. And we defended him when we thought we
should. Just as we are defending the present administration. Why do
so many bloggers want to wage a propaganda war? Sure, it feels good,
especially since Mr. Romney lost. But the purpose of a blog – we
feel – is to convince others to come to your side, not to preach to
the choir. Unless we are all to pick up guns and decide issues that
way, the issues have to be decided by debate. Those who are civil,
reasoned, and fair have a better chance of winning the debate. We
repeat that Editor is NOT pro-Obama: he said many times the US is
doomed no matter who gets elected because our leadership regardless
of its political bent is owned by the oligarchs and is, besides, a
complete and incompetent
failure. You want to attack Mr. Obama, please do so. It’s your
right. But if you want to convince others, be fair about it.
·
Israel/Gaza As of midnight
Israel time, the Jerusalem Post reports that Israel has recalled
30,000 reservists and begun concentrating infantry brigades and tank
units on the Gaza border.
http://www.jpost.com/Defense/Article.aspx?id=292102
·
Late
Thursday night the Israeli defense Force announced it had launched
70 air attacks on Gaza in an hour, bringing the total
number since Operation Pillar
of Defense began to 320. Readers will recall that Israeli killed
Hamas’ military chief on Wednesday in retaliation for a resurgence
of rocket fire against Israel. At that point Hamas and allies began
firing rockets all out, and have launched 270 as of 2330 GMT
Thursday November 16.
·
The blitz
attacks appears – as far as we can make out – to be directed mostly
against the longer-range rockets capable of reaching Tel Aviv, like
the Fajr 5 given by Iran. Yesterday Hamas & Co said they had
launched two rockets against Tel Aviv; the Israelis said they had
seen no sign of attacks against Tel Aviv. Nonetheless, Hamas does
have the longer-range rockets, stored mainly for underground launch,
and presumably the Israelis have decided to reduce the risk to their
capital. Hamas has shifted much of its rocket capability underground
because by the time rocket crews get set up to launch from the
surface, Israeli UAVs have detected the setup and the sites have
been attacked while they are launching or very shortly thereafter.
·
Situation Assessment
Orbat.com’s obligation is to be honest with its readers and not to
pretend we know more than we know. Nor do we believe in the
standardized media headlines which seem to be dragged out from
wherever they are kept and used at every opportunity. What follows
is our best assessment.
·
We cannot
say why Hamas was provoking Israel before Wednesday by resuming
rocket fire. People are saying that in view of the Sunni victories
in the Arab world Hamas is feeling strong and is ready to tough it
out. We reject this explanation as making no sense. It is being said
that Hamas is counting on Egypt to pressure Israel not to retaliate.
This may be so, but if so, it is a major error. Israel is not going
to give immunity to Gaza because of Egypt. The Israeli Army will use
no more than 30,000 soldiers in any Gaza invasion; it can quite
easily handle Egypt simultaneously. It remains unclear to us that
Egypt is willing to risk war and the inevitable defeat just to help
Hamas in some totally unclear objective. This is quite aside from
what happens to Egypt’s relationship with the US if Egypt attacks.
·
So if
Hamas wants to appear to be tough, the question “why” is unanswered.
The answer most probably lies in the internal politics of Palestine.
But right now things have become personal: by killing Hamas’
military chief and threatening to declare open season on Hamas’s
civil leadership, any back down by Hamas will reduce its credibility
in Palestine. Of course, an Israeli invasion will destroy not just
Hamas’s credibility, it will destroy Hamas. In our opinion, it is
perhaps unnecessary to think too deeply on why Hamas has started
this, because the Arabs are impulsive in the extreme.
·
There is
a possibility that Hamas is acting on Iran’s behalf. Teheran is
under immense pressure because Israel has declared openly and
covertly it is prepared to go for a unilateral strike, and clearly
such a strike may happen right after the Israeli elections early
next year. We could sit here and argue that elections Israel will
calm down, but we’re not talking Israeli motives, we’re talking
Iranian perceptions.
·
We don’t
like this explanation because it makes Hamas an Iranian puppet,
which is absolutely not the case. The worst outcome for Hamas is an
Israeli re-occupation of Gaza; why should Hamas sacrifice itself to
oblige Iran? From where we sit, we see no good outcome for Hamas
regardless of it continues fighting or it stops now.
·
It is
possible that Hamas has decided that in view of Israeli failures in
Lebanon 2006 and Gaza 2008, that Hamas can defeat or at least
stalemate Israel in the event of a new ground invasion. Two things.
First, this still leaves unanswered what has led Hamas to stage a
showdown. It’s doing rather nicely as it is, and given that Abbas of
the West Bank is very weak right now, shouldn’t Hamas be focusing on
overthrowing him?
·
Second,
if Hamas is going by the 2006 and 2008 outcomes, it is making the
mistake of fighting the last war. It is true that years of peace and
plain hubris led to a very severe deteriorating in Israeli Army’s
fighting capabilities. We are not in a position to say to what
extent the deficiencies of 2006/2008 have been remedied. What we do
know is that Israeli Army itself was seriously shocked at its bad
performance and has been working to correct the situation. And we
can say with surety that Israel will not repeat the strategic and
tactical mistakes of the earlier wars. Still further, Israel’s
airpower capability has significantly increased
·
Now,
Israel has clearly said it will not stop attacking Gaza unless the
rocket fire ceases. We’d like to add that unless the whole show is
stopped immediately, Israel’s position will harden and even if the
rocket fire stops at some point, the Israelis will want blood.
Israel is headed for elections early next year, and the
conservatives are on the rise after having to rule within a tricky
coalition. Israeli internal politics require a stern response or
else come Election Day the Government will be in trouble.
·
It is
understandable that Hamas wants to hit Tel Aviv. If, however, it
succeeds in inflicting casualties in this critical city, Israel will
have to react in full force. Though Israelis do not want to reoccupy
Gaza, this may become a necessity if Tel Aviv is attacked.
Thursday 0230 GMT
November 15, 2012
·
Editor
considers himself doubly blessed in the matter of his countries.
Both his home country (India) and adopted country (America) have an
endless profusion of Klasse Klownes. Both countries have a high
percentage of citizens who are simultaneously citizens of La La
Land. Both countries are a source of endless amusement. Thank you,
Lord (twice over) for your beneficence in this matter. If either
India or America were “normal” countries, life would be so dull. As
it doubtless is for people not privileged to live in those two
countries. Editor has often
wondered why the British press, to take an example, is so fixated on
strange doings in America. He used to get irritated at what he
perceived was an open anti-Americanism.
·
But then
one day the truth hit him: the Brits, poor things, have no choice
but to focus on America because Brit people are excruciatingly dull
(“normal”). But for America, the Brits would have a suicide rate ten
times as high as they do now, because they would have no lives. Brit
Metros would not run because trains would be constantly held up
while workers scraped the latest suicide off the rails. Brit ports
would be shut down to recover those who, unable to take it anymore,
have drowned themselves. No airplanes could fly for the Brit
passengers screaming “No! No! No!” before opening the emergency exit
and hurling themselves out. And so on.
·
Thanks to
America, little of this happens. Because of America, when a person
calls the National Suicide Hotline to announce “Goodbye, cruel
world”, the counselor on the end says “Not so fast mister. Before
you go let me read to you the latest on an American general and his
tootsie…” By the time the counselor tells the latest news, the
would-be suicide is restored to his regular radiant self, and tells
the counselor “Thank you. Thank you so much for giving me a reason
to live. I now anxiously wait the next episode.” The counselor
responds “Don’t thank me! Thank America!” Then they sing “God Bless
America” and shed a quiet tear for the love God shows us by having
created America – God’s own country and all that.
·
So let’s take India first In
2008, the Government auctioned 122 licenses for 2G wireless
spectrum. A government agency declared that the government was
cheated out of $32-billion because the auction was rigged by telecom
operators working with corrupt ministers and bureaucrats. Several
people were thrown in jail among national outrage. All 122 licenses
were cancelled in 2012, and a re-auction ordered.
·
The
re-auction was held this week, and guess what? The bidding topped at
$1.8-billion, almost 18 times less than what the government watchdog
said the spectrum was worth. You will naturally want to know what
was paid in the 2008 auction. Please hold your breath: $2-billion
was paid, or MORE than the 2012 auction
http://www.ndtv.com/article/india/what-is-2g-spectrum-scam-66418
(All figures at current rate
of Rs 53 = US$1.) But please to notice that the 2008 price vs 2012
price has to be adjusted for inflation for the last four years. Very
roughly, the Indian rupee has lost about a third of its value over
the last four years (this is not an exact calculation). So the
$1.8-billion paid is worth $1.35-billion today (again, rough
calculation); so the government has theoretically LOST money after
it repays the 2008 fees. Of course, it will not be this much because
government will pay only a nominal interest; perhaps it will not pay
any interest. Against that, however, are intangibles like global
loss of confidence in India as a stable place to invest. If your
license can get cancelled on a zero-fact assessment of fraud, then
you will think many times before investing in India.
·
Now,
government critics will likely point out that two of the original
2008 companies sold major shares of themselves to foreign companies
for prices higher than they paid for their licenses. Neither company
seems to have had previous telecom experience, so their sole assets
were the licenses. At this point our reaction is a big fat AND??? So
what? Foreigners were not allowed to bid. If they wanted to get into
India, they had to partner with an Indian company. Since it is the
spectrum the foreign companies wanted, it would make no sense for
them to pay anything for the two Indian companies unless the Indian
companies had the licenses in hand. If anyone was so concerned about
this, why not have let the foreign companies bid directly? When you
artificially restrict bidding for licenses, there will be those
willing to partner with the license winner if it makes them money.
This doesn’t mean the Indian company should have bid higher: the
Indian companies bid against other Indian companies and won. Any
future profit is theirs. Not letting foreigners bid was the
government’s stupidity and these two Indian companies too advantage
of that.
·
One of
the two companies, an old, established Indian firm, won only two
licenses, indicating it wanted to put a toe into the water in this
new (for them) business. What is wrong with that? Or is the critics’
case only those already in a business should be allowed to bid? That
is called oligopoly, which is generally considered A Bad Thing.
·
The other
company took 9 licenses. Allegations have been made these were
improperly awarded as the company did not meet auction requirements.
Fair enough. Investigate and prosecute the company if cause is
found. Why cancel the entire auction and end up earning LESS money
than you did the first time?
·
Now it is
time to play “Bring in the Klownes…” India Rising: always fabulous,
always exotic, and always good for a hearty laugh. Please don’t
shoot us: we’ll do it ourselves and save you the cost of a bullet!
Wednesday 0230 GMT
November 14, 2012
·
The FBI and the investigation of the CIA former director
Our letter writer is at pains to note
that while he is familiar with FBI procedures, any information about
this particular case comes solely from the media. We hope the letter
will help resolve many questions our readers may have about the FBI
handling of the matter.
·
The
chairman and ranking member of the house and senate intelligence
committees must be informed of ongoing intel activities and
operations. This is a
legal requirement that was enshrined in law back in the 1970s after
the Church committee hearings.
So, the FBI was perhaps naughty not to tell Feinstein in the
Senate and Rogers in the House.
·
In
response, FBI will say that this started as a criminal investigation
into cyber threats, and the FBI rightly never talks about ongoing
criminal investigations to Congress or other government agencies. However, one of the things
they saw in the emails from Broadwell was info about Petreaus'
schedule and movements when he was CENTCOM chief. This set off alarm bells
regarding potential breach of security for obvious reasons. Later FBI learned of the
sexual affair and put the pieces together realizing that there was
no security breach, and that they were dealing with a psycho
ex-girlfriend.
·
So, in fairness to the FBI,
this thing was a criminal investigation that kind of veered into the
realm of intel issues.
As a political matter, someone high up in the Justice Department
should have informed the President, as well as congress earlier. Remember that FBI would have
been working with a federal prosecutor in Tampa as they sought court
orders to get into Broadwell's email.
Something like this surely would have quickly gone from the
US attorney in Tampa to DOJ HQ in Washington.
·
So, as a
political matter, this was a cock-up, as the Brits would say, by the
high level appointees in the DOJ.
FBI handled things exactly the way they should have. However, they will now take
all the blame, as the powers-that-be in Washington scramble to
protect Eric Holder from the Congress.
·
According to another source
the Editor spoke with, since the end of J. Edgar Hoover’s days, the
FBI has been most loathe to be seen as an instrument of the ruling
politicians. FBI would have completed its investigation with due
diligence, and given its report when the investigation was finished.
It was not for the FBI to rush to the President or press until it
was satisfied it had been thorough, particularly as no intelligence
breach was found. The investigation was not wrapped up until just
before the election. Mr. Leon Panetta was informed on November 6th.
·
We drew
our source’s attention The Washington Post of November 13, 2012.
WashPo rhetorically asked that since there was no national security
issue, and since the FBI concluded the threats made by Ms. Broadwell
to Ms. Kelley did not rise to the level of criminality, why is this
matter being discussed in the first place?
· Our source said the FBI never went public with anything. An agent knowledgeable about the investigation informed Mr. Eric Cantor of the investigation and said he was a whistleblower because he feared the matter would be covered up. It is likely, but not proved at this point, that the “whistleblower” was acting from political motives. But you cannot go public because you fear something may be covered up. A crime has to be committed before you can blow whistles. This agent has committed a gross breach of discipline; it now appears he is infatuated with Ms. Kelley; and his future is in the hands of the FBI's internal affairs unit. The FBI has committed no sin here: its agent lost it, the Bureau acted promptly.
·
Our
source asks us to note that Mr. Cantor wisely chose not to make
capital of his information and thus open himself up to charges of
partisanship. Mr. Cantor
merely informed the authorities and said nothing. This shows that at
least he has shown high ethical standards.
·
We asked
our source that since the FBI had concluded there was no criminal
action, why did it inform Mr. Leon Panetta about the investigation.
Our source cryptically said it is not the FBI’s place to inform Mr.
Panetta and that our source doubts this is what happened. Our source
noted the information from two aides of the former CIA’s Director
that he had no thought of resigning; presumably because he believed
he had done nothing wrong. Our source says he believes the news
correct that only when the Director National Intelligence told the
CIA Director he should resign did the Director put in his papers. Our source suspects that the
former CIA Director’s wife may have had something to do with
resignation decision as she is reported to be “furious”, but added
this is just his speculation. He does not know.
·
Meantime, Reader Luxembourg, our resident cynic
wants to know how the general accused of
improper relationships with Ms. Kelley found time to generate 30,000
pages of emails to the – er – object of his affections. He would
have had to write nonstop for 40-hours a week for the whole year, at
the high speed of 50 words a minute, to fill anywhere near that
number of pages cited. Reader Luxembourg says no wonder we are
losing in Afghanistan.
·
Well, the
reality is more prosaic. First, the total pages seized include only
some that are emails between the two – er – the two admirers.
Further, a single line email prints out as a page when sent to hard
copy. A 30-minute luvvy-duvvy session can easily generate 50 pages
to and from, allowing for times for sighs, languidly sniffing roses,
refilling the wine glasses and so on.
·
Also meantime, Editor has
long been sick and tired of this business that women promote, that
men rapaciously seeks affairs and the women are the victims. First,
this is not biologically correct. The female of the species chooses,
not the male, and the poor, pathetic mindless male simply responds.
Second, look at the fotos and bios of Ms. Broadwell and Ms. Kelley.
Just who exactly is victimizing whom here?
Tuesday 0230 GMT November 13, 2012
·
Former CIA Director We had
one response from a reader. He asked why liberals thought it was a
matter of little concern for President Clinton to have an affair and
then pile on to the former CIA Director. We may be wrong, but as far
as we know no one is condemning the former official for having an
affair. What people of every political stripe seem unable to process
is why a man of his stature should embark on an affair at all.
·
Speaking
purely for himself, Editor does not see what is the big deal about
anyone having an affair. He does not see it is any business of the
American public. Let those without sin cast the first stone and all
that. Editor, as a true sinner – along with the other 5-billion
adults on the planets – is not in a position to cast stones. If
anyone IS condemning the former official, they need to stop right
quick, before the Old Boy Upstairs enters a “Hypocrite” against
their name. Hypocrisy is also a sin, and it seems quite pointless to
condemn someone else’s sin and then get written up for sinning.
·
Back to
Mr. Clinton and the CIA former director. Is there actually a law
that says the President cannot have affairs? We’re asking for
informational reasons because there definitely is a law that says
married military personnel cannot have affairs. We will go one step
further and assume the CIA also has such a rule, at least for its
senior officers. Though
there is no security angle in this case, we are reasonably guessing
the former official’s boss (the DNI) had to ask him to resign. It
also seems to us since the lady in question is an officer herself
(we were told Major but apparently she is a Lieutenant Colonel),
even if she is a reservist she
is likely to be subject to military discipline. The CIA officer,
having retired at 60, would not be a reservist. So the CIA and so on have to
sort out their rules. As we
said, let the rest of us MOOB (Mind Our Own Business).
·
Another “A Billion a’int what it used to be” example
So at the peak of World War II, in 1944,
US was spending about $70-billion; in today’s money $920-billion or
so. No need to repeat the obvious: 100 army divisions, 6800
warships, 80,000 USAAF aircraft, 12-million men under arms and so
on. In 1968, US was spending about $80-billion, or about
$450-billion in today’s money, and that too was a big spending
blowout. Ten divisions fighting in Indochina, whacking great
N-weapons buildup, 3.6-million men under arms, something like 2500
air force and naval aircraft and
12,000 helicopters in the war zone alone, 930 warships, etc etc.
·
Now comes
news of two $6-billion arms deals, one for Saudi, and one for Qatar.
The Saudi deal is for 25 (that’s right, twenty-five) C-130Js, and
the Qatar deal is even more pathetic, for two THAAD
anti-aircraft/anti-missile batteries (12 launchers and 150
missiles). Yes, yes,
training and documentation and parts and so on for a few years is
included, but still.
·
The other
day Editor was idly wonder what three new UK 60,000-ton class
carriers would cost if India had the money. Well, $12-billion for
the ships plus $12-billion for parts and mods for 20 years; about
the same for 12 Daring class escorts, and about the same for the
airgroups (F-35B plus helicopters and so on) including attrition. In
other words, three carriers would cost $36-billion over 20-years.
That’s not much lower than India’s total defense budget for about
1.5-million men under arms (all services).
·
Why is not India knocking a zero off its currency?
When Editor first came to the US, the US
dollar equaled Rupees 4.78. The rate is now around Rs 53=US$1. The smallest Indian coin now
issued by India’s central bank (the Reserve Bank of India) is 10
paisa, or one-tenth of a rupee. Therefore India can knock off one
zero, making the exchange rate Rs. 5.3 to US$1.
Monday 0230 GMT
November 12, 2012
·
Former CIA Director We no
particular fans of the gentleman. If he is the greatest American
general of his generation, all we can say is this generation’s
standard are abysmally low. He did a good job in Iraq; he did a bad
job in Afghanistan – along with all the other Afghanistan generals,
of course. This said, orbat.com’s position on the gentleman’s
personal life is this: it is his personal life.
·
Regarding
the matter of his testifying in front of the scheduled closed
Benghazi briefings. There are briefings and then there are hearings
initiated by Congress. It is the government’s prerogative to bring
who it wants to a briefing. But it is Congress’ prerogative to
subpoena who it wants for a hearing. So the general may not be at
the briefings. But if Congress is unsatisfied, it can summon him. To
talk about cover-ups and link the revelation of his affair to the
Congressional proceedings is naïve.
·
We
bloggers and media types have to stop seeing a conspiracy behind
every corner. We need to follow Occam’s Razor, which broadly states
that the simplest hypothesis with the greatest power to explain the
factcs is preferable. If we refuse to be logical, and
attribute everything to some giant conspiracy being manipulated by
the government, we not only are unable to face reality, but we are
also clinically paranoid. In any investigation of any sort, it is
not for the accused to prove every charge made by accusers wrong.
The accusers have to prove their
charges.
·
The
Benghazi affair is the first time Editor has followed events as seen
through the lens of bloggers, thanks to reader Luxembourg who sent
us stories several times a day. Editor was utterly amazed at the low
level of “facts” presented, the lack of standing of the “sources”,
and the abysmal lack of knowledge of military procedure on the part
of the bloggers. The solution for clinical paranoia lies in the
hands of trained doctors, not in the government opening its
classified files to the public.
·
As with
Benghazi, the anti-government (meaning anti this particular
government) blogosphere says “this does not seem right” or “that
does not seem right”. But who are the bloggers to say what seems
right or wrong? What are their
credentials? Do they understand that just because ABC is a retired
official and is alleged to have said “this does not make sense”
means absolutely nothing and is no proof at all? And of course, the
vast majority of the blogosphere has not talked to retired official
ABC. Some blog somewhere may know someone who talked to ABC. After
that it is all multiple repetition and Chinese Whispers.
·
So, for
example, some bloggers are saying the FBI would have notified X, Y,
or Z that an investigation was underway. From there they jump to the
assumption that someone WAS told. Then comes the next assumption:
since someone WAS told, the government is withholding information.
Why? Obviously so that the President’s reelection bid is not harmed.
It all makes perfect sense. But trained professionals who work with
paranoids will tell you that if you accept the paranoid’s starting
assumption, the rest of the belief system can be remarkably
consistent and even logical.
·
Let’s go
backward on this. If anyone believes the President’s chances of
being reelected were contingent on the public knowing that the
former CIA Director had had an affair, can they prove this belief? A
simple way of looking at it is that supposing the GOP was in power.
Just before the election it emerges the CIA Director has been having
an affair. Is there one person, just one person, who was going to
vote for the GOP person now say to herself: “Oh dear: the CIA
Director was having an affair. I blame the GO president. I am
shocked to the point I will now vote for the Democratic nominee”.
Does this make sense? It does not to us, and if there is someone out
there willing to make the case, please do. Your case will be printed
as a letter.
·
A
prominent Congressperson – not belonging to the President’s party –
says Congressional intelligence committees should have been notified
an investigation was underway. Really? We don’t know what the law
is, but what if the investigations uncovered evidence saying a
member of the committee was up to no good? You can never tell where
investigations go. After all, this one began only because the former
Director’s paramour was threatening harm to another lady friend of
the Director’s. It is the second lady who went to the FBI, and their
initial investigations led them to believe someone had hacked the
former Director’s email account. It is only when the FBI confronted
the former Director and his friend and they confessed, was the
matter settled. That still does not mean the FBI is under any
obligation to rush anywhere making pronouncements. They have to wrap
up everything as neatly as possible before informing anyone. After
all, you are dealing with a national hero here. You do not want to
be the one to ruin his career without possessing as many facts as
possible, or get yourself into trouble for not having done the best
possible investigation.
·
When the
Director National Intelligence was informed, he immediately called
in the CIA Director and asked he resign. But, says the
Congressperson, this was a matter of national security and he, the
Congressman, should have been involved. But was it a matter of
national security? The paramour was not a Syrian or Iranian or North
Korean reporting back to her government. She was a US Army Reserve
major and a fellow West Pointer with her own security clearance.
This was an in-house affair not having anything to do with national
security.
·
Do we
know all this for a fact? Of course not. But on the facts as
announced so far, we are taking the least complicated hypothesis.
Tomorrow new facts will emerge that may change matters. Instead of
heroically going down with our good ship USS Hypothesis, we will
reframe the hypothesis in the light of new facts. And keep repeating
the process as many times as necessary.
·
Editor
has made this point before, for our Very Young readers. The essence
of military intelligence analysis is that you are required to give
your superior officer snap analyses with a bare minimum – or even
less than bare minimum – of facts in your hand. You therefore do not
engrave your hypothesis in stone. You engrave it in sand. The minute
a new fact arises, you have to redo the hypothesis. If you stay
attached to your original position, or if you came to your original
position based on ideology and not facts, you are not doing your
job. The same thing applies to bloggers.
Friday 0230 GMT
November 9, 2012
Next update Monday November 12, 2012
·
Pentagon says Iran fires on US drone
in international airspace and US will do
what is required to protect its forces.
Two aircraft attacked the UAV
and missed. US has conveyed through diplomatic channels to Teheran
that it will continue to fly reconnaissance over the “Arabian Gulf”
– nice stab at Iran there. The incident happened November 1, 2012.
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/iran/9665701/Iranian-fighter-jets-fired-on-US-drone-in-Gulf.html
·
South Korea working age population to start falling
from 73% starting next years (15-64
years). By 2050 the working age populated is expected to be 53%.
According to the report in Chosun Ilbohttp://english.chosun.com/site/data/html_dir/2012/11/08/2012110801139.html
, the Bank of Korea says every 1% drop in working age population
causes a 5.2% drop in the growth rate. We are assuming this means
that – for example – GDP growth is 10% annually, a 1% reduction in
available workers will slow growth to 9.5%. if this is not what the
Bank of Korea means, we are unable to explain the figure.
·
Sudan threatens “painful” response to Israeli attack
on Khartoum arms depot shipping weapons
to Israel’s enemies.
http://www.jpost.com/International/Article.aspx?id=291079 Gee,
Sudan, we hope the response doesn’t hurt you too much: we don’t want
to see you in pain.
·
Putin dismisses his defense minister
Since Mr. Putin is known for sticking to
loyal followers through thick and thin, and the defense minister is
one such, there has been some confusion and considerable speculation
on what is really going on. On the surface, the gentleman is being
fired because he was told not to protect subordinates over a
corruption inquiry into sale of Defense Ministry owned lad as below
market prices. The Minister refused to back away. But the notion
that a corruption inquiry is the cause of the minister’s downfall
has everyone familiar with Russia ROFL (rolling on floor laughing).
Particularly because Putin and Co have made much of their money by
selling state assets way below cost.
·
The
closest anyone can come to a plausible reason is that the Russians
generals have revolted. The minister has been reorganizing the armed
forces, emphasizing quality over numbers, and firing generals left
and right as he reduces manpower. We’d add that possibly,
additionally, the reorganization has upset the internal empires of
important generals. Perhaps generals’ ties to military factories
have been threatened.
http://www.itar-tass.com/en/c142/565216.html
Thursday 0230
November 8, 2012
In
the unlikely event any of our readers expects a comment on the
election, here it is: Boooooorrrrriiiinggg
More seriously, one of Editor’s boys, who
is a Republican, BTW, and has a fair knowledge of Washington as well
as US election history told him in early 2008 that Mr. Obama would
win the election. He has been steadfastly saying since early 2011
that no matter whom the challenger, Mr. Obama would win again.
·
So are the Good Times ever going to Roll again?
There is a school of thought that says “No,
they aren’t.” This school says that US’s economic woes are not
temporary, and cannot be solved by politicians because the problems
are structural. For
increasing amounts of GDP, you need an increasing population and
increasing productivity. The US population growth is slowing –
without immigration we may even head for negative growth. And there
is no sign of what the next productivity thing is going to be.
·
You have
to see that GDP growth of even just 1% is pretty wild in historical
terms. Rounding off, 1% means GDP doubles every 75 years. In just
over 2000 years, GDP would increase by 134,217,728 times. So just arbitrarily
assume the world had a 200-million people in 1 AD. The Roman Empire
had over 50-million
http://www.tulane.edu/~august/H303/handouts/Population.htm ;
given that India and China likely each had far more, and there was
Africa and the Americas and so on, a quarter billion is probably
reasonable. Further arbitrarily say the per capita income was $200
in today’s money – see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:World_GDP_Capita_1-2003_A.D.png
, we are estimating the height of the bars by sight. So world GDP
would have been $50-billion back in the day. At 1% annual growth
world GDP should be about $6.7 quintillion (15 zeros). It is, in
fact, about a million times smaller.
·
In case
you’ve forgotten – and with all these figures who would not have a
blank mind – our point is that 1% annual growth is very, very high
if you look at the past 2000 years. So obviously the sudden spurt
that began in 1700, accelerated in 1800, and then really took off in
1900 (all approximately) has to be in small part because of
population growth by about 30-times, and a whacking increase in
productivity, which came mainly in the 20th Century.
·
Now,
obviously no one can foretell the future. So we don’t know for a
fact there will be no more breakthroughs on the order of the steam
engine, the telephone, and the computer and so on. Indeed, it seems
to us very unlikely there will NOT be spectacular breakthroughs.
Humans use only 1/10,000 of the energy the sun puts out. So we are a
long ways from using all the energy of a sun, let alone all the
energy of a galaxy, or that of a universe. In our known universe there
are 300-sextillion starts (300 followed by 21 zeroes). Our universe
is infinite and the number of universes is infinite. So in theory we
should at some point have an infinite GDP, which each of being
infinitely wealthy.
·
All we’re
saying is that at this time we know the factors that are causing
growth to slow down in a mature economy like the US, the same thing
will hit everyone else in the next few decades. 1% annual GDP growth
may become the norm for the rest of this century, and, until the
next big productivity breakthrough occurs, in the 2100s even 1% is
going to look like explosive growth.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
November 7, 2012
·
India: The Republic of Government Idiots we start with a deep apology to actual idiots
(IQ zero to 25). Compared to the Government of India, particularly
the Ministry of Defense, idiots are actually Mensa level. To
properly define the IQ of significant parts of the Government of
India, we have to construct a new scale, going into the negative
numbers. So deeply into the negative numbers that we would emerge in
Australia for tea with the kangaroos.
·
The
latest atrocity about to be committed with the MOD is cancellation,
for the second times in 5-years, of bidding for the Light Utility
Helicopter program. It is said that 197 LUHs are on bid for Army
Aviation, at a cost of $1-billion. About 130 are for the Army. The
money seems way to low, because now-a-days you do not get military
grade light helicopters for $5-million each. Be that as it may, at
this point the LUH requirement is seven years behind schedule. If
the bidding is cancelled and a rebid ordered, at the very minimum
two years will be lost. After a big is accepted in Indian defense,
the real negotiations start before a contract is signed. This can
take 1-2 years. Then the helicopters have to be manufactured. More
years.
·
Meanwhile, Army Aviation continues operating the obsolete
Aerospatiale Alouette 3 (entered service 1960) and the Alouette 2
Lama, modified for India’s very high altitude requirement (entered
service mid-1950s). India built 500 Lamas and Alouettes (Cheetah and
Chetak are the local names. A
Lama can lift 20-kgs to the Siachin Glacier, about 8000-meters. We
do not have to explain that is a very serious limitation. And aside
from the Siachin, there are dozens of places where the Indian Army
is deployed at altitudes of 5000-meters and up.
·
It is not
as if Army Aviation is getting no new equipment. An order for about
130+ Dhurv utility helicopters should be complete next year, and
orders for 40+ attack versions (which can zip along happily at
6000-meters and up) will start delivery in 2013. A Dhruv, BTW and as
far as we know, can deliver 200-kg to the Siachin outposts. Also
because of the LUH program delays, as an expedient 12 Cheetals
(Alouette 3s upgraded with a new engine and capable of very high
altitude operations) are likely to be ordered. The problem is that
all this may meet less than 40% of Army Aviation’s requirements. The
Army, at least, has to have the LUH.
·
We should
make clear that our “inside” sources cannot be quited, and at least
as of this update, the blogs we rely on – Ajai Shukla Broadsword,
Shiv Aroor Live fist, and some others – have not taken up the matter
of this latest holdup. It seems as if the US Defensenews.com has
been first to break the story.
http://www.defensenews.com/article/20121106/DEFREG03/311060001/India-8217-s-1B-Deal-Light-Helos-Faces-Cancellation?odyssey=nav%7Chead In addition to our lack of
more precise information, the story from this source is quite
confused and the details are making no sense. With this proviso, we
Bash On Regardless with this analysis, and promise to update it as
more information emerges.
·
What the
source is saying – we are jettisoning the contradictory parts of the
story – is that this second rebid was to be decided anytime very
soon, but may be in jeopardy because some Army one-star officer
asked someone for a bribe. We’ll have to wait till one of our
experts emails us to explain why the first bid was cancelled in 2007
or 2008. This was followed
by a 3 ½ year reevaluation, with the contenders winnowed to the
Ka-226 and the Eurocopter 550. The Indian Defense Minister has said
if any signs of misdoing happen, the contract will be cancelled
again. This man is so incompetent that we would be justified in
suspecting he is in the pay of both China and Pakistan to cripple
India’s armed forces. Except, of course, why should India's enemies
bother to bribe the man when he is destroying the armed forces for
free. We are told the gent is on a one-man crusade to clean up
corruption in the MOD, though we’d like him to lay bare his 40 years
career and tell us that he has been an Honest Injun all along, and
has committed no corruption, nor taken a bribe. Which would make him
a saint in India – and were he an American politicians, in
America too.
·
Now look
at the foolishness of this man. If someone has asked for a bribe,
investigate and punish that man. If a bribe has been given,
investigate and punish those that gave it. The larger question is,
how can an Army one-star be bribed to influence the outcome of
bidding? He cannot, because in the hierarchy of decision-making his
importance is lower than that of the file clerk. Moreover, the point
is the Army needs modernization. This idiot defense minister is also
holding up dozens of other programs.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
November 6, 2012
·
The election
Editor is feeling tres grumpy about this
fraudulent show called the 2012 US Presidential election. In 2008,
Senator John McCain opted for federal financing, spending
$74-million. In 2012 Tweedledee and Tweedledum have spent
$1-billion, with $300-million coming from black funds. No one except
those who spend it knows from where it comes.
·
One
gazillionaire, some vague fellow by name of Adelman, has alone
contributed $53-million known, so that 1 of 20 dollars spent is from
just this one person. If anyone thinks their vote is worth the same
as vague fellow’s vote, they are delusional. This is an election by
the rich, of the rich, and for the rich. This is not democracy, it
is an oligarchy. Can’t say we’re constitutional experts here, but
last we heard the US constitution says nothing about oligarchical
rule.
·
The
effect of money is simple. It distorts, indeed renders irrelevant,
the will of the people. This vague person, for example, is
contributing $53-million not because he likes his candidate’s smile,
but because he expects if his candidate wins, the candidate will do
favors for the vague person. So again, your one vote is not equal to
this gazillionaire’s vote.
·
If
Americans feel this system is fine, then certainly Editor is no one
to disagree. After all, he is a guest here. But he has lived here
long enough, and knows enough, to be able to tell what’s happening
is not democracy, but a sham. What’s happening is anti-American and
is subverting the foundations of the Republic – what’s left of the
Republic, anyway. Those who subvert the Republic are traitors.
Traitors need to be shot.
·
Honestly,
we wouldn’t have to shoot too many. Just take the top 10 donors. It
wouldn’t even cost money because lots of people with guns would
volunteer in a snap and would be happy to use their own ammo. If the
rule became the top ten donors to any election campaign are shot,
you can bet next year no one will give a penny to any election.
Problem will be solved. No need to thank Editor. Solving problems:
that’s what he is here for.
Monday 0230 GMT
November 5, 2012
·
Syria Things are getting more
complicated in Syria, and not in a good way. Militarily, the rebels
are getting money and arms from supporters, who include governments
operating under credible deniability and rich individuals. Everyone,
of course, backs their own faction.
·
Because
of this influx of supplies, and also because the rebels are becoming
more experienced, the fighting has gotten fiercer with heavier
casualties on both sides. The rebels have made no substantial
headway in Damascus and Aleppo, so they have started to sight out as
the Government’s supply lines. Much of the fighting is taking place
out of site because it’s happening at communications nodes. The
Government has thrown restraints on air strikes to the winds. Last
week on one day alone there were sixty air strikes. The Government
from the start has shown no restraint on the use of armor and
artillery; combined with the air strikes the cities and towns being
fought over increasingly look like something out of World War II,
the damage is so extreme.
·
The
United States has pulled way back. Not that it was particularly
involved to begin with, but if this continues US will be irrelevant
to the outcome of the war and Syria’s future. Is this a bad thing?
We’ve argued it need not be: US is so overextended it does not need
another commitment. US has even withdrawn support of the main rebel
alliance – which was mainly words – because, Washington says, the
alliance has become unrepresentative of the Syrian opposition. US
wants everyone to get together to exclude extremists. But of course,
in this early stage of the troubles, a unified opposition is
impossible. It is only after the main opposition groups have fought
it with each other (as is happening in Libya) that a unified
opposition can emerge (as is the case in Iraq, where the Shias,
previously in opposition, now rule).
·
Because
US has put so many conditions on the opposition before it even
considers help, the opposition is taking help from where it can and
ignoring Washington. Among the help opposition is getting is from
extremist groups, including our old buddy old pal AQ. So even as US
knocked off AQ in Pakistan and crippled it in Afghanistan, like the
Hydra, AQ has spread to one more country, having p[previously
established itself in the Sahel, Yemen, and Somalia. This is what
happens when gnats and elephants fight. The elephants are tormented;
the gnats are sufficiently nimble to change countries and alliances.
This is very sad from a professional view point, but as we’ve said
many times, the words “US” and “counterinsurgency” have become
oxymorons when used in the same sentence.
·
You
cannot blame the opposition for taking help where they can find it.
US is not helping, the opposition has been dying for months, so
anyone who comes willing to foght the Assad regime is welcomed.
·
Last
month we thought that Turkey was building up to an intervention, and
to heck with the US. This month it looks like Turkey has become
rattled about the prospect of intervening all alone. NATO has made
it absolutely clear Syrian action deliberately provoked by Turkey
does not fall under the defense charter. And NATO has also made it
clear that with each passing day, its wimp factor increases; i.e.,
the odds NATO will intervene grow less. As such, recent reports of
rebel atrocities must have been greeted at NATO HQ with cheers and
sighs of relief, because obviously NATO cannot help an opposition
that is committing some of the same crimes as the government is
committing, and to stop which will be one purpose of intervention.
·
The
spread of war crimes among the opposition is inevitable. The longer
these civil wars go on, the more ruthless all sides become. The
Syrian opposition is not evil; it is not killing prisoners out of
some desire to get cheap thrills. It is giving back to the
Government what the Government has given to the opposition, which is
merciless killing of civilians, women, children, and captured
fighters. This extrajudicial killing will only get worse each
passing day.
·
Washington Post yesterday said what we and a hundred other people
have been saying, which is the increasingly unstable environment in
Syria is spilling over to the Kurds. Syria has its own Kurds, who
according to WashPo have established independent rule in the North
west corner of Syria, on the Turkish border. This is only going to
encourage Turkey’s own Kurds, and those in Iraq and Iran, to step up
their efforts for independence. We’ve in fact argued that the US
should support the Kurds as a way of crippling Iraq, which because
of its alliance with Iran is now inimical to US interests, and as a
way of increasing pressure on Iran. But Editor’s ideas aside, the
Kurdish factor appears to be giving serious pause for thought in
Turkey.
·
So
naturally readers will want to know: what is Orbat.com’s evaluation
of the outcome of the Syria civil war? Impossible to say. Compromise
is now impossible because Assad steadily rejected compromise from
day 1. He might under pressure be open to a compromise, but the
opposition will not agree – not least because Assad cannot be
trusted. To much blood under the bridge and all that. The situation
has to get a lot worse before the outlines of possible outcomes
become clearer. Editor knows you will be saying: how can it get
worse? Well, honestly and not to shock readers, the Syrian civil war
is pretty mild. A hundred people a day are dying. That’s nothing.
Both sides can keep this up for a long period. Particularly as Iraq
is making sure Syria is supplied from Iran. Needless to say, pay no
attention to the occasional truck or plane Iraq stops for inspection
on account of US pressure. After what happened with Pakistan, no one
takes US pressure seriously because they know US is impotent and has
turned soft.
●9:40 p.m.: A senior State Department security officer at the U.S. Consulate in Benghazi called the CIA base, at an annex about a mile away, and requested assistance: “The compound is under attack. People are moving through the gates.” CIA officers at the base can hear the alarm, and a team immediately begins gathering weapons and preparing to leave.
●10:04 p.m.: A six-person rescue squad from the agency’s Global Response Staff (GRS) leaves in two vehicles. The team leader is a career CIA officer; the team includes a contractor named Tyrone Woods, who later died. During the previous 24-minute interval, the CIA base chief calls the February 17 Brigade, other militias and the Libyan intelligence service seeking vehicles with .50-caliber machine guns. Nobody responds. The team leader and the base chief agree at 10:04 that they can’t wait any longer, and the squad heads for the consulate.
The senior intelligence official said that he doesn’t know whether Woods or any of the other team members agitated to go sooner but added that he wouldn’t be surprised. “I want them to have a sense of urgency,” he said.
●10:10 p.m.: The rescue team reached a chaotic intersection a few blocks from the consulate. Militias gathered there have several .50-caliber machine guns, which the CIA team tries unsuccessfully to commandeer; three militiamen offer to help. The rescue party now includes 10 people: six GRS officers, a CIA translator and the three Libyan volunteers.
●10:20 p.m.: A reconnaissance party of two GRS officers heads to the consulate; at 10:25, three more GRS officers enter the main gate and begin engaging the attackers. The firefight lasts about 15 minutes.
●10:40 p.m.: Members of the CIA team enter the burning inferno of “Villa C,” where Ambassador Christopher Stevens is believed to be hiding. CIA officers try numerous times to reach the “safe room” but are driven back by the intense smoke and fire. Small-arms fire continues from the Libyan attackers.
·
Benghazi Episode CIX (That’s
one-hundred-and-nine). So some credible new information has finally
emerged, thanks to David Ignatius of the Washington Post
http://tinyurl.com/94oku7f
First, necessary to make clear Mr. Ignatius and the Pentagon are
BFFs. That gives him the credibility. Second, if you are anti-Mr.
Obama, you may be tempted to dismiss Mr. Ignatius
because he and Pentagon
are BFFs. Frankly, the way the gentleman defends the Pentagon
through the worst atrocities of its decision making does make the
Editor frequently upchuck.
But here he is not giving his opinion. He is simply giving
four facts. If someone disagrees with the facts, then they have to
counter with their own. And the information has to come from someone
on the level Mr. Ignatius has access to, not from a blogger who was
in the service or has a BFF still in the service.
·
Fact One. The nearest armed
drones were at Djibouti, out of range as Benghazi is 1700-km
distant. This should put to an end Monday Night Quarterbacking (or
whatever night it is that people sit down to replay that lost
football game) about how a drone was up and it could have fired
Hellfires and come to the rescue. Editor would like to add that even
if an armed drone had been up, with the civilians and the bad guys
mixed up, firing missiles would not have been the greatest idea. May
we suggest skeptical readers examine fotos of what a building looks
like after a Hellfire hit. Please to notice this missile is designed
to take out highly armored main battle tanks. It creates one big
mess. Unless you are certain the friendlies are out of the danger
zone, you don’t let loose these things. Please also to notice that
the pro-US militia supposed to be protecting the consulate
staff/building was also mixed in with the civilians and baddies.
Another good reason not to blast away.
·
Fact Two. No AC-130 gunship
was available anywhere near Benghazi. In any case, as we’ve pointed
out before, you absolutely do not use a C-130 gunship unless the
good guys and bad guys are clearly demarcated. The destructive power
of this weapon has to be seen to be believed. It is as the
proverbial scything the field of wheat. Now, of course if your
troops are in a very bad place and about to be overrun, the ground
commander may decide it’s better to risk own casualties than
everyone get it, and may call in a gunship strike. This situation
does not pertain to what happened at Benghazi.
·
Fact Three. Two Special
Forces teams were sent to Signonella in Italy. They arrived too
late. The reverse side of this is there were no Special Forces when
the incident began.
·
Fact Four. The delay in
sending in the CIA men in Benghazi? Mr. Ignatius says yes, a delay
did take place. It was 20-minutes, which was spent getting
coordinated with the local militia. Now someone is going to say well
even 20-minutes is precious in such situation. This is true. But
when your SOP as laid down is to coordinate with the militia,
charging off like the cavalry of yore is not a good idea. Indeed, it
can lead to far worse trouble.
·
Mr. Igantius’s question He
has an absolutely valid question: was it the greatest idea to rely
on a local militia for protection? In retrospect no. But what was
the alternative? The US ALWAYS depends on the local authorities to
protect its embassies/consulates. Yes, Baghdad and Kabul are
exceptions. Surely readers will not want Editor to explain why they
are exceptions and why we can’t have hundreds of guards at each
embassy and consulate.
·
There
was an alternative: with the
consulate warning it had insufficient protection, State could have
closed down the office. But two questions arise. One, there is
always a conflict between people on the ground who need more
resources and the people upstairs who don’t have sufficient
resources to give everyone what they need/ask for. This is as true
of the police in your neighborhood as it is of the US military. Two,
would the US ambassador have agreed to close the consulate? He is
the man in charge, ultimately State will go by his perception.
Editor thinks by now we should all be clear that the ambassador
would not have closed the consulate. Indeed, despite the known
danger, underlined many times,
he chose to go to Benghazi because he believed it was his duty, that
it was more important to go than to worry about his safety and that
of his subordinates.
·
Then there is Ms.
Jennifer Rubin
a conservative blogger for the
Washington Post. She has said that if President Obama had spent as
much time on Benghazi as he has on showboating in New Jersey
regarding Hurricane Sandy, then maybe things would have been
different. Er, so President Obama is supposed to personally worry
about the safety of the Benghazi consulate? We thought he was Prez
of the US, not the head of State Department Security for North
Africa/Mideast, or whichever directorate the area falls under.
·
Before we
say our piece, let it be clear we are neither judging nor condemning
Ms. Rubin for her comment. The reason is that she is openly partisan
and if we recall right, she was hired to be partisan. WashPo had a
contest where they chose one left and one right blogger. So Ms.
Rubin is not a journalist for WashPo, and she is under no obligation
to be non-partisan. In fact, that would likely violate the terms of
her employment.
·
But the
purpose of this blog is
not partisanship. Editor is not shy about giving his opinion, even
as his readership of three cringes and begs “Please heaven, not
again!”. Our job is to provide such analysis and insight as is
within our capability, hopefully leaving the readers better informed
to make their own decisions about a situation.
·
This
Benghazi thing has reached heights of absurdity Editor has not seen
since Congress tried to impeach Bill Clinton for Monica whatever her
name was. People are screaming the coverup has been worse than
Watergate. Er, no. Mr. Nixon committed crimes against American laws
in the matter of Watergate. Personally we have always wondered what
the big deal was. The dirty Tricks were totally normal back in the
day. Still are, its just that people are smarter about their Dirty
Tricks. Be that as it may, Watergate and Benghazi are hardly
comparable. In Benghazi the Administration has shown its
incompetence in its public dealing with a crisis. Incompetence is
not a crime, else we all would be sitting in jail.
·
If the
24/365 media did not demand answers to the most complex situations
30-seconds after the action has happened, maybe the Administration
could have quietly gone about its fact-finding. Of course, not for
us to defend the Administration for its incompetence, no one held a
gun to Mr. Obama or to Ms. Clinton’s head and forced them to take
the job. Mr. Obama’s response was also not worthy of his office.
Like President Reagan re. Beirut 1983, it would have been best for
Mr. Obama to say: “Whatever happened, I take the responsibility
because the buck stops here.” Call us naïve, but we believe that
would have taken the agro out of 80% of his critics. So Mr. Obama is
not Mr. Reagan. Is that a crime?
Thursday 0230 GMT
November 1, 2012
·
October 30 we Twittered a
story from UK Financial Times
saying that four Chinese patrol vessels had tried to force a
Japanese Coast Guard cutter from the Senkaku Islands.
We must note that yesterday
we saw no mention of the story in Xinhua of China (English) or Asahi
Shimbun (Japan, English) and Japan Times. While it could be that
China does not want to publicize such an incident, and Xinhua is the
official paper, the Japanese newspapers are independent, even if
Asahi Shimbun is deferential to the government. It does not see
reasonable that the Japanese press would not mention such a major
incident. http://t.co/AKalV3mI
·
Meanwhile, the incoming Japanese ambassador to Washington reminds
that the Senkakus are covered by the US-Japan security treaty,
implying that Washington’s pleas of neutrality between Beijing and
Tokyo are irrelevant. The Us is extraordinarily limp-noodlish when
it comes to China’s provocation, so Editor at least is looking
forward to China doing something aggressive on the Senkakus and then
seeing Washington writhe in agony. Washington needs to be taught
that the profits of American companies cannot take precedence over
national security, of which our alliance with Japan is definitely
part.
·
The
Japanese also need a solid spanking with a limp noodle in the matter
of their defense. They are terribly passive-aggressive when the US
wants Japan to raise its defense spending, saying “well our
constitution does not allow us an aggressive stance”. This is a dig
at the US because the Japanese constitution was basically written by
the Americans, specifically McArthur. We think Japan has gotten
enough of a free ride from the US on defense. McArthur could not
have foretold – when he wrote the constitution – that China, then a
US ally, would quickly become a US enemy. Nor could he or anyone
foretell the economic rise of China and the vast expansion of
China’s military power. It’s time for Japan to stop quivering in
sensitivity about being seen as aggressive. Germany was very quick
to assume the major role for the ground defense for Western Europe
when the Soviet threat became acute. Twelve powerful German Army
divisions backed by a large and very modern air force provided the
core of NATO’s defense for decades.
·
Right now
the need is for Japanese aircraft carriers, and Tokyo needs to stop
futzing around on this. If the people of Japanese get the vapors
every time “aircraft carrier” is mentioned, US needs to tell the
Japanese people that US cannot carry the West Pacific defense burden
by itself, and if the Japanese don’t like aircraft carriers, the
solution is simple. They can become a vassal of China and finish the
matter.
·
It is
true the Japanese have moved on to 19,000-ton full load “destroyer
helicopter carrier”. You can see a video at
http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2Bduj9j2XGM
This ship’s main armament is supposed to be 11 helicopters;
defensively it carries a 16-cell Standard SAM launcher, a 16-cell
advanced Sea Sparrow launcher, and two Phalanx 20mm Gatling guns.
Obviously something this big can carry the F-35B fighter, but
apparently there has been zero discussion between Japan and the US
on acquisition of this STOL/VTOL navy/marine fighter. Now, Japan
plans to buy 42 F-35Cs to partly replace its F-4Es, so it will gain
familiarity with the type.
·
Of
greater interest is the new 22DDH class of “destroyers” which at
27,000-tons full load are about the size of the US’s Essex class
fleet carriers that bore the brunt of the Pacific war in World War
II. Calling this a destroyer is now really, really, really pushing
things. The first has been laid down and two more are planned.
Meanwhile, of course, China is moving ahead with 60,000-ton
carriers, which is about the minimum size to qualify for fleet
carrier today. The 22DDH could carry 18 F-35Bs and 6 helicopters.
But all this is still doing the pussy-patter. There is no need for a
progression from 19,000-tons to 27,000-tons to – say 40,000-tons and
so on because Japan is one of the world’s most advanced ship
builders. Nor is money an issue. Japan routinely drops hundreds of
billions for infrastructure construction it does not need, as a way
of stimulating the economy. Let’s have some of that money to build
six 60,000-ton carriers, which will certainly stimulate China, at
least.
·
Meanwhile, the Japanese remain hugely aggravated about the
deployment of the Marine Corps’ V-22 Osprey aircraft to Okinawa. As
time has gone by, populated areas have crept right up to the base.
The Japanese are convinced an Osprey is going to crash into them,
and so you have hordes of Japanese researching every mishap the
plane has ever had and standing around making notes on every flight.
This is all a shadow play, the real problem is the people of Okinawa
don’t want to be a US base, period, and feel their wishes are being
ignored by Tokyo, which allegedly treats Okinawa like a colony. It
does not really, but that is the way the inhabitants feel. So here
again it would be a positive solution for Japan to expand its army
and marine corps and naval aviation tyo take care of Okinawa itself,
unburdening the US of this responsibility.
Wednesday 0230 GMT October 31, 2012
·
The mystery of bad American generalship resolved Yesterday was a rare intellectually good day
for Editor. For decades he has been trying to understand what went
wrong in Second Indochina, and for the last ten years he has been
banging his head, trying to figure why American generalship in
Second Gulf and Afghanistan has been so abysmal. Now thanks to Tom
Ricks, who summarizes the problem in about four paragraphs, Editor
is finally enlightened.
http://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/2012/11/general-failure/309148/?single_page=true
·
You first
have to see that American generalship in World War II was remarkably
good; particularly considering the Regular Army was so
insignificantly small between the wars. American admiralship, of
course, was spectacular. From
there one jumps to Second Indochina, skipping Korea because Korea
was a war severely constrained by the political leadership. There
was almost nothing the generals could have done to obtain a more
favorable outlook, since the political decision became a restoral of
the status quo ante. American troops suffered terrible disasters at
the outset. This had less to do with generalship than that the Army
had been completely hollowed out by demobilization, and the advent
of nuclear weapons made problematical the future function of
conventional forces.
·
Though
Editor began his military studies in 1960, he was in a 100% learning
mode and did not write his first paper till 1970. Moreover, he has
never been interested in strategy. His expertise lies in orbats,
weapons, tactics, and grand tactics, not in the biggest issues. The
last thing he knew about was American generalship in Second
Indochina. He was aware that something was going very wrong, if only
because every six months the US would declared victory was at hand,
followed almost instantly by a request for more troops. We were all
much more trusting of the government then, and since the military
had won the Second World War in such spectacular fashion, it would
not have occurred to many that something was very badly wrong with
the leadership. So there was just this continuous, vague, nagging
feeling that there was an 800-pound gorilla making giant poopy
messes, but where he was in the room and what he was poopily messing
up was unclear. Sort of Aristotle and his Cave. Editor went to India
in 1970, and naturally his focus became south Asia and the Indian
Ocean. When he returned to the US in 1989, the last thing he felt
capable of was undertaking a study of what happened in Vietnam. The
trauma was too much to deal with except blanking out that war. And
then, of course, in 1991 we had the super-spectacular First Gulf
Victory, so finding out what happened twenty-years ago in a
forgotten war didn’t seem important. It was only about 2000 that the
Editor could bring himself to read analyses of Second Indochina,
very small doses at a time, and he quickly learned the failure was
caused by the most severe failures starting from the Presidents down
to the battalion commanders. In other words, just a mess through and
through.
·
During
the conventional phases of Second Gulf and Afghanistan US generals
performed with the clockwork precision we had come to expect since
First Gulf. It was kudos all
around. But by 2005 it had become apparent to even the most loyal
that things in both wars were going very, very wrong. Editor knew
that the strategy and tactics were both faulty. But here is a
well-known problem of being an expert. As an expert, you know how
much detailed knowledge and years of study is required to attain
that status. And it makes you very, very hesitant to criticize other
experts. Editor having spent 20-years in India was reasonable
knowledgeable about successful counterinsurgency. But what would his
credibility been had he pointed to the Indian Army as a model the US
should study – and that includes the Indian Army back in the British
days? Zero. Moreover, Editor though knowing American generals were
acting like pretentious jack-asses, since he is not a Washington
insider, what would have been his credibility in saying this, aside
from the occasional dark mutter in the blog? More importantly, he
could not answer the question WHY were American generals performing
so badly.
·
Well, Tom
Ricks has answered all that. It’s useful to read his article, but
unless you are a historian there is no need to read his book because
his thesis is so simple and therefore so obvious. Of course, it
takes very clever people to come up with simple, obvious
explanations.
·
Ricks
goes back to General Marshall’s management style (not in this
article, but elsewhere). Marshall selected who he thought the best
man for the job. If he felt the man was not up to the job, within
weeks he would warn the person. If the performance was not improved
very quickly, the man was replaced. It is important to understand
that did not mean that the man was incompetent. It meant only
he was not the right man for
the job under discussion.
·
By the
time Second Indochina rolled around, no one was being replaced for
incompetence. The
infamous 6-month tour of duty encouraged people who should have been
leading to keep their heads don and not make trouble, so they could
go on to their next job with a clean record. Careerism at its worst.
As Ricks says, to take risks and be a good leader was not rewarded,
to be a bad leader was not punished. So who the heck wanted to take
the risks associated with good leadership?
·
By the
time Second Gulf and Afghanistan rolled around, the American people
had become detached from their military, which was now given a huge
measure of uncritical adulation. The generals could do no wrong,
whatever bunkum they fed us was swallowed uncritically. When
criticism arose, it was of the civil leadership, and the Editor was
right there on this for some years. Until it began hitting him that
yes, the civilians were really stupid despite their high IQs
(remember Vietnam), but it was the military doing the serious
messing up. The same syndrome – mediocrity and failure not punished,
success not rewarded, keep your head down and go on to your next
promotion, operated here too.
·
There
actually is no more to the failures of Iraq and Afghanistan than
that. On a narrower level, Editor has become convinced that the
American military has a serious mental block about CI. It does not
understand what is required, and it refuses to learn. After Vietnam
the US military made a unilateral decision that it was never going
to do another CI, so instead of doing a proper lessons learned, a
painfully accumulated body of knowledge was tossed out. The same
thing has been going on in Iraq/Afghanistan. Nothing has been
learned, and those who have learned are not listened to. Editor
honestly thinks the US should, once and for all, get out of CI.
Enough is enough. You can’t teach the new dog old tricks; its time
to stop trying. It’s time to do the conventional war thing,
something at which the US really is best in the world, and after the
enemy’s conventional forces are destroyed, we should go home. It is
not complicated.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
October 30, 2012
We’re doing this partial update at 0030
GMT while the power in Washington DC Metro area is still on. Likely
to go soon.
·
US Missile Defense Agency has
staged its first multiple target, multiple missile test
incorporating all major systems except for the big fat Boeing Mid
Course Interceptor. This was last tested in 2008 and the program was
put on hold while people fiddled with improvements. A three stage
missile will be tested this December.
·
Five
targets were involved. A THAAD missile intercepted a Medium Range
Ballistic Missile analog dropped from a C-17. Patriot PAC 3
intercepted a short range SSM as well as a cruise missile analog.
Most disappointing where two Aegis tests from the USS Fitzgerald
(DDG-62) which, as far as we know, are the first time a destroyer
instead of a cruiser has been used. One Standard 3IA was fired at a
cruise missile analog and missile; another missile missed a target
analog for a short-range ballistic missile. There are no details as
yet on what went wrong with the Aegis: the targets were “engaged”
but not intercepted. We have no clue what “engaged” means in this
context. Acquired and tracked only? Or were missiles fired and
missed?
·
At least
this test (FT-1) used multiple targets and different systems,
simulating a real-world engagement to a greater level than yet
conducted.
Monday 0230 GMT
October 29, 2012
Tested the generator today and it works,
but if you don’t see an update on either Tuesday, Wednesday,
Thursday, or Friday, it’ll be because the generator is being moody.
In the Washington DC Metro area we are supposed to have only a 50%
chance of tropical storm winds. But our utility, PEPCO, is known to
shut down on clear days with zero wind. It’s not the storm Editor is
worried about, its PEPCO’s well-known prowess at “restoring power”.
·
Benghazi Editor honestly
wishes he could give readers more analysis on the subject,
particularly with a whole bunch of new facts emerging. The problem
is that Editor has no way of confirming these facts. Every source
seems to have its own fact that no one knew about, but a lot of this
seems to be someone giving their version of what happened. Since
government people have also become hyperpartisan, there is no sense
in accepting these facts just because some in the Pentagon or
someone in State or someone in the CIA is given as the attribution.
That does not mean that the fact is verified.
·
The best
advice Editor can give readers is that by its very nature combat is
highly confusing and people’s accounts are limited to what they saw,
or what they thought they saw. Two people standing
shoulder-to-shoulder can give completely different accounts. Working
in an environment where people are trying to kill you is not
conducive to calm note-taking and reasoned analysis. The more people
that get involved in the telling of the story, the more confusing
and the more obscure the truth gets. And in the Benghazi story there
seem to be hundreds of people involved at every level.
·
There is
only one thing that is clear beyond doubt: the Administration’s
handling of the story has been pathetically inept and has itself
created endless paranoia and suspicion. Mr. Obama has only himself
to blame even if some of the people after his life think it’s
preferable to have the Devil as the president rather than him. Just
because Mr. Obama has enemies does not excuse the way he has gone
about things. He should have said he has ordered an investigation,
and a proper investigation will take time. That will not stop people
from screaming “cover up”. Let them scream. Anyone knows a criminal
investigation – for example – takes months; something as complex as
Benghazi should take at least that time. Or it has not been properly
done. Coming up with a different version every day is not helpful.
Nothing shows the ineptness and haplessness of the Administration
better than this episode. When all is optimal, anyone can be
president – Editor could do it in his sleep. Where the separation
between leaders and
sheep comes is when things go wrong.
Leaders lead when disaster strikes. Sheep go “baaaa” and act
helpless. This administration has been going “baaaa” and acting
helpless, with a high degree of passive-aggressiveness directed at
those who question the administration’s version – if there was a
version as opposed to ten versions. We, the people, have a right to
criticize the administration. But none of that means that there was
incompetence beyond the norm for any large organization, or that
there is a conspiracy afoot.
·
Readers
should also remember that there can be many explanations for what
happened. We’ll take just three. It is now said that a Predator or a
Reaper was the drone at the scene and it could have taken the
attackers under fire. Point the First: do we definitely know it was
a Predator of a Reaper? Point
the second: that a drone is capable of carrying weapons does not
mean it was. In most cases the killer drone are not on a kill
mission. They are on a surveillance mission. The US is no longer shooting
in Libya: even if it was a killer drone, there is no reason to
believe it was armed. Point the Third: unless you have an exact
handle on where the good guys are and the bad guys are, you do not
order weapons release. From everything we read it was a very
confused situation. Supposing the drone was armed and had been
ordered to fire, and the drone killed Americans. The same people who
are screaming for blood because this putative armed drone did not
fire will be – screaming for blood.
·
Then it
is being said an AC-130 was in the air. Please, people. Do you have
any idea how destructive these things are? You absolutely do not
tell an AC-130 to fire unless you are sure you’re not going to kill
people on your team. In combat, you often have to accept collateral
damage when the sacrificing some lives you save many lives. How can
we the public possibly judge if this was the case?
·
Then it
is being said that General Carter Ham told the high command he was
ready to intervene and was told no. He is supposed to have said to
heck with the high command, I’m sending intervention. A few minutes
later his second-in-command walks up to him and tells him he has
been relieved. Question: given the vast and dense telecom networks
that exist in the US military, why is high command not directly
telling General Ham he is relieved rather than getting on the horn
to his deputy to deliver the news? Particularly when some are saying
he was in the Pentagon while the attack was underway?
Friday 0230 GMT October 26, 2012
·
Electronics destroying warhead tested You’ve probably heard of this feller because
it’s been in development for four years. Boeing has staged an
operational test where a missile with a warhead broadcasting
microwaves shut down seven electronics targets one-after-the-other.
It does not appear the electronics were hardened, but it seems
inevitable a more powerful version will take care of that.
·
It has
been known for some time that atmospheric N-explosion can fry
electronics over a wide area. So obviously lighting a nuke over –
say – Iran prior to an attack on its air defense systems is probably
not the best idea, but this new system generates the required killer
microwaves conventionally with a warhead compact enough to fit in an
aircraft-fired cruise missiles.
·
And the
project has gone from RFP to field test in 4-years, which shows that
American R & D can deliver if required. Of course, to be fair,
people were working on this sort of thing well before 2008, but
still.
·
So we in America have our religious nutcases just as the Islamists have. Of course, our
nutcases merely try to get their ideas passed through legislation;
they are not running around with guns and bombs killing those who do
not agree with them. Still, America has a particular nutcase
Congressperson who is against abortion even in the case of rape
because, he says, if a woman gets pregnant because of rape,
obviously God intended it. It goes without saying that one cannot go
against God’s will.
·
This
creates a problem, because yon Islamic fundoos who busy killing
people insist that they are only doing what God intended. Thus
people like Stalin and Mao, who between likely caused directly or
indirectly the deaths of 100-million were doing Gods work (They
didn’t call their god God, but no matter). And where does that leave
Saddam and Assad? You mean to say we executed a man who was doing
God’s work? We sure are gonna go to heck in that case. This lot
including Hitler will have to raise to the position of saints
because they have done so much of God’s work.
·
There is
another problem. The people who claim that God told them X, Y, and Z
cannot prove that God told them that. Look: let’s be reasonable:
you’re out in the desert, starving yourself, and its 135F in the
shade, you’re liable to get the DTs, if you know what we mean.
Alternatively, you have people who are consuming vast quantities of
the Really Good Stuff. Editor sure would not to like judge any human
being on the basis of what such people are telling us God told them.
In any case, we’ve all played Chinese whispers and you know how
messy that can get.
·
So, as
Editor has often mentioned, he regularly communicates with God via
the Special Purple Telephone that has no dial. Just pick it: its the
direct line to the skinny, bad-tempered guy upstairs who seems
always to be in the middle of a bad hair day. Editor and God have
not had one conversation where God says “I want you to go and tell
people back down there that I prefer sacrifices of chocolate.” Or
even if God has told him that, Editor is not about to start
preaching because he doesn’t want the little green men in white
coats taking him away. Also, people will get suspicious when Editor
tells them that he, the Editor, is the channel via which your
chocolate sacrifice will reach the Almighty. (Of course, if Editor
is intercepting the chocolate its only for God’s own good, because
the Old Boy get serious gas when he has too much chocolate and then
the heavens rumble and the people tremble and the air gets
unbreathable and so on.)
·
But
seriously (not that we haven’t been very serious all along), if a
woman’s getting pregnant via the agency of rape is God’s wish, then
God must have meant the rapist to do what he did. So it would go
against God’s word to punish the rapist. Rather, we should make him
a saint. Equally, however, if some irate woman takes a large pair of
scissors to the Congressperson’s – um – vitals, we’d have to say
that too is God’s wish. Then we’d have to saintify the woman too.
Thursday 0230 GMT
October 25, 2012
News/commentary 5 days/week
M-F
·
Iran and Iraq The law of seen
consequences is at work. By destroying the Sunni minority regime
that has ruled Iraq for 3-400 years, and by bringing democracy to
Iraq, the US has strengthened Iran. Iraq and Iran are now close
allies, and among other things Iraq is helping ship weapons to
Syria’s Assad – the Alewites of Syria are Shias.
·
Some will
see this as an opportunity to attack former President Bush. But even
if Mr. Bush’s actions have had negative consequences for the US,
they were still the right thing to do. Saddam was a terrible
dictator and he needed to be overthrown. The US was right to replace
his dictatorship with a democracy – else how would the US be
justified in overthrowing Saddam? The US’s true mission from 1776
has been to spread democracy; this will be the enduring contribution
US has made/will make to civilization. Nowhere does it say US has to
see immediate benefit from freeing other nations.
·
The real
question involves not the past, but the future. A democratic Iraq is
to the US’s long-term advantage; an Iraq closely tied to Iran does
nothing for US geopolitical interests. So what is to be done now?
Quite simple, shift the paradigm. Reduce Shia Iraq’s power by
encouraging the country to split. The Kurds want independence; let
us help them. The Sunnis do not trust the Shias – rightfully – so
let us support a separate Sunni state. And let the US help to ensure
the two new states will be democratic. Kurdistan will block Iran’s
land access to the Mideast, and a new Sunni state will block Iran’s
access via Iraq to Syria.
·
Of course
these moves will create their own problems. Supporting Kurdistan,
for example, will aggravate
relations with Turkey. There are several ways of looking at this.
One, an Iraq earning $350-billion/year from oil – possible by 2025 - is going to aggravate the
heck out of everyone in the Mideast because Sunnis are the majority,
including in Turkey. Two, it’s unclear if the Turks can fully
suppress its Kurds; moreover, if the various ethnicities in Europe
deserve their own countries, Former Republic of Yugoslavia and the
USSR being the leading example, so do the Kurds. Three, an
independent Kurdistan will bring eastern Iran under severe pressure
and cramp Teheran’s plans to rule the Mideast. Fourth, Iraq is the
creation of western imperialism, an amalgam of three provinces of
the Ottoman Empire that are home to different ethnicities. There is
no “natural” Iraq, just as there no “natural” any nation, not even
the US. The boundaries of nations are flexible; again, look no
further than today’s Europe, particularly the UK, which once not so
long ago rules the world. Last, no matter what action one takes,
including doing nothing, has consequences. The object of foreign
policy is to tilt the consequences in favor of the US. There is no
risk free action.
·
The
objections on an independent Sunni state are also many. The state
may have little oil, so how is it to support itself. Will Sunnis be
satisfied with their own small country, or will they use it as a
base to promote insurgency in residual Iraq, destabilizing the
reason as they have been doing since 2003? Will not a new Sunni
state prove vulnerable to Isalmist and AQ penetration? Good points
all. With a strong US alliance, many objections can be mitigated.
Islamists can be kept out. The Sunni state can be encouraged to turn
its attention inward, to develop itself instead of fighting old
battles with Najaf. Most of Iraq is unexplored for oil; there may
well be large reserves of oil in the Sunni majority provinces; there
is a good possibility of gas reserves.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
October 24, 2012
·
US Navy: Quality vs Quantity
Editor has just a smattering of functioning brain cells left, so he
avoids reading what politicians say because he can’t afford to lose
any more cells. So just to be clear, he was told – but did not
himself read – that one presidential candidate said the US Navy was
down to its lowest ship strength since 1917; and the other one said
quality is what matters, the day of the horse and the bayonet has
passed. Terribly witty rejoinder, we have not stopped laughing.
(Actually, truthfully we never started laughing, so we cannot stop
when we haven’t started. Our statement then becomes logical, but
totally devoid of sense. Sort of typical of America today.)
·
We’d like
to say that the debate about quantity vs quality is a serious
debate. Except there is no debate, so it can’t be serious or
unserious. Every country now automatically opts for quality. The
Indian Army may be the sole global exception. Because India has two
long borders with hostile nations, Pakistan and China, India needs
quantity as much as quality. Particularly when India’s strategic
doctrine, such as it is, and that means it’s seven short of a
six-pack, mandates that no ground has to be given up. So you have to
have mass to hold on to every kilometer of frontier. Mountain in
particular absorb huge amounts of manpower. Oddly, the Indians are
not off-base with regard to the mountain frontier. This is because
of India’s side the frontier consists of an endless series of
valleys running from Tibet into India; lateral communication is very
difficult. So you have to hold the frontier in force because
shifting reinforcements along a west-east axis is very difficult.
Anyway. That is another discussion for another time.
·
In modern
times the debate of quality vs quantity is said to have begun with
the rise of Germany in the 1930s and continued in full force till
1945 and the defeat of Germany. The Germans went through this two
decade period of a weapons Cambrian Explosion. They came up with an
amazing variety of different weapons, some pretty darn advanced.
Because Germany’s industrial output was limited, even after it
seized most of Europe’s arms producing factories, and because
Germany did not enjoy a large population – 80-million – the quality
vs quantity debate was automatically resolved in favor of quality.
So, it is true that it took 5-10 Shermans to put down one Tiger
tank. But the Americans in those days knew mass production like no
one else (now its China), and they produced Shermans like cupcakes.
Nonetheless, even back in that day the quality vs quantity debate
was a bit overdone. Lots of Americans weapons were high quality AND
were produced in big quantity. The Willys Jeep, artillery (quality
came in the form of networking vast numbers of guns, the first soft
multiplier of modern times), aircraft carriers, and any number of
aircraft – the C-47, the P-38, the B-29 and so on and so forth.
·
After the
war, the west opted for quality, the Soviets for quantity. But the
Soviets had no choice: they were technologically behind, the
communist production system never assigned a true opportunity cost
to a weapon, and – equally important – the Soviets lacked the highly
trained soldiers that a quality military machine requires. Quite
cleverly, the Soviets turned their lemons into lemonade: they
adopted a very short war doctrine which required overwhelming force
from Day 1, and would be over by Day 10 or 21 by the latest. In such
a situation, it didn’t matter of Soviet equipment broke down on Day
3 and there were no trained maintenance crews or spares to fix it.
The Soviets simply brought up replacement units, and they had enough
to keep replacing 1 for 1 for the time they needed. You ask: well,
what happens after Day 21 when the Soviets are out of tanks,
aircraft, everything? No problem, folks. The soviets figured –
correctly we reckon – that either NATO would be defeated, or it
would have to use tac nukes, and every scenario involving tac nukes
rapidly escalated to the doomsday scenario of full nuclear release.
When each side has taken 100-million casualties in a full-scale
N-exchange, it really doesn’t matter if your tanks, BMPs, and
aircraft are out of spares and unable to function.
·
But
please note. It’s very easy for tough generals to calculate they are
better off with quantity, but it’s very hard for those who have to
do the fighting to know they’re entering action with inferior
equipment even if they have lots of it. In a democracy it is
downright impossible to give the troops anything but the very best a
nation can afford. The Soviet Union in the 1970s began realizing
that it could no longer count on sending millions of men to their
deaths to overwhelm the technical superior enemy, and they too
turned to the quest for quality.
·
The race
for quality has meant an ever escalating cost escalation, and the
cost escalation has reduced the number of weapons you can buy, and
that has pushed up the cost of the remaining weapons even higher.
Thus the $2-billion B-2, the $150-million F-35, the $12-million M-1
tank, the two billion dollar submarine and so on.
·
The
people who vow quality have a perfectly reasonable point. An F-22
can routinely fight off ten other top-of-the line fighters, and if
you look at the lifetime system cost, the F-22 comes in far cheaper
than the 10 adversary fighters. Ditto the M-1 tank – we saw what it
did in First Gulf; the kill ratios ran above 25-1 and so on.
·
But the
people who are arguing quantity are also right. The lack of numbers
limits your options, and as we have sarcastically remarked, every
time an F-35 goes down the US will have to declare a week of
national mourning. There are plenty of situations in which 10
va-va-voom carriers will be worth less than 20 not so va-va-voom
carriers. Etc.
·
Nonetheless, the quantity crowd has not considered psychology.
Suppose the SecDef were to announce America’s new fighter, the F-40.
We can afford five F-40s for every F-35, he says, and we’ll just
swarm the heck out of any air force. The same prezzy candidate who
is now advocating for quantity will be accusing the administration
of not providing the best possible weapons for our men and women in
uniform.
·
It’s a
cliché to say we need quality AND quantity, and the price of quality
weapons will decline if we order more. We’ve gone over this before:
the west bar America has given up. It cannot countenance high
military expenditure – high for them being 3-4%. America will face
China largely on its own, and it has got the rest of the world to
look after. Six percent of GDP is needed. But that means raising
taxes. In 2060 when health care will take up 33% of GDP, in any case
who is going to agree to 6% for defense? The way we’re going on weapon
costs, soon we will have 100 ships, 6 fighter wings, and 5 army
divisions.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
October 23, 2012
·
Benghazi and the Clive Cussler effect
You could also call it the Tom Clancy
effect. Anyway. Finished reading an old book of Cussler, “Cyclops”.
Editor has little time to read off the net, except at night when
from life-long habit he reads for at least half-hour. With “Cyclops”
Editor read it in one day, letting all the other work go to heck. It
is that kind of a book. Tom Clancy, before he went rouge and started
prostituting himself for money – anyone’s money – used to be that
kind of author – can’t put it down, sort of thing.
·
Anyhow,
lets leap to Benghazi. Yesterday’s
pointless chatter on the incident goes like this: “US had a drone up
in the area, and Washington was listening in to phone calls. Yet
Washington did nothing”. Ergo Obama is incompetent, venal,
unpatriotic – insert whatever anti-Obama adjective you want. This
kind of talk did not irritate Editor, because after all how are
civilians to know the difficulty of staging some kind of
cavalry-to-the-rescue drama. People think the military is just one
giant machine on constant alert, and can go into action anywhere in
the world at a moment’s notice. They’re overly influenced by the
action movies, where the US can seek, locate, target, and take out a
particular individual in the middle of the Sahara, or the Congo, or
the Arctic.
·
But
yesterday a reader forwarded an article by a former Pentagon
official
http://www.nationalreview.com/corner/331125/first-aid-living-bing-west#more
that says the US could have had a fighter over Benghazi in an hour
of the start of the attack, and Special Forces troops at the
consulate in 3 hours. Editor found this a bit baffling because,
after all, the gentlemen should have some idea of how his military
works – or any military for that matter. Its only when the Editor
got to this that he had an explanation for what was going on with
this official:
In the past,
presidents had taken immediate actions to protect Americans. In
1984, President Reagan had ordered U.S. pilots to force an airliner
carrying terrorists to land at Sigonella. Reagan had acted inside a
90-minute window while the aircraft with the terrorists was in the
air. The Obama national-security team had several hours in which to
move forces from Sigonella to Benghazi.
·
Editor
than realized that either the official was being partisan, or he was
being ignorant. In either case what he was saying could be dismissed
·
In 1984
the Cold war on in Europe, and interceptors were maintained on 5-10
minutes alert. US would know precisely where the airliner was, and
sending in interceptors to force it down represented as close to
zero a chance of danger as it possible to get when you’re doing this
kind of intercept. An order from the C-in-C could be carried out
within the window of opportunity.
·
But
Benghazi? That’s a different of kettle of fish. (Another expression
Editor has no idea what it means. Why is it significant that’s it’s
a different kettle of fish? What’s the deal here? Say you’re cooking
fish for a hundred people, won’t you have lots of different kettles
of fish? Anyway. The world is a mysterious place.)
·
First
let’s get it out of our heads that the Administration sent no help.
It’s not at all clear to us why the President has to order help if a
consulate is under attack by an armed mob, there are plenty of other
levels that can give that order, but let us let that be. The point
is, help was sent,
whoever ordered it. A
presumably armed group of – what? – contractors? Marines? – 22
persons were sent by air from the Tripoli embassy. It took four
hours to arrive. If at all you are familiar with the mechanics of
these things, four hours is reasonable.
·
Since
everyone is speculating and prescribing wildly, Editor should also
be allowed to do that. What if something like this took place. (a)
President to Tripoli: “What help do you need?” (b) Tripoli to
Prezzy: “We think we’re okay; reinforcements are on the way, party
is holding its own and is a step from the bunkers. If we need more
help we’ll ask. (c) Prezzy to Tripoli: “all right then, we’re
standing by.” Now of course Editor has zero idea if such a
conversation took place. But it’s plausible. Before shoveling a
supertanker of poop on the Prez, shouldn’t we wait till a thorough
investigation is done?
·
Re.
sending an F-18 to make big noises. Ha ha. And more ha ha. Do people
seriously think the US Navy/Marines operate like that? Does anyone
actually believe the Navy/Marines think: “Oo-er, we can make some
giant sounds in the sky, launch the aircraft?” Now, Editor cannot
swear that the military would NOT do that, but after all, you all
have a thoroughly professional military. A thoroughly professional
military would not launch planes to make noise in the hope some
people can en scared away from the consulate. And in any case,
before you start buzzing targets you have to know what the situation
is. For example, do the attackers have some of those gone-missing
SAMs? You have to get aircraft ready and brief pilots. (Why on earth
would aircraft be sitting at Signoella ready to launch 360-degrees
in minute?) You have to arrange tankers and SAR, the latter if
something goes wrong. After you’ve done that, you’re faced with a
big question: “We can’t release ordnance because we’ll kill our own
people. We cannot strafe because we’ll kill our own people. So all
we’re doing is making a noise. Will
that work? Can we take the risk? And if it doesn’t work, what then?”
·
As for
the Special Forces arriving in three hours…Really? This official is
absolutely sure of that? He’d better be if he’s accusing the Prez of
criminal negligence. But look, folks. It took 4-hrs to get
reinforcements from next door, and that’s quite reasonable. Three
hours using Signolla as a base? The flight time alone in a straight
line for C-130s is 90-minutes. Rather than distance, the limiting
factor is planning. For that you first have to know what’s going on
with some precision. You just don’t round up the first soldiers you
see roaming around, toss them into a plane, and send them off. We’re
out of touch with the mechanics of these things, but simply getting
teams organized, checking out the equipment, making plans, making
sure everyone is on the same page, getting intelligence grade
information as to what is up at Benghazi and its environs, etc etc
ad nauseum is going to take several hours. Its only in Clive Cussler
or Tom Clancy that all this stuff is done instantly. The cavalry
would have to consider many things, including ingress. Do they drop
over the consulate? Very complicated requiring at least 24 hours –
and that’s really pushing thing because you don’t just drop at the
drop of a hat. Proper planning can take days. If you land at
Benghazi, how do you know you’re not walking into a trap the minute
you enter the city? Anyone remember what happened with Mohammad
Adeed in Mogadishu? And BTW, that was a careful planned/rehearsed
mission. Another how do you know: how do you know the mob/terrorists
haven’t taken hostages and once they realize a rescue has arrived,
they simply shoot everyone?
·
People
who come up with these nutty rescue scenarios should take time to
figure out what they’re saying. Unless the know the reality but are
twisting facts to make a partisan attack. If its politics you’re
into, well, Editor has nothing to say except “Have the fun. Enzoy.
Just don’t expect anyone to take you seriously.”
·
The sad
reality is that the only thing that could have been done was to keep
Ambassador Stevens out of Benghazi. Everyone and his rabid parrot
knew it was a high dangerous place. Everyone in their right mind was
avoiding Benghazi. Mr.
Stevens was a brave, dedicated American who wanted to show the
people of Benghazi that he was not going to be put off by risk, he
was going to come there and do what he had to do. It was his
decision. Editor admires him enormously for that. Editor in real
life has led the Charge of the Light Brigade – to the rear. He has
never, ever, knowingly gone into the slightest danger. If there is a
risk of a hangnail, Editor retreats, bravely of course. Being a
SuperCoward, Editor has a double appreciation of bravery. But you
see, there is the expression: There are old knights and there are
bold knights. There are no old, bold knights. Count Editor in the
Old category. Mr. Stevens knowingly, deliberately, put his duty
ahead of his personal safety. And he lost.
Monday 0230 GMT October
22, 2012
·
US training of Afghan forces We’d mention this as
one of the failures of US policy in Afghanistan. Now you can have
Americans tell you about the failure, though you have to read
between the lines. Rajiv
Chandrasekaran of the
Washington Post http://tinyurl.com/8g8zan2 has
written an article that covers of 3% of the problem. For an American
journalist (and young Rajiv is very highly regarded for his seminal
work on Iraq and Afghanistan), 3% means a deep analysis. We are by
no means running down Rajiv. You cannot expect a journalist to be
expert in more than one primary and one related field. American
journos became instant experts in whatever happens to catch their
fancy. They are bettered only by Indian journos in this regard, but
with a big different. Indian journos know they are frauds, and they
write with the full understanding they are producing hectares of
bull poop. They know their writing is a joke. American journos are
convinced they are God’s gift to humanity.
·
See, the
problem is American journos will talk to 10, 20, or 50 sources.
(Indian journos will talk to 1 or 2.) But since the journos
themselves are not experts, they have no way of assessing the
validity of what they’re being told. Because they cannot assess the
validity, they rely on what the majority of their sources tell them.
The majority may be absolutely wrong, and the outlier may have the
real story. But the jounos don’t know that. Another problem are
Bravehearts of the 4th Estate face is that they cannot
tell who is an expert and who not. The assumption is that if you are
a battalion commander in Afghanistan, then you are in expert.
Nonsense. The battalion commander is expert – highly so, we might
add – in leading his troops. It does not make him an expert in
anything else. Then you have military sources who have an impressive
academic degree in, say, counterinsurgency.
·
Such a
source gets double rating from the journos. But here’s the thing:
Editor could write quality doctoral theses in – for example –
military history, Indian national security policy, teaching K-12,
distance education, some aspects of management theory, modern
international relations, 3rd World development, energy
policy, and English. He could go on and on, but he’ll modestly stop
at nine. But would a doctorate in any of the mentioned fields make
him an expert? It most certainly would not. A doctorate in a subject
is only the start of having some literacy in a subject. Editor began his study
of the military 52 years ago. Every day he is struck not by how much
he knows, but how much he doesn’t know. As a generalist in the
field, of course, it wouldn’t take him more than a week of reading
and talking to real experts to bring himself up to snuff (what
exactly does this metaphor mean, BTW?).
·
The
Editor’s point here is not to say what a great person he is (though
if readers were to say it he would demur modestly, but not very
forcefully), but rather to say journalists are really limited in
their expertise. One reason is they have to report stories, another
reason is they have to cover what their editors tell then. So how
much time do they have to study? So, we are not blaming Rajiv for
being superficial in his article, particularly as he has actually
packed in a lot more than most journalists could or could.
·
The Post
article mentions criticism by US officers of the attempt to
make Afghan forces clones of the US military. This is accurate, and
if it comes as a surprise to our American readers, we’d suggest they
talk to some non-Americans on the subject. Because the whole world
and his brother, sister, mother-in-law, three-legged dog, and rabid
pet squirrel has been saying this from the early years of the Afghan
campaign
·
The Post also
talks about the Afghans’ base centric CI
policy: spend the day in fortified bases, go and patrol at night.
This is obviously a foolish way for the home team to run things, but
Rajiv might have noted that the Americans also operate this way and
it is absolutely futile. There is, of course, a reason for this
American approach. It maximizes force protection. Problem is, no one
won a war by putting the focus first and last on force protection.
If you are that worried about casualties, don’t go to war to begin
with.
·
In our
critique, we’d mentioned that only about five Afghan battalions were
capable of independent operations. From the Post article we learn
the number is – zero. Every ANA battalion has to have a cadre of US
advisors, and even the ones rated “effective with advisors” rely on
the Coalition for “…air support, medical evacuation, intelligence,
and other tasks not yet developed within the Afghan army”. This
last, of course, covers anything the US wants it to cover.
Seventy-two battalions are in this category, seventy-four require
much more help. Basically what this assessment says is that ANA
cannot function on its own.
·
US
officers that spoke to the Post decry the rush for numbers over
quality. Excuse me, please, but eleven years is a rush? You have to
wonder is the US military functioning on Earth or is functioning on
Gliese 581B. This statement is just so wrong, so pathetic, so futile
that you want to beat these officers with limp noodles. If eleven
years is a rush, whose fault is it, the Afghans or the US’s? And
further, if after 11 years the ANA cannot fight independently, what
earthly good is it? How can the US possibly insist that the Afghans
will EVER fight for their country? How long did it take the ROKs,
the ARVN, and the Iraqi forces to build up their army with US help.
The ROK took two years, the ARVN took perhaps five, and the Iraqis
took perhaps three. Sure, all three armies relied extensively on US
advisors, firepower, and logistical support. In all three cases US
units and formations had to fight alongside the local armies. But
think: the Afghans have to fight off a couple of hundred pathetic
insurgents, once in a while. The ROKs and ARVN regularly battled
very experienced, very tough communist units. The Iraqis, of course,
would have taken less than six months had the US not disbanded the
Iraqi Army in the first place.
·
Everyone
realizes that pure counterinsurgency has to depend primarily on the
police. Even the US knows it. But the Afghan National Police is in a
complete, utter, unsolvable mess. To this day no ANP unit can
perform even to totally minimal standards. And the reason here is
the culture. Like 3rd World police, the ANP believes its
job is to (a) extort money from the locals; (b) do as little
policing as possible; (c) take zero risk. It doesn’t matter if the
US spends another 11 years training the ANP, nothing will change,
because the US cannot change the culture of a nation – something the
US has known all along. But something the US has steadfastly refused
to face the logical consequence: there can be no winning this war.
·
Another
example the Post gives concerning total US stupidity is that the
Afghan forces, having being built up to 350,000, are now to be
reduced to 230,000. The lower number is supposed to be more
sustainable and provide the opportunity for quality. If only it was
so. Afghanistan cannot afford even the lower number. The higher
number of troops requires $4-billion/year, twice the Afghan
Government’s revenues. No one
is factoring in what air support, helicopters, ISR and so on will
add to this total. The reality is Afghanistan can probably afford no
more than 50,000 effective troops and central police. That means the
national government has to go back to the pre-American era: 50,000
suffices to control Kabul and four other major towns. That is it. Is
the US willing to face this reality? Absolutely not.
Friday 0230 GMT
October 19, 2012
Afghanistan: What did
we wrong and will we learn from our mistakes?
Part II
·
The
third thing we did wrong – and this is the real doozy is
what happened after we missed OBL at Tora Bora. The right thing to
do would have been to continue covertly searching for him. Instead
someone set up the objective of making sure that AQ never again
returned to Afghanistan. Odd. Why didn’t we plan something simpler,
like building a wooden staircase to the moon? Our reasoning was that
to stop AQ from returning – all fifty of them – we needed to take
over Afghanistan, build a national government capable of protecting
every square mile of its territory, and keep that government as our
slaves to do what we told them.
·
In
retrospect, this is about the nuttiest foreign policy idea that
America has had since it became independent. We are not going to go
into detail about why it was nutty, because by now everyone knows
the notion of making a tribal state into a hard state with the
governance of the US or Europe, and one whose interests would be
what we told Kabul, as pretty, pretty far out. You can see here that whoever
thought it up had just committed America to a high-intensity
adventure that would last a minimum of 50-years. Ooooooh, how
exciting: another endless war. Pentagon so happy.
Another endless battlefield
for the CIA, so happy. Thoughts of thousands of State Department
jobs, so blissful. And hundreds of billions of dollars, possibly
even trillions, to be spent. Everyone including defense contractors
so happy.
·
The
fourth stupid thing we did was
to convince ourselves that we would
force Pakistan to help us destroy the Taliban. Interesting idea,
given the Taliban was a de facto fourth arm of the Pakistan
military. For the Pakistanis to not just abandon the Taliban, but
also to kill them, would have meant that Islamabad had to abandon
its deepest national interests for what? A couple of billion dollars
a year in economic and military aid. We see how far that idea has
worked.
·
The
fifth stupid thing we did was
the way we trained the Afghans to become Mini Me, bearded,
mustachioed brown folk who would be taught to do everything the way
the Americans did thing. First, we failed massively – maybe 3-5
Afghan battalions can fight, that’s about 5% of the Army – after 11
years of training. Second, given how entrenched the Taliban were/are
in half of Afghanistan, the Pushtoon part, given how large the
country is, given the pathetic state of communications, given the
terrain, etc etc etc, nothing less than 500,000 well-trained afghan
military could have secured the country. And no one could ever
secure the country sufficiently that a hundred AQ would not be able
to find a friendly valley with a few friendly villages to shelter
them.
·
The
Taliban have no military organization or logistics. They come in
sneakers with commercial grade 4 x 4s, and largely use infantry
weapons. They fight for a few days and go home. Then when they feel
like it, they fight for another few days. The men who don’t feel
like returning to the battlefield don’t return until they feel like
it. This is not even a guerilla army. It is NO army at all. It is
like the Somali clan fighters. A couple or three or five million
dollars per month suffices to
keep 20,000 men available, if not more. The Pakistanis give the
Taliban that. They extort local taxes and they accept payoffs from
optimum smugglers. The same transport companies that move NATO
supplies to the front are paying off the Taliban to let them through
– after the Taliban take what they want. The reality is that the
Taliban have way more money than they need. Depending on how you
calculate it, $5- to $10-million/month keeps them going for ever and
a day. We on the other hand, at peak were spending $10-billion/month
– above and beyond what our allies were spending and above the
regular budget of the military, probably another $50+ billion a
year.
·
The only
thing that would have made sense is an Afghan Army that looked like
the Taliban with a bit more by way of weapons, signals, support, and
transport. But to create such an army would have required our troops
training them to live and operate the same way. And there is no way
we were prepared to do that. We had to have the entire nine meters
that goes along with the US military, which is the most lavishly
equipped in the world and lives better in the field than just about
anyone else. Once your trainers and your military units mixing with
the Afghan units are living six-stars, you cannot expect your
so-called Allies will agree to live like zero stars. And no matter
how well you equip the Afghans, your troops remain better fed,
looked after, and equipped by a factor of ten. And you cannot expect
them to fight and die for their country.
·
This
brings us to the sixth mistake Can the Americans understand that when they
have to pay Afghan recruits the same monthly salary a career Indian
Army captain gets, and yet the recruits keep deserting,
that the Afghans are not
willing to fight for their country?
·
And if
they are unwilling to fight for their country, how can we fight for
them instead? From everything we see and hear, in the public media
and not-so-public sources, American troops on the ground have known
this for a very long time. But it has taken 11 years for Washington
to understand. And the understanding has hit Washington so hard,
that OUR morale has collapsed and WE are running away.
·
As for
the military handling of our part of the war: it has been so inept that it is a travesty
to call the US military the best trained, the best equipped, the
best this, and the best that. It is all that, and they have just
about the most incompetent civil-military leadership of any major
army in the world. The strategy and the tactics have been so
pathetic that the leaders have shown criminal negligence in fighting
this war. We’ll discuss this another time when Editor’s blood
pressure is down.
Thursday GMT October 18, 2012
Afghanistan: What did we wrong and will we learn from our mistakes?
Part I
·
This
question is best answered by disposing of the second part. No, we
will not learn from our mistakes. Americans don’t do history. We are
so energetic, so clever, and so good-looking that history does not
apply to us. History is for those tired old Euros who are paralyzed
by their past. We step boldly into the future. When we get thrashed
and retreat with our tail between our legs, just like in a
videogame, we press the “Play Again” button. The past is
miraculously wiped out. Only the future, bursting with
possibilities, beckons. So we can safely go on to the first
question, what did we do wrong?
·
You may
well ask, what is the point of asking what did we do wrong when we
do not do the past? No point whatsoever. This here is just an
intellectual exercise for those who like the “What Ifs” and like to
replay the game with different assumptions.
It’s us enthusiasts that do
these replays. For example, Editor has a first draft of ten things
that cost Germany the Second World War. No great discoveries here,
anyone who studies WW2 knows what those mistakes are. For example,
on December 8, 1941 Germany should have declared war on Japan, not
on the US.
·
The
first thing we did wrong was to make OBL the Evil God who repeated Pearl Harbor 60-years after the
first Pearl Harbor. Yes, we know the US Government (GUS) says it has
incontrovertible proof OBL did the dead. GUS has nothing of the
sort. If OBL had been tried in court, he would likely have been
acquitted. The harsh truth is after 9/11 we wanted to reflexively
hit someone. Since we had no clear target, unlike 1941, we should
have done a careful investigation before undertaking any action. But
asking America to wait for gratification is, well, un-American. One
reason Editor loves America is that like the US, he has no impulse
control. He does something first and then thinks about why he did
it.
·
Second
thing wrong was that after
careful investigation, if we have the goods on OBL, we should have
negotiated with the Taliban for his extradition. Like it or not, the
Taliban was the sovereign ruler of Afghanistan. You do not tell a
sovereign government, especially one who has not done the crime,
“hand him over NOW or you die.” The reality is the Taliban are
Central Asians, and in Central Asia you state your position in
response to the adversary’s position, then the adversary gives his
second position and you give yours, and so on, until a deal is
reached. If a deal is NOT
reached, you escalate. Many Americans hold the Taliban would not
have given up OBL. This belief is so shockingly naïve, idiotic, and
moronic that it is hardly worth refuting. The reality is we could
not believe anyone would fail to tremble in fear and refuse to kiss our fat
left toe. We acted like the Big Bully On The Block, which we are,
instead of negotiating with Kabul on the basis of mutual respect.
You see the results of our belief that if we demand, the Taliban
must jump to it or we send the B-52s. We sent the B-52s. The Taliban
is preparing for our departure.
·
Humiliated in Vietnam by a bunch of 90-pound
yellow guys barely taller
than their AK-47s, and with
less than a hundredth of the US GDP. Humiliated in Somali by a bunch
of scrawny black guys with less than one-ten thousandth of the US’s
committed resources. Humiliated in Afghanistan by a bunch of towel
heads who spent likely about one-hundred
thousandth of what we spent.
Anyone see a pattern here?
Who is left to humiliate us? Tonga? The Maldives? The Senkakus? The
Republic of Antarctica? Bah.
·
And
please no one start the absolute bull poop about the Afghans have
never been beaten. They have been beaten ALL the time. Talk to Major
AH Amin who knows about the Afghans and he will tell you a starving
British-India force one-fifth of the strength of the Afghan forces
took Kabul. The force had no logistics, so it was pushed out.
But the British and Indian
returned in short order and beat the Afghans again, this time
decisively, this time permanently.
·
RTBC (Rant To Be Continued) Much as Editor loves
the sound of his own voice, once in a while he has to work to pay
the bills.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
October 17, 2012
·
India Corruption in India has
been much in the news for the last couple of years. After waiting
for decades for a wise king to come to power and eradicate
corruption, Indians have come to realize it is up to them, to the
ordinary people, to overthrow the corrupt. Americans consider their
society very advanced, and India somewhat on the primitive side. But
in the matter of getting rid of corruption, Indians are a light-year
or so ahead of Americans. American realize their system of
government is corrupt, but haven’t the faintest idea of what to do
about. And they too have become fatalistic, wondering what can an
individual do against the massive corporate interests that actually
rule this country.
·
So a
great grassroots movement has begun in India. We should explain that
for millennia the average Indian has not believed he could do
anything if the ruler as corrupt. And you can see this made sense,
because when you don’t have a democracy, protesting against corrupt
rulers is imprudent. If they get sufficiently annoyed, they simply
cut your head off. It is one of the sad realities of our universe
that if you are in one place and your head in another, there is not
much protesting to be done.
·
But, you
will correctly say, since 1947 India HAS been a democracy. So why
has this grass roots movement taken so long? Well, look. America has
been a democrarcy four almost 4 times longer than India, and where
is the grassroots movement to reform our governance? Anyway, that
doesn’t your question about India. Its taken so long
because you cannot undo three
millennia worth of conditioning. In India it has always been the
king who has changed things for the better. There’s volumes and
volumes of stuff on the duty of the just and dutiful king. Sometimes
you got a king who took these duties seriously, like the great
Emperor Ashoka. In some ways Akbar ruled as a just king. Of course
he was as capable of jealousy as the next man, and when his favorite
dancer, the more-beautiful-than-the-most beautiful Anarkali took a
shine to Akbar’s son, Akbar ordered her executed. That was not a
just thing. But we digress.
·
So we’re
not going to go into the events of the last couple of years. For one
thing they are of interest mainly to Indians; for another, the
Editor positive he doesn’t understand the nuances of the
anti-corruption movement. He never understood Indian politics when
he lived in India, so what can he understand today. Rather, we’re
going to mention one government officer who has refused to bow his
head to his political masters.
http://t.co/y6inNOsb
·
A bit of
background. The Indian Administrative Service provides the
administrators for the federal part of the Government of India. The
cadre is small, about 3000 officers. Appointments are won by passing
a very tough exam, and there is no way the exam can be manipulated
to suit X, Y, or Z. You either pass on merit or you fail. The system
is gender neutral, so you have a large number of women running the
country along with the men. When an officer gains admission to the
service, he is generally attached to a state government, and the
state disposes of the officer’s services as it decides. We will not
get into the details because again, Editor does not understand them.
Never did. Never will. (You can see how Editor us really an American
at heart. Here he is, boasting he knows nothing and he is just as
good as Warren Buffett or President Obama. But we digress.)
·
Okay. So
since the officer is an employee of the central government, there’s
nothing the state government can do if it is displeased with the
officer. Officers can be removed only for corruption and a few other
things; the process is not within the hand of the state government.
Officers being human beings want to get along with the state
government, so in reality they make a powerful lot of compromises,
obliging their state politicians and turning a blind eye to wrongs
committed by the state politicians. But an officer can be just as
stubborn as he wants, and just refuses to sign off on a file he
believes is improper. All the state government can do is transfer
him to another job in the state. With this in mind, we can make the
denouement.
·
This
particular officer has been transferred 43 times in 20-years. Phew.
He just doesn’t seem to get the hint that his state politicians are
unhappy with him. Transfers can be disastrous. Just take one simple
example: education of the officer’s kids. If he is transferred to
another city or district, he either takes his family with him,
disrupting the children’s education, or he leaves them in place, and
incurs the expense of running two separate households. A transfer is
not a small punishment.
·
Now, a
bit over two months ago, he got transferred to what the state
government presumed was a harmless posting, land records. No sooner
does this officer arrive, he starts investigating – as is his wont.
And what does he find? Government land has been sold to Citizen A
for a certain price. Citizen A turns right around and sells it to a
developer at about 15 times what the government charged him. Fifteen
times profit for two months is not bad. But obviously this is a case
that has to be investigated, because the state government has been
cheated of a large sum of money. On investigating officer finds the
land was sold for a pittance to Sonia Gandhi’s son-in-law. For those
not up on these things, Sonia Gandhi essentially runs the country as
she is head of the Congress Party, currently in power.
·
Now
obviously it is the advantage of the Chief Minister of the state to
be on kissy-kissy-face terms with the son-in-law of the Great One.
Chief Minister is not amused that corruption has been uncovered,
since he is the source of it. Chief Minister does not care the
people of his state have been cheated, because his whole was to buy
favors with the Great One at the cost of the exchequer. Chief
Minister orders the officer transferred to another position.
·
The
officer starts getting threats to his life. In the state he works,
Haryana, you take threats to your life very seriously. Haryana folks
tend to shoot first – literally – and ask questions never. If you
are the Chief Minister’s man, the Chief Minister will make sure the
police (which he basically owns – too complicated to explain) throw
the case. So the officer has gone public. Chief Minister is not
bothered; he is a hardened criminal else he wouldn’t have become
Chief Minister. He has issued a statement it is the state’s
prerogative to transfer its officers where it wants.
·
This is
true. But now the cat is out of the bag, everyone in India knows the
Chief Minister has been engaged in a big scam with the Great One’s
son-in-law. Like all Indian politicians, he is used to getting away
with anything, so he still fears no justice. But from now on, the
officer’s strength can only rise, and the Chief Minister’s only
wane. If anything happens to the officer, the brotherhood of
government bureaucrats will be on the Government of India like flies
on the poopy. The state and Supreme courts will get involved, and
these courts are notoriously independent. The press is already
swarming over the case. The officer will become an anti-corruption
icon.
·
Does this
mean Editor is predicting the Chief Minister is going to pay? No.
Editor does not think India has reached that stage yet. But if the
matter goes to court, the Chief Minister may well pay. Indian
courts, particularly the Supreme Court, have shown no hesitation in
ordering the arrests of ministers. But as the trial will go on for
decades, the Chief Minister will likely escape justice. But he will
still pay, because of the uproar gets too much, the Indian National
Congress will have to ask him to step down. For one thing his
enemies within his own party will pull him down.
·
So this
is progress – not as much as Indians would like. But two years ago,
or certainly five years ago, neither the press not the people would
have had much to say. Particularly so because in the pantheon of
Indian government scams, this is a baby - $10-million. Central
Government is dealing with a $25-billion scandal (Coalgate). But it is really progress that the
Central Government is besieged on all sides on account of scandals.
People have indicated they are just not willing to take it any more.
And what is going on with this officer is just another indicator
that the people will have their say.
·
Back to
America: yo, peeps, have any plans for the revolution? The Indians
are on it. You going to be left behind? You going to let those poor,
backward Indians get ahead of you? After all, you have your massive
scandals too, when companies pay off the politicians and the
president to get the playing field tilted to their benefit. So what
are YOU going to do?
Tuesday 0230 GMT
October 16, 2012
·
India and China Editor is
getting tired of reading, again and again, that India has the second
biggest army in the world. It has the biggest, and this has been
true for some time because the PLA has been steadily reduced while
the Indian Army has been growing. US DOD puts China at 1.25-million.
Personally Editor would put it lower, but at least the DOD figure
has the stamp of officialdom.
·
So how
big is the Indian Army? The odd thing is that most people do not
know the precise figure, and that includes your Editor. But it is
certainly 1.3-million and increasing. People use a figure of
1.1-million which may have been true a couple of decades ago. That
figure does not include, for example, the 70,000+ Rashtriya Rifles
raised from the early 1990s as specialized counterinsurgency troops. They are called differently
for legal and psychological reasons. The psychological reason is the
Indian Army hates doing CI against its own people and has been
clamoring for decades to be taken off this duty. The figure also does not
include, for example, the latest raisings of at least 30,000 troops
in two divisions. We say at least because no matter how economical
you are, when you raise new divisions the support bases increases.
Agreed, it is not in proportion. But some increase is inevitable.
Also, formations totaling another 100,000 have been okayed, and more
after that.
·
When you
take a close at the PLA, you wonder why it even has 1.25-million
troops – if it really does. Public
Enemy Number 1, Taiwan, is down to a handful of active brigades.
Public Enemy Number 2, Russia, is down to 24 brigades for its entire
army, the bulk of which is west of the Urals. There are no plans to
teach Public Enemy Number 3, Vietnam, another lesson; particularly
as Vietnamese had their own lessons to impart to the PLA. As for
Public Enemy Number 4, the PLA has for decades known full well that
the Indian Army is very large, the Chinese assessment is that
because of psychological factors, the Indians are no threat. And to
be perfectly honest with readers, the Chinese assessment has, up to
now, been absolutely correct. An example: India’s permanent
deployment against Tibet is 8 divisions, each larger than a PLA
division. So how many divisions does China keep in Tibet? The
equivalent of one, and even then its main job is internal security.
·
On top of
this, China after First Gulf has fallen into a swoon over high-tech
warfare. It honestly, really, truly believes it no longer has to go
head-to-head with mass armies. Intelligence, reconnaissance,
electronics, airpower etc etc are supposed to be the decisive
weapons. Much as Rumsfeld of the USA envisaged, the Chinese really
believe that ground troops are now to seek and pin down the enemy,
high-tech will take care of the rest. Well, if the Chinese want to
delude themselves, far be it for us to argue. They might note the
Indians believe in quantity AND quality, but that isn’t our point
here. Because the PLA no longer sees corps, army, and army group
type battles as a Good Thing, it has been cutting down its corps
(armies in PLA parlance) to 3 and 4 brigades. So right or wrong,
they don’t see the need for a large army anymore. And look, if they
cut the PLA to half, they would still remain the world’s second
biggest.
·
When you
take a casual look at the Indian Army, you see 36 divisions. Because
the IA is not an expeditionary force, it does not need the huge
number of support troops that, for example, the US requires. In
World War II, US had 100,000 men (roughly) for each divisions. This
number had not significantly fallen by Second Indochina. Today the
US Army has 50,000 men per division, but of course this is
misleading because of the very high number of contracters. They
don’t quite bring the figure to 100,000 per division, but still.
There is nothing wrong with this: the further you are from home base
the more troops you need.
·
But India
makes do quite nicely on <30,000 men per division because all it
does is protect India’s borders. You will now say: wait a minute, if
it’s somewhere south of 30,000, then how come Editor is saying the
manpower total is 1.3-million. Even including the CI troops. Should
not the Indian total be around 1.1-million?
·
Well,
here’s where the Indians get a bit sneaky. In addition to the 36
divisions, they have a rather large number of independent brigades
and many divisions have extra brigades. And they’ve started adding
artillery divisions, replacing the old corps artillery of one
brigade plus the occasional reinforcement from a handful of army
level artillery brigades. Etc. etc. We can’t go into more detail,
but really 1.3-million is a more realistic figure. We of course
include what the Indian Army calls Non Combatants Enrolled – barbers
and washermen and so on that are part of every unit. Also good to
remember, Indian infantry/mechanized battalions run to 850 troops as
opposed to China’s 500.
Monday 0230 October 15, 2012
·
Turkey-Syria The gap between
Turkey and its western allies on Syria continues to grow. Editor has
nothing but sympathy for the Turks. It’s fine for Washington to go
“blah, blah, and blah”, but the Syrian civil war is taking place on
Turkey’s doorstep. If there wasn’t enough danger for the Turks, it
is clear that Islamic fundamentalists are steadily gaining influence
in Syria. All well and good for Washington to say “we can’t give
help till we can be sure our help goes to the right faction.” The
insurgents getting killed and wounded every day have no time for
niceties; they will accept help whoever gives it.
·
It
requires no great perception to say that Assad’s overthrow will lead
to a second civil war. It always is this way. We’re seeing the seeds
of a new civil war in Libya; this was only to be expected and it
would be far better if the Administration had taken some time to
explain this to the American people. But in Syria the new civil war
will be complicated by the presence of Islamic fundamentalists, and
by Iran, which will not take Assad’s overthrow lying down. The US
has basically dealt itself out of the Syria game. And you know, that
is not necessarily a bad thing. The US does not have to be involved
in every conflict in every corner of the world.
·
Turkey has made clear it will
not wait for Washington to get its thoughts straight. That is one
reason it has been trying to provoke a war with Syria. The seizing
of the cargo of a civilian plane flying between Russia and Damascus
is only a fresh attempt toward that end. With Russia sitting on
Assad not to respond to Turkey, it is possible Turkey will have to
escalate its provocations. Washington is attempt to sit on Turkey
and bring the temperature down, but Washington has zero credibility
because none of its solutions deal with the realities the Turks
face.
·
Washington, London, and to a lesser extent France are worried that
Turkey will drag NATO into a regional war. But unless NATO looks
after Turkey’s concerns, such as by equipping the rebels, Turkey
will have to make its own decisions. If NATO does not help Turkey,
the alliance will fracture. And that too may not be altogether a bad
thing. NATO too has
bought into Washington’s Endless War Syndrome. The dissolution of
the Warsaw Pact should have led to the dissolution of NATO. Instead
NATO has been expanding its size and its missions. What some in
Washington would really love is a NATO that encompasses all of
Europe, making it that much easier to dominate a world in which the
center of gravity is shifting from the West to other regions. When
Editor is in his hawk mode he sees much merit in this idea,
providing the effete Euros step up defense spending to 3% of GDP
rather than the pathetically-less-than-2% they manage. Otherwise the
Euros are using America, though Washington seems perfectly happy to
be used in return for a tug of the Euro forelock. But as an American
taxpayer, unless Europe antes up, Editor would have to violently
object to the continuing expansion of NATO and its missions.
·
The
problem with the problems facing US/NATO today is that they are
infinitely complex. The western alliance was built to handle a
single, very simple contingency: to stop the Group of Soviet Forces
Germany from crossing the Inner German Border. But now look what
NATO is being required to do. Remove a dictator from Iraq. Destroy
the Taliban and build a nation in Afghanistan though no nation in
modern terms has ever existed. Free the Mideast and North Africa
from its despots and build stable, democratic societies. Fight
Islamic fundamentalism in Africa. And no doubt the list will grow.
Its seems NATO’s hubris is infinite, and we know what happens to
folks with unlimited hubris.
·
All very
well, readers will say. You’ve made a good polemic, Editor. But what
is your prescription for the real world problems we face, such as
Mali, Yemen, Syria, just for starters. Well, Editor has been
thinking about this. There is a school of Indian philosophy that
says when problems get too complex, attempting solutions will
instead create new and deeper difficulties. It is best, therefore,
to sit and do nothing.
·
What are
the chances Washington, for one, will follow this course? Zero. You
cannot be an America while simultaneously believing you cannot solve
any problem. The more intractable our problems at home become, the
more determined we are to solve the world’s problems. This is also a
traditional method of diverting voters’ attention from what is not
being done at home. This was Soviet policy on a macro scale. It is
Cuba and Venezuela’s policy today. There are many other states that
could be named. Pakistan, for one. If Islamabad ended its plan to
take over eastern Afghanistan, the country might collapse. India
used to think that way, first in its non-aligned days and then in
the 1980s, when India decided to be regional policeman. Thankfully
it has realized that without sorting out problems at home, no one is
going anywhere.
Friday 0230 October 12,
2012
·
Benghazi If America is being
attacked in the media on a foreign policy/defense issue, Editor
feels obliged to respond immediately and forcibly. But if the media
is attacking one political party, in this case President
Obama/Secretary Clinton on the Benghazi incident, editor gets into a
difficult position. He has no interest in getting involved in a
domestic partisan battle, particularly when one candidate for
reelection feels he is so superior to the rest of humanity that he
does not have to rationally defend himself; and the other behaves
like he is an Etch-a-sketch: draw, tilt tablet, and you get a clean
surface to make another drawing.
·
As far as
Editor is concerned, if the Martians took away both candidates,
their vice-presidential partners, and a bunch of other people he
won’t specify, on whom to perform experiments, and if the Martians
forget to return them, America has a chance of surviving. With these
two Klasse Klownes there is no hope whatsoever. Come to think of it,
maybe the Martians did take away the would-be presidents/vice
presidents. That’s as good an explanation as any of why none of the
four can make any sense at all.
·
Be that
as it may, Editor’s field is national security and international
affairs, after all, and he feels compelled to say something here.
But please don’t take this as a defense of Mr. Obama at the expense
of Mr. Romney.
·
First, we
are completely, absolutely, totally baffled as to why the
administration had to shoot off its mouth about the attack before it
had the slightest clue. Our bafflement has nothing to do with
domestic politics, it has to do with common sense. In such a
situation, you do not, under any circumstances, fall for the
five-second analysis syndrome. You gravely announce this is a
serious matter, we do not have a full picture of what and why things
happened as they did, we owe the American people the truth. Soon as
we have the truth, we will inform you. End of the matter. That won’t
stop the GOF cuckoos from screaming “Cover up, cover up!”, but so
what. They’re going to scream that no matter what.
·
When you
shoot without taking the gun out of your holster, then have to walk
the story back several times, you actually strengthen the hands of
those yelling “Cover up!”, and what’s more, you look totally
incompetent. Remember, in life, especially Amerocan life, it does
not matter if you ARE incompetent; you must never give people the
idea that you are.
·
Second,
we are nothing short of confused why the Administration has not
pointed out the obvious smart alecky retort, which is the GOP cut
the State Department security budget, and has threatened vastly more
severe cuts in the total State budget.
·
Third,
why hasn’t the Administration made another simple point. No country
can assure absolute security of its interests everywhere in the
world. Resources are limited. You do your best to allocate resources
according to threat, but there is always a chance the threat is
going to win. That’s the game, and GOP needs to stop having a
tantrum and understand that. Anyone in the GOP remember Beirut? In
terms of human life that was much, much worse. The man in charge at
the times was their man. To have attacked President Reagan at that
point would have been totally unpatriotic. Anyone remember 9/11? Did
we start attacking President Bush for his failure? No, we united
behind the president.
·
Last,
Obama’s critics of every stripe (we cannot blame this on the GOP
alone) are going on and on and on and on and on and on about the
failure to pay attention to intelligence that the Benghazi consulate
was threatened. Kiddies, have you no clue whatsoever about the
intelligence business? Are you not aware of what goes on in your
country? If this is the case, confess to grandpa and he’ll let you
off with one hundred lashes of a Singapore cane, because while there
is no excuse to be so stupid, you confessed and you must get
consideration for your honesty. These days the problem is not a
shortage of intelligence. It is that there is just way, way too much
and it is a herculean task to sort out what’s relevant immediately,
tomorrow, the day after and so on, or not relevant at all.
· Lets make this personal. Have you never said over the telephone “I am going to kill that SOB”? Let’s suppose NSA intercepts all calls. How many calls a day do you think they will record with the words “kill”, “murder”, “wipe put” or whatever. Our guess is tens of thousands if not more. Is there any possible way in which the police have of following each lead to see which is serious and which is just gassing? Obviously not. In the Arab world these words, and people who utter them, probably do number ten thousand a day. 99.99% of those calls are likely no danger. In figuring out which one is real, you will win some, and you will lose some. If every time you get a hint that a US mission is in danger you dispatch a 50-member Marine counter-terror detachment, we will all have to serve in the Marines so they have sufficient teams.
It is said the head of the consulate
asked for a 16-man team to extend in Benghazi. So would you like
to guess how many other stations also needed that team? We’d
hate to guess because we fear we will guess too low. But you
don’t have to know a whole lot to appreciate the number of these
specialist teams is highly limited. Aside from which you might
well have had 20 Americans dead, including almost the entire
team. Of course, they’d take at least a hundred bad guys with
them, but is this any consolation? When you’re in the heart of
enemy territory, if the terrorists found themselves facing
resistance, it is a great deal easier for them to round up
another 300 militia than it is for the Americans to reinforce.
·
Okay, you
say, why didn’t the Administration withdraw the consulate? Okay, we
say, are you and I to judge from the outside when a facility should
be shut down?
·
And
finally, what about the lamebrain Congressperson who made 100% sure
at the hearings that the world came to know the Benghazi facility
also houses a 7-person CIA station.
First the GOP demands open hearings. Then midway through the
hearings people start saying: “Oh wait a minute, this is all so
SECRET, and we really should not be discussing that building over
THERE, and its not a good idea for the world to know that the
building is a CIA STATION. Please tell us: why are these people not
being arrested and thrown into Supermax?
Thursday 0230 GMT
October 11, 2012
·
China-Pakistan The
scuttlebutt is that China is very upset with Pakistan over the
latter’s inability or unwillingness to tackle the anti-China
militants that get safe haven in Pakistan. Beijing is allegedly
saying that if the Pakistanis cannot handle these militants, it had
better let Beijing take care of it. Which would mean more Chinese
troops on Pakistani soil. The ones that are already there in
Gilgit-Baltistan are, as far as we know, for security of Chinese
road building crews and those engaged in mining activity. While
China pressuring Pakistan over militants is well established, the
idea that China wants to station its own troops in Pakistan to take
care of the militants is, we much repeat, speculation.
·
China,
incidentally, denies it has anything other than civilians in
Pakistan. This is massively yawn-inducing because it is playing with
words. You can call the security troops what you want, but they are
troops no matter which way you look at it. China has to go for these
verbal subterfuges because it has a holier-than-thou attitude to
foreign bases and stationing troops overseas. These are all bad, bad
things that imperialists do; China does not. Whatever.
·
Meanwhile there is Pakistan’s deteriorating economic situation. Several negatives have conspired to bring
Pakistan GDP growth almost to a flat line. Growth for 2013-2014 is
estimated at 3.2%, barely ahead of the population growth, inflation
is expected to return to double digits. The fiscal deficit continues
at a high 7%+ because populist policies require subsidies that the
country cannot afford. And
2013 is an election year. Tax evasion is very high and the tax base
narrow. Government revenue is only 13.5% of GDP (India is at 18.5%;
not healthy, but better by far than Pakistan). In the past the IMF,
US, China, and the Gulf states have stabilized
Pakistan’s dwindling foreign currency reserves, currently down to
about $10-billion or less than 90-days imports. Currently, however,
with the possible exception
of China no big donors are on the horizon. Worse, Pakistan is in the
grip of a massive power crisis that is estimated to have cut GDP
growth by 3%.
·
You will
notice we haven’t included the usual western moan and whine about
Pakistan’s high defense spending. That’s
because in reality Pakistan is likely spending only 3% of GDP on
defense, with another 1% made up of US grants. Three percent of GDP
is not high by any definition.
·
So
naturally there is speculation of China will provide a bailout, say
of the order of $3-$5 billion. Let’s first say that the amount is so
low China could spend it without noticing any hit to its own
budgets. Let’s second note the Chinese do subsidize their allies.
Venezuela is a good case.
Let’s third note that Pakistan is a critical China ally
against a rising India. Whatever money the Chinese may need to give
Pakistan to keep it alive is less than peanuts compar3ed to the
percentage of Indian force that Pakistan ties down. This all adds up
to an assumption that China will help Pakistan. It’s only an
assumption, however, we don’t know. And if China steps in, it will
want a healthy return on its money, to be likely paid for in the
future with Pakistani commodities. This is something for readers to
keep their eye on into2014.
·
Pakistan-China military
cooperation More interesting to us is a 2011 report which we
just saw, saying the PLA’s 101st Engineer Regiment had
participated with the Pakistan Army on India’s borders. Both
countries, of course, stage frequent exercises with other
militaries. But China is India’s enemy, so joining Pakistan on the
Indian birder is pretty significant.
·
We asked Mandeep Singh Bajwa,
our trusty South Asia expert, what this
meant. He noted the Chinese exercised in the desert. That India’s
strategy calls for cutting Pakistan in two in the desert sector is
no secret. Mandeep said part of this is China wanting to practice in
the desert. Part, he said is posturing at India. Mandeep feels China
will not come to Pakistan’s assistance in case India makes major
inroads into Pakistan. Rather it will rely on posturing,
particularly in the north, to prevent India from diverting northern
front forces to the west, against Pakistan.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
October 10, 2010
·
Ah, the Bad Old Days Readers
know Editor has a heavy nostalgia for the America of yesteryear.
Editor thinks America was a great place and everything was just
picture perfect. A big blow-up at the British Broadcasting
Corporation is a sober reminder, though, that maybe it wasn’t such a
great place if you were a working woman, particularly if you were
single.
·
Jimmy
Savile, who died last year, was one of Britain’s top broadcast
personalities for thirty years. Since for many years broadcasting
was government controlled in the UK, he worked for the BBC, or the
Beeb, as the in-crowd call it. (Since Editor has never been in any
in crowd, he refers to the Beeb as the BBC). After Jimmy’s departure
from the world, a whole bunch of men and women started coming
forward, saying he had raped, sexually assaulted, or groped them;
many had been adolescents at the time. According to
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/crime/9594620/Former-BBC-DJ-Mike-Smith-hits-out-at-Jimmy-Savile-witch-hunt.html
there seem to be about 100 persons so far who have come forward. As
happens with these things, some people have said it is a witch hunt
and that there was a lot of horsing around at the BBC, all in good
fun.
·
The
problem becomes, fun for whom? Editor remembers the Good Old Days
well, particularly the 1950s and 1960s, and the amount of sexual
harassment working women endured would shock the pants off many
people today, men as much as women. Putting hands on women, openly
soliciting sex in the workplace or demanding it after work, and
plain, old fashioned rape were quite the done thing. The reasons
most women did not bring this kind of behavior to anyone’s attention
were not terribly complicated. The supervisors and executives were
men, who like Savile’s defenders today genuinely couldn’t understand
why the woman was complaining. Some of the men the woman might
complain to were themselves engaged in this behavior. Usually the
last thing the women wanted was to draw attention to themselves.
·
Not only
women were brought up to blame themselves, men also blamed women. We
were supposed to be terribly weak reeds, subject to sexual passion
at the drop of a hat, and if we, the men, did something wrong, it
was always the women had asked for it. This attitude is not all that
different from that of the Islamic conservatives of today, by the
way. Since women couldn’t go to the people in the organization,
where were they to go? To the police? Get serious, someone. In the
days before DNA testing it came down to “he says, she says”.
Moreover, going to the police could cost your job at work, and it
would 100% ruin your reputation in the public eye.
·
Editor
entirely agrees that today the pendulum may have swung too much the
other day. It is perfectly okay for a woman to get drunk with you,
get into your bed with you, and then scream rape when you do
something. This business of “it’s my body and I can say no at any
point” may be deeply satisfying to feminists, but let’s face it, no
one is asking women to get drunk with men and going home with them.
There are other types of perverse pendulum swing. A woman is
inappropriately touched and it becomes sexual assault, which kind of
diminishes the realities of real sexual assault, particularly as
groping is also a crime. And so on – Editor is just trying to make a
point here, he’s not interested in going into gory details.
·
But each
time he hears of a case where he feels the woman has gone too far
and needs to start taking equal responsibility for her behavior,
Editor harks back to the old days and has to remind himself: maybe
some things today are not fair to the men, but back in the old days
things were 99% unfair to women. There’s a bit of karma operating
here. And in any case, why does any man have to in any way force a
woman today? Back in Editor’s day for every woman who said yes there
were 25 who said no. Today, on the other hand, for every one that
says no, twenty five will say yes.
·
This is
why most of the young men Editor knows today, in high school,
college, or otherwise, are so relaxed. They are smart enough to know
that not only must they not in any way coerce women, there must also
be no appearance of coercion. So the young men simply lie back, and
let the women come to them. The relations between men and women are
so complex that many women are quite bitter about the current
situation where they have to make the effort. Women like being
chased, as long as they have total control. But after taking severe
beatings in the 1980s, 1990s, and the new century, young men have
decided not only its best to let the women make the moves, it’s fun
not to have to deal with rejection.
·
If the
former BBC women are trying to make money off this, that is wrong.
There is a statute of limitations on anything except murder, and it
really is not fair to take the BBC to court for stuff that happened
half-century or decades ago. Yet to dismiss all or most of the cases
as women money grubbing would also be wrong. Sexual assault, whether
committed on men or women, can be exceptionally traumatizing.
Indeed, so can violence of any kind if you are the victim. Editor
suspects many of these women may be coming forward solely because
they are trying to move on.
Tuesday 0230 GMT October 9, 2012
·
Hugo Wins Look, people, we
realize Hugo’s victory is upsetting many. But there is no need to
mutter darkly about conspiracies. Folks are making too much about
ONE exit poll that showed the challenger winning. We have no way of
knowing how that poll was conducted; and as everyone says about
American polls, these things can be quite wrong.
·
The main
reason we have to accept Hugo’s victory is that the challenger has
accepted it. Unless now we are to claim he was a Hugo stooge, and
that is why he is not complaining, are we really to believe that the
challenger would not object to Hugo’s dirty tricks? And if he is a
Hugo stooge, well then, he wasn’t going to win anyway, was he now?
·
The thing
is that whatever dirty tricks Hugo had to pull, he did so before the
election. The Number One dirty trick is muzzling the press and
opponents. This was not
a free election in the sense American might take the meaning. At
this point, of course, Hugo’s defenders are going to retort: “Oh
yeah? You have a free press in America?” Well, of course we do. It
is so free it runs the adverts of anyone who pays. Those who don’t
pay don’t get media time, so what good is a free press to them
anyhows? Freedom for the privileged is not really freedom.
·
Hugo’s
defenders will further say that the Venezuela rich owned the media,
and represented only their opinion. So are the ordinary people of
Venezuela to be denied a voice because they are poor? They have a
theoretical point. Sure, arresting editors and such doesn’t seem the
right way to level the playing field. But Americans have to face the
reality that the non-monied interests in this country don’t get to
express their opinion to the country as a whole. Also remember most
people in Venezuela are really poor.
·
And this comes to the crux of
the matter. Hugo need not have muzzled the press. He would still
have won because he is truly seen as the champion of the poor. He
didn’t fix the election because he didn’t need to. If people in
America had bothered to read the non-elite Venezuela press, such as
it is, they would realize the man is just wildly popular among the
poor, who predominate.
·
Okay, so
he has bought the votes of the poor. He has nationalized many
industries to provide goods below cost to the poor. This is nutzoid
economics, and hardly good for the poor in the long run. Hugo takes
money from the state oil company and gives it to poor people to buy
apartments. This hurts the state oil company because it cannot spend
the money it needs on maintenance and expansion. That is the reason
that oil production has steadily declined in the Time of Hugo. And
it isn’t good for the people in the long run.
·
At this
point, the Venezuelan poor would tell us to just stop right there.
They don’t care that the country suffers long term because whether
the country does well or not, they get shafted. They believe – on
excellent historical evidence – they will not get to share in the
country’s economic progress. So as far as they are concerned, a
cheap apartment and subsidized food is good for them. And they will
vote the man who gives it to them. And you can understand their
view. Suppose you lived in a shanty in a giant slum, and your kids
were malnourished, what would you chose – Hugo who is giving you
these necessities of life, or the man who says “I will think of the
country first and the poor after that”?
·
Before
you say this is bribery, please look at our own country. Whoever is
in power bribes the people using government programs to get votes.
How is that different from Hugo? Those not in power but wanting it
promise to bribe the masses if elected. How is this different from
what Hugo does each time he stands for election?
·
Editor
realizes this comparison is going to outrage you. But if there’s one
thing Editor has learned on his second time around in America, it is
that the people are subject to such overwhelming propaganda that we
go around saying orange is blue and yellow is black. The elite’s
propaganda is so powerful that even Editor, who should know better –
on national security he’s got 52 years under his belt – is often
taken in. Hugo and Co
are massively corrupt, but our elite is no better.
Monday 0230 GMT October
8, 2012
·
Syria-Turkey With the media
pundits and some of the world ratcheting up the frenzy regarding the
Syria-Turkey fire exchanges – 5th day in a row yesterday
– Editor has to pull people into a dark alley, whisper “Do you want
to see some facts?” and throw his coat open.
·
The
reality is, what is going on has absolutely no significance in
military terms. There is no crisis – except the one Turkey is trying
to make. The only way that
Syria can make sure no mortar and artillery shells land in Turkish
territory is to pull back about 10-km from the border, maybe even
more. So, you will ask, why can’t Syria do that? Because then the
rebels have their Turkish protected border zone. You will appreciate
that Syria cannot allow this.
·
Let’s
look at the mechanics of these things. The rebels get into a fight
with the Syrian Army on the border, and flee into Turkey. It would
take C3I, fire-control, and reconnaissance far, far more
sophisticated than Syria has to ensure none of its retaliatory fire
hits Turkish territory. Indeed, we’re not sure this level of
precision is even possible. To us the surprise is not that 1, 2, or
6 shells are landing in Turkey, but that it isn’t ten times more. To
us this suggests that far from being rash, the Syrians are actually
being very cautious, likely to the point the guerillas already have
some immunity at the border.
·
Now, the
reason Turkey is raising a big hue and cry is that it is building up
to an excuse to invade Syria for creating safe haven for the rebels.
Here’s a paraphrase of the official Turkish announcement : “After
exercising great patience and restraint in the face of daily Syrian
provocation and attacks on our sacred soil, Turkey has no choice but
to create a buffer zone that will protect its territory from these
attacks. We have no aggressive intentions and are prepared to
withdraw once provided with verifiable guarantees that Syria will
end its aggression.” (Editor hopes we are clear there is no such
announcement yet, but it is coming.)
·
The only
choice Syria has to defuse the matter is to withdraw from the border
– it has already moved some armor back despite Turkey’s continuing
buildup – or to stop using mortars and artillery adjacent to the
border. Either way Turkey gets its safe zone for the rebels.
·
Now let
us assume that Syria does indeed cease fire or withdraw its
artillery from the border. Will that end the incidents? Ha ha. It
will increase the
incidents because Turkey will start provoking fire against Syria –
if it isn’t already doing so, BTW. Turkey, having got its nose under
the Syrian tent, is now going to want to puts its head in the tent.
It will want to increase the safe zone. Anything less than 30-km
deep does not provide haven for the rebels or allow them to set up
their own government.
·
So Syria
is going to lose either way. We want to be clear that we are hardly
shedding tears for the Syria regime. They want to stop Turkey’s
inevitable drumbeat to war, it is quite simple. Let Assad stop
killing his people, allow free elections, and depart. Syria has had
more than a year to squash the rebellion. Now Turkey has gotten
involved full force, figuring that the wobbly west is not going to
help overthrow Assad, and deciding its cannot afford to wait longer.
We went over the reasons, the other day, why Turkey wants this mess
to end. Turkey is not going to back down. If Syria does, it places
itself on the short road to defeat. If bets have to be placed on
Turkey or Syria, we suggest you place your money on Turkey.
·
Quadruple rainbow? Yawn Editor is unable to understand why everyone is excited about a
quadruple rainbow.
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/science-environment-15197774 In 1988
Editor was at about 2000-meters in the western Himalayas,
overlooking a valley, when the rain stopped, clouds starting
clearing, and the sun could do his thing. Editor counted eight (yup,
8) rainbows over the valley. The sight lasted only a few minutes.
Editor was excited enough to believe this was a good omen, but if he
recalls right, there was no practical result. I.e., Editor did not
get a date that Saturday.
Friday 0230 GMT October
5, 2012
Next update Monday October 8, 2012
·
The big news is not that Mr. Romney won the first presidential debate, but that
the Turkish parliament accepted a request from the military for
blanket permission to cross the Syria border at will. The vote was
320-129 in favor, and the authority cover one-year.
·
The
background to this is a bit complicated.
Officially the background
is the Turkish military wants to deter incidents such as happened a
few days ago. Syrian artillery firing on escaping Syrian refugees
killed two Turkish women and three children in Turkish territory.
The Turks piously declared they did not want war, but Syria needed
to understand that it had best behave itself.
·
If Turkey
really didn’t want war, it would have accepted the apology given by
Damascus. But of course the incident is only a pretext, because like
a leashed pack of hounds, the Turkish , military has been gasping,
whining, drooling, and panting to be let free on Syria. Turkey, at
least, has a clear position on Syria: Assad must go. That Turkey is
a Sunni Muslim nation is a major factor. And that Turkey does not at
any costs want instability on its southern border is also a major
factor. An unstable Middle East being to no one’s advantage. The
place is not as volatile as it used to be, but things are pretty
tense 24/365. Turkey has many worries regarding the Kurds, with whom
it is in a protracted civil war. Syria also has Kurds. They have
seen their main chance, and are busy as bees, preparing for – at the
minimum – autonomy within a new Syria. That will prove a disaster
from Turkey.
·
There is,
however, a third factor. Repeatedly rejected by Europe, Turkey has
basically told Europe and to a great extent even the US to go to
heck. It has decided that being Mideast hegemon is preferable to
being an inferior partner of Europe, where it will be continually
condescended to and insulted. [The problem, from Europe’s viewpoint,
is that (a) the Turkish respect for human rights does not meet
western criterion; and (b) Turkish Muslim conservatives are making
huge inroads against secular Muslims. Recently, for example, Turkey
sent 300 military officers to jail for plotting a coup, which they
may well have been. The armed forces are strictly committed to
secularism as the foundation of modernization, and the shifts over
the past years to the Islamic right were not acceptable to the
military. Problem was, the trials would have met old Joe Stalin’s
full approval: they were staged, violated just about every due
process precious to western law, and included the fabrication of
evidence on a massive scale.
·
Having
decided that at the minimum a separation – though not yet a divorce
– from the west is needed to end the countless humiliation Turkey
believes it has suffered, Turkey is seeking self-respect, and
respect in the eyes of other, but exerting its military and economic
power. Assad is not playing the role he has been assigned, that of a
humble younger brother who knows his place and is neither seen nor
heard. So Turkey has decided Assad must be punished.
·
Now,
thanks to the weak wobblies afflicting the west, Assad is daily
going “A hie, a ho, Off to kill I go” and having the time of his
young life killing his people. The west is saying a lot, so much so
that it is all sound and farty fury signifying nothing (with
apologies to the Bard and to Faulkner). But it is doing little.
Standing aside while the Sunni Gulf states send pop-guns to the
rebels is not helping. The Sunni Gulf states understandably don’t
want lots of anti-tank and anti-aircraft missiles floating around an
unstable area, with every possibility some of the women will one day
be used against them. Nor is the west establishing a no-fly zone.
·
This is
terribly frustrating to the Turks, because psychologically they are
unwilling to attack Syria as part of a coalition of One. There are
legal issues, one being aggression. If you get UN’s okay, it’s okay.
With Russia and China determined to exemplify the virtues of
fascism, we aren’t going to get UN cover. Second best would be NATO
cover; even that is being denying the Turks.
·
So just
about all they can do is claim self-defense, thus the resolution.
And at the least, whatever the world may say, the Turkish military
has cleared the decks with its own government.
·
Turkey is
still left in a predicament. If Assad is sensible, he will avoid
providing a provocation to Turkey. It’s
a bit hard to send in two army corps rolling to Damascus because a
sheep, a goat, and a camel have been killed in Syrian shelling. The
good news is that so far Assad has done everything he can to provoke
everyone. It’s part of his strategy, his way of telling the rebels:
“I can do what I want, no one will save you”. Assad may gamble and
call what he might think is Turkey’s bluff.
Readers have figured out by
now our information is that Turkey is not bluffing. It’s ready to go
in alone if it absolutely must, but it still needs a real pretext.
Hopefully Baby Blue Eyes will provide it.
Thursday 0230 GMT
October 4, 2012
·
Off we go to more lovely little wars
There
is a paucity of authentic information on US Africa Command’s
deployment. American forces have been operating clandestinely in the
continent for several years now. Djibouti appears to be the main US
base, but at any given time you are likely to find US Special Forces
and training teams tromping around 3 or so African countries at any
one time. Some of the teams
may be as few as 10-15 troops, and they rotate in and out of
different countries. The purpose of these teams is to impart Counter
Insurgency training. There are fairly big training teams – in the
50-100 range – in countries like Uganda and Kenya where CI is
training is secondary, the Somalia Africa Union mission is the
focus. There likely are trainers in Burundi, a major contributor to
the Somalia effort. The EU also contributes military trainers to the
effort, based outside that countries. There are long-standing
missions to Ethiopia, west Africa, and some Sahel nations.
·
The US is
very fond of paramilitary contractors. And these are stationed in
several countries. Contractors are just another branch of the US
military, whatever Department of Defense might say. Technically they
are mercenaries, almost all US citizens. But they are hired guns,
fighting as civilians, thus the mercenary label. If course we
America Do Not Do things like run mercenaries, so let us not get
into that discussion.
·
Contrary
to the widespread belief that the US cannot keep anything secret,
the war in Africa is secret. There are maybe 3000 persons committed,
and Africa is a huge, huge continent where neither the media nor
tourists are swarming. To this secret war the US is adding Mali and
Libya. It is so thoughtful of AQ to give us new wars, things were
looking a bit bleak since we withdrew from Iraq and started the
withdrawal from Afghanistan. AQ has entered Syria, and in an act of
pure kindness to America, AQ will reenter Afghanistan and start
strengthening in Pakistan, so we can go round and round and up and
down chasing our tails. Also in Pakistan they will start adapting to
US capabilities, if they haven’t already.
·
So, we’re
of two minds about this new expansion of the war. On one hand, after
seeing what happened in Iraq and Afghanistan, we are not sanguine
about the US ability to fight counterinsurgency. Before you say “But
Iraq was a success,” please to note that before we dismantled the
Iraqi regime, bureaucracy, military and police, Iraq was a highly
functional state. We spent the next seven years trying to undo our
mistakes. That is not success.
But on the other hand, even the cynical critic (that’s your
Editor) will be the first to admit that in Africa we’ve done quite
well. Take Somalia, the main US effort. US has suffered no
casualties except to accidents, there are no US troops in Somalia
except maybe a very small handful, and we are not spending
$100-billion/year. But Al-Shaaba has suffered a major defeat thanks
to US diplomatic efforts, training, and provision of money. When you
think of it, it’s no mean achievement to have organized an African
Army to defeat the Somali insurgents.
Of course Al-Shabaab is going to go back to guerilla war,
but from a point where their victory in Somalia seemed imminent,
they have lost almost all their important bastions. Sure its going
to take another 20 years to finally defeat the insurgents, but
because the US is spending so little it has 20 years with no
domestic pressure.
·
What the
US has done, for the first time in its modern history, is not sought
to shove the locals aside, do the job itself, and try and recreate a
country to make it pleasing to American eyes.
It has focused on helping
locals fight Al-Shabaab. So there is every reason to believe that US
will also do a good job in Libya and Mali. In the latter country the
US has very experienced partners, the French, and as long as the US
doesn’t tell the French their way is wrong and here is how you do
it, and then rampage through the country like endless herds of drunk
elephants, everything will go well. The people of Mali oppose the
Islamists who have taken over the north; they have institutions and
an army. The army needs a lot of work, but that’s what the French
are there for. US will provide – as far as we know as of now – some
infantry training; for the rest it will focus on technical training
for the air force and specialist army troops, and provide money,
equipment, and intelligence.
·
And the
odds are excellent that 2-3 years from now you will see AQ/Islamists
pushed out of Mali. People will be waiting in Libya, Chad, the
Central African Republic, and Niger to take care of fleeing
militants. All very sensible.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
October 3, 2012
·
Afghanistan an innocuous
article in the New York Times tells the US and the world that the US
knows it has completely failed in Afghanistan.
http://t.co/N7HPqzU1 Editor was
about the last person to learn US was failing. It took him until
2008 to figure this out. Admitting to this to People In The Know
earned Editor considerable derision along the lines “Now you find
out?” Truthfully, Editor deserves the derision, because people WERE
telling him the US was failing, but he refused to listen. He could
not believe US Government would blandly lie to its people, not after
the transparency of First Gulf, and the fiasco with the public trust
in Second Indochina.
·
It is
said two things led to the end of trust Americans have traditionally
reposed in the US Government. One was the assassination of President
Kennedy; the other was the Vietnam War. Editor is still not sure how
the first played into the end of trust, but he is only restating
something that was said many, many times in the 1960s and 1970s.
Vietnam as a corroding factor in the trust thing is obvious.
Government on Monday would announce we’re beating the Reds, on
Friday it would say its sending another 50,000 troops. After
committing 550,000+ troops (actually 750,000 when you count the
Navy, airpower based outside Vietnam, and air force units supporting
the logistical effort), one day the country wakes up to the news
that General Westmoreland is asking for 2250,000 more troops. Total
freakout. Total, total freakout.
·
Anyhows,
what Editor did not realize is that around 2005 the Taliban had
rebuilt from its losses consequent on the US invasion of
Afghanistan, and slowly but surely Taliban steps up its activity. By
2008 it has reached the stage US has to up forces by 50%. This was
an “Uh Oh” moment for Editor. Bright feller that he is, he said:
“Something smells in the Kingdom of Denmark”. Probing deeper, it
emerged the Taliban controlled 50% of Afghanistan by day, 80% by
night. Editor, being the genius he is, goes “Yo, amigo, looks like
we’re actually losing”. Now he starts looking more deeply at the
situation, instead of ignoring it and relying on other blogs, which
give the US viewpoint 100%. Then he realizes (a) US has no strategy
to win; (b) US is massively failing to train the Afghans. Anything
wrong that can be done, the US is doing.
·
Editor at
this point cannot emotionally handle it anymore, because the
American failures are so massive and so total, that one either
ignores the situation or one faces the reality that this country’s
national security establishment and higher military leader is, like,
totally incompetent. The consequences of this are so immense, that
and aside from the occasional guerilla raid on conventional wisdom,
Editor basically goes “La la la, I can’t hear you.”
·
Okay, so
now Editor has done the mea culpa thing, lets come back to the NY
Times article. It says that the Americans now admit that we cannot
bring the Taliban to the negotiating table, and that it’s up to the
Afghans to work this out. Moreover, the article also says that until
we leave in 2014, there will be no major progress in negotiations.
And even more abjectly, the article says the americans will have to
give Pakistan a major seat at the table. This is as clear an
admission of defeat as you are getting from American leaders today.
·
Editor
has been saying, irregularly, moodily, and off-handedly that if
there are Afghan-Taliban negotiations, they will solely be a Taliban
deception to prepare its takeover. This means there will be NO real
negotiations; the game is lost, and the leadership knows it.
·
So: let’s
repeat what we’ve said before. Taliban will whack the Afghan Army
with greater ease than you whack the weeds in your garden because
the Afghan Army’s fighting potential is about as close to zero as
one can get. The only thing propping up the mockery of an Afghan
Army is the US. With combat units gone, no amount of advisors is
going to save the bacon, or however that expression goes. Once the US gets out of the
way, the Pakistan Army is going to come right back into Afghanistan,
and just as it did 1994-96, it is going to beat the daylights out of
the Afghans.
·
Now:
there will this time be a major difference. Last time the world was
basically keeping out of the dreadful civil war that erupted after
the Soviet withdrawal of 1989 between the warlords, followed by the
rise of the Taliban, who at that time were only an extension of the
Pakistan Army. Toward the end of the rise of the Taliban, people
like India and Russia were aiding anti-Pushtoon Afghans. At the time
of the US invasion in 2001, the Northern Alliance had 15% of the
country, Taliban had 85% (in so far as anyone can actually have
control over Afghanistan – another question for another time). This
time, however, India, Russia, and even the US are going to aid the
west and north Afghan who are anti-Taliban (and anti Pushtoon). The
core of new opposition army will come from the split-up Afghan Arm.
With foreign assistance, there will be no scope for Pakistan to take
over all of Afghanistan; and its not clear if Islamabad wants to.
·
We don’t
want to paint a rosy picture of Pakistan’s gains because there are
going to be all sorts of problems for Pakistan this time as opposed
to 1996-2001. Among these problems is that the Taliban have
developed their own identity, and plus you have a bunch of Taliban
who are anti-Pakistan. Again, this is another discussion for another
time.
·
The only
question we should be asking is: are any American generals,
bureaucrats, Administration officials, and media going to be held
responsible for America’s defeat? Are there going to be inquiries,
trials, and punishments? Of course not, you silly person. You see,
America works on two tracks. There is you and me, the peasants, and
there are the elite. When us peasants mess up, the elite makes darn
sure we suffer the consequences. When the elite mess up, they get
better jobs and after a decent interval return to make another, even
bigger mess.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
October 2, 2012
·
US walks itself back on Iran attack Let’s first stipulate that it never was
particularly clear how serious the Obama Administration was about
attacking Iran’s N-program. At various times in the last several
years (and during the Bush Administration too) it seemed that an
attack was unavoidable. But now that push has come to shove, the US
seems to be walking itself back on the subject. A clear distance has
been put by Washington between itself and Tel Aviv, to the point
apparently the US has warned Israel that the US will leave Israel to
its fate if Israel starts something without US permission. And then
the US has made clear it is not giving its permission. How much of
this is a bluff is not known to us, after all, Israel’s Bibi may
also well be bluffing when he says he will if necessary attack
without the US.
·
Washington’s point of view is that sanctions ARE working, and Iran
IS being squeezed by the America boa constrictor. Tel Aviv’s point
of view is that (a) the sanctions are a joke; Teheran is
successfully avoiding them, and (b) the Iranians will eat grass
before giving up their N-problem, no matter how much they are
squeezed.
·
Added to
this is the disagreement over how close Iran is to a bomb. The US
believes there’s time to let sanctions work. Tel Aviv says Iran is
weeks away from a bomb. Editor says he believes they are years away,
but one day they are going to get the bomb if nothing is done. He
also agrees with the Israelis that the Iranians would rather eat
grass before giving up their program. He further believes even if
the Iranians do give it up, they will keep the core of it intact,
ready to ramp up at need.
·
And as if
the above divergences are not bad enough, there is another. One
school says the Mad Mullahs are not really mad, and even if they get
the bomb, the Israeli/US N-arsenal will deter them. It is possible
to go one step further and argue that in fact, anyone who uses
N-weapons for any reason will have to be taken out by the world’s
nuclear powers acting together. The other school agrees the Mad
Mullahs are not mad, but they are far worse. They are ready to wipe
out Israel even if it means their country becomes a radioactive
waste. We could go back and forth forever on this issue alone.
·
Now comes
an article from a longtime and reputable Aviation Week and Space
Technology writer, David Fulgham that has US sources giving all
sorts of reasons an attack would be pointless. The article is at
http://tinyurl.com/92rn7bm
Now, it’s true that you should rely on any article on background
from Washington with less trust than you would regard a heroin user
begging for money and saying he promises you will have the money
tomorrow. It is also true that the people Aviation Week spoke to are
simply planting their point of view. In this case they would be
trying to slow down the drumbeat to war.
·
Essentially what the article says is that a strike will not work
because (a) anything short of N-weapons will not destroy the
deep-bunker part of the Iranian n-program; and (b) even if it is
destroyed there is nothing to stop Iran from getting 20% enriched
uranium and even working components of an N-bomb from smugglers. The
kindest thing we can say about people who are saying these things is
they need to step down form their jobs and get a proper education.
Since we aren’t here to make one case or the other, let us continue
with the theme that the US appears to be backing down.
·
Two
questions arise. (a) Is the US actually in favor of a strike but is
building plausible deniability by pretending to be against a strike?
Will it tell Israel to go ahead, wait for Iran to retaliate by
attacking US Gulf installation or Hormuz, at which point US says
“see, we do not want to get into a war with Iran, but now they’ve
made war on us.” If this is so, US is wasting its time. Those who
support a strike, such as the Sunni Mideast states, will support it
no matter what convolutions the US goes through. Those who oppose it
are going to get angry at the US and will not for a minute accept
there was any distance between US-Israel.
·
(b)
Normally we are all for striking left, right, and center, and we
particularly don’t like the Iranian mullahs. But as we have recently
said repeatedly, the US just seems to have no capacity to deal with
the aftermaths of its invasions/strikes/interventions. The quality
of decision-making in Washington is so low is that the US is going
to get into a right royal mess if it strikes. Look at the
super-hesitance in Libya and in Syria. So perhaps the Obama
Administration is right to avoid an attack, at this time, at least.
Monday 0230 GMT October
1, 2012
·
What do Sam Bacile,
Nakoula
Basseley Nakoula, and Mark Basseley Youssef have in common? They are the
same person, and only three of several names used by the maker of
the anti-Islam video.
·
Judging
from comments on the blogosphere, many Americans appear unfamiliar
with their own criminal justice system. Perhaps it is as well, since
this indicates they have little cause to deal with the system. But
the unfamiliarity has led to considerable heat without light. What
has upset many in the blogsphere is the belief the video-maker is
being punished by the Obama Administration for exercising his 1st
Amendment rights.
·
The
reality is more sordid, as is often the case when dealing with petty
criminals. And unfortunately, that is what the video-maker is, a
petty criminal. It is a mistake to turn him into a crusader for 1st
Amendment rights who is persecuted by the US Government.
·
The
videomaker is a convicted felon (check fraud) and has violated his
probation eight times. This violation concerns the requirement that
he stay off the Internet for 5-years unless permitted by his parole
officer. He has consistently lied about his association with the
video. And he has perpetrated a fraud on the actors, whom he told
the movie was an adventure film. There is, of course, no movie. All
that exists is the crude U-Tube clip the world has seen.
·
When a
criminal makes the headlines in the US, law enforcement goes into
overdrive at all levels, local, state, and federal. They do that not
because the person is necessarily dangerous, but because they love
publicity. The agencies pile on to the criminal. He may already be
stretched on the playing field after taking a hit, but other players
will jump on him just to get into the news, and to get their piece
of him. The way law enforcement works is that in a high profile
case, a considerable manpower is deployed to comb every aspect of
the person’s life for the slightest hint of other malfeasances.
Everything dredged is subject
to minute scrutiny, to see if additional charges can be brought.
·
This
gentleman has proved an easy target. He is so averse to the truth
that when tried for fraud, he used what was apparently his given
name. Nothing wrong with that, but in 2002 he had his name legally
changed so he should have given his legal name. There’s another case
right there. He carried a driver’s license in his previous name,
which means he has got the license renewed at least once in an
incorrect name. There’s another case right there. And we don’t know
what else will emerge.
·
What is
known is the gentleman is a habitual liar and a low-grade scumbag.
Why on earth is anyone holding him up as a paragon of the 1st
Amendment? Much of the reason is that a significant part of our
country cannot stand the President. They will jump on Mr. Obama for
the slightest thing, true or imagined. One respected blogger has
even made the argument that the Benghazi case is worse than
Watergate. Come on now, people. You need to separate your hatred of
Mr. Obama from facts. To allege the federal, state, and local
authorities are following the President’s orders to persecute the
video gentleman is a bit bunch. For the President to issue such an
order is illegal, and you can be sure people in the various
governments would be gleefully releasing the information to the
media.
·
As an
example of where people are making the wrong assumptions is the
denial of bail to the video gentleman. Violating probation, people
argue, is not a non-bailable offense. They are correct. He has been
jailed not because of his parole violation, but because the judge
wanted more time for the authorities to clear confusion about the
man’s multiple identities, and wanted the defense to offer firmer
proof the man will not flee the country.
·
This said, Editor agrees people have a right to be very angry about
the way the Administration has handled the matter.
The manner in which Administration
officials have apologized repeatedly, and excoriated the video
repeatedly, is completely unacceptable. There is nothing to
apologize for. The video person may be a low-grade scumbag, but he
retains his 1st Amendment rights. Absolutely all the
Administration can legitimately say is: “The US government does not
like the video, but the man who made it has constitutional
protection. We take the Constitution more seriously than the hurt
feelings of people.” The Administration might add that when we do
not punish people for “insults” to other religions, not even to
Christianity, America’s main religion, why exactly is America
required to be more sensitive to Islam?
·
The other
day news appeared of an ancient writing fragment that appears to
have Jesus say Mary was his wife. Washington Post had a cartoon of
Jesus’s Sermon on the Mount, something very sacred to many
Christians. Instead of delivering the sermon, Jesus says that he was
misquoted, and he was referring to whiffle balls, not to a wife.
Personally Editor thought this was kind of a lame cartoon and
definitely unfunny. But look at the carton from the viewpoint of a
devout Christian. It can be seen as highly offensive. So should
Christians now insist the Administration punish the cartoonist and
the newspaper, preferably by execution? Should an American cabinet
member offer a bounty for the cartoonist’s head, as a Pakistan
minister has done for the insulter of Islam? And what about people
who are highly offended by ALL religion? Should foreign Christians
attack US overseas missions and murder US government employees?
·
By
condemning the video without adding the qualification the man was
within his right, the Administration has insulted the nation’s
honor. Further, it has shown that it is okay for tiny groups of
foreign extremists to attack and to threaten the US. Yet further it
has given one religion, Islam, a greater importance than other
religions whose sole crime seems to be they are not as violent as
some Muslims. Who would not be aggravated with the Administration?
Friday 0230 GMT September 28, 2012
·
Where is SEAL 6 when you need
them? They’re so hot to catch terrorists and scum like OBL, but
where are they when it time to take out a contract on Julian
Assange? What, exclaim our readers, is Editor also falling for this
business of Julian being an enemy of state?
·
Not one
bit. Okay, so he was given US secrets by a confused US private, but
if he becomes an enemy of state by releasing the secrets, so is
every Americans newspaper that carried some part of those cables.
Are we suggesting SEAL 6 take out the Editorial offices or the NY
Times, the WashPo, the LA Times and what not? No we are not. If
Julian in any way conspired with Manning to steal those secrets, by
all means, hang them both. But how does he become an enemy of state
by releasing the cables when the media is not an enemy of state for
doing the same thing?
·
No. We
want him assassinated because he is getting really, really,
annoying. Since when has an accused rapist hiding from justice
allowed to address the UN? What was Ecuador thinking? Since when is
this man an expert on anything? More to the point, what was the UN
thinking?
·
Okay, so
all the anti-Americans of the world are getting whacking great cheap
thrills from the Julian person. But don’t Ecuador and the UN realize
they are only cheapening themselves and the institution? So what
next? When there’s a human rights discussion at the UN, US should
get Russia’s Pussy Riot to address the august world body?
And, mind you, Missus P. Riot
have been severely
punished for speaking. Absolutely they should not have done the
protest in a church that they trespassed on. Absolutely they should
be punished for the trespass, say a fine. But THEY are victims of a
repressive regime, not Julian, who is being sheltered by a
repressive regime.
·
The thing
is, have all the laffs you want, folks. US is extraordinarily averse
to being slammed in the UN, especially without cause. Julian is no
one to speak on behalf of Manning, who is a US soldier and subject
to military law. The Americans are going to bite back and then there
will be real unhappiness. We sincerely hope the UN isn’t falling for
the line that “oh, America doesn’t matter, the Chinese will pick up
lost funding”. When the Chinese are in an economic position to
become the Number 1 UN donor, the only thing they will allow the UN
to do is sweep up the horse poop from the Emperor of the World’s
carriage.
·
BTW, we
have no clue of this is right, but someone told us the Swedish
police are no longer wanting young Julian because they want his side
of the story. We’re told they have completed their investigation,
have decided to charge him, he will be allowed his piece after he’s
under arrest, and then it’s off to court. Is there truth to this? We
seem to remember in Sweden they don’t have bail: you stay in till
your case is decided.
·
Canadians bust major
smuggling ring, arrest policeman Drugs? Arms? Human trafficking
for immoral purposes? Wrong, wrong and wrong. Please sit down with a
strong drink close to hand before continuing, because the shock can
be severe. Please read and sign the disclaimer that absolves
Orbat.com?/Editor of any responsibility in case you are injured or
die or suffer sleepless nights or your sex life, bad as it is, takes
a turn for the worse. All set? We can reveal that the smugglers were
smuggling…
·
…cheese.
Yup, the stuff you put on pizzas and ham sandwiches. Apparently it
is illegal to bring into Canada more than C$20 worth of cheese
without paying duty. Apparently the stuff is so much cheaper south
of the border, the Canadian cheese industry would be wiped out.
(Isn’t Canada part of the North American Free Trade Zone, by the
way?)
·
Everyone
likes the Canadians. They are clean-cut, of good morals,
straight-talking, peace-loving, and abhor violence. Honest, upright,
great civic citizens, excellent neighbors. Soft-spoken, tolerant,
kind to immigrants, bear more than their fair share of international
responsibilities and so on and so forth.
If there’s one shortcomings we Americans have
towards the Canadians, is we tend to condescend to them. To us
they’re amiable duffers, a bit eccentric, but harmless, really, and
really decent folk.
·
This
cheese episode confirms all the stereotypes of Canadians. On this
day and age were violence and chaos marches everywhere, it’s kind of
sweet, relaxing even, that our northern BFFs are fighting cheese
smuggling.
Thursday 0230 GMT September 27, 2012
·
Taliban attack on Camp Bastion These days since we usually stick to one
topic in the update, we haven’t gotten around to mentioning the
Taliban attack on Camp Bastion in Helmand, Afghanistan. Doubtless readers are simply
desperate to ask (at least on Alternative Earth
z5ZDA93TT54321LKB3838sxj) “Editor, you’re always criticizing the Taliban for being idiots
about their attacks on Allied bases. This was pretty successful:
they burnt 6 AV-8 Harriers and damaged two more, probably beyond
repair. So do you want to revise your opinion?
·
Not
really. Of 19 attackers, the Taliban lost 18 killed and one taken
prisoner. So where are the survivors to teach other Taliban the art
and craft of attacking Allied bases? In life, if every lesson you
learn, successful or unsuccessful, ends up with you being dead, the
learning curve becomes very, very short. Fighter pilots have a
saying worth pondering: “My job is not to die for my country, but to
make the other man die for his country”. Profound, and the Taliban
might want to think about it.
·
The
saying Editor quickly learned in his youth is also worth pondering:
“He who fights and runs away, lives to fight another day.” And it
works. That Editor is around to quote these wise sayings is proof.
·
American genius It is quite
boring to have to repeatedly slam American stupidity, so it makes a
nice change to celebrate American genius. A gentleman invented, and
is now field testing, $20,000 industrial robots that can be taught
to learn skills and keep upgrading those skills. Attachment can, of
course, be changed for new tasksThe robot also mingles freely with
humans, unlike the $200,000 specialized robots that the Japanese
produce. These have to be kept segregated because they have all the
brains of Killbot in the comics strip “Brewster Rockett, Space Guy”.
This robot, if utilized for one 8-hour shift/day, costs $4/day and
pays for itself in 3-years. Meanwhile, depending on the developed
country you’re talking about, human robots cost $30 to $56 dollars a
day. That high end is Norway, BTW.
·
Fascinatingly, the way you teach this robot a new skill is grabbing
its hands and mimicking the job you want done. Pure genius. “Smarter
robots, with no wage demands” by Brad stone; Business Week September
24-30, pages 39-40.
·
Something
interesting in the article. American manufacturers produce
$2-trillion worth of goods annually. Chinese produce $2.2-trillion.
But it takes the Chinese 9 times the workers to get the same dollar
output. Naturally people will worry that these new type of
inexpensive robots will displace American workers. On the contrary,
what the robots will do is allow American companies to compete with
Chinese ones, so hopefully more jobs will be created at home than
destroyed. Incidentally, as commonly noted, wages are not the sole
consideration in product cost.
The Chinese will always have an advantage in products
produced for their market and surrounding countries because
transportation costs will be way lower. And unless the Chinese change
their ways, American environmental costs will be way higher. Of
course, the transportation works two ways: American companies enjoy
the advantage when producing for the Americas. As for the
environmental cost, best to hie over to China and live there for a
few months. You will return and become a radical Green.
Wednesday 0230 GMT September 26, 2012
Not feeling
particularly rantish today because nothing particularly outrageous
happened newswise.
·
Mr. Romney’s
airplane joke Editor remains unsure
what to make of the joke. In a way it would have been better had he
NOT been joking, because this joke about why do not airplane windows
open is, well, totally pathetic. A good joke has to plausible at
some level, and the matter of roll down windows on a passenger jet
is not plausible no matter how you look at it. Editor is very
partial to jokers, and his Romney Like Meter, already very low, has
now fallen through the basement. The man is a preppy of considerable
privileges, if he cannot make a job, preferably at his own expense,
than what exactly is the point of all that privilege? He may as well
have gone to an urban public school and taken a job as a toll
collector.
·
Editor was thinking
the other day: have his right-wing friends come to grips about what
they will do when Mr. Obama wins a second term? Will they be able to
reconstruct their lives and soldier on for another four years? Given
the conditions of Mr. Obama’s first four years, the election was Mr.
Romney’s to lose. He has (as is said of us Indians) bravely snatched
defeat from the jaws of victory. Of course, anything can happen,
such as Mr. Obama saying something that actually is both meaningful
and sensible. But a
Romney win is no more likely than President Obama making sense. By
the way, before indignant readers assail us with the latest
statistics, for our opinion on a Romney defeat we are quoting not
Democrats, but Republicans. There’s no point to even talking to
Democrats on Romney. What may happen, we are told, is that the GOP
PooBahs may decide to stop throwing money after Romney, and shift it
to getting control over the Senate. That is likely to prove
acceptable to our right wing friends. As for someone writing in to
say “You are resigning yourself to 4-years more of gridlock”, Editor
has already said many times it doesn’t matter who wins, left or
right our politicians are sold out to the moneybags and nothing can,
or will change. It is only when the entire political system is
changed can there be an end to gridlock. That’s not going to happen
because the moneybags are not going to let it happen. Prepare for
gridlock for another 40-years, don’t bother worrying about the next
four.
·
The declining SAT
scores A
friend who backs charter schools over public schools metaphorically
rammed yesterday’s Washington Post down Editor’s throat gloating all
the while: “You keep saying where’s the evidence American public
schools are failing. Here’s your evidence!” Now look people, the
friend is very – um –intelligent
and Editor likes the friend not for the gorgeous figure, but for
said friend’s braininess.
Editor is not one of those shallow men who goes only for a woman’s
looks. It is pure coincidence that the women Editor considers
intelligent are also very good looking. Just saying if one is going
to be stuck with a non-brainy lady, time passes so much more
pleasantly if she is good-looking. Anyway, we wander off topic.
·
Right in the
Washington Post article – you do not have to take Editor’s word for
it – it clearly shows a direct correlation between family income and
SAT scores. Yes, there are exceptions. Editor’s youngest is one
such. He scored a 1580/1600 (when 1600 was the top score) without
spending a minute of studying for the SATs, and in our county Editor
ranks low in family income. You don’t have to spend money to make
sure your child learns, you have to spend time. In the Brahmanical
tradition, just as in the Judaic tradition, scholarship and income
are almost inversely correlated. In the case of the SAT, exceptions
don’t make the rule.
·
Moreover, the
article points out what every person with a half-brain knows. The
scores are falling because the American education system, against
all logic, believes all you have to do is set high expectations and
everyone can go to college. So American school systems encourage,
nay, require, everyone to take the SAT even if the kids have no hope
whatsoever of getting into college. Washington DC, which has among
the lowest SAT averages, also has one of the highest percentage of
students taking the SAT. So obviously the scores are going to drop.
WashPo notes that in the last 4 years alone the percentage of kids
taking the SAT has gone up by 35%. Obviously the scores are going to
drop.
·
Look no further
than this quote to see why American education is in such a mess:
But the national trend lines are alarming and should serve as “a
call to action,” College Board President Gaston Caperton said. “When
less than half of kids who want to go to college are prepared to do
so, that system is failing.”
http://www.washingtonpost.com/local/education/sat-reading-scores-hit-a-four-decade-low/2012/09/24/7ec9cb1e-0643-11e2-afff-d6c7f20a83bf_story.html?tid=pm_local_pop
So the criteria for success of the nation’s schools is that everyone who
wants to go to college should be able to go to college? Otherwise we
are failing? Please note
again: this man is the head of the College Board. If he cannot
reason with simple logic, why is anyone surprised American education
is messed up? Clearly he cant pass the SAT because reasoning is a
must for success. But of course, he IS being logical. He wants his
company to make more money, so he declares a crisis in American
education. Then he uses illogic to push his ideas forward, and a
public that cannot reason logically may well fall for it.
·
Here is Editor’s
comment America, please note and quote. “When 99.999% of Americans
who want to be billionaires are not making it, America if failing.”
Tuesday, 0230 GMT September 25, 2012
·
Like flies to like, as the poet says.
And so it with Iran. The place is run by
folks who could use serious does of product from the American pharma
industry. These folks like to think they are terribly Machiavellian
and devious and smart, whereas the truth is they are just plain
bonkers. Delusions of grandeur are just one sign of going bonkey.
But that is not our point today. Our point is that that because Iran
is such a crazy place, it attracts a lot of crazy happenings.
·
Take, for
example, the Signals Intercept Rock. Guards patrolling the outside
of the Fordow nuclear-enrichment facility (it is being built inside
a mountain, which sorry to say, will not save it from destruction)
came across a rock. They tried to move the rock. It blew up. From
the debris the Iranians learned the rock was intercepting feeds from
Fordow’s computers. We will join you in saying, “Hey, that’s really
neat!” But extend yourself a bit. An exploding Signal Intercept Rock
is a pretty crazy gadget. It took someone even more crazy than the
I-rain-ians to come up with this device, plant it, and tap into
Fordow’s computers.
·
Then came
Siemens and the nuclear equipment wired with tiny hidden explosives.
Foul, cried the Iranians. But Siemens says it has sold no
N-equipment to Iran since 1979. So are Iranian engineers perhaps
blaming their own mistakes on a sinister Western conspiracy? As in
“sorry, chief, but the whole centrifuge cascade is history and we
believe it’s because the Siemen’s equipment was booby-trapped.”
Since Siemens is not selling Iran anything that can be used for
N-work, is Iran clandestinely procuring equipment from Siemens? Is
someone pretending he is out to make a fast buck supplying
booby-trapped equipment to iron, saying this is the really good
stuff from Siemens? The possibilities are endless. And the scheme is
pretty crazy.
·
BTW, we
need to share with readers something most media do not seem to be
aware of. A uranium enrichment cascade is not conceptually a
difficult engineering problem. But the reality is very different
from the text-book. Once you have a cascade going, if anything
happens to force a jump or a reduction in centrifuge speeds can not
just physically knock the centrifuges to pieces, it can destroy the
product stream. You basically have to shut everything down, clean
out all the pipes and pumps and centrifuges, and start up all over
again. A centrifuge is a tall metal cylinder rotating really fast –
supersonic speeds. If one cylinder gets physically knocked out, say
by exploding, the debris is going to create havoc with the cascade.
We know from the media that someone has been tampering big time with
the computer programs that run the centrifuges. But this is not like
a regular industrial process stream gone wrong. You just shut it
down, reset, and restart. If a bunch of centrifuges in the cascade
are being spun up too fast, at the end of it the cascade might as
well have been bombed out. You can also tamper with the enrichment
process by fooling around with speeds without drawing attention to
your meddling, such as would happen if the cascade is wrecked. We
don’t mean to discourage you from the continuing with the centrifuge
you’re building in the basement, but the materials science part of
the deal is itself very, very hard. More so if you have smuggle
parts, alloys, equipment and so.
·
This is
why Editor, for one (and perhaps only) steadfastly said in the 1980s
that Pakistan had no N-weapons, and would get none, until its
plutonium fissile material
plants came on line. Which they now have, at greatly sub-desirable
efficiencies, but they probably by now have enough plutonium for
half-a-dozen warheads. It is the same thing with the Iranians. Watch
what their plutonium plants are doing, not their uranium enrichment
plants. These probably ARE really only producing, sort of, uranium
for civilian power generation plants.
·
Does this
mean that aside from civilian plants there’s no practical use for
Iran’s centrifuge plants? Nope. Keeping in mind it’s years since
Editor last looked into the physics and technology of the thing, and
does not have his notes, one thing he found was that instead of
using natural uranium in your plutonium production plant, if you use
slightly enriched uranium, say 3% or 5%, it much simplifies the
production of weapons grade plutonium.
·
The
Editor’s search for the Pakistan Bomb is another long saga that
would bore normal people (such as our readers) to death. This was
not a search such as in
“Where’s Waldo?” It was a search for data that would show Pakistan
was not diverting fissile material from KANUPP and its centrifuge
program was a hoax perpetrated by the clever Dr. AQ Khan. He not
only took his own government for a ride, he took several other
governments for a ride. This was not a search the few American
nuclear chemists and physicists Editor contacted were willing to
assist. Just hearing an Indian voice on the phone, asking for an
appointment to clear up the U-234 problem so Editor could show
Pakistan did not have a bombs, would result in phones slammed down.
The poor fools thought Editor is trying to find out how to enrich
U234, for the Indians. Actually fools is too lame a word. Blithering
idiots is more like it. Do they honestly think the Indians have to
ask someone who never passed Calc I to get this information from the
Americans? It’s probably Indians who are TEACHING the stuff to
Americans in American universities. This whole story also is about
University of Maryland College Park wouldn’t give Editor a
fellowship to get his MA/PhD in government, whereas as little babies
in the prams graduating with BAs were getting the fellowships and
coming to class with their mommies to get their nappies changes and
noses wiped.
·
What that
readers are asking? Speak up! Editor is 80% deaf! Oh, you’re asking
what is the U234 problem? Okay, its simple. Using centrifuges to
separate isotopes of uranium (or anything else) means spinning
natural uranium in centrifuges (in the form of a gas, UF6). So the
heavier isotopes go off to the side wall, and the lighter remain in
the middle of the spinning cylinder. Still there? So U’s natural
form is U238, which is not fissile. The U on Earth has 99.3% U238
and just 0.7% U235, which is the Good stuff (If you’re Dr.
Strangelove, anyway). The U238 goes to the edges, the U235 status in
the middle3. You drain off the U235 and pipe it to another
centrifuge and repeat till you get weapons grade uranium, composed
of (generally) 90% U235 and 10% U238. Purer the better, but for most
purposes 90% if good enough, and each step forward for purer stuff
gets more and more difficult
and expensive.
·
Okay. If
you are still there, what the popular media doesn’t tewll you,
perhaps because it doesn’t know, but in natural U, its not just 238
and 235, but tiny bits of U234. And lo and behold, U234 not only is
not fissile, it poisons the U235 fissile reaction.
Monday, 0230 GMT September 24, 2012
·
What do current US Navy
deployments tell us? Reader Chris Raggio asked our opinion on
what the current US Navy deployments indicate. Many decades ago one
of Editor’s jobs was keeping track of US Navy deployments and
drawing conclusions. Inevitably the reports went straight to the
trash. The folks who got them had zero interest in the subject. But:
Editor does not care if he has loved and appreciated. Then as now,
he cares only if he is paid in timely fashion.
These days Editor is pretty clueless, except he
remembers that back in the day when we had 15 carriers, action was
imminent only if five were in the same theatre. Now we have 12
carriers, so it makes sense action is imminent if there are four
hanging out in the theatre. Luckily, we have Tacman (who is a real
expert in the matter) to ask. This is what he says.
·
My angle
on the argument concerns the deployments ... and what boggles me is
why the President said nothing about COUGAR 2012 lighting up several
beaches in the Med real soon.... which would make people wonder if
they're going into Syria. BUT, give him a month, and maybe he'll
talk about that too.
·
Honestly,
I'm all for explosive-induced excitement in Iran or Syria... why
not... that seems to make them happy... and if I were any good at
predicting actual surprise attacks, then I'd either have different
employers or be dead. Anyway, I'll toss my two cents in...
·
5th Fleet
has 2-CVNs and 1-LHD...CVN-65 needs to go home ASAP for its
retirement party. CVN-69 is good until turn of the year. LHD-7 is
only good for 2-3 more months. 7th has 1-CVN and 1-LHD...CVN-72 is
beginning it's fall underway…LHD-6 is also just beginning…Moving
forward into 5th & 7th is 1-CVN and 1-LHA... my guess. CVN-74 is
replacing 65…LHA-5 is replacing LHD-7; 7th Fleet doesn't need any
help, so 5th gets it.
·
LHD-7 did
a lot of APS and Euro exercises on the way in, it might do the same
on the way out, and the mack-daddy EX to not miss is COUGAR 2012.
The Illustrious, Bulwark, De Gaulle and lots of escorts are
attending. Why the US is not listed isn't understood by me yet. It's
still possible that the US will send LHD-7 back into the Med next
month to join the party, either off Algeria or in the Adriatic. Of
course, part of COUGAR is to intimidate Syria politically by having
a primo NATO naval strike force next door... and right before the US
election, and maybe the Israeli election... right when things could
get adventurous. It gives us options, and I'll bet the Iwo Jima will
be in the Med in October / November. FYI... The Enterprise will be
passing through on it's final tour around the same time, but maybe
sooner.
·
My guess
is 5th and 7th will be same-old / same-old. 6th might see some
posturing during COUGAR.
·
If Iran
does light up then we have 2-CVNs and lot's of USAF assets nearby.
If Syria lights up then we have the UK, France and maybe the US
1-CVN and 1-LHD.
·
What I'm
looking for is 4-CVNs with plenty of time to blow within 2-days of
each other. We're close, with 4 sailing but separated. Put all 4 in
5th Fleet west of India, now I'm throwing a bag of popcorn in the
microwave waiting for the show to start.
·
BUT,
before that can happen, some kind of openly political justification
needs to be presented... remember Op Iraqi Freedom? Someone has to
draw the red line, and Obama isn't fond of such things. The Israelis
have pretty much done it already. That said, I don't see the US in
an offensive position, militarily or politically. The Israeli's and
Iranians, oh ya, big time. My thought is that the US is acting
defensively right now... status quo. Something has to change before
that does. That is what you look for.
Friday 0230 GMT
September 21, 2012
·
Somalia Kenyan troops are now
preparing to enter the last Al-Shabaab coastal stronghold, at
Kisamayo (South Somalia). Many are speculating if this means the end
of the terror group. Without a coastal base they will find it
difficult to obtain supplies. Besides which, loss of another port
means their tax base is withering. But as this article makes clear,
the matter is not so simple.
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/africa/the-last-stand-of-alshabaab-8157403.html
·
Initial
reports earlier this week said that Al-Shabaab had evacuated the
town ahead of the Kenyan offensive. For reasons Editor is unclear
about, the group went right back to Kisamayo. Perhaps their first
withdrawal was just to get their families to safety. Somalia’s story
is based on clans, not on governments and other groups. Al-Shabaab
has welcomed another anti-Government clan to move into the town,
upping its strength. Meanwhile, the Ethiopians – again for reason we
are unclear – are not about to let the Kenyans have the glory about
taking Kisamayo, which would be a key town in an autonomous
Jubaland. The Kenyans seem to back Jubaland, and their advance has
been focused on destroying al-Shaabab in the south. So the
Ethiopians are backing another tribe altogether.
·
So as the
UK Independent says, we
may see a 3-sided fight for Kisamayo. This is not going to help
Somalia. And apparently neither are Kenyan tactics helping. The
Kenyans are said to have refused creation of a corridor to permit
civilians to flee; presumably the Kenyans are worried that rebels
will escape. They are also using a lot of firepower such as
artillery and air strikes; inevitably civilians are being killed in
larger numbers than need happen. So regardless of which faction the
town’s residents belong to, they will not be happy with the Kenyans.
·
In many
ways Somalia is like Afghanistan. In Somalia the division is by
clans, in Afghanistan by tribes. There has been war in Afghanistan
for almost 35-years, non-stop. And surely fighting will continue
after NATO withdraws it combat troops. If the Taliban emerge
dominant again, the tribes in the other 60% of the country will turn
to Iran, India, and Russia, and the endless war will continue. Even
if the Taliban seek to merely control their traditional areas of
East and South Afghanistan and left the North and the West alone,
Afghanistan is finished as a country. It is unclear to Editor if the
different tribes can be expected to peacefully coexist in a unitary
national state. Before the arrival of the Americans, the different
tribes got along because Kabul’s authority was weak and it left the
provinces alone. That is the best outcome that can be imagined. But
so much blood under the bridge, it is possibly that whoever has
Kabul will refuse to preside over a weak confederation.
·
In
Somalia the clans have been at it for almost 25-years. People assume
that if a war continues too long, people long for peace and grow
tired of war, leading them to compromise. But beyond a certain
point, a continuing war breeds only more war. People want peace, but
they don’t see it as possible. In Somalia the fight has been about
control of resources. The longer the war continues, the fewer the
resources, and the more desperate the struggle. As it is we can
doubt if Somaliland can be forced back into a unitary Somali state.
Puntland has also become used
to autonomy. Jubaland is clearly heading for autonomy as a Kenyan
protectorate. The Ethiopians may insist on controlling central
Somalia, and if they cannot, they will keep the pot boiling. The
national capital region may well find nothing to govern, and it may
have to reconcile itself to an autonomous status of its own,
protected by the African Union.
Thursday 0230 GMT
September 20, 2012
·
China and the Senkakus The dispute between China and Japan over the Senkaku Islands had
witnessed a delightful escalation. It is all entertainment and so
much fun to see Japan being beaten with limp noodles by the Chinese.
Before we explain our happiness, the current crisis has been
triggered by the Japanese Government buying the four pieces of rock
topped with some greenery from a private owner. This was Japan’s
reaction to increasing aggressive Chinese demonstrations and claims
on the islands. There may be oil and gas in the area, but it is
important to appreciate for both sides this is a nationalist issue,
not an economic one. Do not get confused by Taiwan’s claims. Beijing
accepts they are part of Taiwan, but of course Beijing claims Taiwan
in its entirety, thus, says China, the islands are ours.
·
So after
nationalization, the Chinese started playing their usual double
game, which is rousing its citizens to demonstrate and riot, while
officially calling for calm and negotiations. This is all part of
China’s amazing subtlety that we in the west are too stupid to
appreciate. Of course, China in reality is as subtle as the Marx
Brothers, or a herd of starved elephants called for chow time. But
everyone has their fantasies, so let us allow the Chinese theirs,
even as we giggle and make rude gestures with our toes. Just to
demonstrate their subtlety, the Chinese sent 14 maritime/fishery
security vessels to the area. OMG! How subtle! Let us now swoon!
·
The
problem has become that China, having made its point, now wish to
dial down the temperature. But the citizens are having none of this.
Demonstrations have spread to 85 cities, and Japanese factories have
been attacked, leading the Japanese to shut down several plants. The
people are not just refusing to their government; they are accusing
the government of being cowards. They are saying the government
ignores the will of the people (Danger, Will Robinson, extreme
danger! – the citizens have neatly made the Senkakus into an issue
of the democratic rights they don’t have. Neato, no?).
·
As if
this subtlety is insufficient to make us crude non-Chinese morosely
low-esteemed, a Chinese Commerce Minister says that China should
consider selling its $230-billion worth of bonds. There are reports
that China is about to cut off supply of rare earths. Others are
saying that yes, China will suffer if Sino-Japanese trade comes to a
halt, but the Japanese with their corrupt, rotting economy will
collapse. China will not. To find an analog for China’s subtlety,
you have to go back to Bluto, Popeye’s rival for the affections of
Olive Oyl (“And he’s large, large, large, but he’s mine!”.
·
So the
first object of our good-humored mirth and acid derision is the
United states, which is caught between an ally (Japan) and a
producer of profit for American companies (China). The US has been
scurrying around like a little mouse with an invisibility cloak and
squeeking “There’s no one here but us Americans” for all it is
worth. The Americans are engaged in what they called “quiet
diplomacy”. This consists of running between Tokyo and Beijing
wringing hands and begging both sides to calm down. American foreign
policy is have the stuffing knocked out of a primary foreign policy
tenet. This says that as China becomes more integrated into the
world system, it will become less bellicose.
·
Of
course, the Americans have so long ago forgotten what it means to be
nationalist that they could not conceive of a China that would
become bellicose, not less, as it became economically/militarily
stronger. Just because we worship the almighty dollar, or
increasingly the almighty Yuan, it can never occur to us that their
pride is more important to the Chinese than money. Just a reminder
to Washington: the Chinese plan to push us back to Hawaii by 2040.
They will happily trade with us and go along with our fantasies of
importance, but that won’t stop them from doing what they believe
they have to do. we hope by 2040 the Americans wake up, but who
knows. We may be so busy buying IPhone-26 – made in China, of
course, that we may no time to notice we have become a second-rate
power.
·
Meantime,
from India comes the news that since January 2010, the Chinese have
intruded on Indian territory an average of 12 times month. Whatever
you may say about the effete and ineffective Indians, they at least
are engaged in a major buildup against China while Washington counts
the money it makes from the China trade.
·
But it is
for the Japanese we reserve our most affectionate derision. You see,
since 1945, Japan has been passive-aggressive on its defense. It
refuses to spend more than 1%, preferring to hide under the American
umbrella. The sole cost is having to periodically massage America’s
giant ego by whispering in its ear: “You really turn us on, Big
Guy!” Meanwhile the snicker behind their hand-held fans at how
colossally stupid the Americans are, and what a pain it is to put up
with their criminal-rapists sailors and Marines who we wish would
just go away to Hawaii or whatever. Whenever America has told the
Japanese to do more for defense, the Japanese make big eyes like the
kids in the manga comics, and exclaim “But we cannot! We were so bad
in World War II! You defeated us and demilitarized us! Thank you so
much for setting us on the right track! But clearly we cannot
militarize again! You have taught us so well!” Then they give us the
middle-finger salute when our backs are turned.
·
But now
the skinny Japanese behind is being squeezed in the Chinese mangle.
Today, yes, Tokyo can count on the Americans to protect them.
Tomorrow they may not have the military means; worse, they may not
have the desire. Japan will be left with a boat without paddles and
a large hole in the stern. Editor is for sure ROTFLLTBAG (Rolling on
the floor laughing to bust a gut.)
·
Nonetheless, under all that impeccable grooming, the Japanese are a
pretty darn people. Already some Japanese have responded to the
Chinese threat to sell-off Tokyo binds by delicately yawning and
saying “Actually, not a bad idea! The Bank of Japan will buy them
and the Yen will weaken, helping get our stalled economy going!” And
though we don’t know for a fact this is happening, surely many
Japanese are saying: “We spend hundreds of billions of dollars in
pointless infrastructure projects to revive the economy, we could
just spend that money on upping our defense preparedness.”
Wednesday 0230 GMT
September 19, 2012
·
The wounded Arab psyche Scholars who are sympathetic to the Arabs point out that the reason
the Islamic militants are behaving badly today is that they have
never gotten over their glory days. They feel inferior to the West,
disrespected, belittled, victimized, derided – add whatever
derogatory adjectives come to mind. So it all comes down to low
self-esteem. Because Muslims supposedly perceive themselves as
powerless, they will seek to demonstrate their power any way they
can.
·
India in the middle of the
second millennium was the world’s richest country. When it collided
with the western invaders, its greatness was crushed by people
Indians considered unhygienic,ignorant savages. My maternal
grandmother came from a wealthy family of art collectors and
intellectuals. To the end of her days, she never tired of telling me
how in the days of the British she would sit by herself at the Grand
Hotel in the Raj’s summer capital, Simla, and not a single English
person would speak to her. That she was “allowed” there in the first
place was because my grandfather was a civil engineer in British
service, and the Grand was where he was accommodated when visiting
on duty. If you want a flavor of what westerners thought about
Indians, read the American journalist Katherine Mayo’s report
“Mother India”. All she saw was
filth, perversion, and deviancy. (Good thing she's not alive in
these times in America.)Today India is so poor that 40% of
its people suffer from malnutrition, and $2/day is considered above
poverty level.
·
By the
logic people use to have us understand the Islamists, Indians should
en masse be striking out at the west, blowing up its monuments and
killing its citizens. Instead Indians learned from the west and are
now on track to become the second richest country. What is true of
India is equally true of China, and of Japan. If we are to talk
about people who have been ruthlessly exploited and mercilessly
disdained, look no further than Africans and African Americans. Let
us talk about the Maya, the Inca, and the Aztecs, who were destroyed
and enslaved just as the black people were. But do you see the
Chinese, Japanese, South Americans, and Africans not just becoming
global terrorists, but encouraging – no,
demanding the slaughter of
fellow Indians, Chinese, whatever, considered by the extremists to
be apostates? The British ruled the greatest empire the world has
ever known. Now they cannot even maintain two warships on
round-the-clock duty to guard their shores. Should they be murdering
and killing? The Russian empire was geographically the biggest land
empire until 1990, when overnight it just vanished like dust in the
wind. Should the Russians be out there killing and terrorizing?
·
Consider this episode from
the day before yesterday. An Islamic terrorist, claiming he was
striking out at America’s insult to Islam contained in a U-Tube
clip, not even in a movie, killed
twelve other civilian Muslims
in Afghanistan as protest. Excuse
me, folks, but people like this are not suffering from lack of
self-esteem, absorbed in dreams of distant days of glory. They are
simply murderous psychotics.
·
In my
younger days, I travelled often to the Mideast, a region I was
introduced to by my father, who had fought there in World War II,
and later returned under UN service. I stomped around Iraq, Jordan,
Syria, Lebanon, Egypt, and Iran (not Arab, but still a very hung-up
place). I went to the villages, where people were so poor sometimes
it seemed to me village India must be an advanced civilization.
Among the educated folks there was this overwhelming despair at the
problems their people faced, and at the abject humiliation at being
repeatedly defeated by the Israelis, and their just total inability
to change things. No one with
the slightest empathy (or Mitt Romney) could fail to feel the Arab
pain, a la Mr. Clinton.
·
But:
whose bleedin’ fault was all
this? The Arabs were being oppressed by – the Arabs. And they
are still oppressed by their own, as in Saudi Arabia, Syria and
Iran. The Arab condition has nothing to do with the West. It has to
do with themselves. And while they claim to be fighting the West,
for every Westerner killed there are 10, 100, or more Muslims killed
– by Muslims. What on earth does this internecine slaughter, which
reached new heights in Iraq, during Saddam and post-Saddam, have to
do with the West?
·
Okay, so
more sophisticated versions of the Arab-as-victims theory says that
since they are unable to displace their dictators, they strike out
at the West. Now, we can argue about how America should handle the
Arabs. For ten years I supported the US administrations aggressive
approach, until I realized that Bush/Obama have been lying to us
from Day 1 of the GWOT. I say the solution is to come home. Official
Washington, half of whom would be out of government funded jobs if
we did that, thinks we need more engagement, not less. Whatever.
·
One thing
we should by now be clear on is that the Arab condition is not our
doing, or our responsibility. Every time one of these mad dogs goes
on a killing spree blaming the west, we need the government, the
elite, the media, to push back and say: “This is YOUR problem, not
ours; you created it, we didn’t; you take care of it.
·
Someone
will come up with stuff like the overthrow by the CIA of the first
democratically elected Iran leader or America’s alliance with the
dirty House of Saud. My reaction to this is to say “I weep for you,
now I will play the world’s tiniest violin in requiem”. The US
between 1945-1990 faced an existential threat to its existence
because of the Soviets. All these countries could have allied
themselves with us instead of kissy-facing the Communists. That was
THEIR choice, and once they began the kissy-facing they became our
enemies. We had to do what we had to do. No friend as good, no enemy
as fierce. That’s us. And now the Soviets are gone, we’re helping
you overthrow your tyrants,
the current crop of whom are none of our doing. We did not feed
and nurture the Salafis, the Whabis, the Deobandis. Heck, 99.9% of
Americans don’t have a clue as to what these misgotten species of
sub-humanity are. I certainly didn’t know till two years ago and all
I do every waking moment I can is to read/study/analyze
international and military relations.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
September 18, 2012
·
Chicago Editor was first
saddened by the news the teachers strike had been resolved, then
again delighted that it was not. Editor believes in unions for all
workers. He is constantly astonished at how anti-union America is,
and for what? Japan, Germany, France, UK, Scandinavia etc. all have
tough unions, have the same
standard of living we do. so it baffles Editor why profits cannot be
sensibly shared between the capitalist, the manager, and the worker.
But, as they say, whatever.
·
Editor
was only establishing background to his happiness the Chicago strike
continues. We all have our red lines on behavior, we are tolerant of
this but not of that. Editor’s strong red line is hypocrisy, and he
happy to see President Obama and the Chicago Mayor getting it in the
neck for their hypocrisy. This
does not mean Editor prefers the GOP; were he Overlord, he would
give all politicians one hour to resign and go home and never enter
politics again. Failing which they would have a walk in appointment
with Mr. Guillotine. Editor is totally unable to understand why a
people would give power to someone who wants it. Leaders should be
chosen from those who absolutely do not want it and run for their
lives if their name is mentioned as a potential leader. Those who
run the fastest and farthest should be the ones to be put in charge.
But, as they say, whatever.
·
Editor
was only establishing he is non-ideological, and his attack on two
prominent donkeys does not mean he favors elephants. No. The issue
is thus. The President and the Mayor are trying to have their cake
and eat it too. They pretend they are for the worker, but when push
comes to shove, they are for Number One, who is not the worker.
The Chicago strike is all
about political money. Rich anti-worker people have been giving
money to the Mayor, so he has cracked down on the teacher unions as
a start.
·
But
remember when our pals the Dems were accusing Scott Walker of
Wisconsin of taking rich people’s money to destroy unions? Remember
when the Dems were accusing him of being a dictator? Well, now the
Dems are taking the money of rich people to be anti-worker, and they
are acting like dictators. Does this mean we support Mr. Walker? We
cannot award him the Klasse Klowne Award, because though he is a
clown, he has no class. We
thing the Chicago Mayor fails on both counts and is a terrific bore
to boot. So we are being impartial here. But the hypocrisy factor is
in the Dems court, because Walker has never pretended to be the
worker’s friend. He has never denied who pays him owns him.
But, as they say, whatever.
·
Editor
was only trying to show that he hates both Donkeys and Elephants
equally. So that is why he is delighted the President and the Mayor
are increasing up honey creek with a paddle. He is said only that –
as dozens and dozens of people have told him – they don’t like the
President, they don’t trust the President, they want the President
to go somewhere unmentionable, but they are still going to vote for
him because the Two Rs are even worse. But as they say, whatever.
·
Strikes
Editor as very odd that people are attacking teachers for what used
to be the package deal for most workers: decent pay, decent working
conditions, decent dignity, and decent pensions. So teachers are
among the last groups of workers, along with Federal workers, to
enjoy these things, which were once considered the right of every
worker. How strange that Americans do not envy the 1% at the top who
now control 40% or more of America’s wealth, but are ready to pull
down ordinary folks like them who have managed to hold on to
benefits which once most workers enjoyed. Is it the new American
way, to pull every down to the lowest level? But as they say,
whatever.
Monday 0230 GMT September 17, 2012
·
America in Wonderland It
is said the Soviet Communists and the Nazis perfected the art of the
Big Lie. If so, their most diligent students have been Americans. In
every walk of life, Americans utilize the Big Lie. Advertising,
which is built on the BL and which is part of blood, is an example.
The political campaigns we have witnessed this year, left or right,
are another. And now we have an example in foreign policy – as if we
needed it.
·
The US
ambassador to the United States has bestowed on us this wisdom: The
Benghazi attack was spontaneous, not preplanned. Problem the First:
the Libyans say it was preplanned and they informed the US of it 3
days ahead. Problem the Second: Al Qaeda says it was planned as
revenge for the killing of the Yemen AQ leader.
·
Could the
Libyan Government be lying? Of course it could. By saying the attack
was preplanned and warning given, the government is lessening its
liability for its failure to protect the consulate. Equally, of
course, why would Tripoli feel the need to do this when everyone
knows the central government’s writ does not extend to Benghazi? A
warning is all the government could do and as far as we know no one
is blaming the Government.
·
Could AQ
be lying? Sure. They are an opportunistic bunch, quite capable of
claiming credit for operations conducted by others, or even by just
a mob.
·
But the US
Government could also be lying. It HAS been widely accused of
negligence in protecting its personnel, so it has every motive to
say the attack was not preplanned, ergo, nothing could have been
done.
·
In a
situation all actors have a reason to lie, what are we to do? How
can we determine the truth? We can’t, but we can apply simple rules
of logic. Let us proceed.
·
How does
the US know the attack was not preplanned? We know from the media
the US has no contacts on the ground with the people and authorities
in Benghazi. CIA personnel who had those contacts have been shifted
to Syria. How come we know nothing about the people who carried out
the attack or why, but we know they did not pre-plan it? It is
logical to assume the US is lying because the US government has the
biggest reason of the three parties to lie: it is 41-days (or
whatever) to the presidential election. Obviously anything that
makes the President looks bad has to be spun using the techniques of
the Big Lie.
·
Next, in
the law if the guilty party is proudly announcing it Did The Deed,
unless the prosecution has clear proof it did not, the guilty
party’s word should be accepted. The US Government has no proof AQ
is lying.
·
We have
said endless times that just because post facto it turns out there
was a warning X, Y, or Z will take place does not mean it is
definitive to the point Action Stations have to be called. Every day
there are hundreds, if not thousands, of pieces of intelligence that
say some attack or the other is imminent. Each has to be analyzed
and evaluated; the vast majority is dismissed. As they must, because
there is a cost to calling action Stations. Life is a compromise in
every aspect. Threat analysis requires a high degree of speculation.
That the Administration agency concerned got this wrong is neither
proof of incompetence or conspiracy.
·
Now, we
can say this because we have no dog in the fight. Matters not the
flutter of a gnat’s wings who gets elected President, the country is
doomed either way. Americans all know this, and we are applying the
Big Lie to ourselves, because we cannot face the consequences of
accepting we’re doomed. But to those involved in the political
fight, it does matter that the blame be fixed, and obviously the
Administration does not want to take the blame, thus its Big Lie.
·
Were it
that simple, we could all go home after yelling at each other. But
the matter, of course, is not as simple as the US being caught by
surprise. There was the decision taken not to station a Marine
detachment, to entrust security to local guards, and then refuse
them bullets for their guns. Editor has no problem accepting Ms.
Clinton’s explanation. She wanted a low profile, and a heavily
militarized consulate does not have a low profile. You clearly don’t
want Rambo consulate guards firing into crowds each time the guards
get spooked and causing casualties (and consternation). But then
where’s your back up?
·
In India,
as in most countries, your backup is the local police. There’s a
bunch of them permanently stationed outside the
Embassies and Consulates. The minute a crowd
forms, reinforcements are called, and arrive in short order. They do
the shooting of the mob, so no blame attaches to the Americans. If
rioters get over the walls no one has much to say if the Marines now
open fire and kill people; Indians know the Embassy/consulates are
US territory and the Americans have a right to save themselves.
·
So, to
repeat, where was the backup in Benghazi? There is no government
authority in Benghazi, so there can be no official backup. There is
no choice but to make the consulate into a fortress with Marines and
to have armed contractors, American and local, inside and outside.
After all, do we not know by now the Arabs will form a crowd and
starting wrecking the place at the slightest excuse or no excuse?
·
This,
then, is negligence. Better to explain to America, apologize, take
responsibility. Better to say all these security decisions involve
risks one way or the other. Mostly it works, sometimes it doesn’t.
But telling the truth – well, you can see the problem with that. We
can no longer tell the truth or take responsibility for our actions.
Can’t blame the government for doing what we all do.
·
Which is
to spin, using the Big Lie.
Saturday 0230 GMT
September 15, 2012
Just some items in the news
·
The anti-Islam film Still
unclear if there is a movie or just a crude 14-minute clip on
U-Tube. The alleged makers of the movie are
Egyptian Copts who later
took American citizenship. The Islamists, of course, have been
persecuting the Copts in Egypt, including killing them, so why is an
anti-Islam video a big surprise? Moreover, says Washington Post
(pA11, September 14, 2012) the clip has been on U-tube for some
months and no one was interested. So clearly it is not a cause of
the rioting, which appears more to be tied to 9/11.
·
Meanwhile, US president has gone against the spirit of the First
Amendment by asking for the removal of the clip. As reader
Luxembourg asks, does our tech-savvy prez not realize just how hard
it is to stop anything on the Internet? If he doesn’t know, we
suggest he ask the Chinese.
·
It is
argued that the First does not permit someone to yell “Fire!” in a
crowded theatre. Fair enough. So why is US not moving against the
Egyptian government for its failure to stop the persecution of
Copts? How is it okay that we must be sensitive to Islam’s concerns,
but ignore the persecution of Christians? Where in our Constitution
does it say one groups sensitivities take precedence over another’s?
What every single US president in the last 30-years has done is
discriminate against the majority American religion and Islam. For
example, we killed Saddam because he was killing Shias; we had
nothing to say when he – and his successors – were killing
Christians and driving them out of the country. NO American
administration has any legitimacy when it asks us to respect Islamic
sensitivities. And of course, we are sensitive to the Islamists
because they are a mad, murderous bunch whereas Christians are not
attacking the US.
·
Chicago and Teachers We’ve
been having a lively debate with reader Phil Rosen and learning
about advertising, as we hope he is learning about teachers. A point
he has raised that there is a 30% turnover in advertising staff
every year: 10% voluntary quits, lowest 20% performers fired. So
what’s so terrible about 20% teacher turnover in urban districts?
Existentially, no difference. But it takes 5-10 years of experience
to make a good teacher. So essentially, in urban districts you have
some experienced teachers and a great many that have not reached
that level – and never will, because they leave.
·
No
teacher objects to being assessed. All they ask is they be assessed
on factors under their control and using accurate measurement
systems. None such has been developed to date. Nor is their evidence
non-teacher union states perform better than union states.
Montgomery County, where Editor works, has one of the best schools
in the US. It is heavily unionized.
·
The issue
in Chicago, we learn, is personality. Unions and political leaders
have come to some very tough agreements all over the country. Thirty
states have assessments of student scores achieved by the teacher.
But instead of working cooperatively with teachers, the Mayor – who
criticized Scott Walker (Wisconsin governor) for not working with
unions – tried to unilaterally ram down teacher throats
his wants. He verbally
abused the local union head, because ultimately that is all he knows
how to do. The only way to resolve this issue is to take him out of
the negotiations.
·
Prince William and Kate A paparazzi using long-range lenses took pictures of a topless Kate on
a private, secluded beach. A media source thinks it is fine to
publish the pictures. Then the media wonders why it gets no respect.
·
So next
time the media publishes pictures of a constipated you trying to do
your thing on your throne, don’t complain. Yo, media: you are most
welcome to take pictures of Editor in a similar, private solution.
Any publicity is good publicity when you are a no body. Besides Kim
Kardashian will surely be taking things to this next level, and
Editor thinks he may as well cash in first.
·
Oh, say
our readers, you think you look like Kim K? No, and thank goodness
for small mercies.
·
Government of India has done something startlingly sensible: sun to
rise in West The one rock of
an Indian’s existence is you can count on the government NEVER doing
anything sensible. Which means all us Indians are drifting aimlessly
today because our secure order has been destroyed.
·
Many
aspects of economic liberalization in India are heavily opposed by
those who fear for their livelihoods. Not without good reason: we
were told that the Chinese textile industry has wiped out
6-million Indian jobs,
almost all of marginally paid handicraft weavers. So many Indians
have been concerned that allowing in foreign supermarket chains will
hit tens of millions of Indian jobs. India being a democracy, people
through their politicians have stopped the entry of foreign chains.
But India needs economic liberalization and the consumer needs
clean, good quality merchandise at reasonable prices. So what to do?
·
Government of India has left it up to the individual states if they
want to participate or not, In one stroke the problem is solved. And
it makes sense, because in a country of 1.2-billion, there cannot be
one solution for the whole country.
Friday 0230 GMT
September 14, 2012
·
Benghazi, Cairo, and Saana: More thoughts.
To the rational person, one of the
strange aspects of these embassy attacks is where is this film that
is supposed to have set off the Ever Ready Defenders Of The Faith?
No one seems to be sure if there is one movie, two, or even three,
and no one has a clue as to who made these movies if they exist. The
rational person also wonders: the Ever Ready Defenders Of The Faith
(ERDOTF) have only to hear a rumor, and they are out killing
Americans, without having bothered to verify the facts?
·
So what
stops a clever provocateur from (a) commissioning such a movie, or
(b) floating an internet rumor to the effect blasphemy has been
committed? We can also ask (c) what can one call the people who
embark on murder and mayhem on the basis of a rumor? This last
question is easily answered. We call such people mad dogs. And sorry
about that, but there is only one way to deal with mad dogs. Yup,
you have to shoot them because their illness is incurable. There is
no reasoning with a Deobandi, a Wahabi, or a Salafi just as there is
no reasoning with a mad dog. You cannot coexist with these sects any
more than you coexist with packs of mad dogs, because you never what
is going to set off either group.
·
At this
point, some reader is going to object “Editor, you are saying to
shoot people without a trial not because they have attacked the US,
but because they MIGHT attack the US? Isn’t this like shooting all
dogs because they might go mad? There’s only one mad person around and that’s you.”
Our reader is right, but for the wrong reasons. Editor was mad
before this whole war of Islamic fundamentalist ism against the US
started. But more seriously, what Editor is saying is a bit more
nuanced.
·
Let us
briefly go back to where all this started. All of a sudden America
is the bad guy, but had it not been for America, the Afghans – who
happen to be 99% Muslim – would have been wiped out. If it had not
been for America, our good buddy Saddam – a Muslim who may have
killed 300,000 Muslims during his rule, would have finished off
Kuwait, the Gulf states, and Saudi Arabia – all Muslim countries. If
had not been for America, Libya and Egypt and Yemen would still be
trodden down by tyrannies.
·
Muslims
say this did not start with OBL. It started when America created
Israel and dispossessed Arabs. This overlooks two inconvenient
truths. One, had Muslims really cared about Palestinians, they would
have taken them in and helped them make new lives. Two, instead
every single two-penny tyrant in the Mid East used Israel as an
excuse to deny their people freedom. The Muslim government cared as
much for the Palestine people as they do for pond scum.
·
OBL was
not one to belabor any point about Palestine. He is the one who
declared jihad against the West, and he explicitly said it was
because Americans had desecrated scared Saudi soil. Well, old buddy
old pal, did the Americans suddenly just arrive in Saudi? No, you
old dead loon, they came because
your government asked them. If you have a grudge against anyone, it
should be against your government. But
of course you could go
nowhere with that grudge because (a) the Saudis were paying you off
to get out of the country, and (b) had you called the Saudis out,
it’s more than likely you would be taking parachute training over
the Empty Quarter – without a parachute.
You turned against America
because you thought it was a soft target. And the same thing applies
to your other mad dog friends. They could not – and still cannot
fight their governments with whom the real grudge lies. That’s
because these governments will shoot down their extremists like mad
dogs – without trials and on sight. Strangely,
these ERDOTFs do not attack Russian targets, and the Russians are
the great suppressors of Muslims right now. Nor do they attack
Chinese interests, though the Chinese are number two oppressors.
·
They
attack America because they know we are soft as Pampers. There’s two
ways of dealing with this. One, declare open hunting season on
Islamic extremists, including bounties. No charges, no trails, no
sentences. Just kill them on sight, and if innocent people die, well
that’s just too bad. They should not have been hanging around the
extremists. That’s war.
·
But
before we go to the second way, we have to accept that the
extremists are absolutely right. We are too soft to fight back.
Knocking off half a dozen terrorists a week using drone is not
fighting back. Its propaganda to tell the American people the
government is being tough. Whereas it’s the other way around, we’re
being soft. If we were actually tough, for example, we’d carpet bomb
the Haqqanis till they were all blown up. We’d get the Arab
countries to open their police files, and go after the extremists.
We’d locate some, and start cutting off body parts till they gave up
others (no waterboarding please, it is so stupid). Then we’d shoot
the informers and go after more extremists. The Arab countries will
thank us.
·
But of
course we aren’t going to do that because we are a bunch of
quivering cowards and no longer fit to be a world power. OBL and his
fellows are absolutely right. This takes us to solution Two. This is
not our fight and that is all there to it. Every time the extremists
have some grudge against their own governments they have taken to
attacking Americans even though the same Americans helped overthrow
the dictators that jailed, tortured and murdered these same
extremists. The attacks on American embassies are a consequence of
local power struggles.
·
We need
to depart and let the locals sort out their own problems. Very Wise
Person (not) have said that if we leave the Middle East this will
not end the Islamic war on America. Agreed, it will not. But this is
not a problem that came flown blown into the world yesterday.
There’s decades of history behind it. It will take years to convince
the Arabs of all political hues that we have gone home. No harm in a
few well-planned retaliatory massacres of extremists, say 1000
extremists and their families for every American hurt. Each time we
massacre them we should loudly say: “we left you alone but you won’t
leave us alone. This will teach you.”Of course the second part of
this plan runs into the Quivering Cowards problem so we’ll probably
have to restrict ourselves to drone strike.
·
Readers
will now say: “But how does this help? We’re droning them and
they’re attacking us. What will change if we leave?.” A lot. We’ll
present fewer targets. Sure they’ll start attacking our economic
interests. They’re going to progress to that anyway. One that
happens, we simply tell the government concerned: “You are now under
tight economic sanctions because you enable terrorists”. The Arab
governments will take care of the extremists right quick.
Thursday 0230 GMT
September 13, 2012
·
Benghazi and Cairo
Truthfully, Editor was not going to comment on the attacks on US
missions because, in the long run, such stuff makes no difference.
They are just bumps in the historical narrative, and the more time
passes, the more the bumps get smoothed out until soon only
historians with a particular interest in that part of the world and
those decades note the events as footnotes. For example, in 1968-79
five US ambassadors were killed; and does anyone remember that now?
Editor certainly did not. He had to be reminded by the BBC website.
·
Then it
occurred to Editor that in the long run we are all dead, and by that
standard there’s no point in commenting on anything. (To which some
readers will be crying “Amen! At last we are spared the Editor’s
rants! But hey, readers, you do not get off that easy.)
·
Perhaps
recent events do signify something, because as some distinguished
media commentator or the other said the other day, Americans are
growing weary of the Arab world. They are thinking that with rapidly
growing domestic energy production, why do we have to be involved in
the region anyway? As for the perennial Israel question, well, we
can’t predicate a fifth of our global policy on Israel. This gent
thinks that we cannot withdraw, because the rest of the world will
continue its dependence on Mideast hydrocarbons, and any disruption
could hurt our allies and therefore us.
·
Well, you
know, Editor was saddened by this terribly silly thesis. It shows
how deeply Washington is invested in Endless War syndrome, which has
led to an enormous expansion of state power and a corresponding
reduction in the liberty of the people. The US elite is so terrified
of the Endless War ending that it will come up with any
rationalization to keep the war going. Editor wanted to comfort the
silly gent by reminding him the Global War On Terror was by itself
good for at least a century more of militarization, why on earth do
we need further complications?
·
What the
silly gent cannot see is that this is not the Year of Our Lord 1945.
The world lay shattered by war, and had we not erected a shield over
our allies, it is possible we would be living in a communist world,
with North America the sole haven of democracy. But that phase ended
in 1990 when the Soviet Union collapsed and we became BFFs with the
Chinese. Today the European Union and China have a GDP going on
$25-trillion. They do not need America to defend their interests in
the Mideast. If they spent 2% of GDP more on defense, and since they
do not need large armies or air forces to protect their Middle East
interests, they could spend most of that money on their navies. That
would give each block a navy as powerful as that of the US. And that
would allow them not to secure their global maritime interests, but
en passant ours too. But as long as the US is willing to be the
load-bearing donkey, they will never take their fair share of the
burden. And that burden includes their fair share of fighting
Islamic extremism.
·
Having
set the Arab Spring going, the US needs to get out of the Mid East.
But doesn’t this contradict the Editor’s thesis it is our
responsibility to dethrone global tyrants? No. Because Editor has
also said many times we need to get rid of tyrants, and then leave
the locals to sort out things for themselves. We’ve said many of the
countries we liberate will likely return to tyranny. That is fine,
when their people ask we can liberate them again. One day they will
get it right.
·
But
doesn’t this mean endless war? No. We have explained that America
has reached a level of military power where it can overthrow tyrants
at the cost of a few billions of dollars and a few dozen American
lives. After that we should hand over to the locals and leave. It is
NOT our job to rebuild countries. Only the people of those countries
can do that.
·
Just
think of this: to liberate Libya we lost zero people. In a single
small incident in Benghazi we lost four Americans. And for what? The
right to free speech is a pillar of the US Constitution. We cannot
stop anyone from disrespecting any religion, not even the religion
most Americans follow. And look how ridiculous this is: we are being
required to protect the sensitivities of looney tuners who have
absolutely no respect for Christianity or any other world religion.
These people don’t even respect their fellow Muslim, for heavens
sake! In Iraq and Egypt they are doing their best to get rid of
Christians. In Saudi Arabia they will jail you if they catch you
with a Bible. Pakistan readers know about because of the recent
blasphemy case. We need to do
our job – throw down despots if the people ask for us – and then
come home.
·
Look, if
this was the 1960s and the economy was growing 4-6% a year and we
had plenty of resources to keep our country going, then perhaps we
might want to take responsibility for a handful of deserving
countries. These countries, BTW, will be in Africa and not in the
Islamic world. But we are rapidly falling apart at home. If the core
is rotting, but we still insist on maintaining military power around
the whole world, we get a situation such as happened with Imperial
Rome.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
September 12, 2012
·
·
Chicago, you’re the Editor’s kind of town
Actually, Editor knows very little about
Chicago and even less about the teachers’ situation. He knows about
its mayor, who has so foul a mouth if you washed it out with soap
and a brush, the soap and the brush would dissolve. He obviously has
adequacy issues in the – you know – what we mean is – oh heck, can
we just say “in the Bible Reading in the bedroom thing”, otherwise
he would not go around cursing. This, according to people in
Washington, at least, shows he is a tough guy. Why people do not
smack him silly when he curses shows only Washington’s slave
mentality, and we surely are not talking about black folks’
mentality. If he cussed out a black person, a heavy duty saucepan
upside the head would be the least of his problems. It is the other
kind of folks we are talking about, the ones who are – um – not
black. (Have to be PC, sorry about that.) And before white folks
start writing in to complain of Editor being racist, please to
remember that Washington ruler folks belong to no identifiable human
race. They might best be compared to vultures, except that vultures
are God’s creatures and perform a useful function in the ecosystem.
Despite tens of thousands of studies, scientists have not been able
to determine what exactly it is that our political types do. Since
we converse daily with the Guy In A Red Suit Holding A Large Fork
Who Lives In The Hot Downstairs Place, we have it on first-hand
authority that he will refuse to admit our rulers to his place. He
will send them Up, where they will first be castrated, then given
white robes, clouds on which to sit, and harps to accompany their
singing. Which will, of course, be in the very high octaves.
·
There.
Now we’ve trashed the Chicago mayor and our rulers in general,
Editor feels so much better and is actually motivated to write about
Chicago. So. Are we clear that Editor knows nothing about Chicago?
Good, because once readers accept that, they are also accepting that
according to the American media system, he is imminently qualified
to pontificate on the subject.
·
Being a
teacher, Editor has to admit the teacher’s union is being so
hardline about money is surprising. In the Washington area teachers
are seeing – in some districts – very small increases barely keeping
with inflation, for the first time in years. Nothing unusual about
the teachers, anyone who works for the government has been seeing no
rise and so is the case with most private sector folks too. So
personally we think a 2% raise yearly for four years is a pretty
good deal. But that is just our opinion, who knows what the real
issues are.
·
Next,
saying the average teacher gets $76K/year whereas the average
household income is $46K or whatever is not particularly helpful or
illuminating. We would hope most Chicago teachers have their masters
degrees, and so obviously they are going to get more than the
average person in what seems to be a poor, burned out urban center.
You don’t want to pay your teachers the same wages McDonalds’
workers get, do we?
·
We can
equally dismiss what the Great Prezzy Hopeful has said, that this
shows the teachers care more about their wages than they do about
the kids. So Prezzy Hopeful wants teachers to teach kids because
it’s a mission, not a job? Let’s say Chicago teachers were to get
paid half. Then every classroom could have two teachers, right? SO
much better for the kids. Except the self-proclaimed capitalist
Prezzy Hopeful seems to know nothing about economics and markets. If
you paid Chicago teachers half, you would not get twice as many
teachers. You’d be lucky to get half as many, so that teachers would
be teaching twice as many kids.
·
In South
Korea, only the top 1% of college graduates are taken as teachers.
In the US the cohort comes from the lower one third. Because ROK
teachers are the best of the best, their yearly turnover is 1%,
compared to 8% to 20% in the US depending on the type of school. But
because ROK teachers are the tops, they gets top wages. If you paid
US teachers the same in terms of per capita income and teaching
hours, according to a calculation Editor made once, you’d have to
pay your teachers $150,000/year. You don’t want to pay that? Fair
enough. It’s your country. But then please don’t scream about every
classroom must have a highly qualified teacher.
·
Next we
have geniuses saying: “Why should teachers be the only profession
not judged by results?” Fair enough. Let’s start judging
Congress/President by the results. Evaluate them at year’s end, if
they falls in the lower one-third, its goodbye. Let’s start judging
generals by the results. Ooppsies! Didn’t make adequate yearly
progress in Afghanistan? Out you go, you incompetent feeder at the
public trough! Let’s judge doctors by their results – after all,
rare is the doc who doesn’t get the public dollar. The next thing
you know, the inner cities will have no doctors. And so on.
·
Now to
those who say why are teachers so reluctant to be judged by results.
We’ve detailed this before. Let’s see what kind of business Mr.
Prezzy Hopeful The Oh Too Great can run under the following
conditions. (a) He has to take his employees from the neighborhood.
(b) He has to take them on seniority of age, not on their
qualifications even if they are functionally illiterate. (c) He has
to keep them whether they come to work or not at all. (d) He cannot
fire them if they insult him, physically assault him, sleep in their
cubicles, play videogames, chat with friends, and just simply refuse
to work. (e) Last, let’s have Presszy Hopeful agree: if he doesn’t
get adequate yearly progress at the end of the year, HE gets fired
because he’s incompetent. His professional license gets endorsed so
that no one else will hire him.
·
So come
on, young man. You agree to this, and Editor will agree teachers
must be evaluated on the same criteria. Oh, and lets pay you a
pittance, and if you dare ask for more, we will gather around and
sneer at you, for putting yourself ahead of your workers.
·
Now, we
don’t care what political party Prezzy Hopeless (sorry, slip of
tongue) belongs to. After all, Chicago Mr. Foul Mouth is a Democrat,
but ever since he’s started taking money from the capitalists, he is
saying nothing that the GOP is saying.
·
And
that’s what this game is about. $$$$$. There are two great large
sums of public money in the US where the private enterprise porkers
can snarff away to their hearts content – if the pools were
privatized. One pool is social security; the porkers tried that
under our previous Prezzy and got their snouts smacked hard by the
people. The other pool - $600-billion last time we checked – is for
K-12 education. The porkers want to say public schools are failing,
privatize them. Then they will pocket $150-billion/year for
delivering the same or a worse education, because educational
success depends on socio-economic factors that no politician or any
stripe can deliver.
·
Ah, our
readers will say wisely. Tres drole, mon ami. You are a teacher. You
will of course stand up for teachers.
·
Au
contraire, Pierre, Editor replies. He wants the American people to
completely destroy the public educational system. You know why?
Because the nation will see teachers flee in droves. And guess who
needs a teaching job? What an odd coincidence! But may I introduce
to you – the Editor!
Tuesday 0230 GMT
September 11, 2012
·
India has been a democracy
since its modern reincarnation in 1947. There was a brief period in
1975-77 – the “Emergency” where many democratic rights were
suspended by Mrs. Gandhi. The court in 1975 ruled she had misused
government machinery to win election in 1971, ordered her to step
down and banned her from seeking reelection for six years. To be
fair, Mrs. Gandhi had not done anything except what every government
in power, national and state, does in India. Also, she was wildly
popular and would have won no matter what. Be that as it may, when she
lifted the Emergency in 1977 to have elections, she was thrown out
by poor, illiterate people who were allegedly too dumb for
democratic rule. Poor and illiterate they may have been, but they
considered democracy their fundamental right, and they punished Mrs.
Gandhi and her Congress party for taking it away from them. Having
punished her, they brought her back the next election. She was,
after all, the much-beloved daughter of Jawaharlal Nehru, the Father
of the nation. In her turn she was the Mother of the nation.
·
Indian
democracy, however, has been a passive one. It has had one motto:
“Throw out the bums”. Since 1977, whenever people feel a national
government has not performed, they vote out the government in power.
It has not occurred to them that in a democracy the individual has a
responsibility to make sure s/he gets good governance, and that s/he
has duties as well as responsibilities. Independent India still had
a feudal mentality on the question of governance. The good king was
supposed to do the right thing by the people, and the people
gratefully received what the king chose to give them, or not to give
them. So the government became the king, and people sat around
waiting for handout. If they got handouts, they voted the government
back in power. And absolutely the last thing that would occur to an
Indian is that s/he, as an individual, can make a difference. We
know you will be saying “In the Land of Gandhi inidivuals believed
they were powerless?” But you have to see that 3000-years where the
individual counted for nothing and the King for everything are not
so easily forgotten.
·
Till the
late 1980s and early 1990s, the media was rigidly controlled by the
government in the socialist belief that the media’s duty was to
explain the government’s policies to the people, not to search for
The Truth, whatever that might be. But as India began its economic
growth, 45 years after Independence – talk about lost decades – the
media became freer and more enthusiastic about searching for The
Truth. Then in the first decade of the 21st Century came
the social media. India, which had blocked itself off from foreign
influences (West = Imperialism = Bad), began to realize that, wait a
minute, we as individuals do count.
·
Simultaneously, in large part because of the west, people began
demanding accountability from the government. It was no more “you,
the Government, are not doing your job; we will throw you out the
next election.” It became: “If you don’t give us good governance, we
will punish you in the here and now, and no minister is too big to
go to jail.” No longer was it accepted that good governance was
dispensed at the whim of the King. Indians started saying “We are
the king makers, the government serves at
our sufferance; it is
their duty to do right by us – and our duty to make sure they do
right.”
·
So what
is happening in India is the start of a revolution. People are
saying “we aren’t going to take lack of governance anymore.” The
chief issue everyone has fixated on now is the issue that affects
every Indian’s everyday life corruption. People are not just
demanding that the government be honest, they are demanding the
little petty officials also be honest, the policeman, the linesman
who makes sure electricity is working on your street, the shopkeeper
responsible for issuing subsided foodgrains. People are no longer
willing to bribe petty officials just to get what is their due right
in a democracy.
·
And
strangely, people are demanding the government
achieve. They no longer
want discussions on why 40% of Indians are hungry, why the power
goes off; why public transport does not run well. They are telling
the government: “We are telling you that you have to achieve, no
more excuses.”
·
So this
had led to a strange situation where the world, and the Indians, are
weeping and wailing about their country being at a standstill and
nothing being achieved. Well, the reality is that Indians are no
longer willing to accept one slice of bread from the government when
their due is a loaf a day for every person. They have waited
patiently for 65-years for progress to change their lives. And
really, the lives of the upper 1/3rd have changed
drastically for the better in the last 25 years. But the lower
2/3rds, and even large sections of the elite, are no longer willing
to wait another 65 years while the next 1/3rd is pulled
up, and then another 65-years for the lowest 1/3rd. As
with Kingsley Amis’ protagonist, India Wants It Now. As of
yesterday.
·
So of a
sudden the establishment is caught. The old governance is not
acceptable. But not only has the old establishment to change its
ways or be dumped in history’s trash bin, but a whole new governance
has to be created based on transparency, honesty, and the
realization of the bureaucracy it exists to serve the people, not
the other way around. So clearly this is going to take time.
Monday 0230 GMT
September 10, 2012
·
The Middle East is due for
some very serious instability in coming years. Prior to US invasion
of Iraq in 2003, by-and-large, Sunnis ruled the Arab world. The
exception was Shia Iran and Alewite Syria (the Alewites are Shia).
Lebanon was ruled by precarious coalitions of Sunnis, Shia,
Christians, and Druze.
·
A
separate overlay would have shown the Kurds fighting everyone to
obtain an independent state. The Kurds are Sunni, but not Arabs,
just as the Iranians are Shia but not Arab. The Kurds were driven by
nationalism, not by religion. They
made little headway in Iran or Iraq because these countries, ruled
by tyrants, did what they had to do to squelch the rebels. Turkey,
oddly, because it was a democracy (even though the lily pure
Europeans insisted/insist not enough of a democracy) had/has much
trouble keeping their Kurds suppressed.
·
Overall,
there was a Sunni imposed stability in the Middle East. When the US
brought Iraq’s Shia majority to power, it opened up the proverbial
barrel of rotten fish, in the usual “la la oh happy day” ADHD style
that the US operates its foreign policy. It is not that the US had
no policy objectives. It
did. It wanted to get rid of Saddam because the Saudis and the
Israelis considered him the biggest threat in the region. It
succeeded in this, but created longer-term problems that are
starting to now emerge.
·
Zoom back
on Syria. The longer the civil war continues, the less likely the
endgame will see a united Syria. After enjoying power for decades,
the Alewites are not about to fade into the woodwork, any more than
the Sunnis were after the fall of Saddam. The Alewites will have to
be given their separate state – we’ve been through similar with
Former Republic of Yugoslavia, where one state broke into seven, and
Bosnia is yet to complete its fracturing. The Kurds will make their
firm base in Syria because central authority in Syria will be weak,
if it exists in the first place. Meanwhile, our charming little
friend, Al Qaeda, has jumped into Syria on the side of the Sunnis,
and as we know from the unhappy recent events, where AQ comes,
peace, love, and brotherhood do not loom.
·
As a
first step, Lebanon is in danger of once again being ripped apart.
The Lebanese Sunnis and Shia are already just about at each other’s
throats over Syria, and if Lebanon explodes, then we will have two
adjacent Mideast states in flames. If there wasn’t enough craziness
already, remember Saudi and the Gulf have Shia minorities who have
been ruthless repressed by the Sunni regimes. The Shia of Bahrain
revolted, only to be squashed by Saudi with the US’s full approval.
But while the world may not see what the Shia of the Gulf are up to,
they are certainly going to get up something soon, when the time is
right.
·
As in the
Balkans, the problem now become all too apparent in the Middle East
is that the country boundaries were drawn by the white colonial
powers after the fall of the Ottoman Empire in 1918. Those
boundaries are now obsolete. For stability, you really need three
countries in Lebanon, three in Iraq, two in Syria, two in Iran, and
a large Kurdistan taking up chunks of Iran, Iraq, Syria, and Turkey.
Again, before you ask “What on earth is Editor talking about?” ask
yourself: could you have foretold in 1990 that FRY would twenty
years later consist of 7 states with at least a couple more waiting
to be created? In 1990 could anyone have foreseen the soviet Union
was going to break into 17 states?
·
Now, the
US, taking its anti-ADHD medicine regularly, fully understands the
potential problems in Syria. This is the reason the US has not being
going Tip Toe Through The Tulips, lavishing smart bombs on everyone
in every direction.
·
The
problem is that the Mideast is going to breakup no matter what the
US does. For a wide range of reasons that we can discuss another
time, countries cannot be forcibly kept together. For heaven’s sake,
even the UK and Belgium are threatening to break up. The Republican
part of Editor (traditional republican) says neither can we
productively influence Mideast outcomes, nor can we maintain the
status quo. So let us get our energy situation together on a wartime
basis (which means freezing the Greens), send Israel a monthly
check, and pull out, adopting a policy of strict neutrality. The
revolutionary part of Editor agrees we can do nothing to help, but
we need to swat down anyone who seeks to prevent freedom in the
region. (Yes, that also means our BFFs the Saudis), so that when
peace finally comes 30-years from now, at least the new countries
will remember we helped them.
·
Is either
position likely to be taken by Washington? Doubtful.
Friday 0230 GMT
September 7, 2012
·
Israel, US, Iran Before
embarking on a discussion of the topic, it is necessary to state the
obvious for the one new reader we have since we last brought this
up. Aside from the person who cleans the CIA Director’s office
bathroom, Editor has no other sources in Washington. From where
Editor sits, to predict if the Prez is going to bomb Iran is an act
of high hubris. Particularly as the Prez himself doesn’t know what
he’s going to do after the election.
·
That
out of the way, the appearance Prez gives is he is disinclined to
bomb at all. There are three
reasons. The least important is that he is a wimp. His supporters
would say no, he is merely cautious. With so many negative outcomes
possible if he does bomb, he is only being responsible in holding
his hand until there is clarity. Editor perfectly understands Prez’s
concerns, especially as he has the noble example of Mr. “ADHD” Bush,
who preferred to bomb before he thought. In defense of Mr. Bush,
Editor has to say that if anyone thought rationally about the
consequences of going to war, few would choose to go to war. Wars
are best begun with less thought than deciding if you want vanilla
ice cream or strawberry.
Obviously to avoid this tough decision you take both flavors,
and start two wars. Mostly
people wait till they are pushed to the wall before declaring war.
Usually the wait means things are really messed up. And if you go to
war, things are equally a mess. It follows that one may as well go
to war as its going to be a mess anyway. No wimp can accept that,
and that is why we say the Big O is a wimp.
·
There
is another factor. This is
actually Iran is nowhere close to making a bomb. Obviously Israel
cannot take that chance. It has to assume the worst case. But the US
does not have to assume the worst case because the US’s existence is
not at risk. Agreed the mullahs usually talk like crazies (Hint:
this is because they are crazy). The reality if Iran attacks Israel
with N-weapons, the US will make sure there is no Iran left. There
will be no question of proportionate response. Iran will have to be
turned into a burning pillar of salt, or however the Bible puts it.
So it is fine to point to the mullahs statements about: “You love
life. We love death” to explain how crazed they are. The reality is
different. The reality says that if the mullahs are heck-bent on
committing suicide, they will want something very important in
return. Is the destruction of Israel so important they are willing
to die along with tens of millions of Iranians? Obviously not. They
go on yapping about Israel to maintain their totalitarian control of
their people. They get a charge from being totalitarian and ruling
over people. If they are reduced to bits of radioactive ash they
will not be ruling anyone. The thing is that Iran has not done
anything so far that is irrational. The terror war against the US is
perfectly rational: Iran wants us out of the Mid East because it
wants to be The Big Dog. The only vague hope they have is to use
terror. In sum, you cannot blame the Prez for believing the mullahs
are rational. And if so, there is no need to bomb Iran.
·
Let’s
switch back to Israel Can Tel
Aviv afford to assume Iran is rational? Obviously not. In living
memory they’ve gone through one madman who didn’t just rant about
killing Jews, he killed as many as he could get his hands on. Had he
won World War II in Europe he would have killed those he had missed.
Jewish history is replete with terrible massacres and expulsions of
the Jews. (By the way, not to complicate the discussion, what Iran
wants is for the Jews to leave Israel. No mullah wants to kill Jews
for the heck of it as did Adolf H.)
·
But
then we arrive at an irrevocable point of separation from the
Israelis. Their interests are
not our interests. If you want to be brutally moral about it, the
Americans did not commit the Holocaust. The Americans did not kill
Jews. So why must Americans be their protectors regardless of the
cost to the US? Yes, undeniably the American elite was anti-Semitic
before and even after World War II. But this was because of the
Christian versus Jew thing – something Editor has never understood
because Jesus said he was a Jew and was mocked by the Romans as he
hung from the cross as The King of the Jews. The Jews did not kill
Christ, the first Christian. The Romans killed him because he was
telling people not to pay taxes and creating general havoc in the
law-and-order of Palestine, an important province of Rome. Sure the
moneyed Jews conspired to have the Romans kill him. That is not the
same thing. Anyway, we wander. The point we are making is that the
American elite had a history of treating everyone different very
badly. The Red Indians. Black folks. The Irish, the Italians,
Catholics in general and so on. Just
because you discriminate against the Jews and did not give shelter
to as many as you could have doesn’t mean the US is responsible for
Israel. There were sound geopolitical reasons to back Israel in the
1950s forward. That doesn’t mean there are sound geopolitical
reasons to attack Iran on Israel’s behalf.
·
We
must be clear we are arguing the Prez’s position, not Editor’s. Ed has said many a time the
mullahs need to be whacked. The US can do the best possible job. It
follows US should ask Israel to stand aside and go do the job
itself. But this is not the way the Prez is thinking, and who is to
say he is wrong.
·
This
leaves Israel in a bad position
But here’s the thing. If they believe
Iran is as big a threat as they say, they should attack regardless
of what the US wants. It is probable Teheran will refuse to believe
the US had no hand in the Israeli attack, and Teheran will
counterattack. In which case the US can happily clobber Iran to
protect the rest of the world.
Thursday 0230 GMT
September 6, 2012
Uh Oh! Editor struck by ADHD again. Was
happily racking up the work and sitting down to write another 1000
words for an article due, when he realized he hadn’t done the
update.
·
Editor had planned to bloviate on Afghanistan today but within minutes got so frustrated that the
head-banging was starting to hurt. The following, then, just a
couple of unconnected observations. Chiefly, American policy on
Afghanistan, civil, diplomatic, and military has descended so far
into the deepest psychosis there is no hope for any rational
outcome. The only thing that can save us is the self-imposed 2014
deadline.
·
Someone
asked “Why are we still in Afghanistan?” Editor’s look became blank
because it is so impossibly difficult to explain why we are still
there, because no rational explanation is possible. All Editor could
say is he envisages the US presence in Afghanistan will last the
proverbial forever and a day. Well beyond 2024 , unless something we
cannot envisage happens to force us out of there happens. “But we
left Iraq,” the questioner insisted. Actually, no. We were thrown
out of Iraq by the Government. Had we been able to, we would still
have 60,000 troops there. True, the plan was 30,000 indefinitely,
but that was merely a compromise offered from our side to the Iraqis
when they began chanting “Heck No! Please Do Go!” when we talked
about staying. This was no compromise as far as the Iraqis were
concerned because their minimum negotiating position was zero
troops. Afghanistan is unlikely to be in a position to force us out
any decade soon. It has never been a strong unitary state, to begin
with. There is no sign it is developing into one, 11 years after we
invaded. Yes, the Taliban will retake most of the country when we
withdraw most combat troops. But our airpower will prevent them from
taking the capital and other man cities, ad infinitum. So we will be
there until we feel like declaring “Victory!” and vanishing like
thieves in the night.
·
One of
editor’s latest causes of frustration is a breezy assessment made by
the US government. It is said as fighting season ends, the Taliban
will sit down to negotiate. No one can explain why this will happen.
If the Taliban do negotiate it will be purely to amuse themselves as
happened last winter. There is no reason for them to be serious
about negotiations. They control, more or less, 80% of the country.
After 2014 they will openly control 95%. For every Taliban killed,
the Pakistanis provide three more. So who exactly is tired enough of
war to negotiate? It is not the Taliban.
·
Another
idiocy underway is the US’s unwilling ness to declare the Haqqani
network a terrorist organization. You will say: “But they’ve been
openly killing US troops since 2005 and conducting terror attacks
when they can, how can it be they are not a declared terror group?”
See, you poor, innocent, trusting children, you are dealing with the
awful majesty of the US Government (awful is used in its dictionary
sense, not as awe-full). The US Government, and sorry to say this,
also America has become a Logic Free Zone. You may as well ask a
bunch of crazed attack squirrels under the influence of powerful
narcotics and hallucinogens to act rational. (Sorry, Little Fellers:
we know compared to US Government you are highly rational even in
that state.)
·
The
reason we did not declare the Haqqanis a terrorist group earlier is
because it would have made their patrons, the Pakistanis, unhappy.
If you can figure out the logic of that, you are a better person and
far more intelligent than Editor. (Yo! You all there in the gallery!
Can you stop chanting ‘That’s not hard!’)
·
Right now
we don’t want to declare them is that we are negotiation our way out
of Afghanistan, the Haqqanis represent 40% of Taliban power, if we
say they are terrorists, under US law we cannot negotiate with them.
All clear now?
·
You will
now ask: “But what is there to negotiate except the conditions of
our withdrawal?” Exactly. May we further point out that if we are to
negotiate with the Taliban now, what stopped us from negotiating
with the Taliban in 2011? They said we could show our evidence
against OBL and if they saw there was evidence they would extradite
him to a Muslim nation for trial. Why could we not say: “Okay, how
about we offer you $100-million/year, ten times what he gives you,
and you also ensure the security of the natgas pipelines we want to
build?” In other words, let the bargaining begin. Instead we invaded
Afghanistan, and now 11 years and hundreds of billion dollars later,
not say 2000+ lives, we want to negotiate with the Taliban?
·
If this
was a rational country, every senior person – president,
secretaries, top generals and so on – would be under arrest and
serving 100-year terms without parole in SuperMax for complete
incompetence causing great loss of life and the national treasury.
·
As the
famous social critic Robert Heinlein, using science-fiction as his
preferred medium, used to say: “There Aint No justice.”
Wednesday 0230 GMT
September 5, 2012
·
Change you can believe in? Try North Korea Washington Post reports that DPRK has
instituted a new system in three agricultural counties. Instead of
being allowed to keep less than 10% of their crop, farmers can keep
30%. They must still maintain quota. From 31% to the quota they will
sell to the state, but at market rates. And anything more than quota
they can do with as they want, including sell to the market and keep
the money.
http://tinyurl.com/br5lllf
·
There are
two views if this experiment will be expanded and take hold. One
group points out that DPRK had loosened up earlier, allowing
citizens to sell their labor and products on the market in limited
form. But this reform was reversed. The state food distribution
system is bust. Kim III will loosen up only as long as it takes for
food production to recover, and then he will clamp down again.
·
The other
side says the longer the experiment/expansion continues, the harder
it becomes to reverse course. Besides, we cannot a priori assume
that Kim III is just like his dad and gramps, indications so far are
he genuinely wants reform. The first side concedes this may be so.
They worry that the elite may not want to lose their hold as will
inevitably happen with economic liberalization.
·
We have
addressed this point in earlier posts. With the economy unleashed,
the state will have significantly more resources to give to the
military and political/bureaucratic elite. The military in
particular should welcome anything that gives them a bigger defense
budget so that they can strengthen DPRK’s military power vis-à-vis
ROK. Right now DPRK is in a terrible mess military wise, for all
that the west loves to talk about its 3000 tanks and 6000 guns and
how it will pound Seoul into oblivion within hours of the start of a
war. The reality is ROK is on its own much stronger, and DPRK has no
defense against the US. Within 4-6 weeks of the US unleashing its
power over DPRK, there will be no DPRK military left.
·
Now, we
may all accept the last thing Kim III wants is to lose power. China
has shown the world how it is possible to raise GDP to $5000, going
soon to $10,000, without the least loosening of the Party’s control.
China is a huge country and maintaining central power is difficult –
was so even in the days of Mao & Co, all the way back to the
distance past, millennia ago. DPRK is the size of a Chinese
province, and you can betcha with a 1-million soldier army and
heaven knows how many hundreds of thousands of state security people
there will be no lessening of the Party’s power. Besides, the CCP
has only brought trouble on itself by trying to bring the rule of
law and to allow people a voice. This is absolutely not an
irreversible consequence of economic growth.
·
The thing
about Kim III is he is only in his 20s. He has already shown his
political skill by getting rid of his father’s generals and
replacing them with his own. He can go as slowly as he needs to on
reforms, and control the outcomes because he’s going to be around
for half-a-century unless someone kills him. This is a man who has
introduced his wife to the world, and they walk side-by-side,
hand-in-hand, in front of the people. And no dowdy party frau, she.
The wife is ultra-chic, which is sending a message to the citizens:
it is okay to live well. The other day we saw a foto of Kim with an
army unit composed of women. They were pressed up close, and two had
grabbed his arms under theirs and were holding him captive. All,
including Kim, seemed pleased as punch.
·
This is a
man who toured an amusement park and got angry as its state of
disrepair. He pulled a bunch of weeds himself, in irritation, as he
gave orders the place be made presentable. He is clearly signaling
he likes to have fun, and the people have a right to have fun.
Tuesday 0230 GMT
September 4, 2012
This old world is having a pretty boring
day
·
Harry Wales From what we can
tell Harry’s Las Vegas antics have caused little stir in his home
country. It is the Yanks (ungrateful ex-colonials that we are) who
seem to be in a frenzy about the young man using taxpayer’s money to
party. Actually the British monarchy costs a pathetic
$50-million/year. How much does our monarchy (aka the Presidency)
cost? Editor’s opinion is that we are just jealous. We have Snookie
and Kim Kardashian, and honestly you cannot get lower class than
that. There they have a whole contingent of highly entertaining
Royals, each one battier than the next in a nice way.
·
Look, the
youngster is 28 and single. He was partying in a private place. If
his security had been more diligent, no photographs would have been
taken. Is there a single American man who does not wish he was 28, a
prince, and able to spend the day choosing attractive young women to
invite to his party at night? There is not. Unless you happen to
prefer men, in which case you are excused, any man who says: “I
don’t wish I was Prince Harry” is a pervert and liar.
·
The
essence of American Puritanism can be summed up in seven words: “I’m
not getting any, neither should you.” This is a terribly psychotic
attitude to life. Americans are always going on about Islamic
fundamentalists and their attempt to impose their morals on everyone
else. Why does no one say a word about the American Taliban?
·
So now we
have a young lady, a self-declared pole-dancer addict, who says she
and Harry had a bit of a fumble for about 20-minutes. If everyone
was as drunk and drugged as we are told, it would have to be a
fumble because it takes certain motor skills to – er – mate the
plumbing. Harry denies she was at the party, but with security as
lax as it was who knows. Maybe she was or maybe she was not. Editor
tends to think she was because (a) who aiming for publicity would
say “nothing really happened”; and (b) no one could make up the
story of Harry pressing up to the window and declaring to Las Vegas
they could get a free glimpse of the Crown Jewels. To all the
tsk-tsking prune mouthed gentlemen, Editor would say “Are you
jealous you have nothing to show off?” We say gentlemen because,
from the numerous letters to editors on the web, it is primarily men
who are getting upset and snarky. Personally, Editor thinks the
crown jewels thing was hilarious and show the Prince has a terrific
sense of humor.
·
Then
there are those who are getting upset about the use of drugs
including – gasp! –cocaine. Oh please, folks, save that piousness
for whatever else. America is the world’s biggest market for drugs
of every kind. Of course, having the third largest world population
and being rich compared to most of the world is the reason we are
the biggest market. Editor’s position if that if you touch alcohol,
mood stabilizing prescription medicine, pain killers, coffee and tea
you are a druggie and have no basis to judge anyone for their sins.
You cannot sit around saying “my sins are okay, Harry’s are not.”
Because now not only you a sinner, you are a hypocrite. You are 100%
not going to the upstairs place regardless of how hard you pray
while casting lustful looks from the corner of your eye at your
neighbor’s teenage daughter.
A
Monday 0230 GMT
September 3, 2012
Major crisis the other day. Extra cute
2-year old caught Editor eye. When he looked up he saw Mom was also
extra cute and single. Editor gave cute Mom a grandfatherly pat or
two and spent his time making friends with 2-year old. Anyone knows
you use the kid to win Mom’s heart. But when push came to shove,
Editor was more interested in winning over the 2-year old. We did
get to the point of lots of smiles, waves, batting of eyelashes, and
hide-and-seek. (You might not suspect this, but Editor is an
expert eye-batter when it comes to toddlers.) This has forced a
major assessment. Editor moans and whines about no dates on Saturday
night. But is that what he really wants? Or does he really want a
bunch of kids running around the house? Four 2-4 year olds seems
just perfect. With a couple of nannies to do the heavy lifting, of
course. When if you stand on your toes a bit you can 70 standing
there to welcome you, there’s no way you can have your own kids.
It’s going to be terribly complicated because to persuade parents to
leave their kinds with one for the week – they can have them back on
the occasional weekend – means you really have to adopt the parents.
That plus kids plus nannies means a lot of money. Problems,
problems.
·
Amazing if true Ajai Shulka,
one of India’s leading defense bloggers, reports that a private
Indian company has developed a 17-gram receiver that can be put on
any military platform. Combined with new software that permits use
of Indian satellites to provide 3-meter navigation accuracy. The
company has handed over its system to the defense agency responsible
for research and development for evaluation.
·
This
significance of this is that India will not have to rely on foreign
satellites for pinpoint accuracy given in a crisis the foreign
countries degrade their signals. Now, readers will rightly point out
that whenever the Indian government makes an announcement about a
technology breakthrough that can out India on par with the advanced
countries, you can put the announcement into the smoking Too Much Of
The Really Good Stuff category. But this is not the government
claiming anything. It’s a private company that has not just made an
announcement, it has handed over its stuff for testing – and drawn
praise from the development agency, something that never happens.
·
As Ajai
suggests, this could become a new model for revitalization of
India’s moribund defense research and development sector – which by
the way is probably the oldest in the 3rd World, which
has a spectacular record of claiming breakthroughs and then not
delivering.
http://ajaishukla.blogspot.com/
·
And also amazing is this news from Pakistan
Readers know Pakistan is an Islamic
state with no real protections for religious minorities –
constitutional rights in this matter are theoretical. There has
always been severe persecution of Hindus, Sikhs, and Christians. Of
late a number of cases have happened where Christians have been
accused of desecrating the Koran, followed by violence and ethnic
cleansing within Pakistan.
·
Okay. So
the other day a 12-year old Christian girl was accused of burning
the Koran and trying to hide her deed in the trash. But something
astonishing happened. The Christian community fought back and was
aided by the media, and ultimately by the Government. The community
made the point is the girl has Down’s Syndrome and illiterate. She
is a trash picker. She did not burn the Koran, and even if she did,
since she cannot read, she would not have known what it is she
burnt.
·
The
police investigated. The press revealed the pages in question
belonged to a children’s illustrated book about the Koran. Of
course, under Pakistani law, disrespect to the Prophet’s words in
any form is blasphemy and punishable by death. But the accuser could
not explain how he could see into the girl’s trash bag and tell that
the burned pages were inside.
·
Now we
learn the police two weeks ago cracked the case. The person they
arrested was not the girl, but the mullah who made the accusation.
Apparently he burnt the picture book’s pages and planted them in the
girl’s trash. They have brought the mullah to court and the girl is
expected to be freed very soon.
·
It
remains to be seen if the mullah will now be tried by clerics and
sentenced to death. We are not au courante on Islamic law, but do
recall being told that anyone who falsely accuses another of a death
penalty religious crime, has to be subjected to the same penalty.
That this mullah has falsely accused a 12-year old mentally retarded
girl makes the matter than much worse.
·
But in
the meantime, the Editor has to congratulate the Pakistan media and
Government for making sure justice was done. Equally, the provincial
police deserve all credit. Last, though (as far as we know) the
media has not said this, none of this could have happened if the
local Muslims had not stood up for their Christian neighbors. The
police would have unlikely to accept the word of the Christians
simply because the community can be expected to do everything to
protect their own. It has to be the Muslims who were responsible for
giving the police the correct information. If our reasoning is
correct, all credit to the Muslim community. As the article below
informs, the international community also played a creditable part.
Friday 0230 GMT
August 31, 2012
Next update Monday September 3, 2012
Another day fighting with redirect virus,
four hours lost. Do these virus jerks actually think when we want to
go one website, and a super suspicious completely different website
pops up, that we are actually going to explore that website and give
them clicks and buy their products? This is vandalizing people’s
property (their computers) and illegally restraining them from
proceeding about their business.
If someone did it a person in person, to speak, for example
deny them access to their office, it becomes the serious offence. .
AVG, which is a pretty good virus stopper, cannot handle this at
all. Installing Kaspersky, $40, they seem have removed about 100
viruses already that AVG missed, and they keep finding more.
·
Osama Raid gets more confusing
We are not refering to the decision of
the team to kill him. It would have been nice – from our viewpoint,
not the US Government’s, to bring him back alive, but it wasn’t
Editor risking his neck. After all, OBL had said enough times he
wasn’t going to be taken alive.
·
Three
things baffle us. First media reports about the new book released
say that the military took weeks to plan the raid, including the
inside layout. So how did US know he was going to stay put?
Knowledge of the interior is consistent with the story an ISI
officer gave OBL up and – we believe – took the reward and is now
living in the US as Mr. Howard Jones. Second, where were OBL’s
bodyguards? He seemed to live in the place with his kids and wives
and maybe a man or two to run errands. Third, why did the CIA
officer have to assure the Navy that she was sure the tall man was
OBL? Could she not share from where the information had come?
·
What the
lack of resistance and OBL’s total passivity shows is that if ever
the man was the great master terrorist he was made out to be, he had
been relegated to the realm of the obscure and the irrelevant. US
will say , well, how were they to know he was no longer The Man? So
what, you have hundreds of agents in the field, all the massive
resources of NSA, and you could not tell he was now irrelevant – if
he ever was relevant? Does not pass the sniff test as far as we are
concerned, but till the US declassifies the files 75-years from now,
no one will really know.
·
BTW,
Editor needs to make clear that while he believes OBL did not
mastermind 9/11, he was responsible in some way for the attacks on
the African embassies. That plus his inspirational status is quite
sufficient, as far as we are concerned, to merit a “dead or alive”
warrant.
·
Wonder if
Julian Assange is listening to all this. He is convinced – or says
he is convinced – the US wants him executed. Well, here are US Navy
Seals who absolutely are not supposed to talk about the mission, and
what is US DOD doing? Nothing. Of course, you can say DOD wants this
story to get out so that we can together sing “How Great Thou Art”,
whereas Assange is an anti-American slimeball. We’ve said this
before: unless US has proof Assange participated in the US Army
man’s stealing of the information, he has not done anything wrong
under US law, because he is a journalist. Whether the US Government
accepts his protected status or not – for example – was he
accredited by anyone? – is irrelevant, we are told, in the eyes of a
US Court.
Thursday 0230 GMT
August 30, 2012
·
Hafiz and Bashir Assad Hafiz was Bashir’s father, and unlike his son, took his duties as
tyrant seriously. In 1982, the Muslim Brotherhood (Sunnis) revolted
against the old boy. Hafiz sent his brother, who commanded an army
division to Hama. His orders were not just that the insurgents had
to be defeated, but the Brotherhood extirpated. This was done
enthusiastically. The brother estimated he killed 38,000 people, the
Brotherhood said 40,000, which is one of the few times you get two
parties on opposite sides agreeing on the scale of an atrocity.
Essentially, the brother told the people of Hama to leave before he
moved in. Those remaining would be prevented from leaving and
killed. No distinction was made between combatants or civilian
males, women and children.
·
In less
than a month the job was done. Those were the days of the Cold War,
Syria was a Soviet ally, and there was no question of anyone
intervening. Even if the Soviets had not been acting Grouchy Bears,
back in the day it is unlikely anyone would have intervened anyway.
The sanctity of a nation state was absolute. In 1971, when India
attacked East Pakistan, the UN condemned India as an aggressor by
the most lop-sided vote that the UN has ever seen. This despite that
well over 1-million people, mostly Hindus, were massacred in East
Pakistan, and over 4-million pushed across the border into India.
(We are aware Indian figures go much higher; that is an argument for
another day.) The entire world knew of the genocide; the whole world
was horrified, but just about the whole world said nothing justified
the Indian invasion. This business of intervention because human
rights are being violated is an American construct, and perhaps we
can discuss that someday.
·
Be that
as it may. Machiavelli had some realistic advice for his prince. If
you have to do something good, stretch it out in driblets over a
long time. If you have to do something bad, do it in one go and
people will very soon get over it. This is where young Bashir fails
so totally, because 16 months after the revolt, it is still not put
down. Bashir is winning the current phase because the opposition
overreached ( as we pointed out). But the opposition will regroup,
and this war will continue unless the west intervenes to end it.
·
Young
Bash’s problem is that he is actually not a tyrant. He enjoys the
western way of life and on some level believes in its value – he had
many an idealistic notion for reform when he took over. That didn’t
last long, because his elders just kept slapping his face saying
“with those reforms you will no longer have all that you enjoy as
tyrant.” Bash just wants to have fun, and good-looking ladies figure
heavily in his notion of fun. Bash would rather be composing
sensitive poems to his mistress (who has, we are told, a rather
spectacular figure) and indulging his wife’s every whim. So because
he is not a real tyrant, he recoils from doing what needs to be done
to end the revolt, and so the Syrian civil war, like the Energizer
Bunny, just keeps going on and on.
·
In other
words, Bashi Boy does not deserve to be head tyrant of Syria because
he is a wimp. He needs to be tossed out because he is an utter
failure as a tyrant
·
What is
not helping is President Obama. And no, this is not a pro forma
right wing attack on the President. Editor as a staunch right winger
himself would like to remind that the right wing believes in staying
out of people’s way. “Don’t Tread On Me” is the true American right
wing way. Leave me alone, and we will be fine. Trouble me, and you
die. It’s the Democrats who
are supposed to be the party of intervention.
·
No. Our
problem with President Obama is that he has his foreign policy
completely messed up. You see, he believes – as do the majority of
Americans – that if he intervenes anywhere, he has to straighten out
the place. People are always asking, “But if we intervene in Syria,
what is the endgame?” And after the Iraq, Afghan, Libyan, and Egypt
fiascoes, it is understandable that President Obama wants to know
the endgame. And of course, because the situation is so very
complicated, no one has the vaguest idea of what is the endgame.
·
But this
is wrong thinking. We have argued earlier that America’s destiny in
the world is that of a revolutionary power. When America is leading,
causing, or inspiring revolutions, it is at its best. Americans say
theirs is God’s own country, and it is. But only when Americans open
the way for all oppressed people to follow the American Way: Life,
Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness.
·
Our job
is overthrow tyrants. Our job is not to build new countries for the
locals. No one but the Syrians, the Egyptians, the Libyans and so on
can build their new states. It follows that it is not our business
what happens to Syria once Assad is overthrown. Revolutions create
great instability until things sort themselves out. Very commonly,
revolutions result in the rise of new tyrants. Or job should simply
be to overthrow these new tyrants – as many times as the people ask.
The endgame in Syria is no concern of ours. Getting rid of Assad is,
because we are the world’s revolutionary power. America has done
absolutely the right thing by ridding Libya and Egypt of tyrants,
and then leaving them alone to decide their own way.
Wednesday 0230 GMT
August 29, 2012
·
Rachael Corrie an American
citizen and peace activist died in 2003 when she placed herself in
the path of a bulldozer demolishing Palestinian homes and was run
over. The Israeli Army, which was conducting the demolitions, held
an inquiry and concluded the ‘dozer driver was not at fault because
he did not see Rachael. The US criticized the inquiry as a cover up.
Rachael’s parents filed a civil case in Israeli court. The court has
ruled against them, saying the ‘dozer driver could not have seen
her.
·
The
Israeli Army case is two-fold. One, no Israeli law was broken. The
houses were being demolished under a collective punishment order
because residents of the area had used houses as a base to attack
Jewish settlements. The area was a designated war zone, people were
warned to stay away. If they chose not to, what happened is on their
head.
·
Second, with regard to the
‘dozer incident. The Israeli Army said – and this was accepted by
the court – that (a) Palestinian demonstrators were moving around
the area playing hide-and-seek with the Israeli Army. (b) Running in
front of bulldozers to stop them was a standard demonstrator tactic.
(c) There was fog. (d) Rachael was standing on top of a rise in the
ground where she was visible, but appears to have fallen and thus
was not visible to the driver. Editor should clarify this is his
best interpretation of the matter as reported at this time in the
press. He did not follow the case eight years ago and has not read
any official documents on the court’s judgment.
·
Did the
driver know Rachael Corrie was American? Unlikely, because it seems
near impossible he would willingly murder an unarmed American
civilian. After all, you are part of an engineer unit, you are told
to demolish a bunch of houses, you do not tell your commander “Wait
up a minute boss, while I go check who these people are.” It also
seems near impossible he would casually run over a Palestinian
woman. After all, it takes 30-second to put the brakes on and wait
for the soldiers on the ground to take the woman away.
To us it seems probable
Rachael did run at the last minute, and fell.
·
Now,
obviously if you start with the assumption that the Israelis should
not have occupied Palestine land; that collective punishment is
against international law; and that the Israelis just love to kill
Palestine civilians for laughs, then you are going to say: “I don’t
care if the driver saw Rachel, she had every right to be there, the
Israeli Army didn’t, therefore the Israelis
are in the wrong.
·
The
difficulty with this argument is that Israel is a civilian-led
democracy. The Israeli Army did not make up the rules about
collective punishment, tit-for-tat retaliation and so on. Nor did
the Army on its own just wake up one day and say “let go occupy a
bunch of Palestine land.” The army, as armies are supposed to do,
was acting on behalf of state policies. Rachael’s parents should
petition the Government of Israel, not the Army, which is simply an
instrument of the Government and the people.
·
Editor
needs to make another clarification. Like Rachael’s parents, he has
children. If someone killed his child, even by accident, Editor
would not be petitioning courts. He would kill the persons
responsible. And society would have to understand because he will be
doing only what the Bible says – an eye for an eye. Of course, the
Bible also says that vengeance belongs to the Lord. But if I am to
trust the police and the courts, I would first like to see
verifiable documents attesting that God has appointed them her/his
agents for vengeance on earth.
·
The
larger question as far as Editor is concerned is why the Israeli
Army did not cordon off the area before starting demolitions. This
is standard procedure when civilians are around in any country.
Presumably the Army warned the residents to get out of their houses.
They couldn’t have just come in on a surprise raid, start
bulldozing, and then say ”It’s just bad luck we ran over a bunch of
civilians”. Issuing multiple warnings but not cordoning off an area
goes against common sense: what if mom sees she has forgotten the
kids’ baby picture and makes a mad dash for her home?
·
So: is
there a defect in Israeli operating procedures? Or was the local
commander and his superiors negligent in not following cordon
procedures if they exist? We can ask these questions, but they
inevitably bring up another question. Do foreigners have the right
to sue the Israeli Army, which was operating in a declared war zone
because it was negligent in protecting the life of their daughter o
who as far the Israelis are concerned should not have been there?
·
One way
to answer this is to play “What If”. What if Israeli peace activists
interposed themselves between the police and the Branch Dravidians
as the police were attacking the compound? What if an activist died?
Would a US court permit the Israeli activist’s family to file civil
suit against the police?
Tuesday 0230 GMT August
28, 2012
·
These are difficult times
School started yesterday. Every time the phone rings, Editor leaps
under his bed with his eyes tightly shut and hands tightly over his
ears for fear that might be a call from the substitute computer. The
bed is 20-centimeters off the ground. Editor’s cross section is
25-cm at the thinnest point. You can see the problem. Worst, Editor
needs the money and he likes being with the kids. But needing the
money and liking the quantity are two different things. One hears of
people being forced to take pay cuts to get job. That’s fine, times
are tough. But a 75% pay cut? And even if he worked every single
school day (impossible) the monthly wage would just about to pay the
mortgage and zero else. So far Editor has been lucky: since school
has just begun teachers are in good health and conscientious about
work, so no calls yet.
·
To those
interested: in Editor’s county teachers get 10 sick days and 3
personal days. But it is not a good idea to take all or even most of
your sick/personal days every year because the older you get, when
you get sick the sicker you get. So you need to bank those days.
Also, to correct a small misconception: Teachers do not get the
summer off with pay. They are paid for ten months which generally
includes two paid vacation weeks (winter break – can’t call it
Christmas break any more; and spring break – can’t call it Easter
break any more).
·
And since
teacher pensions are all the talk these days, while Editor has no
clue how it’s done in other states, but in Maryland – last Editor
checked – teachers pay 5% of their salary. In Illinois, someone was
saying, it is 9%. The pension, then, is not a free ride, any more
than a private employers’ 401 match is a free ride. It is also a
partial compensation for that teachers with Masters’ degrees at
least are paid $10,000/year less than other comparable professions.
·
As for
making teachers responsible for their students’ grades: this is a
fantastic idea and teachers would accept this in droves – always
provided their work terms are the same as in the private sector. To
wit: if students are habitually late or absent, teachers should be
allowed to fire them. Students that swear, listen to their music or
play with their games and texters, throw stuff around, fight, bully,
drink and drug in school or come inebriated to school, litter the
floor, sleep in class, refuse to follow teacher’s instructions, walk
out of class and school if they feel like it should be fired.
Students who do not do homework – part of their “work” – should be
fired.
Students who do not achieve
minimum productivity should be fired. Students who do not pass
an annual review should held back or fired.
·
After
all, that’s the way it in the private sector. As a supervisor
(teacher) I am responsible for the productivity and discipline (test
scores and discipline) of my employees (students). Give me the power
– which every supervisor has - to discipline my students and to get
rid of the ones that do not
cooperate or won’t learn, and I will give you the results you want.
·
There is
an underlying problem that liberals refuse to see. When any
good/service is made free, no matter how decent the intention,
people will waste it. Parents
and students abuse the right to an education the state has given
them. Now, we all know that education is NOT free: everyone who pays
income, sales, and property taxes is actually paying for that
education. These means even the poorest families are paying. But
because most people are basically – let us be polite – morons, they
think because they are not paying a monthly fee, it is free.
·
In India
school is not free, though the fees are quite low in government
schools. But still, the parent is paying for uniforms and books. The
parent also knows that without an education the child will be
limited in what s/he can achieve in life. If a teacher should inform
the parent their little darling has been missing school or has
cursed the teacher, the parents will take the hide off the kid’s
backside.
·
The
solution is to give parents vouchers, let them add what money they
want to the voucher, let them
get their kids into schools as they can, and allow the schools to
function like private schools in learning standards and discipline.
Allow the school to make the parent responsible for the child – why
on earth should the teacher be made responsible for a child when
they parent won’t take primary responsibility? You will see results.
You will also see a lot of kids not in school. And what is wrong
with that? Why should you, the taxpayer, have to pay the state to
babysit your kids and keep them off the streets? If you
want to pay the state for
babysitting, fine, the kid can go to a warehouse school, which will
obviously cost a lot less than real school. But what about the
argument that poor parents deserve as good an education for their
parents? Maybe, but in America they are not getting it because
schools work off property tax. Parents with money make end runs
around the system by moving to communities where taxes are high and
the schools are better.
·
The
corollary of this that that most people do not need to be in
American style school until they are 16, 17, or 18. There should be
schools where the kids prepare for college. There should be schools
where the kids prepare for a vocation. Mandatory schooling should be
till age 14. After that the kid should have a choice: go join the
workforce, go to vocational school, or go to college preparatory
school.
·
The
further corollary of this is that teachers must be given respect and
pay as is the case in other countries. In South Korea, they take the
top 1-2% of college students as teachers. In America, its from the
bottom 33%. Why is this so? Because in terms of per capita income, a
South Korean teacher has a median wage of $120,000 versus about
$50,000 for the US. Discipline is very tight. ROK teachers have a
turnover rate of 1% compared to 20% in the US. Since it takes 5-10
years for a teacher to develop into a master teacher, the odds are
high your kid is being taught by a teacher who has not yet learned
to be a great teacher – perhaps not even a good one.
0230 GMT August 25,
2012
·
Correction from yesterday
When we said there is nothing intrinsically impossible about the
story that an ISI officer turned in Osama, we forget to mention a
major angle. This is the possibility the journalist is being played
by the government. US government is famous for the worst
misinformation, at least in national security matters. We also
forgot to mention that if this is the gent who turned in OBL for the
reward and in effect “defected” to America, there is no way he
walked into the Embassy in December 2010. It would have to be a very
short while before the raid was staged, for the reason we did
mention: because the wanted man’s location can change at any moment,
US would have wasted no time – and certainly not four months – in
going after him.
·
Can we break this gently to the American people?
The President does NOT control the
economy. It makes no difference who is president, global economic
compulsions are such that it is going to continue to be very, very
slow growth for the next four years, with lots of hiccups. It does
not matter how much the stock market has recovered or how the
housing market is climbing out of the pit. The hard reality is that
companies are avoiding hiring, so around 15% of the work force is
either unemployed, or working fewer hours than they want to, or can
work but have simply given up – the U6 rate. If companies are making
roaring fat profits without hiring, under the Anglo-American version
of capitalism, why on earth should they hire Americans? If they need
to hire, they will hire in low-cost markets abroad. Unless people
have jobs, they cannot spend money. If they don’t spend money,
employers don’t hire more workers. What exactly is the Prez, any
Prez, supposed to do about this?
·
Your
editor is quite typical of many in America. On Monday he starts his third consecutive
year without a proper job. He has four masters degrees, working on a
fifth, two subject area certifications (and working on a third and a
fourth) has years of experiences. But the elephant in the room is
age. And the longer you are unemployed, the harder it becomes, even
though the Editor has the advantage of being in school 90-100 days
of the year, knows the principals, the department heads, the
janitors, everyone. And what can the Editor say: young people need
jobs too. Just 6 years ago there was such a shortage for math
teachers that when a summer school professor of Editor’s found out
he taught math and needed a job, she hired him on the spot – in the
class – with no references, transcripts, Praxis scores, nothing. And
on top of that she told Editor he was NOT to go to county schools’
Human Relation, because they would grab Editor and post him to a
school they wanted. The principal even had Editor started and was
filling out time sheets before she informed the county! Editor was
not even certified!
·
This is
the reality of America today. Is either Mr. Obama or Mr. Romney
going to give Editor a job? They cannot, because counties are bust,
even the wealthiest have to do more with less. Schools go to any
extent to avoid hiring regular teachers. But why is it Americans
cannot understand the limitation on the president? Or are they in
denial?
·
Either
way is not good. It is not going to matter on broken potato chip is
the tax rate is 30% or 32%. It is going to matter even less if the
government is going to be big or small, because we all should know
there is no way the government can be small today. And further – our
right wing readers can lay as much hate on Editor as they want –
government spending creates jobs too. Blissfully ignorant Americans
are walking around talking about how they hate the government. The
day the government actually cuts services, those same people are
going to screaming for blood. As for simplifying regulations as a
way of helping the economy, heaven must help Americans because no
one else can. This is a country of lawyers. From top to bottom everything is
megatons of legal regulations. We must be singularly detached from
reality if we think (a) we can cut regulations, or (b) if we do cut
them they will stay cut.
·
Reader
Luxembourg delights in sending us items about pointless regulations.
One story concerned an oil producer who was cited for the deaths of
20 birds who landed in open waste pits. Now, birds die all the time
– more than a billion a year are killed by ole Fluffy. Should we
cite the owners? They run into power lines. Should we cite the
owners of the power lines? They get run over by vehicles. Should we
cite the drivers? They are deliberately killed for game, and
hundreds of millions are killed for food. Should all these people be
cited? You can see how absurd this is. Okay, let’s do away with
these messy environmental regulations. Then the industrial plant up
the road decides it’s cheap to dispose of the waste in the stream
that you fish, or along the path in the woods where you walk. What
are people going to do then? Say “That’s fine, because those
regulations were killing jobs”? Good grief.
·
Our GOP
friends keep telling Editor that Government cannot solve all
problems. The same friends swear that if Romney is elected, he will
get the economy going. No he will not. Not because he is venal or
incompetent. But because it is beyond his power.
0230 GMT August 24,
2912
·
Oh no! Not ANOTHER story about how we got Bin Laden!
A US journalist, Richard Miniter, has
released a book “Leading from behind” which asserts that at the end
of 2010 a “senior” Pakistan ISI colonel walked into the US Embassy
and told the Americans where Bin Laden could be found. Mr. Miniter
speculates this may imply the ISI and the Chief of Army staff in
effect turned in OBL. Mr. Miniter’s website may be found at
http://richardminiter.com/books/leading-from-behind/ The story
can be found at http://thecable.foreignpolicy.com/posts/2012/08/23/pakistan_military_denies_isi_colonel_tipped_off_us_about_bin_laden
The Pakistan Army’s denial can be found at
http://dawn.com/2012/08/22/isi-colonel-provided-vital-help-in-locating-osama-us-author/
So with the sources out of the way, we can get on with analyzing the
story, and the analysis will not look good.
·
The first
thing that makes Editor suspicious is this “senior colonel”
business. In the Indian and Pakistani Armies there is no such thing
as a senior colonel, though the rank does exist in mainly communist
armies and is the equivalent of a brigadier. Pakistan has brigadiers
like anyone else (brigadier general in the US and other western
armies). Does Mr. Miniter perhaps mean the colonel was senior in
service? How does Mr. Miniter’s source know? By definition a full
colonel has many years of service. He either gets promoted to the
next rank or retires. He gathers no moss, so as to speak, in the
rank, and is neither junior nor senior.
·
Our
readers may object that Editor is being unnecessarily picky. But no
one in the Pentagon would use the term “senior colonel” when
referring to Pakistan. Nor would anyone in the CIA. An ignorant
diplomat might, but then again how would the diplomat know the
colonel was senior when there is no such thing? To us this smacks of
someone pretending to know more than s/he actually knows.
·
Next, the
US military, CIA, and State are in constant touch with the Pakistan
Army and the except for State in constant touch with the ISI. Why on
earth would anyone send a colonel over to the US Embassy to convey
this information? Mr. Minister might say that the ISI wanted
plausible deniability. But isn’t the best plausible deniability
achieved by a quiet word with a US military or CIA officer at one of
their meetings, say during a quick visit to the loo or during a
smoke break, or a note slipped to an American officer the informant
knows and trusts? Why physically send someone to the Embassy? While
a Pakistan Army officer has every reason to be at the US Embassy,
there are plenty of people watching outside and inside. Why would he
take the risk?
·
Our
readers might still be going: “Hmmmm. Seems pretty thin to us,
Editor.” Okay. Then about this. US is informed in – say – December
2010. US stages its raid May 1 the next year. Why would the US waste
so many months knowing OBL could move at any moment for any reason?
Alternatively, it took the US four months to prepare a raid? Our
impression is the US unit tasked to get OBL was ready 24/7.
·
Now
having said this Editor will
do one of his famous 180-degree turns. There is nothing actually
intrinsically implausible in Mr. Miniter’s assertion providing one
condition is granted: the ISI officer came in on his own, and in
essence defected to the US. In other words, there was no plan by ISI
to give up OBL, or some noble desire to fight terrorism. If the
officer really was ISI, and a “senior colonel” at that, he would
know that OBL was doing no masterminding of terror, that he was long
since finished. Keeping in mind the adage that the minimum
explanation must be chosen, all we need postulate is human greed for
$20-million and a new life in the US for him and his.
0230 GMT August 23,
2012
·
So much for focusing on the business side of orbat.com
In the week we have been focusing on the
business side of Orbat.com, the daily Google Ad revenue has dropped
from $1/day to fifty-cents a day. Years ago we talked to the founder
of Alexander’s Oil & Gas Journal, and he said it had taken him ten
years to stabilize to the point he was making money, so not to give
up on Orbat.com. You can see the difficulty immediately. Alexander,
an intelligent young man, found a product required by a rich
industry dependent on up to the minute news. Editor, a not so
intelligent old man, has a product very few are willing to pay for.
·
On the
plus side there have been
very positive development on “Complete World Armies”. We are
actually and unbelievably 95% of the way to readiness to sell the
product. A lot of this has been because of the ingenuity of our web
developer, Steve Sutherland at SiteWhirks.com in Virginia, who has
done an outstanding job of delivering major value for our limited
investment. If ever you decide to set up your own website to sell a
product, and your web budget is in the thousands and opposed to the
minimum ten thousands it takes today, contact Steve.
·
Syria To our surprise, the
rebels are still holding out in Damascus (1-2 districts) and Aleppo
(4 or so districts). On Tuesday 190 soldiers, fighters, and rebels
were reported killed, which indicates a bad day for all parties. The
rebels almost surely have ATGMs and SAMs, in small quantities, but
still enough to give the Army pause. Oddly, the most lethal weapon
deployed by the regime is snipers, some of whom are foreigners. Talk
about low-tech.
·
What the
rebels do not have is material aid from the US. Some satphones not
traceable to the US have been delivered. How lovely. No doubt the US
National Security Agency is going “And all the better to listen to
you, dear.” Though in all fairness the minute anyone gets on the air
the NSA is going to intercept the message, no matter whose equipment
they are using,
·
The
rebels also have been getting their large quota of hot gas from the
US, this time joined by the UK. These two have been issuing all
kinds of threats against Assad should he use chemical weapons
against his people. Well, he has said enough times he will not, but
does reserve the right to use them against western aggression. It is
difficult not to burst out into “Here come the clowns” every time
Washington speaks on Syria.
·
Meanwhile, of course the
Iraqis are helping the Iranians to bust the embargo and in any way
they can help. Iran = Shia, Shia = Iraq; cancel the common factor
(transitive property), Iran = Iraq. US scores again. You will
doubtless say giving the US history of scoring own goals, isn’t it
better US stay out of Syria? We’ve said there is a good case to be
made for the US to intervene, or not to intervene. Our objection is
that the US is pretending to be the major player while taking zero
risk. When the rebels win this one, they aren’t going to be thanking
the US. Plus all that verbal garbage is aesthetically offensive,
which is why we want the US to stop.
·
Lebanon is waiting to explode
as a result of the Syria civil war. Of
course, readers will ask “But when is Lebanon not waiting to
explode? True. In this case, however, trouble is already taking
place, with Lebanon Sunni-Shia clashes growing. This is what happens
when a country implodes into civil war: everyone around is affected
for the worse. The Jordanians seems to for now successfully cracked
down on potential troublemakers, but this is another country that
exists in perpetual instability because of the Arab-Israel tensions
and because of Jordan’s large Palestinian population.
·
Israel
is in a bit of a quandary The
fall of the Egyptian regime has led to laxity in Cairo’s enforcement
of law and order in the Sinai. The ever adventurous Bedouins have
risen to resume their traditional smuggling businesses, which were
never really curtailed. Palestine militants and likely AQ have seen
the opportunity to harass Israel on another front by slipping into
the desert. The Israelis want the Egyptians to crack down, and
Cairo, which has taken the situation very seriously, has indeed
cracked down.
·
Problem
is, Egypt has moved more tanks into the Sinai than permitted under
the post-1973 treaties. Israel is complaining. Cairo is saying “bosh
and tosh, we told the Israeli exactly what we were doing and we have
their agreement”. Intriguing.
0230 GMT August 22,
2012
·
Israel war rumblings It’s
difficult to say how serious the Israeli Government is about
attacking Iran in October, contrary to all the deliberate leaks
being made to that effect. In Israel you just never know what the
political alignment is except for the second that just passed, and
we are not exaggerating. The Israeli parliament has just 120
members, and it is possibly the most fractured such body in the
world. The Israeli political spectrum ranges to the near-communistic
to so far right that the Iran mullahs and the Israeli religious
fanatics could easily be Best Friend Forever. Tides and alliances
change rapidly, all the time. So we cannot say what in the political
(as opposed to the military) imperative to strike this early.
Editor’s Hebrew is limited to “Mazel Tov”, and honestly, he has no
clue what that means (Have fun? Best wishes?). This point is
relevant because the real Israeli news is in the Hebrew media,
especially the military-oriented media. Editor knows A = aleph, but
if you jumbled up the alphabet and asked him to find aleph, he
couldn’t do it. The only
redeeming feature of Editor’s ignorance is that the world media is
even more ignorant – this is not being sarcastic, it is valuable
information the Editor is conveying to his readers.
·
Some have
said that the politicians who feel no sacrifice is too great to fund
the military (the current PM is one such) are talking about a
preemptive strike because Israel’s economy is slowing down,
as is that of the rest of the
world, and defense spending will have to be cut. Naturally if war is
about to erupt no one is about the cut the defense budget.
Personally we think this argument is feeble. Others argue that the
hawkish PM is trying to preempt Israeli doves, of whom there are
many in this matter, including in the military and intelligence.
This argument has some merit, though we are unsure how this is
supposed to work. Yet another argument we have heard is that the PM
is trying to unnerve the Iranian into doing something stupid,
providing him with an excuse to attack. Well, we could argue the pro
and the con of this until the last dog puts his ears down (as said
of Billabob’s talking powers – American idiom can be really funny
sometimes). We could, but no one would be wiser at the end if
talking.
·
But what
really makes assessment complicated, Israeli domestic politics is
indistinguishable from Israeli Washington politics. Israel is unique
because it has TWO legislative bodies to manage, the US Congress and
the Knesset. And honestly – Israeli politicians find managing
Congress child’s play compared to managing the Knesset. Once again,
Editor is not trying to be funny, simply stating well-known
realities.
·
Rather
than put before our readers all the alternate scenarios, we will
mention one that was told us. The Israeli PM is trying (a) to light
a fire under Mr. Obama; if that fails, (b) he plans to force Mr.
Obama’s hand. Mr. Obama, as is well understood by now, has all the
decisiveness of a limp noodle. We do not blame him, because many
decisions he is required to take can have very bad outcomes. While
we may not blame him, we do have to ask “You wanted to be the Prez.
You are now the Prez. Part of your Prezzyiness is making very, very
hard decisions that can cost you your job. But you were elected to
lead the country, not to assure yourself job security.”
·
By
threatening to attack in October,
before the US election,
the Israeli PM is happily blackmailing Mr. Obama. He is saying “If
my strike goes wrong – as it may because my country does not have
even a tenth of the military resources you have – your reelection is
as dead as a dour dodo.” What have the two things to do with each
other? Take one scenario. Strike is conducted. Successful or not, if
the US is on the sidelines, Iran will retaliate. The resultant mess
in the Mideast will mean bye bye White House.
Israel’s allies in Congress
and the GOP in general will slam Mr. Obama to the floor and then
stomp dance him. Mr. Obama will be seen as having betrayed Israel
and turned out to be the next film installment of “The Diary of a
Wimpy Kid”. This just one scenario. So what does the Israeli PM want
of Mr. Obama? A hard promise to do a strike after the election.
0230 GMT August 21, 2012
We now publish five days a
week instead of seven.
·
Apple, and the Decline of the
West Comes the news that
Apple is now the most valuable company in the post-war world. Its
products? We have here a harbingers of the decline of the west.
·
To be
sure, the West (including Japan and Russia) is still sturdy, with
something like 55% of the world’s GDP. Please to consider, however,
in 1945 the United States had 5% of the world’s population and 40%
of its GDP – just by itself. By 2050, the West may have no more than
a tenth of world GDP, being outclassed by both India and China, who
will have a sixth of the world’s GDP each.
·
In a
sense this is inevitable. Back
in the pre-industrial age, GDP depended on your population. The more
people, the richer the country. So Hindustan and China were the
richest countries in the world. In the industrial age, technology
became the deciding factor, to be followed later by capital and
management. For whatever reason, the west took to technology like
the proverbial polar bear to the Arctic waters, and raced ahead of
the rest of the world in per capita income. But then in the late 20th
Century, India and China started to cast off their traditional ways
and began to grow, because capital, technology, management ceased to
become the exclusive property of the west. In the age of
globalization has arisen global levelisation.
·
We do not
want to argue about the precise decade that various big countries
will have the same per capita GDP as the west. But it is a
reasonable assumption that somewhere around 2050 and 2050 China and
India’s per capita GDP will equal the west’s, and a couple of
decades later so will everyone elses. Please to note we are not
talking about these countries
overtaking the west in per capita. We are nly saying that when
all workers in the world become equally productive, the population
count of each country will again become critical. India and China
have a third of the world’s population, they will have a third of
the world’s GDP. So the west will have to decline proportionally.
·
But in
another sense this was not
inevitable. The west could have maintained its lead; more
specifically the US could have maintained the top leader in quantum
of GDP, instead of likely ending up with 5-6% of global GDP,
equivalent to its share of the population.
·
You see,
technology and management are not limited by some immutable law of
nature. Nothing says “I have reached the technology level of X, so
now I must now develop more slowly than countries that were behind
me till one day we equalize.”
·
In the
immediate post-war world, science fiction writers might have been
justified in imagining that the world’s most valuable company would
be engaged in space exploration and resource exploitation, bringing
to life Tennyson’s vision of “Saw the heavens fill with commerce,
argosies of magic
sails; pilots of the purple
twilight, dropping down with costly bales
...” Instead, we get as the world’s richest company Apple, which proudly
and consciously bases its wealth on superior design of
consumer electronics.
·
The
reality is, in 1960 America stood on threshold of the infinite
future. We had only to reach out and grab it. We reached out and
grabbed the moon. Then we fell into ourselves and became a society
for which the be all and end all was self-gratification.
So rapidly have we declined
that at the exact moment of our greatest unmanned mission triumph,
Curiosity of Mars, we are preparing to cut the space program.
America was a country where people defined a goal, and did what was
necessary to achieve it. Now we spend our time telling ourselves why
something cannot be done – like fusion power, which would liberate
humankind from resources shortages for centuries – and not doing it.
Our management is so decayed we can bring no military or
infrastructure program in on time and on the money. We spend twice
as much as other advanced countries of health, and get worse
outcomes. A whacking 10% of GDP is removed from investment for no
gain. Indeed, so heck-bent are we on spending “my money” on “me”,
our infrastructure is collapsing. But when it comes to the
convenience of getting a latte, and having a choice of flavors, why,
we are supreme!
·
All
around us, 24/365, we are surrounded, drenched, drowned in
propaganda telling us to buy, buy, buy. Is it any surprise we have
become nothing except automated buying machines? Here’s a lesson in
Economics 1. Every dollar we spend on self-gratification makes for
one dollar less to spend on investment, including technology
investment, a dollar less for the future. The dollar spent on
self-gratification yields nothing except a passing, ephemeral
happiness that like a drug high wearing off crashes us to the
ground. And the only remedy we see for the withdrawal is to buy
more.
0230 GMT August 18,
2012
·
More Assange Weirdness Now the Ecuador Government, that paragon of human rights, wants the
Swedish Government to give it assurances that Assange will not be
mistreated in Swedish prison and that he will not be extradited to
the US.
·
When
Assange has not been charged with anything in the US, how precisely
is the Swedish Government to guarantee he will not be extradited?
The US has unofficially said there are no charges outstanding
against Assange. But even if the US is lying, Sweden has to first
learn what the charges are before it can decide on extradition.
Government of Sweden cannot give guarantees against a hypothetical
future situation. As to assurances he will not be mistreated in
prison, can Quito provide any evidence that Sweden mistreats
prisoners? Without evidence, what right does Ecuador have to demand
this guarantee? All that the Ecuador president is doing is shredding
the dignity of his country. He might think he is creating a
diversion from his domestic opposition, but we doubt that anyone in
Ecuador will be taken in. Rather, the president’s grant of asylum on
the grounds Assange is a persecuted truth teller will not go over
well next time the president shuts down another newspaper.
·
No one
can stop the president from making a fool of himself. We are not
going to even mention his taking the Assange issue to the
Organization of American States because it makes him out to be both
desperate and inane. Of course, he thinks of himself as Hugo Mini
Me. Which leads Editor to portentously state: “President, I have met
Hugo, and you, sir, are no Hugo.” Of course, Editor has not met
Hugo, his fave dictator. But Editor could not help that line.
·
Huge
warning of a sexist type comment
Editor saw a foto of the Ecuador London
embassy ambassador. The ambassador is – er – very intelligent.
Editor is selling everything he owns and heading off the London, and
will arrive at the embassy to seek asylum with the ambassador
personally.
·
Meanwhile we learn from UK press that London police have stationed men on the
roof of the Ecuador embassy (it is a row house in a terribly fash
district) and in the adjoining building. They will be heat
inspecting packages exiting the Ecuador embassy. This may not work.
Assange is clearly a self-propelled wax dummy with speakers. He will
not have a heat signature.
0230 GMT August 17,
2012
·
Israel Someone leaked to the
press a document said to be from a retiring Israeli minister, saying
that an attack on Iran could lead to a 4-week war and 500 Israeli
dead. This assumes Iranian retaliation and full-scale Hezbollah
rocket attacks. We do not know the point of the leak or the
document. Is it a warning about the costs of attacking Iran? If so,
it is useful to note that a single 20-KT Iranian N-warhead delivered
against a major Israeli city could kill 100,000 and injure twice as
many. (These calculations are quite dicey, as they involve
assumptions of burst-height, fallout, wind direction and maybe at
least ten other major factors.) If Israelis had the chance to get
into shelters, the casualty toll could be substantially reduced, but
surely even then an N-attack would kill many, many times 500 people.
If more than one warhead was used against more than one city,
casualties would increase.
·
Or is the
alleged document saying the cost of attacking Iran is minimal; we
can go for it if needed? Our inclination is to favor this
explanation.
·
One of
the silliest errors that the “don’t attack” people make is they say
that Iran has so many N-facilities that they cannot all be got, even
with the US participating. And Israel certainly does not have enough
strike power to do the job on its own. This is silly because where
is it written that an Israeli attack will consist of a single wave?
Where do people get this Amateur Hour stuff from? Israel will attack
for as many weeks as need to set back the program for years.
·
Another
silly assumption is that if an attack is made, Iran will move
against the Straits of Hormuz. Yes, they have said that enough
times. But what would be the point of an attack that can shut Hormuz
only for weeks (our estimate – US estimates 5-10 days) but gives the
US carte blanche to take all of Iran apart, again conducted over
several weeks? The answer to our objection is sometimes given as
“the Iranians are irrational”. Well, we do not think so, but if they
really are, all more the need to take out their N-program!
·
General
Martin Dempsey, the top US military commander said something very
wise the other day. So wise it also qualifies for a Silly Award. He
said that while US-Israel can set the Iran program back, they cannot
destroy it. Well, truthfully we do not know why the good General
said this. If it was to warn the public not to expect
easily-implemented final solutions to the problem, then what he says
is blindly obvious, but it needs to be said. So we say he is wise.
If, on the other hand, he is using this as an excuse to against a
strike, we have to say he is being silly.
·
Because
obviously the program will not end unless it is Iran is occupied for
the next 100-years to prevent any facility from coming up that could
have the remotest connection with an N-program. But you use the time
gained to try other solutions, and if those do not seem promising,
you attack again. (We’re saying 100-years not as anything precise,
but to note that in that time N-weapons will become as useful as
muskets, both because new types of weapons will be invented, and
because fool-proof defense against N-weapons will be invented.)
·
This
whole debate is silly because of the way the media frames the
issues. It is always looking for the snappy one-liner, and rehashing
old themes and memes all the time, so that the debate is a complete
rehash of past thinking, instead of an educative process leading us
to new thinking. There is a reason the media does this. It is not
terribly bright, and it
cannot discuss the issue except in baby-talk. Media likes to believe
we, its audience, are so dumb we cannot understand complexity. The
media cannot under complexity. A sentence like “if A, then B”, is
much too advanced for the media to figure out.
·
We need to talk Folks, Editor
has no choice but to cut down the blog to five days a week and to
pen shorter entries. Today Editor added up the hours he spends each
week on the money-making side of
www.orbat.com and General Data (which has taken over World
Armies). It comes to one hour a week. It is counterproductive to
operate this way and it shortchanges our readers, who deserve a
quality site.
·
The
matter is simple. All his life Editor has been a content-creator, to
use the language of media. He has never been able to sell anything,
not even the content. After waiting 12 years for some genius to
arrive and take over marketing (yes,
www.orbat.com came on line in April 2000), the reality has to be
faced by Editor, who is exceptionally good at not facing reality.
This marketing genius is not coming and Editor has to do the
marketing. Currently Editor spends at least two hours a day on the
blog and on gathering stories for Twitter. Some of this time could
be, and should be, spent on simple marketing. For example, we have
Google Ads only on 300 pages of the sites (and associated sites). No
one knows how many pages there are, but we think its 6000+. With a
bit of money, Editor could get some very interesting and
well-informed South Asian bloggers to occasionally contribute to
this blog. That will improve the quality, increase readership, and
increase revenues – a virtuous circle.
·
Editor
knows there is a hard core of perhaps 300 readers addicted to the
Editor’s rambling, sarcastic style and it is primarily for them he
writes. But please – do understand we have to create a viable
business model. As it is Editor spends way too much time on earning
a bit of money from here, there, and wherever to pay the mortgage
(pensions take care of the modest rest of his requirements). So: Let
us give this new way a try, a year at least?
·
Assange under pressure Ecuador is to announce today its decision on granting Julian
“Wikileaks” Assange asylum. The UK
Guardian believes the
decision is a “yes”. But quite unexpectedly, the British Government
has told the Ecuador Government that because Ecuador is misusing its
embassy premises by sheltering Assange, Britain has to right to
force entry into the embassy.
·
We don’t
know the reasoning, but likely UK is saying Vienna Convention does
not apply to people accused of common crimes. And so far, of course,
Assange has not even been accused of any crimes. He is merely wanted
in Sweden for questioning. Assange has come up with a network of
conspiracies, saying he is not guilty of charges in Sweden (Which
have not been brought) and this is all part of a plot to extradite
him to the US where he could face the death penalty. Both the
British High Court and the European Court have rejected this as
immaterial. If you know how judges work, they have to go by facts
laid in front of them, not by inferential chains with no evidence
produced.
·
A great
weakness of Assange’s conspiracy thesis is: why would the US want
his return to Sweden to grab him for extradition? Sweden is a
western nation, but it is by no stretch of the imagination a US
ally. And what Assange did is
protected as free speech in Sweden. If the US wanted him, it
would ask UK, which is US’s best ally. But judges are not permit to
even make this point, because it lacks the first fact needed for
Assange to make his case: that the Swedish women accusing him of
sexual assault are doing so for political motives – where’s the
evidence? – and that the US is out to extradite him – again, where
is the evidence?
·
What
Assange and his supporters don’t seem to understand – for them the
end justifies the means – is that this young man has now broken UK
laws: he is a wanted criminal in the UK. He can be arrested, tried,
and sentenced to a UK prison for violating his terms of bail.
Assange has made this personal between himself and the UK
Government. Are his supporters surprised London is not in a
forgiving mood?
0230 GMT August
15, 2012
Happy Birthday, India. You’re 65 (modern
era) and just as messed up as ever. But we love you anyway.
·
Super volcanoes The other day
in Twitter we mentioned the super volcano under Pompeii that’s
waiting to blow up and perhaps kill 3-million+ people
http://www.scientificamerican.com/article.cfm?id=super-volcano-global-danger-lurks-near-pompeii
·
Reader
Eric Cox emailed to say that
actually a whole slew of these things waiting to blow; perhaps
Pompeii was mentioned because the Reuters correspondent was
vacationing there.
·
This
article in the UK Independent
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/science/supervolcanoes-that-could-destroy-humanity-may-explode-sooner-than-scientists-thought-7807903.html
says that scientists once thought the pressure for a super-volcano
took 100,000-200,000 years to build. Now the theory is they can take
as little as hundreds of years (Gulf. Two gulps.) Yellowstone,
apparently, is waiting to blow. If one of these supers does blow,
you get the usual problem: no sunlight, so no photosynthesis, so
life starts to die off massively, temperature drops, and so on.
Apparently the only thing worse is a big asteroid strike.
·
Talking of asteroid
strikes, an Indian scientist in the US says a real buster hit
earth in India’s Deccan Plateau region 300,000 after Yucatan, and
this was the final blow for our pals the dinos. .http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2009/10/091016-asteroid-impact-india-dinosaurs.html
He estimates the India one was 40-km in length, four times longer
than the Yucatan one. Worse, it looks like a whole bunch of
volcanoes were exploding in India for 100,000-200,000 years, either
cause by the Shiva strike or just doing their thing earlier, and
this too would have contributed to the massive die-off.
·
The thing
here is we humans have such a high impression of ourselves and think
the world is focused on us. But are we only fiddling while Rome is
preparing to burn? People say the only things that will survive a
massive extinction is roaches. Sorry to break the bad news to the
roaches, but some humans will survive too unless a planet-buster say
1000-km long hits us. A 1-km object creates an explosion equal to
60,000-megatons of energy. A 10-km object does 60-million-megatons.
A 100-km object will do 60-billion megatons. And a 1000-km one will
do 60-trillion megatons. (Extrapolated from
http://www.astronomynotes.com/solfluf/s5.htm )
1600 GMT August 14,
2012
·
So the fuss started when we
said that the VP nominee
Mr. Ryan cannot do arithmetic because he wants to cut all government
spending to 3.75% while spending 4% on defense. Nonetheless, we said
that his ideas on the proper role of government needed to be debated
because one day we will be in a post-scarcity society. There will be
no need for the government to transfer money to the less-well-off.
That would give an opportunity to reassess the Federal Government’s
role in America, and we personally liked 2.5% of GDP on all federal
subjects, including defense.
·
We also
accused him being just another pretty face with no brains and this
we do not take back because we think it’s true. Of course readers
will say “Editor, you’re just jealous”, and of course Editor will
reply “you are absolutely correct”.
·
Turns out
we should have read Ezra Klein’s article more carefully (“Ryan’s
true calling: Conservative reformer”, Washington Post August 12,
2012, p. A2). First, it’s Mr. Romney who promises 4% of GDP on
defense (Romney starts with an R and ends with a Y, so does Ryan.
How is one supposed to keep all these politicians straight? They
look alike, sound alike, and regardless of party are equally inane.)
Second, Mr. Ryan’s 3.75% applies only to non-entitlement spending,
currently 12.5% of GDP. Medicare, Medicaid and Social Security are
not part of the deal.
·
So when
Editor is in his Libertarian mode which is half the time (as opposed
to his Christian Liberal mode, where he believes the rich must help
the poor), as far as he is concerned, Mr. Ryan is a wild-eyed commie
socialist leftist and can be dismissed as irrelevant.
·
So back
to Editor’s argument. Back in 1906 total federal spending was 2.5% of GDP.
http://www.usgovernmentspending.com/year_spending_1906USmn_13ms1n#usgs302
You can fiddle with the years you want, but someone 2.5% of GDP
appeals to Editor. A purely non-interventionist defense structure
could be had on 1%, with the Defense Department finally become the
defense department. (The
old timers at least had the honesty to call it what is, the War
Department). That would leave 1.5% of GDP for the rest of
government, or about $240-billion.
·
Could we
run the federal government on 1.5% of GDP. You betcha! Currently
government spending looks like this (2012,
http://www.usgovernmentspending.com/breakdown )
Government Pensions |
$1.0 trillion |
Government Health Care |
+
$1.1 trillion |
Government Education |
+
$0.9 trillion |
National Defense |
+
$0.9 trillion |
Government Welfare |
+
$0.6 trillion |
All Other Spending |
+
$1.7 trillion |
Total Government Spending |
$6.3 trillion |
·
There
would be no pensions, health care, education, welfare, and defense
is already accounted for at 1%. That leaves $1.7-trillion for 2012
Government spending. Keep the White House, Congress, Supreme Court,
State, and the DOJ, Treasury, Interior, and Transportation (Homeland
Security to the defense budget) and a few odds and ends, on very
tight budgets, eliminate everything else, and it is quite possible
to manage on $240-billion, 1.5% of GDP. A flat excise tax of 2.5% on
all goods and services produced in the US would take care of the
federal budget.
·
Readers
are going to object that how is post-scarcity society to be
determined. People’s ideas on what constitutes poverty change,
usually moving upward as per capita income changes. True, so let us
fix a norm: everyone to get 2000-calories/day, 60-square-feet of
living space per person, and very basic medicine. No one dies of
hunger, lack of a roof, or lack of basic medical care. That norm
increases only for inflation. Every year, as the economy grows, we
will have fewer and fewer people below the norm, and government
income transfers will become less and less.
·
The
objection some may raise is that our plan is entirely arbitrary. Why
2.5% as opposed to 25%? Why are we rationing healthcare? And so on.
Healthcare will have to be rationed whether we like it or not. We
are having to the stage where in a few years one of every three GDP
dollars will go to health care, and obviously no society can sustain
that. As for the 2.5%, it is no more arbitrary than choosing 25%.
The latter is an ideological construct assuming we must provide a
certain level of services to all people, and income transfer to all
poor people. Our 2.5% is an ideological construct which says
all but the very poorest must
look after themselves. No more than we can scientifically prove our
2.5% is correct, the 25% people cannot scientifically prove their
case.
·
The 2.5%
people are feeling oppressed by the others, and the 25% people are
feeling oppressed by those who want less. They will never agree. So
it is best to have a confederation and let every state decide for
itself what works for it. Of course, the big states will have to be
broken up otherwise people within those big states will feel
oppressed. Minor details. You want to live in Maryland where the
people want the state to provide for all people, fine. You want to
live in Virginia where people believe less government is better,
that’s great. You cannot have a single American democracy for
315-million when the democracy was designed for 3-million people.
It’s not complicated.
0230 GMT August
13, 2012
Thirteen days to school! Editor got a
call from an organized teacher to sub for her two weeks after school
opens, and then it really hit Editor: vacation is over. Like Charlie
Brown’s sister, Sally, Editor wants to run around shouting “Run!
Flee! School is here!” But then, Editor thinks, it’ll be nice to see
the kids again. Life is kinda lonely without them. And the $110/day
($15/hour) is needed, pathetic as it is. When Editor was in college,
he was assistant for special projects, reporting to the president of
the student agencies. That’s $35/hour today. Talk about going
backward. But then no one forced Editor to opt for a life of
adventure and women. Piper has to be paid and all that. Run! Flee!
First day of school is coming!
0230 GMT August 12,
2012
·
Another Mouse, Cat, and Dog story
So Editor called the family in Northern
New England, and learned it was a bad time to call because a Mouse
Crisis was on. Final preparations for dinner were underway when a
mouse appeared in the kitchen, unintimidated by the humans, and
sauntered around as if he was Reepicheep from Narnia. Humans
freaked, as is usually the case. Dog decided to call it an early
night and went upstairs to bed. Cat sat on a cupboard in the kitchen
and dreamed cat dreams despite all the commotion. Cat was finally
picked off the cupboard and pointed at the mouse, which continued
sauntering. Then the cat and the mouse had a polite conversation
while the humans freaked some more. It was a true “Mi casa, tu casa”
situation, except it was unclear of the cat or the mouse was saying
that. Editor had to end the call as the situation was getting
desperate.
·
Just
about everyone has their version of a similar story. Which brings us
to the Tower of Babel. As is well known, all people spoke the same
language until some bright sparks decided to challenge the Tatty and
Nutzoid Old Boy Upstairs by building a tower to reach heaven. Old
Boy was not pleased, so he spelled everyone to speak different
languages. Unable to cooperate further, humans abandoned the effort.
We’ll have more to say on this in a moment.
·
Now, we
all know that non-human cross-species communicate with each other.
Naturally must of us do not want to face the implications, one of
which is that if we accepted this out loud, we’d have to stop
treating the animals like – er, animals. But that isn’t our point.
You know our habit of insulting someone by saying he is a dumb
animal? Well, what is CS Lewis was right and once upon a time all
species could communicate – which is really to say, that humans
could communicate with non-human species. The non-humans seem to
talk together just fine. So wouldn’t it be odd if the animals are
going around insulting each other by saying to the other animal
“You’re a dumb human?”
·
Back to
the Tower of Babel. We’ve often said the Old Boy Upstairs has Bats
on his Belfry – “one bat in the belfry, two bats in the belfry,
three bats in the belfry – but wait! There’s more!” – and aside from
being neurotic is quite – we must be PC here – “slow”? This Tower of
Babel thing proves it further. Any father would be proud his
children have advanced to the point they want to be like him,
perhaps even to outdo him. He would consider the Tower of Babel as
proof that he has done a great job of parenting. He should be
encouraging the little dears (that’s us). Instead, he strikes down
the Tower, accuses us of wanting to displace him, and not flossing
each night.
·
Phew!
What a bad tempered old crank, so neurotically insecure he has to
keep down his own creation. God is supposed to have created us to
have fellowship with him, perhaps even to explore what it means to
be god by seeing himself in us. He is not supposed to be so
egotistically blind that he created us as a bunch of slaves to kiss
his Skinny Butt. Who needs this? Is it any surprise more and more
people are turning away from God?
·
Yo,
Skinny Butt! You want respect from us, hows about showing us some
respect too? Of course, these days being these days, this alone may
not suffice. You may need the service of a good ad agency to rebrand
yourself. Just a suggestion from your favorite follower.
0230 GMT August 11,
2012
·
DARPA is at it again For
gizmo- and techno-freaks, heaven is the US Defense Advanced Research
Projects Agency. It is now becoming clear that the next revolution
in warfare is about to break over us, and it is going to involve
robots – lots and lots of them.
·
Thanks to
the Global War On Terror we have become quite familiar, if not quite
friendly, with Unmanned Aerial Vehicles. The UAVs are unmanned, but
are controlled by military youngsters who play ultimate videogames.
For the target, there is no “Restart” or a blinking message saying
“You have 4 lives left.” The new stuff has almost (we kid you not)
reached the stage where the missile will match your face with its
database, and then get you or turn away to look elsewhere if the
picture doesn’t match. The warheads are becoming so small that
(again, we kid you not), the missile will arrive at your party, find
you, and kill just you. No collateral damage.
We know about drones that
seem to loiter silently for hours, days, and now coming, months.
What’s coming (and again, we kid you not), is UAV-launched payloads
that will loiter silently for as long as necessary, likely resting
alongside the road and looking like a rock and waiting for you to
drive by, and then it’s Hasta La Vista, Baby.
This super advanced stuff is,
of course, years away. But not really too many years because robots
are going through their own Cambrian Explosion, and each new
generation appears in less time than the previous.
·
At one
end will be the goliaths, such as the bomber the USAF plans for the
2020s, and capable in the unmanned mode of 100-hour missions will
carrying payloads of 15-tons of higher. At the other end, and this
is where it starts getting messy, we’ll have stuff like MIT’s
10-inch worm, which moves at 20-centimeters (8-inches) a second, and
has a flexible body enable it to scramble into a hole, flatten
itself out to pass through, and get to the other end of the hole to
continue. Right now it is for reconnaissance, but you can see the
possibilities here. It will in time become even smaller, so you can
envisage sending it into someone’s house to their bedroom, where it
will creep into the target’s ear and then it’s Hasta La Vista all
over again. By the way, this little feller is amazingly resistant to
being stepped on or even beaten with a hammer. It is all sticks and
stones as far the worm is concerned.
http://www.bbc.com/news/technology-19200285
·
You will
have read about the new robot minehunters which the US is already
deploying to the Gulf. This link contains a picture of the UK’s
nextgen effort, currently under development; alas no details are
given.
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/aug/02/ministry-defence-plans-unmanned-marine-drones
·
And then
you will also have read about the US Army’s AlphaDog
http://www.extremetech.com/extreme/117493-darpas-alphadog-robot-pack-mule-begins-real-world-testing
which looks like a mule without a head or neck, and which can carry
180-kg for 30-kilometers over 24-hours. It goes uphill and downhill,
over broken terrain, across streams, and so on. This guy is supposed
to be load carrier for an infantry squad, allegedly to relieve the
need for the soldiers to carry 100-lb packs. DARPA is kind of naïve
that way, because to begin with US Army/Marine infantry already
carry 130-lb loads. Next, anyone
familiar with the Army knows that it will simply add 30-lbs to the
average soldiers pack. That extra will travel on AlphaDog, and the
soldiers will STILL be carrying 130-lbs.
·
Robotic
ground vehicles armed to the teeth are already here, of course. They
look about as big as a battery-powered kiddie car, except they have
sensors to see and navigate and spy, and they have machineguns and
grenade launchers and other nasty stuff to let loose if they see
something they don’t like. In the future, rebels like the ones
fighting in Aleppo won’t have a chance.
·
Exoskeletons are not robots; rather, they are bio-mechanical frames
to augment human strength. Still, they’re worth mentioning.
Exoskeletons that permit loads of 200-lbs were in prototype as far
back as 2008
http://www.eksobionics.com/#slide3, next up will be 300-lb.
types.
·
For years
we’ve been hearing about drones that look like hummingbirds; these
are very close to operationalizing – see
http://www.foxnews.com/tech/2011/02/18/robot-hummingbird-spy-drone-flies-minutes-spies-bad-guys/
And yes, they do look like hummingbirds.
·
Next up
will be wasp-size swarms – in testing or about to enter testing.
Very unpleasant.
·
This
is terribly fascinating but
as you may imagine, the civil liberties folks are in a mega freakout
because police and domestic agencies have started down the slippery
slope of UAV surveillance at home. Think of the fun and games when
some of the micro stuff we have mentioned comes into service.
The only people who will be
safe will be like Editor: no one visits him, no one calls him, he
has already given the world blanket permission to spy on his emails.
When he goes out in his car, for the convenience of tails, he uses a
bright red car held together with duct-tape, and he keeps to
20-miles an hours so that tails should not find it difficult to keep
track of him. He also uses the same routes every single day. On the
Beltway he stays in the right lane at 45-mph. People may want to
curse, but when they see that duct tape, much of it artistically
flapping in the wind, they understand, just like Dylan’s Tree With
Roots, that the Editor aint going nowhere. But anyone with something
to hide is a goner.
·
Oh yes:
did we mention your own gadgets in your own house spying on you?
That is almost here.
·
Some of
the above starts crossing the borders into nano surveillance. This
is all scifi stuff now, but people – including DARPA – are working
on it. But to avoid getting you paranoid, and letting you have a few
more years of innocent sleep, we won’t tell you what’s coming.
0230 GMT August
10, 2012
Syria
·
Announcement One “A senior aide to President
Barack Obama did not rule out on Wednesday the eventual creation of
a no-fly zone over a patch of Syria that increasingly appears to be
controlled by anti-government rebels.”
http://www.aviationweek.com/Article.aspx?id=/article-xml/awx_08_09_2012_p0-484711.xml
·
Announcement Two “Sylvester
Bear, Senior aide to Master of the Universe The Editor, did not rule
out Wednesday that eventual the universe may end in 10^100 years.”
(That’s 10 raised to a googol zeroes, and it is a very long time
indeed.)
·
Question to readers: Which announcement is more significant?
Obviously Sylvester Bear’s. He is
the Editor’s senior aide because he is the silliest of his four
bears. But he has infinitely more gravitas than anyone in the US
Government, the president included. And his announcement at least
has some meaning, whereas the senior presidential aide’s
announcement has no meaning whatsoever, unless it is in the Red
Queen’s domain, which is also known as Cuckoo Land.
·
We
have made this point before
so we are not going to beat it to death. You have the Syrian rebels
who are fighting, and dying in some numbers. The US, for reason we
completely understand, has not wanted to get involved. But when you
do not want to get involved, please show the rebels some respect by
taking charcoal tablets. These tabs work wonders if you have
uncontrolled diarrhea; by extrapolation, the tabs should also work
for the uncontrollable verbal diarrhea that afflicts the
Administration on Syria. Not only is all this theorizing and wishful
thinking about Assad in bad taste, when you substitute words for
actions and expects words to have the same effect as actions, you
are in Red Queen Territory. In such a condition, horse tranks work
quite well, we are told, so it is a treatable condition.
·
Let us
summarize why the Administration does not want to get involved
It does not have good
information as to who the rebels are and what their motives are.
Washington is worried if Assad is forced out without a structure to
take his place, Syria will become even more of a mess than it is
already. Interestingly, Moscow is saying the same thing. Moscow’s
support of Assad is not 100% ornery-minded love of a brutal
dictator; though truthfully there is no brutal, bloody-handed
dictator Putin does not automatically love (as was true not so long
ago of the US). Complicating the situation is al Qaeda’s not
unexpected appearance, the spillover of the Syrian troubles into
Lebanon which is terribly fragile, Tehran’s insertion of itself in
the confusion, the Sunni oil kingdom’s hatred of the Shia Alawites,
the not so subtle interference of Iraq on the Assad regime’s behalf,
Hezbollah, the Muslim Brotherhood, and Israel’s security.
Oh yes, not to forget the
kitchen sink.
·
If you
think Libya is a mess,
Syria has the potential of
rapidly degenerating into Libya, Tunisia, and Egypt added together
and cubed.
·
This
being the case, why can’t the
US simply provide non-lethal aid, tell the rebels not to expect
anything more unless they come up with a plan for Assad’s
replacement that the US can verify, and continue squeezing the
regime more and more as it is already doing. It is fine for the GOP
to attack Mr. Obama for not intervening, especially as they very
well know that intervening could make a super mess into the Mom Of
Super Messes, messing up the Prez whether he does not or he does.
That’s politics, and the slings and arrows and poop patties of fate
that go with American politics. It is not fine for trying to pretend
he is George W. Bush, Ronald Reagan, and FDR rolled into one.
·
We’ve
expressed our wish for intervention in force
But Editor is perfectly aware that
despite the US saying it has learned in lessons in Iraq and is
trying to make others avoid the same mistakes, Iraq was oh so last
decade, man. America is all fresh and ready to create another giant
poopy party. Editor would rather trust the Ronald McDonald at the
mall next door to run US foreign policy than he would trust this –
or any other – American administration. But, readers will object,
Ronald is a dummy that just sits there. Our point exactly – that
makes him smarter than the US government, he knows his limits. By
the way, having made a giant mess in Iraq does not qualify the US to
give advice to anyone, not even to an earthworm. US was clueless
then, and it still is quite clueless.
0230 GMT August 9, 2012
·
Mr. Romney and Bain The other
day we blasted Mitt Romney for being an empty-headed goof for
praising Israel’s socialized health system while still insisting
that Mr. Obama plan is more immoral than, say, pedophilia. We did
not want to wade into the sewer aka US presidential debate 2012, but
were so annoyed by this intellectual twit that we could not restrain
ourselves. For that one remark, we are now indeed stuck in the poopy
quagmire, because having blasted him for one thing, we have to be
fair and take his side on another.
·
First,
agreed that it was rather stupid of him
to tout his job-creation record by using
Bain as an example. He deserves all the grief he is getting for this
idiocy. Nonetheless, everyone needs to be objective about Bain. It
is generally agreed nothing he has done is illegal.
·
We
would like to point out neither has he done anything immoral. He played by the rules of the game of
American capitalization, which is for the mangers of an enterprise
to maximize their take regardless of cost to other stakeholders. We
doubt even one in five Americans understand that the rest of the
world practices different forms of capitalism and the American way
has not been shown to be the best (Anglo-American, to be more
exact). For example, the Europeans and the Japanese put workers
first or second, and shareholders next to last. Their CEOs are
supposed to maximize outcomes for all stakeholders, not just those
of the CEOs. Nonetheless, Romney was not working in Europe or in
Japan, he was working in America, and he played by American rules.
·
It is
blatantly unfair to judge him by the standards of other countries in
this matter of not looking out for his workers. Which American
company does that? That is an excessively stupid way of making money
is another matter altogether, because a company’s real capital is
its workers, not its money. Money might have been the dominant
factor in the 18th and 19th Century, and
management in the first half of the 20th. But for the last sixty years
it has been the intellectual capital, the knowledge base, if you
will, that workers from the lowest to the highest bring to the job.
Companies that fail to understand what is their most important
resource – people – are not going to be as successful as those who
do.
·
The
best people seem to be able up with to attack Romney on Bain, after his foolish talk of being a job
creator, is that Romney’s total disregard for workers is Not A Nice
Thing. Agreed. But why are we holding him to a different standard
than we hold other businesspeople? Is this not hypocritical and
unfair? In fact, is this not Not A Nice Thing? Aside from which, did
Romney, decades ago, know he was going to run for the presidency and
that he should conduct his life in a manner that everyone would
later consider blameless, particularly when what he did at Bain was
totally legitimate legally and morally?
·
This
gets all tied up with Senator
Reid’s assertions that Mr. Romney did
not file tax returns for ten years and that to prove Mr. Reid wrong,
Romney has to release his returns. Point the first: is Romney so ill
served by his tax advisor that the advisor has not been filing
returns? If you regularly file returns, and for rather grand sums of
income (back to Bain), of a sudden IRS notices there is no return
from Mr. Romney, how long is the latter going to get away it?
Particularly as Mr. Romney’s income from many sources is
compulsorily reported to the IRS by people or companies he has
worked for.
·
Now look,
we all know Mr. Reid (of whom Editor is quite fond) is not standing
for reelection and has decided to become an anarchistic
bomb-thrower. Editor is sympathetic: he too is an anarchist
bomb-thrower, with the difference since Editor has no platform,
importance, or legitimacy, no one cares he is throwing bombs. It is
the old tree-in-the-forest thing: since there is no one to witnesses
the bomb throwing, Editor might as well have taken a longer nap.
Nonetheless, it is peculiar – to say the least – for Mr. Reid to
argue “he has heard”, therefore it is for Mr. Romney to prove Mr.
Reid wrong.
·
Take
this, for example. Editor has heard the following. (a) Mr. Reid is a
Titanian agent sent to undermine the US from within prior to an
attack by the Titans (the ones who live on Titan). (b) Mr. Reid has
filed his taxes but has cheated on them for the last 30-years. (c)
Mr. Reid has improper and illegal relations with underage females
all the years he has been married. Now it is up to him to prove us
wrong. If he cannot, he is a liar. Pardon us, but didn’t this sort
of thing end in the 17th Century when they stopped
burning witches condemned by neighbors who swore “they had seen”? (
Parenthetically, if you lived in New England at the time with the
cold, forced prayers 12-hours/day, zero entertainment because it was
the devil’s work, no sex, and periodic group confessions of wrongs
done or imagined, followed by wails of contrition and pleas for
forgiveness, you’d start seeing things too. We suggest Mr. Reid
consult a good therapist.”
·
So let
us stick to the point here, people
Stone Mr. Romney for his sins, but
firing people and refusing to file tax returns are not among them.
0230 GMT August 8, 2012
·
A
reader asked an important question the other day. How come the site is “Orders of Battle” but
the first page is whatever Editor feels is up? At least there was
some rationale for the first page when for eleven years it was
subtitled “America Goes To War”. What’s the point of it now? Are we
going to focus now on Orders of Battle?
·
Editor’s
first impulse was to reach for his guitar and sing Joni Mitchell’s
chorus to “The Circle Game”, you know, the one where she goes “and
the seasons they go round and round”. Problem: Editor neither has a
guitar nor can he sing. Then his impulse was to say: “It depends on
what you mean by ‘point’”. Unfortunately, neither did Editor go to
Yale Law School, nor does he have a bevy of big-hair bimbos, nor is
he Prez of the USA.
·
Editor’s
third impulse was to sign and remind himself Westerners are just so
limited in their thinking. Point
of the thing? Obviously
there is no point. We mentioned the other day the song “Jimmy Brown”
(original “Les Trois Cloches”) in which Jimmy Brown (Francois Nicot)
is born, is married, and dies. (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gm3JigL9_ZY
). That’s it: his whole life. What is the point of that? Then you
have Catherine and Heathcliff, one of the greatest and most
tempestuous love stories ever. They love, they suffer, they die.
Don’t see the point of that. At the other end of the spectrum there
is the “eternal” (not) universe. Depending on which theory you
favor, the entire universe is going to die in fire, or in ice, so
what is the point of that.
If by fire, that is probably just a few hundred billion or a couple
of trillion years away. If in ice, it will take longer, but the
result is just as final: That’s All Folks.
·
Once
readers understand there is no point to this page (and obviously no
point in their reading it), everything becomes startling clear.
There being no point to anything, might as well spend our four score
and ten amusing ourselves. Yes: let it now be confessed! Editor
writes the blog and maintains the site for his own amusement. There
is no other point. If readers are amused, he is happy. But even if
we had no readers, Editor would still battle on with the monolog.
Even with the readers we have (not sure how many – it’s somewhere
between 600 and 4000 a day), it’s like a monolog as hardly anyone
write back no matter how outrageous Editor gets.
·
Now, when
we began this site in April 2000, it was quite clearly an order of
battle site. We used to put up orbats every week, first written by
Editor, then other people started to send their work. It was all
quite peaceful. Then came the evil thought that perhaps we can make
some money off this to compensate contributors and Editor. Bad move.
It has not worked in the last 12 years. A major part of the blame,
as such, goes to 9/11. From his school days Editor has been adept at
taking latest news reports, and blending them into a coherent
narrative. His first “war” was the Sino-Indian 1962. It seemed
completely natural to start writing about the Afghan War, and then
the Iraq War. Truthfully, the utility of America Goes To War was
finished by 2006, when even the Editor started to realize US had
completely, totally, fantastically messed up in Afghanistan and
Iraq. We should have stopped there, particularly as the blog took
away precocious time that should have been used to build up the
content and marketing of the orbats. There were suggests – and
offers – at that time to turn the blog into a serious affair, which
could generate advertising and thus money. The problem is your
Editor has a very wide range of interests, and aside from being
eclectic, is iconoclastic, opinionated, non-ideological, and
countercultural. Nothing wrong with being iconoclastic and eclectic,
you can still become a
serious blogger and make a living.
·
Now here
is the problem. In this business, in the US as much as anywhere
else, you have to be a self-promoter. Particularly in Washington,
you have to be a stuffed-shirt and a pompous ass. You have to take
yourself seriously and pretend to take others seriously. Well, to
put it simply, when one’s personality is to make fun of everyone and
everything in sight, particularly one’s own foibles, it’s very hard
to be serious. This is one reason Editor has so much trouble getting
jobs, including teaching, for which he has qualifications up the
wazoo. The people interviewing him sense immediately that Editor,
behind that straight face, is laughing at his own pretentions,
including his fake appearance of seriousness, and is mocking their
pretentions and the pretentions of their organizations.
·
The other
problem is that no matter what, people think Editor is planning
subversion. It doesn’t matter if he trying to persuade a company to
buy and ad, or a think tank to buy World Armies, or a company to
hire him as a consultant, or an employer to recruit him, he looks
like he is ready to blow up the whole system purely for the fun of
it. Now, what’s the sense of blaming others, when the
Editor is a complete subversive, and indeed, cannot enter through the
foyer of an organization without his mind starting to work out how
to blow everything up. Cannot help it.
·
A last
problem is that if you are sitting across from Editor, and you have
anything you are trying to hide, even if it is for your lifetime,
Editor will invariably come to know. Even if he keeps his mouth
shut, you will come to know he knows. If you are strong and
confident, you will tease him about his weaknesses, and we will have
a great laugh and be BFF. But generally people are NOT strong and
confident. They have these tissue paper facades they think are suits
of armor, and it is like Editor cannot help but poke a hole and then
keep poking more holes and then start flicking lit matches.
·
Put all
this together and we would like to ask our reader, who not just
means well but wants Editor to succeed financially and
professionally, are you serious when you want Editor to be serious?
Be serious!
0230 GMT August 7, 2012
·
Just a
random update today. Feeling
as perky as the chicken that crosses the road to get to the other
side and was hit by an 18-wheeler. Part of this is paranoia: school
starts in twenty days, and Editor’s achievements over the vacation
are precisely 20% of what he had planned. Some sort of fatal,
limpet- like affliction gripped his mind/body starting in February,
draining him of energy. After many tests the doctors say it’s
psychological.
·
Okay,
then why can’t Editor have the green pills and the purple pills and
the red pills and get back to normal pronto-pronto? Doctors are
being very stingy with the pills. Editor has asked them several
times “why?” Suppose Editor had gone over with a physical ailment,
wouldn’t they have immediately handed over medicine? So what is the
difference here? The doctors say nothing and peer more closely at
Editor, taking notes. Since medicos have such bad writing, Editor
cannot pull his usual trick of reading upside-down. One entry made
by a doctor looked awfully like: “Check St. E for room”. St. E. is
our looney-bin. Editor said: “Doc, this is unfair. The people you
should send to St. E’s are the politicians that are destroying the
country, not upright citizens like Editor.” Doctor wrote: “Patient
resisting reality.” When Editor protested again, Doc quickly said
“No, no, I was just finishing up the morning Sudoku.” Editor grabbed
a pad and pen and wrote upside-down “Doc in denial, I play Sudoku
myself and that was no Sudoko puzzle.”
·
Doctor
sighed and said “Okay, okay, I’ll let you add a purple pill to the
white, but only the lowest dosage.” He wrote a prescription for
“Purple Pills, 10mg.” Editor said “Doc, this is not going to work. I
already take two purple pills a day at 20mg.” That got Doc’s
attention. He sat up and said: “But I have not prescribed Purple
Pills of any dosage!” Editor had to pat Doc kindly on the arm. “No,
but my imaginary doctor friend has prescribed them. They’re free at
the imaginary pharmacy, and I take one imaginary pill in the AM, and
one in the PM.”
·
Doctor
grabbed his pad and pen and wrote: “Check with St. E’s IMMEDIATE”.
This annoyed Editor so much that he decided this doctor was no
longer his imaginary friend and banished him to the punishment
corner. Sheesh. You let these folks play with your mind and then
soon they’re trying to convince you that YOU’RE imaginary. Hmmmm.
Perhaps Editor should not have had the discussion with Doc explain
that according to Hindu cosmology all universes are imaginary, we
exist only in God’s mind. And not even in his conscious mind, but in
his dream state…
·
Wasps and the Editor Editor’s
3-year old neighbor in Delhi used to call wasps “wopsies”, and
Editor picked it from her. This is little girl who had many brothers
and male cousins living together in a joint family next door, and
who had a meltdown one day when she discovered she wasn’t a boy. The
plumbing problem, you know. That is a story for another time.
·
So. The
wopsies are all over Editor’s place, making nests under his study
window hives and in the ground in the garden. They fly around
fiercely, and the stupid birds just get out of the way instead of
crunching those nice protein snacks. Still, Editor lets the wopsies
along. God’s creature and all that. Often one gets into his study
alcove or follows him when he opens the door, then Editor has a hard
time capturing the little beastie and getting it outside. Live and
let live, we say. Except today the wopsies were not cooperating.
Editor was making a pathetic attempt to mow his lawn with the 1-foot
crabgrass which make the lawn look a set for George of the Jungle.
It is just too hot and Editor is short of energy anyway. It takes
him five tries to do the front lawn which is about 20-yards by 6.
You can guess he doesn’t do it often. Luckily the neighborhood kids
are fond of the Editor and vice versa, so the parents don’t complain
to the town.
·
Anyway,
of a sudden Editor finds himself under air attack and is going “Ow!
Ow! Ow!” as he gets repeatedly bitten. (Of course, he’s going Ow in
his head. Editor is a manly man and you do not vocalize the Ows.)
Then the mower runs out of gas. Disgustedly Editor pushes it back
into the garage, and downs hefty doses of Cherry Flavored Benadryl,
which is quite puke-making. No wonder kids hate it. Before you ask,
this is No Alcohol variety as Editor does not drink.
·
The
wopsies don’t even have the decency to apologize. If any of them are
reading tonight’s blog, please understand the Editor demands an
apology. Otherwise he’ll have to call Mitt Romney and President
Obama to do a debate on the front lawn, and then you guys will be
sorry…
·
Which reminds Editor A reader
from the earliest days writes in to complain that the blog is no
longer about the GWOT but has become just an outlet for the Editor
who is making no sense and disgracing orbat.com. Well, we did say
the GWOT has becomes tres boring, and in any case, if you want the
terror thing,
www.longwarjournal.org does it a hundred times better.
·
Nonetheless, to keep you to date. Complete World Armies as it is now
known is under a separate website
www.generaldatallc.com.
If you have $2000, order a copy. Editor cannot afford it.
·
This page
is going to become a proper blog, focused mainly on strategic
military matters, but you will not be spared the usual
teeth-gnashing inanities that take over the Editor and he becomes an
automaton with his mouth open and drooling and his eyes rotating on
the vertical, writing what his controller on Mars wants written. Not
a pretty sight. But at least you’ll be able to write in and curse
Editor for the torture he inflicts.
·
Last, the
links to other places on the site will and the general layout is
being redesigned for a professional look. Editor may have to shift
his whimsical writing to another blog.
0230 GMT August 6, 2012
·
India’s grid failure – revisited
some things we forget to include and
some things we since learned. (a) Because of the weak monsoon, hydel
generation is down. This sector accounts for 20% of India’s
installed capacity. (b) Because by fiat the central government
determines the price which coal mines much charge thermal stations –
in some cases 25% of market price – the mines can produce for the
thermal sector only at a loss. This it cannot afford to, so
approximately 10% of India’s overall power capacity is shut-in
(20-GW) for lack of coal at the thermal plants. (c) aside from the
30-40% of generated power that is “lost in transmission” – most of
it stolen – the government requires that farmers and Below Poverty
Line consumers be given free power. The farmers sell their free
power to factories, which gives this very powerful Indian lobby even
more subsidies. (d) The Environment Ministry pulls from the air, for
each coal mine, an arbitrary figure of how much mining area it can
exploit. The Central Government’s pleas to allow a 20% expansion
because of the power shortage have fallen on deaf ears. India has
been importing coal from Australia, which is like carrying coals to
Newcastle; but the sharp drop in the rupee’s value has made this
uneconomical. Electricity prices will have to be raised, and you can
forget about it.
·
In India
it is not just one problem for the electricity sector. It is
multiple problems, with political not economics determining process
at every stage. It is such a hideous mess no one can be certain how
much money is being lost. The best part is, that even the people
Government is benefiting by given free power, and those benefiting
from stealing power, are still getting the royal shaft because they
too suffer from shortages and blackouts. People/factories that can
afford it install diesel generators, which cost – we are told – 3 to
5 times more than base station power. Lack of power is costly
because production gets knocked out, there is enormous damage to
industrial machines, and the restart also costs money. So are the
free/thieves actually benefiting? Unclear to us this is the case.
Governments say these are voters. But are these people sitting
around and saying “Okay, we get half or a third of the power we need
and its free even if it is unreliable, so we’ll vote for the party
in power”; or are they sitting around cursing the government and
vowing they will not vote for it because they’d rather have 12-hour
power and lots of it, even if they have to pay?
·
But,
you will say, is not the
Environment Ministry an agency of the federal government, as is the
case in the US and other countries? Is it not accountable to the
federal government? Well, India’s central governance is so weak that
Environment and Defense Ministries, among others, do exactly as they
want. To see the utter nonsense the Environment Ministry spews, read
this article
http://profit.ndtv.com/News/Article/15-coal-india-mines-may-get-conditional-green-ministry-nod-308574
You’ll love the part about the conditions imposed on a proposed new
rail line in the coal state of Jharkhand: two passengers stations
can be built but they are not to be opened to passengers, and trains
should not run at night . So, the people who live in that region are
to be denied – by government fiat – the right to use the rail line
that is to be run through their land, and the coal will cost twice
as much to transport because the railroad can only run halftime. Who
is going to absorb these losses? The nation, of course.
0230 GMT August 5, 2012
·
Here’s a hilarious story about nun
that’ll have you Rolling On The Floor
Laughing Helplessly (ROTFLH – Editor’s contribution to the world of
jargon, assuming no one else has done it first). An 82-year old nun,
accompanied by two gentlemen, 59 and 62, cuts through the fence of
Y-12 at Oak Ridge, TN; trudges for 2 hours to reach a building
inside with Highly Enriched Uranium is stashed, and is able to put
up slogans, police crime-scene tape on the side of the building,
plus throw blood on the wall, all before being arrested.
·
Isn’t
this the funniest thing you have ever heard? Did the alarms not go
off? They did, it still took security over 2-hours to respond. Was
this on some alternate earth where there is no terrorism? Nope.
Right here on Earth 1, where the US spends hundreds of billions to
protect the homeland and national interests from terrorists.
·
Here’s
something that will make you go ROTHFLH some more. The company in
charge of one of the US’s most critical defense facilities is none
other than the famous G4S, which messed up security at the London
Olympics. G4S was a Scandinavian company, now gone global. In the US
G4S took over Wackenhut. When you have at last wiped tears out of
your eyes, you’re going to say “Wait a minute: you’re saying a
private company guards the sole US facility for HEU, grabbing enough
of which goes a long way toward making an N-bomb? A company that is
international, so no one can really know who is a shareholder? Isn’t
Wackenhut the same folks who used to guard office buildings and such
likes? You gotta be kidding.”
·
No mate, we are not kidding. This
is all true. For the Y-12 intrusion, see
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2183022/Y-12-complex-Nun-Megan-Rice-arrested-allegedly-breaking-Oak-Ridge-Tennessee-nuclear-facility.html
For G4S US, see http://www.g4s.us
Moreover, in response to the intrusion Y-12 has been closed for some
days while security personnel are being reeducated. So what is next?
Someone busts into a Trident missile sub base, hugs a Trident
missile, posts the picture to Facebook, and the US government shuts
down the base to reeducate personnel? What does it take to get some
serious response from the said US Government? Fly a B-52 with armed
N-weapons over the White House, initiate a bomb run, open the bomb
bay doors, and the swoosh off into the sky – all pictures posted to
Facebook with minute by minute commentary? Or does someone actually
have to drop an N-bomb on the US before we get something more
serious than “retraining” personnel? Who knows: this is America,
after all.
·
Of course
you will say, “Come on Editor, a joke is a joke, but the military is
not going to let 82-year old nuns anywhere near its submarines or
bomber bases”. Well, one would assume so. But look: before the Y-12
intrusion happened, would anyone in their mind have believed such a
thing could happen? By the way, Y-12 is managed by Babcock, another
private corporation. It’s called a “National Security Campus”,
conjuring up pictures of attractive, laughing young men and women
cross-crossing to get to the next class, most hugging Starbucks, all
with earphones, some with their skateboards. Very bucolic. Most
idyllic. Terribly Peaceful.
·
Except
in this facility there is HEU. Grab 50-kg of the stuff and you can make a
20-KT bomb (You cannot actually make much of a bomb with the
standard 25-kg that is quoted everyone, but let us not go there.
People get very ratty when you talk about N-bomb specifics.) But
this is not a campus. It is a large facility of WMDs. Please be
assured if another country had such a casual attitude towards
protecting is bomb-grade nuclear material, we’d be invading it –
before dawn today. But we’re so great, rules don’t apply to us.
·
Now let’s backup a bit We are not into cheap polemics, so it is necessary to point out two
things. First, just having 50-kg of HEU does not mean you can make a
bomb out of it. The HEU is probably the major step, but the other
steps are quite hideously complicated. It’s not like you get an
empty sheetrock compound 5-gallon container, stuff it with HEU, bury
a dynamite stick with a long fuse inside, and run like heck. Second,
and we’re not going to get into this, it’s a lot easier for a
82-year nun and two middle-aged gents to bust into Y-12 than its for
genuine terrorists.
·
But this
said, what happened is very serious. Why was not the entire shift,
including supervisors all the way up to the president of G4S US put
under arrest? Why was the DOE secretary and other senior officials
invited to resign? Why is the President of the US not apologizing
his butt off? (And PLEASE, partisan friends, you think Romney would
have apologized any more than Obama? Let us not get polemical.)
0230 GMT August 4, 2012
·
PRC Freaks Over US “Air-Sea Battle” Concept
A little background. The Pentagon has an
Office of Net Assessment, which you knew. Running this office for
the last 40-years is a gent who is now 91-years old, and all credit
to him that he shows no signs of slowing down. Circa 20-years ago,
when the US started worrying about China’s emerging military power,
this young man started looking at China-specific battle scenarios.
Nothing wrong here; indeed, it would be criminal if US was NOT
looking at these scenarios, though what Office of Net Assessment is
doing in the game is a bit of mystery to us. Nevertheless, nothing
to worry about, probably it is a mystery to the Pentagon also.
·
So the
new concept is that for
various reasons PRC goes bananas and lashed out at US/US allies. US
responds by using submarines and stealthy bombers to destroy China’s
sensors and anti-carrier missile bases, and then closes in for a
large scale amphibious assault. Okay, so everyone has their
fantasies. Editor is just returned from the YMCA where they had a
cookout for guests (free – how could Editor resist). Editor stood
right in the middle, hoping some attractive lady would drag him off
home and have her way with him. Alas, no such thing happened. One
pert miss did look straight at Editor to say “Avoid a land war in
Asia” before vanishing. So if Editor is entitled to his fantasies,
so is the Pentagon.
·
But
the PRC seems to be ultra-freaked
by this concept. Three comments. First,
boys, if you wanna play in the Big Leagues, you hafta be tough, and
whining and moaning and complaining about the US is not going to cut
it. Every action has a reaction, and you cannot deny you played your
part in the arrival of this concept by coming up with a kooky idea
of using multiple-Mach anti-carrier missiles to neutralize the US
Navy in the China Seas. Of course, you will say “we only came up
with this idea” because the US Navy threatens us”. True. But why
does the US Navy does the US Navy threaten you? Because you go
around threatening everyone, including India, whom you do not want
to sail through the South China Sea because it is “yours”. Right,
and the Indian Ocean is India’s, you better stop sailing through
that. You reply “but we are a rising power, we’re entitled to our
sphere of influence.” Actually, no, you are NOT entitled. You want
your sphere of influence, be prepared to fight the US for it. And
cut the whining, makes you look weak and pathetic, the opposite of
the image you want to convey.
·
Second, please tell – US and PRC – what’s new about this concept?
This is only classic Mahan
which in one form or another has been US doctrine since the Halls of
Montezuma to the Shores of Tripoli. (Mahan defined his doctrine in
the latter part of the 19th Century; it was well fitted
for the new rising world power, the US. Before that this was Royal
Navy doctrine, and you can go all the way back to the Greeks if you
want.) In the 1960s both USSR and PRC began challenging US Navy
dominance of the new shore, but deploying large numbers of missile
boats. US Navy doctrine was to destroy the shore bases and other
warships before closing the coast. This Air Sea Battle thing is
nothing but Classic Coke in a new container. It is not even worth
mentioning.
·
Third,
back to the fantasy part
Editor is sure even tyro strategists realize there is no question of
the US landing on China’s coasts. First, with what objective? Are we
planning to do a Manchuria a la Japan? If so, how do we propose to
hold on to the enclave? Second, with what means? US is down to an
amphibious lift of four brigades and an airlift of one division.
Sure, with preparation, after mobilization, and after destroying the
PLAN and blocking off the rest from the landing areas, we could land
6-7 divisions and 8-10 fighter wings in stages. Then what?
·
We
haven’t brought up the nuclear part for the simple reason the US can respond with
N-weapons to any attack on its allies or on its navy. US doctrine is
explicit about reserving first use. If China wants to respond with
N-weapons, tactical or strategic, then we are back at the scenario
that US gets hurt and China is destroyed. All this is so implausible
– as also a land attack on China – that there is really no need to
get into it.
·
If you read the article,
however particularly Page 2
of the web version
http://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/us-model-for-a-future-war-fans-tensions-with-china-and-inside-pentagon/2012/08/01/gJQAC6F8PX_story.html
you will see US has no intention of invading China. This is just
US’s way of sting “Okay, so you think your anti-carrier missiles are
going to keep us away from your coast, this is not gonna work. We
have counters.” The article also speaks of psychological pressure
against China. If so, Editor says to the US “carry on, mates”, and
to China ”Freaking out plays into US hands.”
·
A last
point In any possible Sino-US
war, the US is going to knock out all Chinese sensors, from
satellites to radars. Next, the US is very close to deploying
megawatt class anti-missile radars on its warships. Even hardened
missiles will not get through – providing China can locate US
carriers to begin with. Which it cannot do even if the US does not
take down the Chinese sensors networks. Last, US is embarking on a
large scale purchase of stealth UAV long-range bombers, increasing
the tools at hand.
0230 GMT August 3, 2012
·
Does Mitt Romney even know what he says? Does he even care?
Editor must clearly state he has no
interest in this presidential election. One candidate lacks any
principles, and will say anything he needs to get money.
Conveniently for him, the people with money are his caste, the
1-percenters. The other candidate thinks he has a monopoly on
brains, but even if this was so, he has not realized you do not need
brains to be president. You must be a practical and get a multitude
of vested interests to compromise and work together. This gent’s
people skills are sub-zero, and there is no one you can then be
successful as prez. As far as Editor is concerned, if he thought it
would do any good, he would put up a big sign flat on his lawn
asking the aliens to take away BaraMitt for experiments and not
bother to return them.
·
Further,
the American national political system has become so corrupt it is a
machine purely organized to suck money out of your pocket and mine,
and deliver it to the vested interests. Americans have this quaint
fantasy that theirs is a democracy. At local level it mostly is; at
state level it often is; at national level it is an oligarchy. So
even if MittBara were competent, it would make no difference because
to get elected they have kiss vested interest butt. Not once, but
with their lips superglued to the vested interests nether parts for
the duration of the presidential term.
·
This
brings us back to Mitt. This gent went tra-la-la-ing to Israel to
get the Jewish vote, and proclaimed himself impressed by the Israeli
health system. Gee Golly Galoshes! He actually knew that the
Israelis (as almost every developed country) spend half of what we
spend on health care, with better outcomes. But Israel has a very
tightly government controlled health system including the individual
mandate. Seeing as how much time he has spent ideologically
attacking Obama for the
latter’s “socialist” medicine, Mitt should not be opening his mouth
about health care in ANY country, leave alone going “I love it!”
Even by American standards of political discourse, which are so low
a bunch of hyenas would find them too stinky too approach, Mitt has
achieved some kind of a low.
·
Time to
make something else clear. Editor is NOT attacking BaraMitt. He is
rather asking the American people: is there no limit to how low we
as a people are willing to sink that not just we tolerate these two,
but that tens of millions on both sides are fighting tooth and nail
to get their man actually elected? The question is not what is wrong
with MittBara: they are products of a political system WE helped
create. Question is, have we lost our minds?
SinceSine
the Boomers started taking charge, do we HAVE any minds or did the
Russians win? Obviously the Commies spiked the weed that the Boomers
used to smoke – and we are told by an expert still smoke in
prodigious quantities, along with people born in the 1970, 1980s,
1990. Short of that, Editor for one cannot think of any other
explanation for this country’s descent into Morondom.
·
The best
part of this is that we, the people, sit around moaning how things
are going to heck and below, as if we have nothing to do with it.
Now, please pardon the Editor if he is wrong. He is not a student of
the Constitution. But where does it say in the Constitution that
some mysterious body of folks, perhaps living on a hunk of ice in
the Kuiper Belt, have to intervene to save us from us? We thought
the idea of the Constitution was that it created the mechanisms that
deny users like our 1-percenters and Congresspeople the ability to
impose oligarchical rule on the rest of us, but it is entirely up to
us to fight these people when they go off the rails and try to
create government of the few, by the few, for the few. Is not a
point of the Constitution that democracy is fragile, in constant
need of nurturing, and only WE can protect it?
·
Half of
us do not even bother to vote in presidential elections, when the
right to vote is the most precious single right we have. In the
mid-terms a third of us vote. When we show no interest in governing
ourselves, why are we blaming the venal and the corrupt for taking
advantage of us? Nowadays the President gets elected with 25-28% of
the vote. This is democracy.
0230 GMT August 2, 2012
·
Reader Bob Radford raises an
important question in an e-mail. How come people on our side who use
violence are “freedom fighters” and “rebels”; and violent people we
deem bad are “terrorists”?
·
Take
the American Revolutionary War for example. The legitimate government was
the British Crown, and London wanted us to pay more taxes to support
the British forces that kept the French and the Indians off our
back. We rebelled and in our eyes, we were the good guys. But if
today’s language had been in vogue back in the day, as far as the
British were concerned, we were terrorists. Beyond high school,
Editor is not well-read in the American War of the Revolution,
partly because the first detailed book he started reading had seen,
by page 30, so many atrocities committed by both sides, that he put
the book away. It interfered with the happy meme that were the good
guys and the British the bad. Another blackening of the meme was
Editor’s discovery that a large number of Americans fought in the
British side. Anyway, surely readers are not interested in whatever
trauma was caused to Editor by discovering the under-layer to the
popular narratives of that war. The point simply is if British hands
were dirty, so were ours.
·
Fast
forward 236-years to Syria.
As Assad forces continue to commit atrocities against the rebels,
particularly guilty being a pro-Government militia, the rebels have
responded with their own atrocities, namely the torture and
execution of prisoners. Same thing happened in Libya. Iraq is a
special case because since at least Saddaam’s earliest days, the
level of violence unleashed against civilians has been
extraordinary. When the Americans put the Shias in power, the Shias
had a fun time slaughtering Sunnis, and the Sunnis in their turn
have just been a barrel of fun: they killed 235 people in June 2012
alone. In per capita terms, the toll amounts to about 2800 for the
US. Oh wait – thanks to murder being the national US pastime, we
kill more of us every month than 2800. But we digress.
·
Now,
we know readers have been urgently waiting to take a breath so they can intercede with:
“Yes, American revolutionaries committed atrocities in the
Revolutionary War, but our cause was just, the British cause was
unjust. Similarly, Libya, Iraq, Syria – the rebels are fighting for
the oppressed, the regimes are fighting to oppress”. True. But what
about the Branch Dravidians and Ruby Ridge and so on? Okay, we can
say this was a misuse of force by a legitimate government, the
remedy is to investigate and punish the guilty officials, not to
insist the US government is in the moral wrong.
·
The
problem becomes: do the ends
justify the means? In the latest Syria incident, four captured
government militia were tortured and then shot. One was the leader
of the militia, having just the other day killed 15 rebels in
cowardly fashion – we have not been able to make out exactly what
this person did. So if for a moment we can put a hold on arguments
about morality, if it had been your family or mine brutalized and
murdered by the militia, we certainly would feel justified in
executing the militia. Particularly as there is no mechanism to keep
them in custody and bring them to trial until when/if the rebels
win.
·
At
this point the human rights folks parachute in to say “Two wrongs don’t make a right. Moral
righteousness requires that our hands be clean. We should never
compromise our ideals.” The human rights types could also argue that
America, in particular, has to maintain the highest standards
because we are flag-bearers of human rights.”
·
At
which point a lot of foreigners will say: “And that’s the problem, isn’t it? You
Americans are the self-appointed flag-bearers of human rights, sticking your nose
everywhere, busting the very values you preach, and not losing a
minute’s sleep on account of your hypocrisy.” Examples: we executed
OBL without trial or even giving him a chance to surrender; we
torture our captured terrorist suspects beyond what even the most
imaginative dictatorship can come up; we execute – anywhere in the
world – people we say our terrorists, using UAVs. And we let the
Israelis commit terrorism with weapons/equipment supplied by us,
against the Arabs. Not to mention our current interventions in a
score of countries, aiding security forces or rebels to kill
suspects – Colombia and Mexico being the two cases nearest to us.
·
At
which point all Editor can say is
this is not something on which people
are going to reach agreement over a beer with President Obama.
Editor tends to be a very strong law-and-order type, and feels
summary execution in cases where the judicial mechanism is weak or
non-existent, and the guilty are participating in war against the
state is unavoidable. So, how come Editor is criticizing Assad? Are
the Syria rebels not opposing the state? Actually, Editor tries to
avoid hypocrisy. He has not criticizing Assad or claimed the world
has a right to invade or oppose him because he is killing his
people. He wants Assad gone because it will be a first step in one
day making Syria a democratic state. And democratic states are to
America’s advantage. Further, omelets cannot be made without
breaking eggs (BTW, is there scientific proof of this, or just
“common sense”?). There is the Law of The Lesser Evil. Yes, good
people sometimes have to do bad things, or tolerate bad thing, to
help good people.
0230 GMT August 1, 2012
·
Unusual for India to make the global headlines
but when you are the site of the
greatest power failure in history in this “world-as-one” everyone is
going to notice. First, a modest mention of the record we Indians
created: 670-million people simultaneously without power. Washington
DC Metro, where Editor resides, and where power is always going off,
is a rank amateur. When we lose power, it involves maybe 3-million
of 6-million residents at most. The electricity companies are quite
clever: they never say how many people lost power. It is always
number of customers without power. So the Pentagon will count as one
customer, as will Editor. Mind you, it is always a good thing when
the Pentagon loses power because then at least the rate this noble
and august body mucks up US defense is slowed. So that 3-million is
just an estimate by Editor.
·
So let
us look at some basic stats
US has 1-Terawatt installed for a population of 315-million, or 3-KW
per capita. China is about to touch 1-TW for 1320-million people, or
0.75-KW per person, four times less than the US. Then comes India –
tarantarraatanatra. 206-Gigawatts for 1,200-million people, or
170-watts. Very approximately, 20 times less than the US, and five
times less than China.
In the US, at least, households use about a third of available
power, say 1000-wats per capita. The rest is commercial and
industrial users. In the absence of more precise figures, assume the
same ratio for India. The average household will get 60-watts a
person, enough for one light-bulb. It is actually probably a bit
more, since around 1/5th of Indian households have no
power at all. Zip. Nada. Zilch. This is in the year of Our Lord
2012. India is NOT shining. We are not going to talk about Pakistan,
because surely for us Indians to say “but we’re better off than
Pakistan” is a bit like saying “We have an IQ of 30, they have an IQ
of 20”. Sixty and below is a moron, so saying I’m less of a moron
than HE is” is strangely not at all comforting. We are still morons.
·
So let
us look at the grid first The
outgoing power minister left his office and his charge in the dark,
literally, and has now been promoted to the ultrasensitive Minister
of Home where he can REALLY mess up things, boasted in the middle of
the power failure that India has a world class power grid. Enchante,
M’sieur. Please to give us a hug so we can stick a large firecracker
in your world class butt. May be that will wake you up.
Yes, India has brought its
national transmission network to world class status, 1% transmission
loss. But the states use the power, and in the states things are, to
put it, a complete and utter mess.
·
Let us
lightly fly over the reality that the state grids are archaic that
you do not really want to know. But we can legitimately ignore this
because just a grid being outdated technology-wise does not mean it
cannot work tickety-boo. The problem is euphemistically called
“transmission loss” which is actually “power theft”. One third of
power generated in India is stolen, by people, shops, factories
simply attaching wires from the grid – see
http://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/Power-grid-failure-30-power-lost-to-theft
politics/articleshow/15300572.cms?
Question: can any business survive a 30%
theft of its product? Aside from the US Government, which has
unlimited taxing power, so it can lose as much as it likes, no
business can. On top of the, the State Power Boards do not
efficiently collect power tariffs consumed through a meter. So the
State boards cannot pay the generating company. This mucks thinks up
for the generators big time. To an extent the states can get away
with this because the bulk of generation is owned by government
companies, so they are not going to be allowed to go bankrupt. But
this is is a senseless allocation of scarce resources from which
everyone suffers. And nor can they modernize transmission grids.
·
So why
are the states letting people steal power? Enforcement of rules and
laws in India is frighteningly weak to begin with because Indians at
all levels have a “Life and let live” attitude toward life. Everyone
who steals power is part of a voting constituency. India is a
democracy. Politicians cannot – or think they cannot – crack down.
We have a different take on this age-old argument, which we will
discuss another day.
·
On the
generation side, matters are equally a mess because the government
cannot come up with growth policies and stick to them. Politics is
involved at every stage of getting approval. The government has to
acquire land for the generating company, this process is fraught
with politics and social injustice, the latter leading to unrest and
violence. The environment ministry blocks matters, especially when
granting permits for new coal mines. Much of India’s coal,
incidentally, lies in the so called Maoist belt, and the locals
became Maoists because of exploitation by the government and
capitalists. India’s largest industrial powerhouse, Tata, has an
installed capacity of 7-GW of power. It stands ready to triple this
in 8 years. It has the capital, knowhow, and management capacity to
do this without straining itself. But it is so fed up with the
endless governmental roadblocks that it is looking overseas.
·
Editor
has been told that if the generating capacity existed, demand for
power would grow 15% annually. That, and other changes, could push
Indian GDP growth to 12% annually.
·
Enough
dreaming, back to the grid
Ultimately the grid failed – and fails in smaller parts every day,
week, and month, is that the demand way outstrips the supply. Power
maintenance of generators and the inability to take capacity
off-line for maintenance compounds the problems. It is said that
India needs a 12% capacity expansion just to service the existing
customers, that is, without adding a single customer. This figure is
one that elicits hollow laughs from Editor, because it has again
been pulled out of the air. Adding peaking power and efficient
downtime for maintenance, India needs 25% expansion now – not
tomorrow. To keep up with demand requires an additional 15% a year,
i.e., to serve new customers. For expansion, that likely works out
to $120-billion a year with the transmission grid and new coal
mines. Our estimate adds $1000/KW for proper compensation to
displaced persons and environmental protection.
0230 GMT July 31, 2012
·
China and Canada’s Muck-Muck Oil Sands and Crow Pie When some Americans were busy shooting down
Keystone XL’s proposed northern extension, they assured us Canada
could not export the oil to China because X, Y, and Z wouldn’t allow
pipeline construction from Alberta to the Pacific Coast. So if we
didn’t buy the oil, it would stay locked in. Cue drumroll: here
enters the Crow Pie, fresh and hot. China is buying Canada’s Nexen,
one of the country’s biggest oil/gas shale extractors for
$15-billion. Approval is yet to be given, but is considered likely-
see http://www.startribune.com/business/164321496.html?refer=y
. The Chinese are already into
Canadian oil, and the Canadians welcome China’s investment, unlike
America. (Editor included: we have already sold our manufacturing to
them, it is over our dead bodies are they going to get our natural
resources. Alternately, if we continue sinking the way we are, we
may in coming years be begging Imperial Beijing to take us over and
appoint a Viceroy. The great American weakness is money: we want
money so badly that ultimately we are prepared to grovel as much as
is needed. Just saying.)
·
What the
role of Canada’s anger at Mr. Obama’s nay-say to Keystone plays, we
cannot tell. But, if you know our good buddies the Canucks, you will
know they are generally pretty relaxed about America’s overbearing
ways. They affectionately regard us as their completely batpoop
retarded older brothers. Nonetheless, Canadians are fiercely
nationalistic if they feel they are being pushed too far. And from
what we read in the Canadian media in the passing about the issue,
they are mad as heck and will not take it anymore.
·
A word
about Nexen – see
http://www.nexeninc.com/en/Operations/OilSands/OurOilSandsBusinesses.aspx
It is one of the oldest players
in tar sands, producing 72,000-bbl/day one project. It is heavily
invested in another project that will produce 500,000-bbl/day in
stages (production started in 2008).
This, of course, is just the start. Canada has 1.7 trillion
bbl tar sands oil, of which ten percent is immediately recoverable
with today’s technology. That’s 50-years oil at 8-million bbl/day.
·
According
to the Twin Cities’ Star Tribune, shocked by US rejection of their
2005 bid to buy Unocal ($18-billion) have been very canny this time
around. First, they are emphasizing they want Nexen’s know-how to
exploit their own vast shale oil resources. This is a bit of
fingers-crossed-behind-back situation, since no one spends
$15-billion to buy extraction technology which can be bought for a
tenth that. Then, the Chinese are arranging to be seen as a
Canadian, not as a foreign, company. Further, they first got the
approval of the board, mainly by paying a 60% premium. None of this
Yellow Vikings staging a raid on Canada’s virginal body sort of
thing. The Chinese have come a-wooing, not a-pillaging.
·
Our
Green Friends will, at the point, justly note: Okay, wise guy, how are the Chinese going to
get that oil out? We can still halt the pipelines. Well, maybe.
First look at this pipeline map of Canada (liquids only)
http://www.cepa.com/map/pdf/liquids-pipelines.pdf
You will see Alberta already has
pipelines up the wazoo. Of three major pipeline projects underway
from Alberta to points west, two are expansions, including one to
the Pacific. A second Pacific
pipeline is new (in yellow).
·
Canadian
pipelines have a good safety record, with spills between 2005-11
amounting to 0.00005 of liquid transported
http://www.cepa.com/industry-info/factoids
Before anyone gets frantic about this,
please consider that every manmade process, growing our food,
generating power, manufacturing, transportation and so on creates
pollution. Yes, dear reader, simply by living you are creating
pollution. Is pipeline spillage any worse than any other pollution
creator? What about the pollution creating by refining the oil and
getting it to the pump. What about the tiny bit that spills after
you fill your tank? Multiply that few drops by 200-million vehicles
filling up 25-50 times a year, and you may be talking significant
pollution.
·
The Trans
Mountain Line (Alberta to Vancouver) is an expansion from 300,000 to
850,000 (up from 750,000 bbl/day.
We think stopping an expansion is near impossible. The Northern
Gateway pipeline (Alberta to Kitimat, BC) is yet to be built, is
500,000 bbl/day, and of course it can be expanded too. At any rate
the two projects will make 1-million bbl/day of oil available for
shipment to the Far East. Northern Gateway is backed by the Federal
and Alberta Governments; British Columbia strongly supports it but
is arguing about its share of revenues. First Nations has a major
say in this pipeline. Northern Gateway has won some First Nations
and is working to convince the others.
http://www.thestar.com/opinion/editorialopinion/article/1234467--b-c-premier-s-stance-unlikely-to-affect-northern-gateway-pipeline
;
http://www.edmontonjournal.com/business/Northern+Gateway+pipeline+poses+problems+First+Nations/6972771/story.html
·
It’s
worth reading
http://insideclimatenews.org/news/20120727/first-nations-british-columbia-northern-gateway-pipeline-oil-sands-dilbit-enbridge-canada-supreme-court-china
to get a better understanding of
First Nations’s position. First, they can delay it but not stop it.
The Supreme Court has ruled the national interest overrides local
interest. Of course FN can delay the pipeline. Second, there is much
less opposition to pipeline transport of refined product. Worst
comes to the worst, build refineries.
And it is never a good idea to bet against technology. See http://inventorspot.com/articles/new_method_extracting_oil_tar_sands_will_also_help_clean_oil_spi Penn state has developed a process that cleans tar sand spills in place - within seconds. The contaminated soil does not have to be shipped away. The small amount of water used is recovered.
0230 GMT July 30, 2012
·
North Korea denies reform plans
says BBC
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-asia-19042697 DPRK says the
“Military First” thing will remain, and people who are talking about
reform are like people wanting the sun to rise in the West.
·
Sigh. Is
it possible for the North Koreans to make sense, just once, instead
of spouting utter nonsense? First, we are unaware of anyone who
wants the sun to rise in the west. For all Editor’s interest in
cosmology, he doesn’t know that much about planetary mechanics;
nonetheless, it sees for the sun to rise in the west the Earth would
have to reverse its rotation. Whether this was done instantaneously
or gradually, we cannot imagine the time spent in reversal will be
particularly kind to humans.
·
Aside
from the physics of the thing, Editor at least has never heard
anyone say: “Gee, I wish the sun rose in the West.” Okay, so Editor
has not been to DPRK and perhaps after near 80-years of extreme
abuse, first by the Japanese and then by its own rulers, perhaps
people use “I wish the sun would rise in the West” as code for “I
wish a cosmic event would put us out of our unbearable existence”.
They may have to use code because who knows, may be wishing to be
put of one’s misery is an anti-state statement, since the sole
purpose of the state seems to be torturing its people.
·
But then
we have to remind ourselves: when is the last time American or
Indian leaders made any sense? May be the North Koreans are only
trying to emulate the US, and their narrative seems extra insane
because of translation issues.
·
Second,
all the ROK analysts said is that Kim III wants to assert supremacy
over the military so he can initiate economic reform. We had argued
the other day that economic reform is good for the military because
it makes more resources available for the armed forces. You can
accelerate economic growth and still keep the Military First policy.
This is not an either/or situation, but a win-win for DPRK and the
military.
·
Last.
Editor at least is a great believer in psychology as a guide to
despots and tyrants. Now, Kim III has already created a revolution
by confirming not just that he is married, but appearing many time
in public with his lady. Both of them grin away in totally anti-DPRK
style. Moreover, Kim III wants people to see that he is having fun.
Gulp! That was surely a death sentence in previous regimes.
·
This
leads to the Big Question concerning What Does Kim III Really Want?
Answer is simple. He wants to live in Disneyland – not visit, but
actually locate his palace in the middle of the largest Disneyland.
Largest not just on Earth, but in the universe. Unless he stages
economic reform, he will not have his deepest desire.
0230 GMT July 29, 2012
·
Keystone XL Pipeline’s southern leg approved. From Cushing, OK to the Gulf. This will help
relieve the glut of oil at Cushing created by steadily increasing
production in Montana and the Dakotas. Of course, this will mean
crude prices in the Midwest will rise even if they fall to the
south. Two things.
·
Two
things. One, we hope President Obama will not claim credit for the
clearance as a way of showing his business backers that he is so
pro-business. It is true he
is sold out to business, which ironically does not stop
conservatives from asserting he is the closest thing to a communist
president America has had. But
that is irrelevant here. The clearance for the southern leg is a
state and Corps of Engineers concern, nothing to do with the
president. Second, the Keystone controversy is a bit baffling.
·
If you
look at the map
http://www.capp.ca/canadaIndustry/oil/Pages/PipelineMap.aspx you
will see that XL is just one
more pipeline of a number running from Canada through the Dakotas,
Montana, and Nebraska. And we recall reading that Nebraska is
already home to 60,000-miles of pipelines of one kind or another. It
quickly becomes clear that the pipeline is simply a surrogate for
all sorts of other issues, including greenhouse emissions and
environmental damage to Alberta.
·
By all
means discuss these issues. But the solution to environmental damage
is not to stop the mining. The biggest source of environmental
damage is humans. If the Greens seriously suggest we need to reduce
our population of 95%, Editor will participate in that discussion.
Short of that, the issue is to repair the damage, which is easily
done. Moreover, isn’t it a bit hypocritical for Americans to insist
Canada must protect its environment when we (a) oppose N-power,
which has the least environmental impact of any energy sources; and (b) because refuse to
reduce our standard of living, we have degraded huge parts of
America. Coal mining and hydropower, plus our own oil extraction are
examples. And we cheerfully accept degradation of countries overseas
(Gulf, Nigeria, Angola, to mention some biggies).
·
If the
Greens don’t want X, Y, or Z, it is up to them to come up with
solutions, and saying “No. No. No.” like a tired and sleepy 3-year
old is not a solution. The Greens have vague prescriptions such as
more renewable energy. Great. But surely even the Greens have
figured out by now that wind, a major component of renewables, is
environmentally dirty.
·
What about solar? Promising,
definitely, and we are sure the pollution chain in producing,
installing, and operating solar can be cleaned up, providing we are
willing to tie up that land. But this will take time, and storage
will have to be worked out. America needs 1-Terawatt of electrify.
The first 24/7 solar plant, in Nevada, will cost $9000/kilowatt. To
replace 1-TW will cost $9-trillion. Of course this can be done. But
it will take decades and the cost of producing the power will be
considerably higher than from – say – natgas. In the meantime, we
have to continue relying on hydrocarbons. And to a great extent the
market is already taking care of this: natgas produces half the
emissions of coal, and is cheaper. In just the last year (2011)
power generated by coal fell 5%. It has been falling in the past few
years and will continue to fall
·
Another
thing aside from proposing realistic solutions the Greens MUST do to
gain and hold credibility: they have to stop faking figures to make
their case. Of course, to stop faking figures is positively
un-American, treasonous,
even. Everyone fakes figures. It is as if the person giving honest
figures turns, at midnight, into a deleted hard drive and ceases to
exist. Greens have calculated that Alberta oil creates three times
the greenhouse emissions of other oil. But the American Petroleum
Institute says from well-head to user, American oil from Alberta
will create 6% (50-times less than the Green estimate) greater
emissions.
http://www.api.org/aboutoilgas/oilsands/upload/cera_oil_sands_ghgs_us_oil_supply.pdf
Is API telling the truth? We do not know. But at least they have
laid out their case in detail. Have the Greens?
·
We go
back to what we have been saying for a long time. If you want the
least possible pollution, and kill the fewest people in generating
power, you have to go nuclear. The new N-plants are totally
different from the previous generations because they are fail safe.
And for more money, they can be buried. You cannot be emotional
about this. Once you act on motion instead of facts, you make
yourself irrelevant to the debate. There is tons of research showing
that people are so terrified of N-power they will gladly, happily,
accept risks hundreds, thousands, tens of thousands higher rather
than those for N-power. How does this make sense? All the
N-accidents and loss of lives at plants plus long-term exposure
since the dawn of the commercial N-age do not approach the number of
annual lives lost in mining of coal and generation in a single year
(if you need the references, let us know). The Greens should be
demanding coal be shut down, not N-power, and certainly not tar
sands production.
· BTW, look at p. 9 of the API report. The dirtiest Canadian oil is about as dirty as Califormina heavy, Saudi heavy, and Venezuela heavy. You, good Green buddies: will you now lobby to shut down these sources?
0230 GMT July 28, 2012
·
Facebook Mysteries So now
Facebook says its goal is to enlist the other one billion internet
users. Seven billion or so people in the world, two billion internet
users, of which Facebook says it has one billion. Editor loves
mysterious numbers, and he is now going to bore you with some
amateur thoughts on the Facebook numbers. Boooooorrrrriiiingggg, you
say. Trust us, this is actually adrenaline pounding stuff compared
to the other news of the day. Do readers really want us to analyze
the new US Army PREPO policy? Its something we known about (PREPO)
and we could write an intelligent post. Which will be so exciting
likely you will be looking for a tube to attach to your car exhaust
to end it once and for all. (On the other hand, you could do the
same thing after reading this post. But on the other, other hand,
readers’ wives and SOs might thank the Editor. Just saying.)
·
Personally we have nothing much against Facebook except the kid
looks like, and acts like, a complete ass (for lack of a polite
word). Even the looks like is not an issue; no one could look more
of an ass than Bill Gates, and as for Steve Jobs, he looked like a
caricature of himself. Besides, the kid is young, and young people
are entitled to look like and act like asses. What bugs us more is
the kid has no respect for his customers, working as he does on the
theory that it is easier to get forgiveness than permission. Just
don’t blame Editor when one day soon you are sitting peacefully on
the throne and out of nowhere you get 3D messages telling you what
kind of toilet paper is best for you and offering to deliver it to
you before you are finished with the poopy. (Or is that Google? One
does get a bit vague in old age.) As for people throwing vast sums
at Facebook’s IPO and losing it, (a) it’s a free country; and (b)
fools and their money are soon parted. If we all were
sensible, we’d be debt free,
with lots of savings, and the economy would probably grow at just 1%
because there would be no demand for the superfluous goods that keep
this economy going. (Or are we already at just 1%? Editor is never
quite clear on these economic statistics, which likely are entirely
made up by house elves in the Bureau of Economic Affairs or
wherever.)
·
No. What
bothers Editor is that as someone who deals with facts and figures
all the time, he has a pretty good feel for plausible and
implausible, and one-billion users makes no sense. Of course, we are
told that if you check in 12 times a year you are counted as an
active user, and people have multiple accounts, and once signed up
you are still counted as a user even if you are dead. We are also
told that anyone clicking a Facebook “Like” on a non-Facebook site
is counted as a user (http://jamesburchill.com/how-many-active-users-does-facebook-really-have/)
·
Truthfully, Editor’s instinct is there may be at most 300-million
users – which by the way is very impressive. But why does Facebook
not release its assumptions/figures so that they can be checked?
After all, the print industry has its circulation checking agencies.
We don’t know how good they are, but apparently are good enough for
advertisers to rely on the figures. The quantum of Facebook users
smells like a SuperScam, of the sort an average smart college
student convinced he has an IQ of 300 might enact and giggle his way
to the bank at the stupidity of people. (Oh, you thought because the
kid went to Harvard he’s smart? Now we’re in a big giggle.)
·
So
naturally one wonders how the other I-net users are to be converted.
To be sure, the number of I-net users will increase. So if Facebook
says “By 2050 we hope to double our users,” we’d be willing to let
that go without comment. But we don’t think Facebook is looking
decades into the future; more likely it’s looking 3-5 years. Two
billion users by, say, 2017 just does not seem reasonable.
·
Three
things here. First, the
marginal cost of each additional user is going to increase (it
already is, we are told, in Facebook’s case), and we suspect the
rise will exponential rather than linear. In which case shortly
Facebook will hit the wall and will be paying more per customer than
it earns from that person. Second, it’s not as if Facebook will
remain the sole major player. We suspect it is so far because no one
sees it profitable to pour in hundreds of millions of dollars to
compete. But should Facebook start making real money, serious
competition will rise. Sure, there are many advantages to a powerful
brand name, but forget technology for a moment, and look at
airlines, railroads, newspapers, and automobiles and you will see
that brands, like life, are ephemeral. They come and they go.
·
Third and
last, what is Facebook is an America-specific cultural phenomenon?
That includes the America
culture wannabe overseas. But to get 1-billion real users, let alone
2-billion, Facebook has to assume that increasing number of Chinese,
Indians, Latins, and Africans will continue to find American culture
so fascinating they will do anything to emulate it. Being a
multi-cultural person comfortable in four cultures, Editor feels
this is not something any sane person will bet on. And BTW, we
haven’t even mentioned management yet.
0230 GMT July 27, 2012
More meaningful news
that will make you rich, happy, and fulfilled (Not)
·
Pentagon City Parking Garage
so here is your intrepid Editor, seriously on time for his 8:30AM
meeting. Editor zips into the parking garage, the robot gives him
his ticket, and he heads for a parking space. Reserved. Another row
of spaces. Reserved. A third, fourth, fifth row. All reserved.
Discreet, hard to read signs now advise that the public may park on
Level B and above. Except every entrance to higher levels is blocked
off. Editor heads for the exit, but no attendant is present. Editor tries again. Pretty
soon Editor figures he’s going in circles because he keeps seeing
the same parked cars. He stops people who have parked and asks how
can he get out. Well, the level is reserved, so you have to have a
parking card to get out. Several times Editor stops to use his
cell-phone to tell his meeting he is trapped in the garage and will
be late. “No coverage” says his ATT phone, ever helpful. In some
spots there is coverage, but phone switches itself off no sooner
than the number is entered. Editor’s phone never works when needed,
it is all that “we’re tops in the world” technology. This is not the
first time he has been stranded. Eventually, a full hour later,
Editor decides he has had it, and busts through a wire and barrel
barrier to get to level B. He is hoping, positively hoping, some
stops him, because Editor will have the pleasure of telling the
person to expect a call from Ed’s lawyer in the afternoon, for
forcibly kidnapping an unwitting person. No one stop him. He makes
it to the meeting a full hour late.
·
The point
here is simple. Is it too much to expect the parking garage to post
a sign saying: Reserved Entrance, please continue to Public
Entrance? Apparently it is
too much. This is America 2012. Efficiency? That is so 3rd
World. Then the Editor remembers: Pentagon City is next to the
Pentagon. The Pentagon Effect
is obviously spreading and absorbing everything like The Blob. And
Editor is not going to comment on the road/highway signage in the
area. Ah, but of course: it’s all done on purpose. When the Chinese
invade, they will not be able to find the Pentagon. For one thing
they will be trapped in the Pentagon City parking garage, until they
run out of fuel and die of hunger and thirst. And this weapon
actually costs negative money: we SAVE money by not having proper
signage (or any signage). Wow, we are
so smart.
·
Syria So all the blather
aside, the rebel attempt to take and hold Damascus is over, with
heavy rebel casualties: no one is saying how many. Most of the
rebels did not get a chance to withdraw before being surrounded and
killed. Then the rebels infiltrated Aleppo and quickly took it over.
Aleppo has been quiet so far; clearly Syria did not anticipate such
a bold attack. So now Syrian Army is surrounding the place prior to
a counteroffensive, and rebels, instead of withdrawing while they
have the chance – and taking over a third city – are sending
reinforcements. The rebels must be wanting to get rid of their own
forces, else why these suicidal tactics?
·
There are
three phases in guerilla war. First, operating in small cells the
insurgents hit and run. Second, they create permanent bases in the
countryside. Third and last, they attack the cities culminating with
a final offensive against the capital. It is way too early for Phase
Three, but for whatever reason (overconfidence?) the rebels have
gone for Phase Three, taking a big beating in Damascus, and unless
they get out of Aleppo, it’s going to be ditto. Rebels should note
that taking over parts of cities such as Damascus and Aleppo before
withdrawing is itself an achievement that shakes the regime’s
foundation. Staying back and
getting killed turns that into a regime victory, something you
obviously don’t want.
·
But then
who bothers asking the Editor how these things are done? Can’t get respect.
·
Eurocrisis: contrary view The
New York Times makes a fascinating point re. aid to Greece. This
money is not helping Greece. All it is doing is enabling Greece to
pay interest on money it has borrowed.
http://tinyurl.com/6k2e8t
·
So naturally you will ask what is the point of lending more money to a
Greece that already can’t pay its debts? How does it help to give
them money for repaying interest and creating more debt? The bankers
get their interest. Greece goes deeper into debt, but this is
sovereign debt (private debt has already been written off to the
extent of 75%). Greece will be made to pay the government loans if
it takes 20, 30, 50, or 100 years. With interest.
0230 GMT July 26,
2012
Sino-India military issues on Tibet Border
Prasun Kumar Sengupta
Editor’s note:
several readers have asked for more details regarding India and
China’s posture in Tibet. Prasun writes for TEMPUR (Malaysia) and
FORCE (India) and is well-qualified to discuss the issue.
The Tibet Military
District commands formations like the 52 Mountain Brigade, 53
Mountain Brigade, 54 Mountain Brigade, a Signals Regiment, plus the
9 Border Defence Regiment, 10 Border Defence Regiment, 11 Border
Defence Regiment and 12 Border Defence Regiment, all spread over the
Military Sub-Districts of Shannan, Shigatse and Nyingchi.
Along the LAC, be it across Sikkim or Tawang, this is what it all
boils down to:
Overall, there are
three distinct advantages that the PLA presently enjoys over India:
Firstly, nature favours the deployed PLA troops in the TAR, for
unlike Indian troops which need to gradually acclimatise above the
height of 10,000 feet to man forward defences and fight the PLA in
the mountains (spending six days for Stage 1 at 10,000 feet,
followed by four days for Stage 2 at 12,000 feet and four days for
Stage 3 at 15,000 feet), the PLA forces on the TAR do not face such
a problem and are always acclimatised. (Editor: India border
forces are permentantly deployed at high altitude as are several of
the mountain divisions; this does not obviate Mr. Sengupta's point
that the Chinese infrastructure and movement ability is far superior
to India's.) Secondly, considering that the TAR is open, flat,
barren, and has a gradual gradient—all favouring mechanised
operations—the PLA can easily deploy its armoured, mechanised and
rocket artillery formations both in-depth and in a widely dispersed
manner, thereby severely complicating and stretching India’s ISTR
assets. Furthermore, the Indian side of the LAC is always vulnerable
to landslides, especially during the annual monsoons. Thirdly, the
PLA’s BDRs enjoy a tremendous psychological advantage over their
Indian counterparts. For unlike India’s defensive mindset-induced
posture (which mandates that every inch of the LAC is to be held and
defended at all costs), the BDRs are under no instructions to
maintain 24/7 forward vigil. Consequently, BDR force-levels along
the LAC are inversely proportional to those of their Indian
counterparts, and the BDRs instead rely on state-of-the-art tactical
networks of surveillance sensors like LORROS, battlefield
surveillance radars, ground movement sensors and hand-held thermal
imagers.
The dynamics of
India-PRC politico-military relations are best evident in Sikkim,
where India has the highest concentration of troops anywhere in the
world against a virtually non-existent adversary. India’s entire
XXXIII Corps and elements of Assam Rifles are pitted against meagre
BDR detachments. In terms of numbers, India has allocated nearly
40,000 troops for Sikkim, of which 8,000 are now physically holding
forward positions against about 400 BDR personnel located 20km away
from the LAC. The Indian Army has thus adopted a defensive posture,
with the unsaid political directive that every inch of Indian
territory must be guarded. The consequent Indian military posture
against China is to maintain full strategic defence with minor
tactical offensive capabilities. Given the politico-operational
compulsions, difficult terrain, and the PLA’s track record, it is
clear that the Indian Army is doing an onerous task.
Given the strategic
importance of Sikkim, the Indian Army has identified three levels of
threats from the PLA. The first is PLA’s border management posture,
which is wholeheartedly offensive in nature. With little territorial
claims and designs in the TAR, the Indian Army has adopted a
defensive border management posture, which has two elements: to hold
those passes that are likely ingress routes round the year, and to
undertake regular internal patrolling to ensure that there are no
intrusions made by the adversary. For example, with the Singalia
mountain range and huge massifs in west Sikkim, the PLA’s intrusions
in the adjoining Muguthang Valley of north Sikkim will be resource-
and logistics-intensive, and therefore are unlikely. However, in the
Kerang Plateau, Giaogang and Dongkya La provide the key to the
Lachen and Lachung Valleys. Therefore, the Indian Army has ensured
by its presence that these launch-pads are denied to the PLA.
Similarly, the threat in north-east Sikkim comes from Tangkya La,
Phimkaru La and Gora La in the same order, as these provide the
shortest routes to Chungthang, a prominent town on the North Sikkim
Highway (NSH), which links up with Gangtok in the south. In the
mountains, the likely ingress routes are along the rivers, which are
the Teesta, running from north to south, and the Dongkya La Chu in
north-east Sikkim. In east Sikkim, the Indian Army holds all passes
except Jelap La, which is held by the BDR. However, the dominating
shoulders of this pass are with the Indian Army.
According to the
Indian Army, the PLA, as part of a short border war campaign, could
launch a limited offensive to ensure the security of Chumbi Valley,
or capture areas in north and north-east Sikkim to deny launch-pads
to the Indian Army. This would require the PLA to deploy two
Highland Mechanised Infantry Divisions. On the other hand, a
theatre-level campaign aimed at severing the Siliguri corridor, and
capturing the important towns of Gangtok, Rhenok, Rangpo or
Siliguri, would require the PLA to commit 20 Divisions. Moreover,
the PLA could capture areas in west Bhutan, which it has claimed
since 1989. Even as such a scenario looks improbable in the
foreseeable future, and it has been assessed that adequate warning
(of at least two weeks) would be available before it materialises,
there is unease over PLA’s border management posture, which could
easily snowball into a localised threat. The Indian Army’s
deployments in Sikkim are primarily meant to thwart such localised
conflicts. Considering that the Govt of India Indian would be
extremely reluctant to open a military front against China, the
PLA’s shenanigans in Sikkim, if not checked in time, could well
become a political and diplomatic embarrassment. Moreover, as the
PLA is known to have transgressed the LAC in nearby Arunachal
Pradesh on many occasions, a determined action by the Indian Army
there could encourage the PLA to open a second military front in
Sikkim to release pressure. The XXXIII Corps HQ, therefore, has an
added responsibility to monitor the development in the more active
IV Corps HQ in Tezpur (which is Arunachal Pradesh-centric). The
defensive operational taskings of XXXIII and IV Corps are thus
intertwined. For this reason alone, suggestions that with limited
military activity in Sikkim, the Army could dispense with XXXIII
Corps HQ make little military sense.
To add to all
this is now the Nepal factor. In one future scenario which I
visualise, were Nepal to be balkanised due to the ensuing political
turmoil between the Maoists & the more traditional southern Nepalese
who are more inclined to join forces with India, the ruling Maoists
could well invite Chinese military intervention (of the type done by
the Soviets in Afghanistan & more recently in Bahrain by the
Saudis), & it is highly unlikely that any PLA deployment will be
limited to strictly Nepal. Logic suggests that the PLA would also
have to secure both its flanks in both Sikkim & Uttarakhand states.
·
Spain appears to be heading
for massive trouble. We’d noted some days ago that since Germany is
insisting the money to recapitalize Spanish banks go directly to,
and be guaranteed by, the Spanish Government, the deal is not going
to work. This is because that additional $120-billion increases the
Spanish debt to GDP ratio, which pushes up interest rates to levels
Spain cannot pay. This is what is happening. And further
complicating the picture is that at least 5 of Spain’s regional
governments look set to ask Madrid for bailouts.
·
In
Twitter Editor had mentioned Berlin does not see why paying above 7%
for 10-year bonds is a problem for Spain because in the 1990s it was
paying between 8% and 14%. So they do not see a crisis. But there
does appear to be a problem because Spain is also being required to
drastically reduce its deficit, so it cannot afford outta-site
interest rates.
·
According
to UK Telegraph
http://tinyurl.com/cbebwgy
the Spanish are feeling betrayed by Brussels because they have been
doing their best to cut spending even though that has pushed
unemployment very high – further reducing government revenues,
making it harder to meet the deficit targets. Spain apparently
agreed to $80-billion extra cuts (it is difficult keeping track of
what’s happening since the situation changes every week) and now
believes it is being destroyed by Brussels.
·
UK Telegraph says the Spanish PM
has begun internal discussions to see if Spain would not be better
off leaving the Euro. The feeling is departure will cause a
short-term disaster but better for Spain in the long run because
Madrid can devalue its currency and get its economy going. Of
course, at this stage this is 90% bluff to get the Germans to act.
Except, as we have said many times, the Germans are not going to act
if it means putting their credit rating and their money on the line. We had some weeks ago given
the results if a poll that shows while Germans are firmly committed
to a common market, they are not particularly attached to the Euro.
This would not mean an end to the Euro, rather, only the very
soundest of economies would be part of the Euro. Everyone else’s
Euros would have a different exchange rate, say 2 local Euros to 1
North Europe Euro.
·
Meanwhile, it does not look like Greece has the money for next
month’s due payments, and just about everyone in Brussels is
thinking, better to let Greece go before Greece takes everyone down.
The country has already defaulted on its debt, it hasn’t helped, so
what’s the point of prolonging the inevitable. Greece by year’s end
will be down to 75% of its 2008 GDP – a Great Depression by any
definition.
0230 GMT July 23, 2012
·
Colorado movie killings
Readers no doubt have noticed that when they call customer service,
the responses from the agent sound like they are being read off the
screen. Which, of course, they are. Rather than pay people well so
that they stay in the job for years and acquire the knowledge needed
to give intelligent answers, American corporates pay minimum wage
and have a semi-intelligent computer program do the rest. Readers
will have noticed that as long as they have a straightforward
conventional problem, it is sorted out quickly. If not, you are out
of luck.
·
With the
US and mass shootings, it is exactly the same. All sides have their
responses already written down. So when a crisis occurs, each
stakeholder merely reads off the response.
·
For
example, on the conservative side: “You are exploiting the victims
when you call for a gun ban”, and “if you ban guns, only criminals
will have guns.” No official body on the right, such as the NRA,
will say “we’ve been telling you: if everyone is allowed to carry
guns without restriction, this wouldn’t have happened because people
on the theatre could have defended themselves.” No needs to say this
because the bloggers will say it.
·
On the
left: “This violence must end and we are looking into what can be
done” – nothing is ever done because Americans are NOT willing to
give up their guns. “Our hearts are with the families of the
victims” – boo hoo hoo, more fake crocodile tears, in reality no one
gives a wooden cent for the victims. Presidential visit where the
Great One meets with the families and consoles them, assuring action
will be taken – it never is. “Adding more guns is not the solution”.
And so on, on both sides an endless stream of yakyakyak, and then
people wonder why greenhouse gas levels are rising.
·
The
media, of course, under the guise of “the public is entitled to
know” goes immediately into maximum exploitation mode, piling on the
pathos. The Great American Public, which loves nothing better than
ghoulishly feeding off the misery of the survivors, goes into
ecstasies of showing how very sorry the GAP is. And under the
pretext of sharing the victims’ pain, gets sadistic orgasms
vicariously experiencing that pain, safe in their houses, knowing
full well their loved one
is not dead.
·
Nonetheless, let’s try and bring some logic into the debate
First, it is absolutely possible to
ban the private possession of guns and subsequently to disarm most
of the police. The “only criminals will have guns” issue is easily
settled. Anyone caught with a gun for whatever reason gets fast
tracked for execution, say in 30-days, no exceptions. But is the
right willing to accept a ban on all guns – for that matter, are
most people on the left willing to accept that? As in: no target
pistols, no sports rifles, and so on? We suspect 80% of not more
Americans will say no. And is the left willing to accept automatic
execution for anyone caught with a gun, whether or not it can fire,
and whether or not the possessor has ammunition? We doubt this.
·
So, since
it is likely the majority of Americans will not accept a ban on all
guns, and many Americans will not accept the draconian punishments
needed to make sure criminals are not attracted to guns, we are
faced with an unfortunate reality. The bad guys have guns and carry
them around freely, but we the good guys cannot – with some
exceptions – carry guns around freely. So we, the good guys, are
forced by government fiat, into a situation where we are as sheep,
with no protection against the wolves.
·
In every
one of the recent mass shootings, it is blindingly obvious that the
shooters were confident they could get away with murdering people,
and they are right to believe this. If the Giffords shooter or the
Aurora, CO., shooter knew that the probability was 100% that most
people were also carrying guns, and they would get shot in their
turn, their thoughts and plans might have gone in other directions.
·
So people
will be aghast and say: “But what about accidents when everyone is
on a hair trigger?” True, accidents will happen – and they must be
investigated and if the party has no just cause for pulling a gun,
well, it’s off to the shooting range, with them as the target.
·
The
accidents argument has no logical or moral value because the
government cannot protect the innocent. The government, then, has no
right whatsoever to order its citizens to walk around disarmed at
the mercy of the criminals. The
government’s first duty is to protect the people. If it cannot, it’s
second duty is to enable us to protect ourselves.
·
Editor
has no interest of this sounds like the NRA. Not everything the NRA
says is wrong, and not everything gun control advocates say is
right.
0230 GMT July 22, 2012
·
Syria As we expected, the
rebels have been defeated in Damascus. This is no discredit to them.
Facing the regime’s elite mechanized forces in what for the regime
was a do-or-die situation would not have been easy even if the
rebels had the numbers and the weapons, which they did not. The
rebels succeeded because they managed to infiltrate Damascus, the
beast’s lair, and it tool Assad time to react, particularly with the
loss of four key security advisors/leaders. We sincerely hope that
the rebels were able to withdraw before being trapped. Live to fight
another day, is what we say.
·
Some
rebel leaders were clear at the start that they could not take and
hold Damascus; their strategic intent was to show the regime how
vulnerable it was. The rebels’ quick victories changed, we think,
their perception of what was happening, and talk began of the final
victory, only to prove futile.
·
Meanwhile, the rebels have attacked Aleppo, using the same
infiltration tactics as worked so well in Damascus. This city of
3-million has been quiet and in government hands from the start.
That the rebels can in the first place move into the city is a
victory for them.
·
Also
meanwhile, the US is drumming up Chemical Weapons Fever as a pretext
for intervention if intervention is required. You would think the US
would be ashamed of pulling the same trick which was a complete,
utter, total lie in 2003. But there is a reason US is using the same
tactic. It worked. The American public has questioned, in a
low-level sort of way, the lies that were used to justify Gulf II.
But nothing serious has happened to the perps, and truthfully, 98%
of Americans do not care they were lied to.
If the US intervenes on the
chemical weapons excuse, Americans will enjoy the short, sharp
video-game shoot that will result, and the chemical weapons can go
hang.
·
It is
even possible to argue the US is being quite clever. Washington
first’s preference was to get UN cover for intervention. Thanks to
Russia and China, who never met a dictator whom they cannot love, UN
cover is impossible. So
the US declares (a) that it fears Assad will use them against his
own people (potential massive war crime must be prevented); (b) that
Assad will give them to terrorists or terrorists will gain control
of stockpiles if Syria disintegrates (potential deadly terrorist
attacks must be prevented – let’s not bother with the impossible
logistics); and (c) terrorists may use the weapons against Israel
(we must intervene now before Israel attacks Syria leading to
unpredictable outcomes). For none of these scenarios is a UN mandate
necessary.
·
None of
this US thinking is directed at the rest if the world. US knows the
rest of the world hates Washington and will not accept US action
even if the US had a 100% airtight case. All the US is concerned
about is its own people.
Washington does not really even care if it has the people’s consent.
All it wants is that we the people should contently continue to crop
the grass while Washington does its thing.
·
The path
on which US is embarking is creating problems for Editor. On the one
hand, Editor has been a staunch advocate from the start for US
intervention. In the middle, Editor worries about US’s unmatched
capability to mess up its interventions, an inevitable consequence
of the short-attention-span, ADHD, sub-morons who run our national
security. The Gulf II and Afghanistan disasters are first order
mess-ups. Against that, US did rather intelligently and rather well
in Libya. So maybe we can pull off a Syria intervention without
snafuing it. But on the other hand, Editor does not like liars,
individual or government. As we have said in previous posts, lying
is un-American.
0230 GMT July 21, 2012
·
Finally some clarity on DPRK
Reuters says the object of Jong III’s internal coup is to take
economic development away from the army. A new economic bureau is
being created, whose job it will be to get the economy growing.
Presently the economy is on life-support for the last two decades.
http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/07/20/us-korea-north-idUSBRE86J08X20120720
·
Reuters has relied on a source it says has connections with DPRK and
Beijing, and this sources has been reliable in the past. The source
rules out any kick-back by the military, saying Jong III and his
reform-minded uncle are in firm control of the military. Some 20
senior officers have been replaced, but in what looks to be a break
from the past, no one has been jailed. It is worth noting that Jong
III has travelled abroad often and is quite familiar with what
economic growth has wrought for China. And in one sense this is not
an anti-military move: faster growth will allow more resources for
the military.
·
The
basic statistics are straightforward
The
IMF’s World Economic Outlook (April, 2012,
http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/weo/2012/01/index.htm )
gives ROK 2012 estimated GDP at $1.163 trillion. The CIA gives DPRK
$40-billion for 2011. With 1/30th the GDP of the south,
the north is going nowhere fast.
·
Let
us assume that DPRK is spending a brutal 20% of GDP on defense. That
would give it $8-billion. ROK spends $29-billion, less than 3% of
GDP. Moreover, the ROK figure is nominal because behind ROK is the
US, with destructive power unequalled in the world today. In 1991, Iraq had 68
divisions of all types and all classes, ranging from the twelve
Republican Guard armored/mechanized divisions, well-trained,
well-led, and well-equipped, down to infantry divisions that were
not much use in modern warfare. But the US/Allies, flying 100,000
sorties (for the loss of 75 aircraft to all causes including 44
combat) wiped out what was one of the largest and most
combat-experienced armies in the world. So much so that the ground
combat phase of the war lasted just 4-days.
·
So-called defense analysts love to come up with frightening
scenarios where DORK simply rolls into Seoul and further. They base
their scenarios on a raw count of DPRK armor and artillery, which
certainly exceeds ROK’s. Yet what people forget is that ROK Army is
defensive, and you simply do not need as much armor. Further, the
terrain is semi-mountainous, not desert. As for artillery, please to
remember that 1000 low technology systems can be easily destroyed by
a quarter that many high-technology systems – without counting
airpower.
·
No
doubt in the opening hours of war that DPRK starts, Seoul will
suffer damage. But soon after DPRK artillery on the border will be
destroyed, and within six weeks DPRK’s military forces will be
destroyed. Folks remember the Persian Gulf War, with airpower
effectiveness of 100 times World War II. Today’s airpower is
probably 100 times as effective as during the Persian Gulf. Even if
one was to count the increase at 10 times, a hundred thousand
aircraft sorties today would equal 1-million in 1991. DPRK won’t
have a chance.
·
The
only way DRPK has a chance is to modernize its military, and that is
to free the economy. So we, at least, think in the longer run DPRK
military will gain from losing its economic control over the
country.
0530 GMT July 20,
2012
More This and That
· At approximately 0200 GMT there was bit of thunder and lightning over the capital of the free world, and Editor lost power for three hours. Maybe 5mm of rain fell later. This is the second time in three weeks, first time around Editor was incredibly lucky because his power came back in 3 hours. Many people did not have power for a week or even more, with the temperatures topping 100F. Just like in the 3rd World, we don’t have the money to bury power cables, a matter of $5-billion according to the electric company. Editor has a nice 2.8-KW Honda generator, in the quiet side as these things go. To get it set up for instant readiness (at the pull of a cord) costs $$$, and in emergency the procedure is a bit complicated plus one never knows if it will start up after a year of sitting in the garage. Hauling it off for annual maintenance also costs $$$. Such is life: $$$.
·
So you
know in Old Blighty they are
having all sort of problems getting the Olympics underway. Just
another sign of the decline of the West: infrastructure costs more
and more to set up, and we have become less and less efficient in
setting things up even when the money is there. In America the very
concept of getting a job done well, on time, and on budget has long
since vanished into a mythical past. So we are in no position to
make snarky comments about our Brit cousins.
·
Yes,
Germany agrees on a Spain bailout so Spain has won a round. It was supposed to
bring down its deficit, it is trying very hard, but because more and
more people lose jobs as money is pulled out of the economy, taxes
go down, making it harder to meet the deficit. Germany was first
opposed to sending more money to Spain till the deficit targets were
met, which was impossible and put Spain on the path to default.
·
So the
Germans have relented – their Parliament yesterday cleared
additional loans to Spain. But Berlin has attached a few strands of
barbed wire to the loans. First, German will monitor very closely
what is happening, with the right to force Spain into making
adjustments the Germans want. Second, the money will not be given to
the banks, who really need it. It will be given to Madrid, which
will give the money to the banks. A distinction without a
difference? Not quite. Madrid has to provide a sovereign guarantee
for the money. This means the debt:GDP ratio increases, as happened
a few weeks ago when a previous tranche of money was released. And
just as will happen again, the increase will drive interest rates
Spain has to pay upward, making it harder to pay the money back.
0230 GMT July 19,
2012
This that and the other
·
Use of chimps in medical research being
severely restricted because it is now known that chimps are
not “dumb” animals and deserve ethical treatment. So some
researchers ask the question – but what if your child is sick or
your mother is dying? The answer to this question is so obvious we
wonder why it needs an answer. If primates are needed for research,
just use humans. After all, what better approximates a human than a
human?
·
But that
is unethical, some may say. Why? And sez who? Isn’t it a bit
self-serving for humans to make that decision? Tens of millions of
people a year die due to self-inflicted negative behavior – alcohol,
tobacco, drugs, accidents, homicides, wars, overeating and so on. If
human life is so sacred, why do we tolerate these deaths, and then
when it comes to time to experiment on humans to benefit humans, of
a sudden we get uptight about ethics and you can’t do this to
humans?
·
Here’s a
hypothetical question. Tomorrow an alien race more highly evolved,
but with a similar physiology than
us arrives and they have IQs of 2000. To them, our average IQs of
100 are going to seem about as intelligent as we think chimps are.
Will be ethically okay for this super race to use us for experiments
that benefit them, but could lead to our deaths or give us strange
diseases? What if they decided they need a minimum sample of
7-billion humans to be sure of results?
·
If you
say no, it would not be ethical for them to use the human race for
experiments to cure their diseases, then it’s unethical for us to
use primates or any living creatures for that purpose.
·
And what
if they decided we made tasty snacks to chow down on while they
watch the galactic equivalent of “Strictly come dancing”? Would it
be ethical for them to eat us? If you say no, then it is not ethical
for us to eat animals, fish and so on. Once, when we were primitive,
we had to eat other living creatures to survive. That is well behind
us now.
·
Notice of
conflict of interest: Editor for years has been trying to give up
meat/fish etc. He has not succeeded. But likely he would find it
easy had he been brought up as a vegetarian, as many are, for
example India’s orthodox Jains. Further notice: Editor believe it is
unethical to hunt, but perfectly ethical to hunt humans provided the
odds are equal. In America they’re constantly getting agitated about
a few thousand wolves or bears or whatever and staging “culls” to
maintain a “healthy” ecosystem. How completely hypocritical. The
greatest disturber of earth’s ecosystems is us humans.
·
We have
read that for Americans to be in harmony with their country, we
should number no more than 10-million. Yay! That’s 304-million
hunting licenses that can be given out at $100,000 each. That would
take care of the national debt.
·
Wait a
second, you say, who except the top 1% can afford these fees?
Precisely. That is why the rule will be not just that hunter and
hunted be on an equal footing, if the hunted kills the hunter, he
gets the hunter’s assets. That now gives him $100,000 for a license.
If the rich hunter kills the poor hunted, the rich person has lots
of money to buy another license. So you see, everyone at some point
– who is left alive – will have money for a license. All this
without government subsidies or raising taxes!
0230 GMT July 18, 2012
·
China reinforcing Aksai Chin
Mandeep Singh Bajwa tells us. So far no concrete details have
emerged – Indian intelligence on China is weak, to put it kindly.
Aksai Chin is part of Indian Ladakh that China claims and overran in
the 1962 War. At that time China had 15 C class (8000 men) divisions
in Tibet, mainly for Internal Security. These divisions were lightly
armed. But the men were
experienced veterans of Korea, their senior officers were also
veterans of the China civil wars. India, of course, till 1959 did
not have a single brigade on the border, and even in 1962 had just
three. Another story for another time.
·
Though
India raised ten mountain divisions in four years after the 1962
fiasco, with each division being 15,000 men with excellent
equipment, firepower, and transport, China was so contemptuous of
India’s political will to fight that as Tibet was pacified, China
began to withdraw troops from the region. Today it has just two
brigades, a reinforced infantry regiment, and border troops in the
region. We have no good details on the border troops, but believe
there are around six regiments plus independent battalions. India
has 100 large border battalions each of 1100-1200 men committed to
the China front. That is without counting the regular army.
·
Because
China steadily reduced its military presence in Tibet – partly
offset by increasingly improved roads and even a railroad, India
also began reducing its attention on the frontier. The mountain
divisions were always dual use anyway, but by the 2000s Indian
forces committed exclusively to the China frontier fell to five
divisions.
·
The
Chinese, of course, can never leave well enough alone, or treat
anyone as equals. They can be masters or slaves, nothing in between.
For no reason at all, they started poking India along the long
dormant border, starting in the second half of the 2000s decade. For
a long time India did nothing. The nation has such low self-esteem
that, frankly, it is difficult to humiliate it or get it to act. But
eventually it all proved too much. India has added four new mountain
divisions plus two corps HQs; and the Army has sought approval for a
minimum of three more, which the government has cleared, but not yet
found the resources. It also
speeded up – on Indian Standard Time – construction of new roads,
put underway several rail projects, and reopened/expanded several
abandoned air landing grounds. It still takes India 3-4 times longer
to actually complete projects than China, but at least a bunch are
underway.
·
This
background is necessary to understand why China is reinforcing Aksai
Chin. For example, in Eastern Ladakh Indian had three infantry
brigades, one essentially tasked to the Siachin. Now an infantry and
an armored brigade are being added, and two of the yet to be raised
new divisions will form a mountain strike corps for Kashmir and
Ladakh.
·
If asked
to provide his assessment of what is going on
the China side (and Editor
must make clear no one has asked his opinion), based on current
information the maximum Editor will concede is a new regiment,
facing Indian 3 Division. But there are many levels below this
maximum.
·
First,
the reinforcements may have nothing to do with India. They may be
internal security troops as a precaution against the spread of the
current Tibet revolt to the western part of this occupied nation.
They could also have something to do with the Xinjiang problems.
These, we hasten to say, should not be exaggerated. Compared to what
is happening in several parts of India, Xinjiang is a sedate family
picnic. Islamist infiltration cannot be an issue because anyone who
wants to cross Baltistan and Skardu to get into west Tibet and
thence to Xinjiang basically wants to commit suicide, and there’s
easier ways to achieve that.
·
Second,
China may be reacting to India’s Ladakh buildup. The right anchor of
3 Division’s line, Demchok (70 Brigade) is quite suited for an
armored brigade which would wreck havoc on Chinese positions in west
and central Tibet, particularly if combined with the airborne
brigade (50th). Which incidentally trains for many
missions including a deep
landing behind Chinese Ladakh defenses. 3 Division’s 114 Brigade
Sector (Chushul) can also be a viable armor route. One place it is
unwise to underrate the Indian Army is on innovativeness in using
armor at that altitude. For example, India is prepared to send a
mechanized battalion down the Shyok and Indus Rivers in an offensive
against Skardu. Even at this time, without the new armor brigade,
India has a tank regiment and BMP regiment in Ladakh.
·
An
alternative to a new regiment opposite Demochk or covering
Chushul-Demchok is a regiment or less between the Changchemo and
Galwan Rivers. This area is covered by a sector HQ, an ad hoc
formation into which India tosses Scouts battalions, border
troops, a heavy mortar regiment and the like. Call it an
understrength brigade is you like.The new infantry brigade for
Ladakh seems like to be deployed either behind the sector as an
offensive force, or sent to Changchemo, cutting the long and very
difficult sector into two.
·
A
battalion or two rather than a regiment is a distinct possibility
(there appears to be a regular battalion in Chinese-held Ladakh, but
we are not sure), as is an upgradation of border forces.
0230 GMT July 17, 2012
·
IPSA Pipeline Open With this
harrafarra over Hormuz, we had a feeling somebody was up to
something regarding pipelines, and sure enough, it turns out IPSA
has been open for some month, undergoing tests.
·
IPSA was
designed during the latter part of the Iran-Iraq War as a
1.65-million/bbl per day alternative to the Gulf for Iraq oil. When
Saddam and his Gulf backers parted company over his claims for
reimbursement for fighting Iran, Saddam invaded Kuwait. Saudi seized
the pipeline as part of its debt claims against Iraq, and there it
sat till now.
·
We had
calculated in the July 14 post that there seems to be about
8.2-million barrels of crude plus natural gas liquid pipelines that
avoid the Gulf that are in place; with IPSA we move to nearly
10-million barrels out of the 17-million flowing through Hormuz.
Plus there’s the existing oil stockpiles.
·
Yanbu
could be a bottleneck. There are four supertanker berths with a
theoretical loading capacity of almost 15-million bbl/day, but for
various reasons, only two sets of oil booms from storage tanks to
the supertankers operate at a time, so you’re looking probably at a
maximum of 7-million/bbl a day. The UAE pipeline has its own
terminal, and the natural gas to liquid lines have their own
terminals. So we should be good for 10-million bbl/day.
·
The big
question is: have the Saudis been quietly upgrading the Petroline to
Yanbu (5-million bbl/day, of which 1 is already used)? By using Drag
Reduction Agents and stronger pump stations, Petroline’s capacity
can double. A feasibility study by the Baker Institute seems to
indicate a 30-month lead time would be required, so to be useful the
improvements should be on the way to completion. A quick Goggle
search did not show any activity to increase Petroline, but this
sort of information, such as tenders for pumping station turbines,
is not easily available outside of trade publications, which are
very costly and not an option for Curious Bears of the Editor
variety. You know, the type who wanna climb up the mountain to see
the other side of the mountain.
·
In
today’s prices, we think the expansion could be done in
$1.2-billion, which is surely less than maintaining the US 5th
Fleet costs for a month. So if it hasn’t be done, we can’t say why
not, except that if allies can get Hormuz open in 5-10 days and
there’s 3-billion+ barrels in inventories and reserves with OECD
alone, it hardly matters. Still, for the tiny sum involved it seems
reasonable to add another level of security. And surely it is worth
to get Iran to stop yapping all the time about Hormuz being as easy
to close as drinking a glass of water. Not if the water is laced
with several dollops of sulfuric acid, bubs. (Editor thinks he
should apply to the US Government for a job to make cheap gibes and
retorts accompanied by various rude physical sounds and smelly
gasses at America’s enemies. Here we go around saying we are too
sophisticated for that, and we are losing the War of Immaturity.)
·
Readers
should note that oil is not the sole problem re. Hormuz. Its natural
we would think it is, because all we want is the oil. But for the
people who live in the Gulf region, it’s their trade lifeline: food,
medicines, and so on. Luckily in emergency it can be brought in at
extra expense overland. But do keep the non-oil trade in mind when
you get into a discussion on Hormuz. Casually bringing it up will
impress with your deep knowledge.
0230 GMT July 16, 2012
·
Obama
and government spending
So now Forbes Magazine, hardly a bastion of Marxism, tells us that Federal
spending has grown less under Mr. Obama than any president since Mr.
Eisenhower.
http://tinyurl.com/c6b2acy
·
So we are not really concerned that every Republican (and a whole lot of
Democrats too) have convinced themselves that Mr. Obama is willfully
determined to spend America into a hole from which it will never
emerge, thus serving the true will of his masters, who depending on
your point of view are either Lucifer or lefty liberals.
·
What concerns us is that the president is so arrogant or so incompetent
that he cannot bring up this point in his own defense. To us the
reason is immaterial, because the end result is the same: the
president cannot make the simplest of points to refute the
opposition’s lies.
·
We remain equally amazed that he hasn’t just come right out reminding the
country that Obamacare is actually Bushcare with a bit of lipstick
on the pig (grunt). Incompetence or arrogance, it matters not.
·
By the way, thought folks might like to know that in Maryland, whether
we’ve had a GOP governor or a Democrat, at least since 1993 (the
year Editor went to buy a car), Editor has been required to pay an
extra charge on his insurance for uninsured motorists. So is this
supposed to be okay because the Feds did not mandate the charge but
the state did? If so, it is okay for the state to oppress Editor but
not the Feds? Someone please explain this to Editor. If the state of
Maryland can force Editor to (a) buy motorist insurance (or I cannot
register my car), and (b) force me to pay for the approximately 10%
of motorists who drive without insurance, what’s next? Is the State
of Maryland going to mandate Editor has to eat Broccoli? Where’s the
outrage, people?
·
Now, of course if Maryland were to mandate that every attractive,
intelligent lady between ages 30 and 60 has to make herself
available for a Saturday date of Editor’s choice, you are not going
to see Editor protest about misuse of state authority. (Okay, okay,
just to show you how reasonable Editor is, he’s willing to forget
the intelligent part.)
·
India
at bottom of G20 in treatment of women This did not cause Editor to raise eyebrows. What did cause raised
eyebrows was India apparently comes even after Saudi Arabia. After
some thought, Editor believes he has an answer why this is so. In
Saudi Arabia, women have no freedom so there are few women in public
places where they can be attacked. India is a democracy, so women
are “allowed” to be anywhere and at any time, so they are being
assaulted all the time. Nonetheless, a proper study would examine
violence within the home never reported to the authorities. This
might change India’s bottom position. Might – Editor does not know.
·
Incidentally, Editor has to mention a myth that Indian men tell themselves
to make themselves look less bad. The myth is that modernization has
led to women being out all hours by themselves, dressing as they
want, and behaving as they want in bars and restaurants and so on.
The implication is that the clash of cultures – old India versus new
India – is causing the problem.
·
Sorry, folks. It is not so. For various reasons, when Editor was in India
for 20-years, he got to see India at all levels, not just the
privileged upper-class India in which he grew up.
“Traditional” Indian males
behaved far more vilely toward women of their social status and
background. Editor used to see it a hundred times a day. Dress had
nothing to do with it. The harassment of Indian school and college
girls dressed entirely in traditional garb, particularly in the
buses, was beyond belief. Same thing at movie theatres, shopping
centers, and other public places.
·
Also, the mistreatment of women in public is a Northwest Indian centered
problem. Sure women are hassled in – say – Bombay. The same way they
are hassled in Washington, DC. But in the south and east they are
much safer outside. Inside the house one assumes it’s the same old
abuse as is the case in the northwest.
·
Just saying.
0230 GMT July 15, 2012
·
While the public was sleeping,
the US Navy took it for a ride. At some point Navy got it into its
head that it needed a separate capability for Littoral Warfare,
because this was going to be the warfare for the future. We no
longer keep up with the US Navy, so we cannot say how this mission
was justified; let us just say it sounds plausible. So: Navy wanted
a shallow-draught ship smaller than a frigate, to replace frigates,
minesweepers, and patrol boats in close-in waters, and it was to be
economical so that numbers could be purchased. Moreover, the ship
was to be modularized, so that within days, while on deployment,
it’s role could be changed from, say, anti-surface to mine warfare.
It was also to carry Marines and boats for shore raiding and such.
·
So here
we are, and it is reality time. The ships are likely to come in at
$1.5-billion, which honestly Editor, at least, does not see as
cheap. The ship is not survivable in combat. Don’t Worry Be Happy,
Navy says cheerily. The ship has all kinds of sensors that allow it
to move out of harm’s way when threatened. Hmmm. A ship that can
fight only when there is no opposition? Wunner what John Paul Jones
would have had to say about that – or every single admiral before
today’s brainless wonders bred in some special vats. And even if
hit, it has a good chance of making it to port. What a warship! The
enemy quails at the very sight of an LCS heaving to over the
horizon, and runs up a flag which says: “There’s no one here except
us meeces, we surrender.” Oh yes, the LCS cannot survive blast, so a
near hit by aircraft bombs, for example, could prove fatal.
·
Then it
turns out that the normal mission manning is way too low. So economy
of operation, which was touted as a plus, runs into a brick wall.
Then the modules cannot be changed in days, it will take weeks. And
the ship cannot replace frigates and minewarfare ships – it’s
capability is way too low, and it cannot replace patrol boats,
because at 3000-tons it is too big.
·
By the
way, the ship’s main gun is a 57mm popster – fine for battling a
gunboat or sort of providing cover for a landing-party – we say
sort-off because a 57mm is not going to cause much damage to anyone,
unless US Navy is up against Donald Trump’s yacht. It was supposed
to have 20-mile Non-Line Of Sight ship-to-shore missiles; that
program was can cancelled; now a 3.5-miles missile is being
suggested. Its antiair suite consists of the Rolling Airframe
Missile, used by the US as a last ditch, point defense weapon
against cruise missiles and the like. This is an excellent weapon.
·
Okay, say
our readers, how do you get over the problem of littoral combat if
you do not have something like the LCS? The question is, where
outside the Persian Gulf/Iran are you going to be doing littoral
warfare anyway? There has been some muttering about the Straits of
Malacca, so are we saying LCS will be used against pirates? But our
regular navy warships seem to do just fine. We have to sweep mines.
Yes we do, and we do it the way we’ve always done it, with
minesweepers protection by air and naval units. Absolutely, we need
to land special force teams on shore. There are many ways of doing
it aside from putting an unsurvivable ship close to shore. Moreover,
we can continue doing the inshore mission the way we’ve done it
always: attain air and naval superiority over a body of water and
then go in close.
·
Oh yes,
and please to notice the US Navy’s famed Congressional Butt Kissing
which has resulted in a complete, appalling mess of ship names. One
of the LCSs is named after Gabby Giffords. Frigates and destroyers
are named after naval heroes. Nice to known where Gabby won her Navy
Cross of CMOH while on naval service. We won’t go on about the
naming issue, because then we will definitely start getting rude and
crude.
·
Editor
plans to write to the US Navy and offer an LCS alternative: Made in
China rubber duckies at $100-million each. Talk about cheap! Talk
about stealth! Enemy will NEVER spot a rubber duck at sea. But,
you’ll object, what fighting capability does a rubber duckie have?
Just a bit less than an LCS’s fighting capability, and you can buy
15 for the cost of an LCS. Plus with the money Editor can retire and
not have to write articles about the US Naval Klowne Service.
0230 GMT July 14, 2012
·
Revisiting Hormuz Just to
remind: ORCD nations at this time are holding approximately
2.5-billion barrels as crude + product stuffs; national strategic
reserves are extra. About 15 tankers carrying 17-million barrels of
oil/day transit Hormuz.
·
Capacity
of pipeline bypassing Hormuz is not easily estimated bevause in the
last four years, since Hormuz again became a hot issue, improvements
may have taken place that we don’t know about. Currently, as best we
can tell, Yanbu has 4-million bbl/day unused, Shedgum-Yanbu at
1.2-million is about ready; trans-Oman at 1.5-million is ready, and
there seem to about 1.5-million natgas-to-liquids pipelines around.
Say about 8-million bbl/day. Take
a round figure, 10-million bbl/day will be lost if Hormuz is closed.
·
Okay, now
you cannot run down your oil stocks to zero for various reasons, but
likely along with US SPR there’s about 2-billion barrels in reserve.
Enough for 200-days of Hormuz closure.
·
Editor
has been using a figure of 30-90 days closure of Hormuz, indicating
in the worst case, there will be plenty of oil. As for prices, we’ve
already noted many time that governments will ban forward trading in
oil and take other measures to freeze the price, so there is not
going to be a price increase.
·
The other
day we learned that US believes it can reopen Hormuz in 5-10 days,
which is not unreasonable given preparedness has been steadily
stepped up and more preparations will be made before west provokes a
Hormuz closure. For Editor’s planning, he would say 10-30 days.
·
The
technical problem is that the Hormuz’s two tanker lanes, each 2-km
wide, have to be kept minefree. Moreover, tanker and other traffic
in the Persian Gulf will also be restricted to swept lanes. It is
not as if the Gulf has to be kept clear, because ships will not be
wandering off as and when they please. This is definitely within
reach of current capabilities.
·
But
cannot Iran attacks ships in the Gulf and pipelines with missiles
and aircraft? Sure they can. The problem for Iran is that this
creates a situation equating to a declaration of war. In fact, even
mining Hormuz is a declaration of war if a single mine should stray
1-meter into international waters in Hormuz. War means the
west/allies will not stop until Iran is destroyed, take it 60-days
or 600. Every factory, power plants, bridge, whatnot that relates in
any way to Iran’s military ability will be destroyed. Does Iran want
this? Either Iran is rational or not. If it is not rational, this
discussion is irrelevant, and they need to be preemptively whacked
for good. If they are rational, we cannot see Iran being so foolish
as to provoke its destruction.
·
We’ve
said enough times and we think most people now understand: the west
is not going to send any naval units or merchantmen through Hormuz
or within reach of Iranian missiles and aircraft till the latter are
wiped out. There has been altogether too much foolish talk about
swarm tactics and small boat attacks. We are not going to go into
this because it is a bit complicated. But essentially, small boats
cannot operate after their shore bases are destroyed and after air
supremacy over the water is established. Sure, the IRGC is quite
capable of launching suicide attacks, one-time, one-way missions by
boats hidden along the coast. First they have to find a target,
second they have to survive air attack to reach the target, third
they have to get through the navies’ ship defenses, and fourth they
have to cause damage. Fast boats with a couple of heavy machine guns
are going to achieve nothing except get splatted. As for rigging
bigger boats ad hoc with a torpedo or an anti-ship missile, good
luck with that. If Iranians want to come to Allah that badly, better
to shoot themselves.
·
So,
Editor, you are saying a Hormuz closure is not a problem? Yes. So
you are saying we can go ahead and whack Iran without fear of
consequences? Well, that’s a political issue, not a military issue.
We’re not saying that anything about the politics of the matter.
0230 GMT July 13, 2012
·
The only thing worse than a Big Bully is a Small Bully
That the US bullies everyone it can
except Russia and China is well known. Russia still has those 3000
warheads (or whatever), and we want so badly to make money from
China that we’ll sell our souls to Beijing. (Correction: we have
sold our souls to Beijing, refer to Tibet as a start.)
·
India,
possibly inspired by the US throwing its weight around, has decided
to become a small bully in the matter of Denmark. Denmark, which is
smaller than all but the very smallest Indian states, refuses to
extradite to India a terror suspect. We never followed the details
of the case, but somehow the gent is tied up with an alleged arms
drop to Maoist rebels in 1995. One Britisher and seven Latvians were
arrested and severed various jail terms before being pardoned by the
Indian president (rather peculiar, but then people from Iowa like
Editor don’t know a while lot). Denmark agreed to extradite this
gent; he appealed, saying Indian jails were a crime against humanity
or something and Indian authorities regularly torture suspects. All
true, but India gave assurances the suspect would be comfortably
accommodated and not mistreated. Editor for one has no trouble
accepting India will keep its word. But the Danish court was not
persuaded.
·
So now
India has ordered a downgrade of diplomatic relations with Denmark.
Oh Brave India! May be next we can push around Monaco!
·
The
reason Editor is being sarcastic is the matter of one David Headley,
mastermind of the 2008 Bombay attack, which was serious stuff. US
captured the man, and leave alone extradite him to India,
allowed India to question him
only for a week in the presence of US officers. Has India downgraded
relationships with the US? Of course not. We tugged our forelock and
begged Uncle Sam to let us kiss his skinny butt, and doubtless asked
Washington what else India could concede so that we are allowed to
kiss Sam’s butt in the future.
·
The US
excuse is so pathetic Editor doubts his fave among the kids on the
street, an ultra-cute 3-year old, would be taken in. US says it is a
condition of the plea deal Headley made (after being told by the US
what the Indians would do to him after they got their hands on him)
that he not be extradited to India. We don’t know what the US
promised him about the Indians not questioning him, but one may ask
how can it harm anyway to have Indian law enforcement officers
questioning him in the presence of US officers.
·
The US
further says that six Americans were killed (or something), so it
has permanent dibs on this scumbag. So since 100+ Indians were
killed, we can now calculate 16 Indian lives equate to just one
America, and the best part of this is the Indians have quietly
accepted this. Please note the Indians did not even demand they be
given Headley first: they were willing to wait till he finished his
US sentence.
·
Now, in
case you’re wondering why the US is behaving so weirdly toward an
ally, wonder no more. Headley was a double, having worked also for
the US DEA and who knows where else. Is the US worried Headley’s DEA
dealings will come out? Doubtful: India and US cooperate very
closely on drugs. What will come out is all sorts of other stuff
which will upset not just the Indians, but a whole bunch of others
who will feel the US has shafted them in the GWOT. Editor has been
told one of the things that will make India hit the roof is that the
US let Headley do his thing regarding Bombay because Washington was
running him in something more important (to the US).
·
Did
Editor just say the US was complicit by overlooking planning for a
terrorist attack against India? Yup. That’s what he said. BTW, he
was not told the above by Indian sources. Is this serious? Well,
morally it is not. Every country plays double games to pursue its
national interests, India is no exception. That is why Editor does
not blame US for its stand on Headley.
·
Who
Editor blames is India. The very first time the US told India it
would not extradite Headley to India immediately after finishing its
joint interrogation with India, the Ministry of External Affairs
should have shut down the US Embassy, expelled every counselor and
embassy officer, cancelled all official visits, repudiated ALL
bilateral agreements with the US, barred entry of all US origin
airlines and cargoes to India, refused to renew the visas of any
Americans in India (including those of Indian origin), stopped
issuing new visas to all Americans for any reasons, and gone to the
ICC, the European Court, and the US Supreme Court.
·
Those who
know Editor (and three of you read the blog, so do not lie that you
do not) will be laughing and saying “There he goes again! Over the
top!” Not at all. With the US you cannot afford to play games. You
cannot afford to make threats or practice gradual escalation. The
one thing Editor understands is America, and US is a very tough
hombre (or should that be very tough mujer given we are in the era
of gender equality?).
·
And
Editor assures readers that the US takes India with so little
seriousness that it would have laughed off anything less than a
total strike. Please note that Editor is NOT saying India should
have threatened to do those things. It should have DONE those things
without uttering a word. The US is a country where policy is made as
compromises among many players. One the one side would have been CIA
and the US National Security Advisor. On the other side would have
been every single other single American interest: economic,
political, media, education, defense, whatever. No guessing who
would have won.
0230 GMT July 12, 2012
·
The United States of Lies Us
Indians not just have big fat weddings, we are also big fat liars.
But we know this, and we admit this to the first person who asks how
truthful we are as a people. A case can even be made that we Indians
lie so heartily because we do not want to cause pain to the party to
whom we are lying. For example, you hand over your advance for work
to be done as agreed, after I tell you your work will take a week. I
know it will take at least a month for me to even start thinking
about starting your work. But if I tell you that, you will feel bad.
Because I have deep empathy for you, I lie to you. Get it?
·
But
Americans are not supposed to lie. For starters, it is against the
Ten Commandments, and therefore against God. Americans say they are
a godly people, so taking them at their word, the assumption is they
don’t lie. Except when they do. We Indians simply lie outright:
there is no clever shading of our lies. But Americans, to save
themselves from going to the Hot Downstairs Place (or so they think)
do their best to lie without actually lying. “Depends on what the
meaning of “is” is” being the Baby Boomer Number One Lie, not easily
equaled. But then our former Prez Billabobo was a very smart man –
and a lawyer too.
·
Editor
was brought up in Christian schools in India, and then in America.
He was told that lying is against god and man. Incidentally the
Hinduism in which the Editor was brought up also said lying was
wrong, and you would be punished under the law of karma for lying.
Just wanted to remind Editor’s fellow country people of this.
·
When
Editor was first here on the ‘States as a young person, he lived
mainly in New England, assumed everyone spoke the truth, and had no
problems with anyone. When he returned in 1989, it was to the
Washington area, and not a year seems to pass but that he takes a
big setback because he has assumed A is telling the truth, whereas A
is lying. Cleverly, to be sure, but lying nonetheless. But enough
moaning and whining. Editor knows three-quarters of the 100 people
who read the blog do it to reassure themselves that “thanks
goodness, my life is not as pathetic as Editor’s, there’s still hope
for me.” Nonetheless, making another futile attempt to get the
world’s pity is not tonight’s objective.
·
For a
long time this business of America sending jobs has bothered Editor
because whatever he reads says that actually this is not a
particular problem, we don’t lose enough jobs to overseas to make a
difference. And yet, till recently, not a day seemed to pass that in
the newspaper one didn’t read of another factory closing, and not a
visit to the hardware store, department store, or computer store
passed without noticing that more and more products said “Made in
China”.
·
Today
enlightenment hit. The source, of all places, was the Washington
Post, which is the national standard of the Washington elite, which
together manage about half the lies in America – on a bad day. The
person who enlightened us was Robert J. Samuelson, an economist. He
started his article by explaining that off-shoring and out-sources
were two different things, and then went on to say how America has
not really off-shored that many jobs. We waited for him to discuss
how many jobs have been off-shored, but he just lightly passed over
that topic as if had vanished into the Mists of Avalon and ceased to
exist as far as us mere mortals are concerned.
·
Then it
hit us how the people can say with a straight face that America has
not off-shored that many jobs. They can say it because it is
absolutely true. You see, off-shoring means sending the job
overseas. So if you are ABC Corp, and you open a technical support
division in Bangalore, India, under the banner of ABC Corp, you have
off-shored a job. But if, like Steve Jobs of Apple you have
contracted with Foxconn to make your electronics, permitting Jobs to
fire all his US manufacturing staff, while Foxconn hires a million
Chinese, you have destroyed several hundred thousand American jobs,
but you have off-shored not
one. Brilliant. And Mr.
Samuelson has lied to his readers, but without telling them a single
lie. He just focused on the figure that made his case, and ignored
the one that destroyed it. We are told this is quite acceptable a
mode of dialog in America today.
·
The problem is, and lying
Americans don’t get it, is that your intent counts as much as your
deed. If your intent is to deceive or mislead to gain advantage, you
have lied. You can lie to save someone else. Once – this is not
made-up – the wife part of a couple who were Editor’s friends came
rushing into Editor’s house crying “My husband caught me with my
boyfriend and he’s chasing me with murderous intent! Save me!” (This
sort of thing happens a lot in India – or at least used to.) So
Editor pushed into the guest bedroom and resumed tying (he did not
have money for a computer, PCs were just coming in). Sure enough
husband arrived breathing fire and brimstone, enveloped in a dark
cloud of smoke, brandishing a small caliber pistol (a .22, but a .22
can kill you just as dead if aimed right as a .44) yelling “Where is
she! I know she’d have run here!” Editor told his friend that friend
was welcome to look around the house, and after all, it was Editor’s
duty to deny protection to a cheating wife, given husband and Editor
were friends since kindergarten. Friend went off.
·
Editor
hopes that on Accounting Day the skinny, balding, long-haired baldy
Upstairs who calls himself God will take into account Editor lied to
save someone from harm. If Old Baldy does not accept it, well, too
bad for Editor, it is not like he is going to heaven any way. But
when Mr. Samuelson lies, it’s to protect the interests of his class
against the interests of the American working man. So may be when he
goes for Accounting Day, Old Baldy will be sitting behind a one-acre
sized desk made of illegal Burmese Mahogany and smoking a large
Havana, and telling Mr. Samuelson: “Great job, my boy, thanks to
your obfuscation the masses didn’t burn down the factories in which
I invested thanks to your stock tips. So it’s the Triple Deluxe
Heavenly suite for you, complete with 77 virgins and a rubber duckie
for your bath.”
·
If so,
Editor does not begrudge Mr. Samuelson his good luck. But that would
mean God is not on the side of the ordinary person. That would mean
the Bible lies. Now, let Editor ask you frankly: if your choice is
between believing that God cares not a bit for ordinary people, and
will reward Mr. S for his lies, or that God is going to send him
immediately to the downstairs place for lying, which way would you
bet?
0230 GMT July 11, 2012
Yesterday’s This and That
2030 GMT July 10, 2012
·
Egypt update Today the banned
parliament is to meet under orders from the new President, an
Islamist. The Supreme Court had declared parliament illegal on
instructions from the military, because of the predominance of
Islamists (the Muslim Brotherhood). The Army says it will not permit
the Supreme Court to be flouted. If course, what the army is really
say is that it not be flouted.
·
The
President has offered a compromise: Parliament will sit only long
enough to adopt a new constitution, and then be dissolved in favor
of new elections. How this is a compromise is unclear to us, because
likely fresh elections will only return the Islamists to power.
Perhaps the President wants to show the world – and the Army – that
the first victory was no fluke. But then this is strengthening
himself, hardly likely to be seen as a compromise by the Army.
·
Nevertheless, the US President has invited the Egyptian President to
visit Washington. We think this is a smart move. Automatically
opposing ideologies you do not like is not always the best way to
combat them. US’s biggest concern is preserving the Israeli-Egypt
peace treaty, and we assume if US has to make nice to the Islamists
to achieve this, it will. Further, you cannot claim to be democratic
and then refuse to accept democracies that you do not like. If the
rest of the world sees America refusing to accept the new Egyptian
government, it will only be confirmed in its belief the Americans
are big fat hypocrites, which truthfully we often are, though less
so than in the past. Remember we finally accepted the Nicaraguan
government led by former Sandinistas, and the sky has not fallen.
And on the economic, political, and military level, Vietnam and us
are getting to be BFFs. If we can make friends with a hated former
enemy, we can make friends with Islamists.
·
Americans
will legitimately ask: but what if the Islamists, having gained
power democratically, use the power to become autocrats? Yes, that
could definitely happen. The correct response is not to prejudge the
future. If the Islamists destroy freedom, the Egyptian people will
speak out. We can help them at that time, legitimately.
·
The United States of Prurience
America’s Islamist enemies prefer to
liken to the US as Sodom and Gomorrah, raised to the power 10.
Americans are supposed to be wildly obsessed with sex to the point
we are wildly without virtue. Perhaps this is true. But sometimes
Editor wonders if, despite all the bravado, Americans are actually
getting any sex.
·
The other
day in Mali, three American soldiers entertaining themselves on
their own time had an accident, drove off a bridge, and killed
themselves. When the media wonders what they were up to, the media
is perfectly within its rights. After all, when the Mali coup took
place the US Government said it was withdrawing its trainers and
advisors from the country. Now that Al Qaeda has seized the northern
part of Mali, it looks like the US is back, and of course this is
intriguing.
·
But where
the media is off bounds is in discussing three Moroccan ladies,
presumably of malleable virtue, who were in the vehicle and who also
died. This has nothing to do with the real story, and except in the
United States of Prurience, it is absolutely no one’s business
except that of the adults and their families.
·
If we
Americans were indeed getting lots of IT (not Information
Technology, but “it” in capitals), seems to Editor we really would
not care what other Americans are doing on their own time. The
French, who on good authority we are told are getting lots of IT,
never seem to be bothered by what their fellow humans are doing. A
former president of the Republic not only acknowledged his
illegitimate daughter; he had her come live at the presidential
palace. Compare with the John Edwards affair. And please, let us not
get all pursed-lips and say “that was about his breaking the law on
campaign funds”. Everyone knows it had do only with United States of
Prurience and our lasting joy at pulling down a man or a woman who
is getting IT while we are not.
The current president of the republic had four kids with his
long-time mistress, then left her and took off with another mistress
– who occupies not just the Presidential Palace but the Presidential
Bed, and who seems to like nothing better than publically snarking
off at the previous mistress. Can you imagine such a situation with
President Obama or President Romney?
0230 GMT July 9, 2012
·
As tensions with Syria/Iran increase so does talk about $250 oil and even $500
oil. Would those people explain to us why are they assume that in
case of war the free-market will continue to operate? Forward
trading and oil prices will immediately be frozen, and rationing
will be imposed. That is the way it always is in wartime.
Speculators will crash and burn.
·
We forgot to explain yesterday about aliens attacking Earth
Please forget about giant
spaceships. If anyone wanted to take over earth for themselves, they
would use bio-engineered replicating viruses to wipe out wipe out
humans while posing no harm to the aliens. Alistair Reynolds, the
best hard sci-fi writer around (at least we think so), has come up
with replicating nanomachines that turn everything to goo (“Silver
Rain”). An excellent idea if you are a moody alien and just want to
kill, but not useful for occupying earth.
·
Actually the whole aliens wanting Earth meme
doesn’t make a lot of sense.
Why would they want earth? For its resources? But given the enormous
energy costs of interstellar travel, won’t it be simpler to invest
in nanofabs that take in whatever abundant material aliens happen to
have (mud or water in our case), and produce what they need? Isn’t
it simpler to reduce the population through negative growth so that
the remaining people/aliens have very high living standards (Issac
Asimov’s “Robots of Dawn”)?
·
Now, of
course, the aliens might want the Kardashian Sisters and Madonna,
Brittany Spears, Justin Beiber, and Taylor Swift. Editor does think
that should a spaceship arrive and threaten to vaporize the Earth
unless these people were handed over immediately, some sort of deal
could be quickly worked out. Don’t
you? Then with Earth’s finest in alien hands, Earth can start its
takeover of the galaxy. These people will turn the aliens’ brains to
mush and the aliens will not be able to resist us. Hahahahaha!
·
Oh wait,
maybe it is too late. May be the aliens gave us these people and now
our brains have turned to mush and
we have been taken over.
The aliens must own a powerful lot of beer, pizza, and potato chip
factories. Or may be humans did take over the galaxy and the most
hopeless cases are exiled to Earth as a humane alternative to
euthanization. Anything under a 200 IQ might be considered a
complete moron unable to function. Or may be that is why we are so
violent: the violent ones have been sent to Earth.
·
Whistling in the dark: Assad and his anti-ship exercises Personally we have no objection of Assad
wants to boost domestic morale by launching fireworks from his ships
and helicopters. He says it is to defeat an invasion. Our problem
would be if he believes what he is saying, because then he and
reality are parting company. For starters, who says the US will do
an Inchon on Assad?
·
We’ve
made the same point regarding Iran, which is always posturing with
its navy in Hormuz and the Gulf. US Navy has no intention of
fighting sea battles with the Iranians. In both cases, US will stand
safely out of range of Syrian/Iran defenses and take as many days as
needed to wipe out their navies, shore bases, and air defense
systems. US bombed Iraq for 38 days (if we recall correctly) before
launching a ground invasion. In the case of Iran/Syria there will be
no ground invasion.
·
US will
do a Libya on Syria. After the navy and air defenses are eliminated,
US/allies will kill the armor and artillery. Sure it will take time:
Assad has plenty of both. But no one is in any particular rush.
0230 GMT July 8, 2012
·
Aliens likely jellyfish as big as football fields
says a British scientist, and made of
silicon rather than carbon. Their natural habitats would be gas
giants like Saturn and Jupiter. Arthur C. Clarke, of course, foresaw
similar aliens decades ago. The scientist also believes there may be
no more than four intelligent species in the galaxy. Excluding us,
obviously. We are sentient, but hardly intelligent.
http://tinyurl.com/7vscoj8
·
US developing new bunker bomb
specifically for internal carriage in an
F-35, but also available for other aircraft. It is a 2000-lb class
weapon, but with the penetration of a 5000-lb class bomb. The
additional penetration is achieved by using a solid-fuel rocket
motor to accelerate the bomb and by ensuring it hits a target at the
right angle. This is a response to the ever increasing number of
deeply hardened targets.
http://tinyurl.com/bvg8z49
·
By the way, anyone know what happened to the idea of sequencing bunker
busters, i.e., firing a second into the hole made by the first? Of
course, an X-37 type spacecraft armed with tungsten penetrators
should be able to hit really deep targets. A quick Wikipedia trawl
suggests that the US MOAB weighs 8-tons and produces a blast equivalent to
11-tons of TNT. Interestingly, the tungsten penetrator also weighs
8-tons (6-meter length, 0.3-meter diameter) and also produces
11-tons TNT blast. The MOAB is, of course, an air blast weapon, not
a penetrator. The Russians claim an air blast bomb of 44-tons TNT.
Many are skeptical particularly as no imagery of the weapon has been
released. No details on weight and delivery vehicle.
·
Sigh. Every time Editor reads Pravda he wants to move to Russia. An endless supply
of hot ladies, mysterious beings, and conspiracies. The latest
Pravda conspiracy involved three alien spacecraft that are on their
way to attack earth. The biggest is over 200-kilometers across. The
US Government, knows this, but is keeping quiet for unspecified
reasons.
http://tinyurl.com/2gxdycb
·
Speaking
of hot ladies, it’s summer and the Editor’s YMCA pool is crowded.
Lots of ladies. But in the last few days Editor has come to
conclusion that not all young ladies should wear bikinis. In fact,
most should not. Editor does not want to go all Joe Conrad on his
readers and scream “The horror, the horror”, but he sure feels like
so doing. America is now the land of the flabby and the home of the
over-fed. There is nothing so queasy-making as seeing a – er –
sturdy young American lass proceeding with the same assurance and
dimensions as the battleship USS
Iowa.
And you know what is many
times more horror-inducing that old ladies in bikinis? It is old men
in bikinis.
·
Mr. Cruise and Ms. Holmes
Their split made Editor quite sad. He was a bit surprised at
himself. Having himself gone through four divorces, two involving
kids, Editor knows there is no such thing as a “good divorce” when
there are kids, and while brave people may act as if theirs is a
good divorce, one party or the other or both are lying.
·
We loved
Mr. Cruise in Top Gun, but
let us face it, when you have a movie about the latest fighter jets,
it wouldn’t have mattered if Mr. Cruise looked like Jabba The Hut,
Editor would have loved the movie any way. After that whenever
Editor saw a photo or movie with Mr. Cruise in it, he had to pause
because there was just this really strange aura around the man, and
it was not a nice aura. Then he broke up with Ms. Kidman, and Editor
thought that Ms. Cruise was not an admirable person. Cannot say why
Editor felt like that, because he was never fond of Ms. Kidman – too
much the classic female victim that you want to put as much distance
between as Voyager has put from Earth. But still, there was
something just so wrong about what Mr. Cruise did.
·
Then we
come to Ms. Holmes. Now again, truthfully, Editor has never been a
fan of Ms. Holmes and has never seen a movie of hers. The reason is
simple. To Editor she looks like a scaled-up version of many of his
8th Grade girls, dressed in Mommy’s clothes. To put it
politely, it leaves one with a very creepy feeling, just as you
would feel if your 8th Grade daughter suddenly grew
overnight to twice her size and became a big movie star about whom
tens of millions of men were having less-than-pure thoughts.
·
Nonetheless, from the media images one could see Ms. Holmes really
cared for Mr. Cruise and that she was neglected and unhappy. We
think Mr. Cruise really cared for his daughter, who he will now get
to see except under the tightest and most restrictive supervision
because of his religion. He did not much care for Ms. Holmes,
though; but still, it is sad to see a father lose his child.
Nonetheless, may be suggest next time he gets together with a lady
shorter than himself.
·
Doubtless
you are saying: “Hold on, Editor old boy, aren’t you projecting a
bit much when you have never met these people in person?” Not
really. If you have time to spend even just a year in India, many
wise men can teach you how to read people simply via their
photograph. One of the things Editor learned was that even the
camera captures a person only at one moment in time, it does not
lie. Ever.
·
India has
a much greater density of wise men, holy men, and saints per square
kilometer than the rest of the world put together. It is not like
America does not have its wise men, saints, etc. But if there are
ten A1 Quality such people in the US, there are at least a hundred
thousand A1s in India. Next time you are in India, try this. Stop the first Indian you see
and tell her/him you would like to meet a wise man, a guru, a seer,
or the like today, without leaving town. Odds very much are you will
before nightfall, no matter where in India you are.
·
One of
the most serendipitous events in life is suddenly realizing that
someone you have long known, and have taken for granted, is actually
a wise person. This was the case with an admirer of Mrs. R. IV. He
was the laughing stock of the gang, trying desperately to be
accepted, but laughed at for being a heavy duty stoner, a
schizophrenic, plain crazy, and never able to get a girlfriend.
Well, one day Editor was with friends of Mrs. R IV and on the living
room table he saw something that looked like a blown-up 33-rpm
record label with writing all over it. His host told Editor that was
a poem by the said crazy person, and not to bother reading it
because it was gibberish. Editor picked it up, could not make out
the writing – not being stoned – but noticed it was a single line,
written starting from the hole on which the turntable needle goes,
and spiraling outward – easily 200 words or more were in that poem,
the breaks being delineated by the backslash that poetry people use.
·
That
image stuck with Editor. Then one day said stoner poet said
something to one of the girls in the group that made no sense, and
annoyed her terribly to the point she demanded he leave her alone.
But for the first time in the several years Editor knew this young
person, what he said was so utterly clear and so utterly profound
that Editor went: “OMG! He’s one of them! We’ve been saying he’s
crazy, but he’s actually saner and in closer touch with reality than
any of us are!” The memory of the way the poem was written acted as
the secret decoder ring.
·
Editor
started listening to the young man’s utterances, and he said many
profound things. Editor’s efforts to convince Mrs. R IV’s friends
(and Mrs R. IV) that he was not crazy but a sage were met with
polite silence. Editor was much older to these kids, so they gave
him deference, to his face at least. But he could tell they were
only indulging Editor because they were fond of him in the same way
they might be fond of their crazy uncle.
·
In every
religion, every system of philosophy, it says very clearly that the
Divine is constantly talking to us in a myriad raised to a myriad
ways, using every thing on earth, even a stone, as messenger. But we
have to be willing to listen. It is no use seeking answers with ears
closed and then complaining no one gives you the answers.
0230 GMT July 7, 2012
·
Personally, we do not think the defection
of a one-star Syrian Republican Guard
general is that big of a deal. The issue of Mr. Assad will be
decided on the ground. After being almost wiped out, the rebels have
recovered thanks to military and cash aid provided by Sunni Gulf
states with US blessing. Syria has stopped publishing details of
soldier funerals, and this has to mean government casualties are
mounting. We are told that around 50 soldiers a day are being
killed, which works out to 15,000-18,000 a year. This is serious
stuff particularly if the situation worsens for the army. But
remember, most of the Libyan Army deserted. It made no difference;
Gadaffi loyalist forces were still beating the stuffing out of the
rebels. The air strikes finished off the Libyan army. So from where
we are sitting, it still seems touch and go.
·
Now, of
course the fall of Assad will lead to instability. The entire Middle
East, bar Israel, has been unstable since the colonial powers left
because there is no true democracy. Lebanon did, and largely still
has, a proper democracy. Used to be in the days Editor was wandering
around that everyone agreed to leave Lebanon alone because (a) they
needed a peaceful place to party; and (b) a safe place to put their
money. But then the tensions between Christians, Sunnis, Shias
became too much, Syria stepped in from one side, and Israel from the
other, and the place was destroyed. Every revolution in the region
severely destabilizes surviving countries. And America’s BFFs the
Saudis are an example of a country that very badly needs a
revolution. Not only are Saudi Shias severely repressed, so are the
nation’s Sunnis. Bahrain, UAE, Kuwait are experimenting with
democracy but the ruling elite will not let go. There is no end to
the instability: even if the Middle East states sorted themselves
out, the Kurd problem would start getting out of hand. The Kurds
want their own country. The Iraqi Shias, to their credit, do not
seem committed to kill their Kurds rather than let them go their own
way. But the Turks and Iranians are quite prepared to kill everyone.
·
You sort
out that problem, and then you get the problem of the Baluch
(Afghanistan-Iran-Pakistan); you get the Pashtoon problem
(Afghanistan-Pakistan). There may or may not be a Sindhi problem –
on this we disagree with our Indian friends. It seems to us if
Pakistan Punjabis are willing to share power fairly – which they
should not hesitate from as they are in the big majority – the
problem can be sorted out.
·
Now you
might ask, particularly if you are a Pakistani, dear Editor, why are
you stopping there? Your Kashmiris want to secede, and so do your
Northeastern tribes. Admittedly it is taking the Indian Government a
very long time to accommodate the just demands of the North East
tribes – as is also the case with the Central Indian peoples that
make up the Maoist insurgency. But ploddingly India is getting
there. As for Kashmir, while again we disagree with our fellow
Indians, most people seem to accept that the trouble in Kashmir
arose because the Central Government was unwilling to compromise
with Kashmiri regionalism. This after 30-years of doing so, a time
when Kashmiris were happy to consider themselves Indian. Now,
whatever the rights and wrong here, as far as Editor is concerned,
if secessionist Kashmiris were to speak for themselves, instead of
claiming to speak for the Hindus, Sikhs, Buddhists, Shia, and herder
Sunnis who are happy to be
part of India, and who constitute by far the greater majority of
Jammu & Kashmir, we could get some clarity on this issue. In the
absence of this, to give Jammu and Kashmir to the secessionists is
to disregard the majority, and to abandon them to the same Sunni
fanaticism that is tearing Pakistan apart. And no Kashmir settlement
is possible without ALL of Kashmir – that includes the parts under
Pakistan, which will be pried away only from Pakistan’s cold, dead
hands.
·
We could
carry on. Russia is unstable, so is Africa, and so are parts of
Europe. Most of the secessions have been sorted out with violence
(FRY), but there have been many others done peacefully. The
dissolution of the Soviet empire was done with a single gunshot,
Czechs and Slovaks went their way in friendship. If Belgium splits,
it will be peaceful, as will a potential separation of North and
South Italy. The dissolution of Great Britain is happening
peacefully. Africa remains the source of many, many conflicts.
·
Even in
the US, one has to wonder if we are not reaching the stage where our
ideologies are diverging to the point we may have to revert to a
confederation to keep the country together.
·
Two
points. The only thing constant is change. It is in general a good
thing not to try to stop change, because it happens anyway, after a
lot of blood is shed. So saying we cannot intervene in Syria and all
that is utter nonsense. We can, we should, and then we should get
out letting the people decide. We wisely did that in Iraq and in
Libya, we did that in Tunisia and Egypt. Sure, administration
opponents in Bush’s time and Obama’s time are busy snarking “so tell
us what the US achieved”. Perhaps nothing, but we intervened because
justice and moral law required us to. We very well may have to
intervene again in these very same countries, and let them alone
afterward, just as we are doing now. One revolution does not
necessarily settle all a nation’s issues for all time.
·
This
brings us to the second point, concerning what is the underlying
idea of America, that special thing that makes us Americans and
therefore different from others? The answer is simple. Americans
were the first to believe in government of the people, by the
people, and for the people. This was revolutionary idea in the 18th
Century, and it destroyed the old world order without America
killing anyone. Yes, there was regression, because the democratic
white powers embarked on colonialism, and the Russians embarked on
creating one of the most formidable and brutal empires of all time.
That alone shows the path to freedom is neither straight nor
painless. And here we do not have to point to America’s own struggle
to live up to its own ideals.
·
Between
around 1880 and 1980 America reneged on its own ideals, becoming a
status quo power and not a revolutionary power. Between 1880 and
1945 it was choice, 1945 to 1980 it was by necessity, because we had
to our allies where we found them to fight the existential Soviet
threat. But Jimmy Carter returned America to its revolutionary path,
where we have stayed more or less.
·
Why
should America get anything out of helping other countries get their
freedom? Freedom is an absolute value, a moral value, it is divinely
inspired. If your neighbor falls, do you ask “what do I get from
helping him?” No. You help him because it is your moral duty to help
him. So it is with Syria. No one says that America must get into
massive trouble to help others, as happened in Iraq and Afghanistan.
We helped Libya without losing one American life, at the cost of a
few billion dollars. We can, should, must do the same for Syria.
0230 July 6, 2012
Apologies: got busy with work
and forget we had promised an update for yesterday.
·
UN proposes billionaires tax
says Agence France Presse
http://ca.news.yahoo.com/un-calls-billionaires-tax-help-worlds-poor-211640656.html The idea is to channel 1% of the billionaires’
$4.6-trillion wealth annually to fund the UN’s good causes.
·
Editor
proposes all UN officers making over $50,000 pay 1% extra annual
tax to fund Editor. Does that make sense? No less sense than the
UN’s proposal. And Editor is not pleading for billionaires. He
regards them with the same affection as he does blood-sucking lice,
which they are. But on what moral basis does the UN issue this
proposal? Is it a world government? Last we heard, fiscal policy was
a matter under the authority of nation states.
·
Editor
feels the US taxation structure is obscene because it allows the
rich to make as much money as they can while their workers and
compatriots pay higher taxes. Oh, it is said, the rich generate
jobs. Please, already, people! You and me generate jobs just as well
because we consume and we pay taxes. Editor would feel perfectly
happy if financial/speculative profits were taxed at 90% regardless
of how much or how little money a person made.
He would feel equally happy if ten billionaires
a year where chosen for execution in horribly painful ways each
year, lots drawn at random. They would be spared if they gave away
all their money.
·
No
sympathy for the rich will be found at Orbat.com. But that doesn’t
mean the UN has any moral justification whatsoever for its
confiscatory scheme. The UN believes it speaks for the world’s poor
so it is entitled to have extra money to look after the world’s
poor. Question the first: can we have a 67-year cost benefit
analysis of how much good the UN has done the world’s poor as
opposed to the individual rich nations’ individual aid programs?
Question the second: what exactly do the rich in America owe the
poor in, say, India?
·
We feel US
owes zero. If India is still a poor country 65-years after
independence, it is the fault of the Indian elite and not of the US.
If many less-developed nations cannot provide basic service to their
people, how does it make sense to blame colonial powers? In Latin
America’s case the colonial power has been gone for two centuries.
To say the US supported repressive regimes and that is why these
countries are poor is a statement without any evidence. Etc etc –
there is hardly any need to go on. In India’s case, how much aid has
been lost to corruption? How can a country that produces enough food
to feed everyone at a minimum level have 40% hungry people? What has
this to do with UK, the colonial power? In the late 1970s Editor saw
a study – admittedly by a business group – that said if India had
let the free market develop, its GDP would have been 5-times higher.
Whose fault is Indian “socialism” which is simply shorthand for
government corruption? Again, we hardly need to go on.
·
There is
an American slogan that behind its simplicity conceals a great
truth: No taxation without representation. Since when does the UN
represent the world’s nations such as would permit it to levy a
billionaires tax. In India we have democracy, but the people have no
voice in how their taxes are spent. In America, equally ruled by
special interests, ordinary people have considerable say in how
their taxes are spent, but the system is geared to help the special
interests first, and only secondarily the people. So now instead of
straightening things at home, we should agree to the insertion of
another level of parasites to bleed the people, the UN in this case?
·
Again, to
be clear: Editor by no means believes that taxation for the
provision of services and goods needed by the people is parasitism.
Those who hold these views – and there are many – are simply
displaying the usual American mindless extremism. It is just not
true that the private sector is more efficient that the government
in all or even most cases. If you doubt that, please imagine a world
where your police was provided by private companies. They would
provide it by cutting off all areas where they lose money. If the
private sector is so great, how come in Europe governments provide
superior care outcomes at half the GDP we spend? And so on. And of
course, to many Americans, privatization means the government should
collect taxes and hand them over to the corporates so they can make
a profit. The American people have to be the most naïve of all
people in history.
0230 GMT July 4, 2012
Happy Birthday, USA. Focus on renewing yourself and spending less
time throwing your military might around. Guns are an important
instrument of power. More important is economic power. Pay attention
to what’s important.
·
Iran Parliament debating plan to stop tankers from transiting Hormuz
The story from the New York
Times is at http://t.co/4kMNjshk
If Iran was actually to do this, there would be a huge sigh of
relief in Washington because it would provide carte blanche to
strike Iran.
·
There’s
two ways of looking at this. One is Iran’s way. By using financial
sanctions to prevent people from buying Iranian oil, the US/Allies
are strangling Iran, which is a de facto declaration of war. The
other is the US’s way. We are not physically stopping the flow of
Iran’s oil. Anyone wants to buy it is free to buy it. Iranian ships
have the freedom of the seas. All we are saying is, you buy Iran’s
oil and we will be very unhappy. You will have to choose between
Iran and us.
·
Of course, by imposing
financial sanctions on Iran US/Allies have imposed a de facto
blockade on Iranian exports and imports, which is an act of war in
all but name.
·
Just to
be clear: Editor is all for declaring an outright embargo. He fully
supports the proposition Iran has to be stopped. He opposes the
mind-numbing legal games that America is so fond of. You can slice
and dice the law to such an extreme degree that the law ceases to
have meaning, and this is one of those cases. Declare Iran to be a
threat to American interests, and whack it. It is honest and
straightforward.
·
Iran’s
parliament proposes stopping tankers bound for the US, EU, allies,
and Israel. The only way anyone is going to stop a tanker is by
physical force. The moment you do it to the first tanker, the US
says Iran has violated the freedom of the seas and has committed an
act of war. 99% of America will support unleashing the dogs of war,
and 90% of EU/allies will do the same. Russia and China can say what
they want, they have no means of stopping US/EU/Allies short of
going to war on Iran’s behalf, and obviously that is not going to
happen.
·
So while
Editor in his 3rd World mode perfectly understands Iran’s
frustration, he also has to add that not only is Tehran walking into
the US spider web from which there is no escape, Iran has put itself
in a dangerous spot just by coming up the plan. The US now has an
excuse to launch preemptive strikes against Iran’s navy and shore
defenses. The US justification will be: “US has received information
from multiple sources that Iran intends to start mining Hormuz. We
are only exercising out legitimate right of defense.” Who is going
to prove otherwise? Is someone going to go to the ICC and demand the
US show its classified signals traffic?
·
The US
cannot make up anything it wants because the threat has to be
plausible and probable. Every time Iran – and particularly the
Revolutionary Guard Corps make threats, stage exercises, and boast,
the plausibility and probability Iran may start something increases.
The Iran parliament, just by opening the way to a discussion of
interdicting western-bound tankers, is raising the
plausible/probable part of the equation.
·
The
reality is that Iran has badly overplayed its hand. By attacking
Iraq in 2003 and bringing the Shias to power, the US vastly expanded
Iran’s influence in the Arab world. This is a gift that falls into
your lap once in hundred years. Iran could have kept quiet, instead
it started fighting the US in Iraq – in other worlds, helping its
mortal enemies, the Sunnis. Was this smart? We do not think so. Then
having convinced themselves they were on a roll, Iran expanded its
meddling in the Mideast outside Iraq, and soon all the Sunni regimes
(which is just about everyone) started laying a major hate on Iran.
Was this smart? We do not think so.
·
Iran’s
big problem is its inflated sense of history, which the Shah
suffered from as much as the Mullahs. Iran doesn’t realize no one,
absolutely no one, cares about 2500 years ago when you were a great
empire. And objectively, as empires go, it was not much of an empire
even at its zenith. A hundred years after the collapse of the
Ottoman Empire, Mideast Muslims have not gotten over the ostensible
loss of greatness at western hands. We say ostensible, because of
course the Ottoman Empire was already thoroughly rotten and needed
just a push for it to collapse.
·
Iran has
to learn the only way it can get ahead now is to play the West’s
game, by the West’s rules. Russia is resisting this, and look at the
mess there. The Chinese have wholehearted embraced all the weapons
of the West, economic, military, and imperialist, and lo, they are a
rising superpower. It is China that will challenge the West, not a
pathetically weak Iran.
0230 GMT July 3, 2012
·
Do Americans have a special maxi-stupid gene? Sometimes it seems that way. Item: Reuters says that a US
Navy tanker has sailed for the RIMPAC exercises in Hawaii carrying
900,000 gallons of biofuel. That’s nice, you say, good the Navy is
looking to go green, even if it is a bit odd that a service
dedicated to destroying the environment (collateral to destroying
its targets, of course) is concerned to be green.
http://www.msnbc.msn.com/id/48047296/ns/us_news-environment/#.T_H4mfXhdQg
(Reader Chris Raggio sent the article.)
·
Then we
read the fuel is costing $26/gallon versus regular gasoline at
$3.60, and the fuel is not all that green, because it contains
gasoline and who knows how much energy was used to produce it. But
that is not why we had to smack ourselves – repeatedly – on the head
with a sledgehammer. What was truly astonishing was the Navy’s
defense. We need to reduce our dependence on unstable oil suppliers.
·
Yes we
do. And how about doing that by a small subsidy to natural-gas to
liquid plants? There are other ways also available. Navy: But we
need to subsidize biofuels technology so that the price comes down.
The Navy must lead the nation in innovation. Okay, where is the
North American hydrocarbon shortage to begin with? This bizarrao
news comes with another interesting factoid. The Navy has paid
$424/gallon for fuel derived from algae. Hand over a heavier sledge
hammer, please. Our 12-pounder is not working.
·
AdSense and us So yesterday
we earned zero cents on Adsense, and the graph was, of course flat
lined at zero (Y axis = earnings, X day of the month.) This morning
the line was hitting the top right of the graph. We were impressed.
Till we saw the Y axis scale. It had jumped all the way $0.00 to
$0.01. That means we
earned one cent.
·
Which
reminds us We are told that
in India coins of less than 50-paisa (half-rupee) are no longer
minted, and even the 50-paisa coin is hardly seen. Clearly time to
knock at least one zero off the rupee. It is purely a psychological
thing, but it does make a difference. Ask the French when de Gaulle
knocked two zeroes off the franc. Rupees
5 = dollar 1 is more dignified than Rs 50 = US$1.
·
When
Editor was in elementary school and visiting his grandparents in the
old hometown, his grandmother used to give one or two pice from her
coin purse to give to beggars on the road. One pice was the usual,
and the beggar would thank you. One pice was 1/64th of a
rupee (very roughly a US cent in those days, but clearly still of
value to the very poor).
·
Possibly as a consequence of this grandmother’s training Editor came
to believe that giving money
to the first beggar in the day even if one did not have much was a
duty. So in the 1980s, on leaving his flat in Delhi in the morning,
Editor ran into two gentlemen who claimed to be beggars. They were
better dressed than Editor, but that is the normal situation. In
those days Editor was at the peak of his career as a spy. His usual
mode of transport was a bike – not the fancy things Americans called
bicycles, but the standard Indian 1-gear type. This was inherited
from his younger brother. Brother had decided that India was home
and came back for two years. He bought the bike for his cook. It did
not take long to realize that New York was his home so he left,
donating the bike to Editor. Editor always felt highly thrilled
landing up for dinner with an ambassador or two on his bicycle, with
Mrs. R the IV ridding pillion. Mrs. R was too young to realize this
is not how intellectuals lived. She forgave Editor everything since
he was an intellectual. Until one day in 1983 – Editor still
remembers the day – it suddenly hit her that this was not how
intellectuals lived. That is when the trouble started.
·
Anyway,
we digress. That day the bike had a flat tire; Editor was in a
hurry, so he decided to take the bus. He had two one-rupee bills for
fare (one-rupee each way). And somehow he had managed to save a Rs
20 bill which he had forgotten to put in his drawer. (Probably that
was his monthly payment from the CIA, about $1.50. No wonder Editor
had to spy for anyone who asked him).
·
So the
two gents stopped him and said: “We’re beggars. Can you spare
something?” Editor was apologetic, and said he only had enough for
the day. Which was the two rupees and it was the truth; the Rs 20
was for a house emergency. One of the gents said: “You have a twenty
in your pocket that you will not need today.”
·
Busted.
So Editor sighed and handed it over. Well, it was a hot day, and
standing at the bus stop to return home, the bus was nowhere in
sight. So he spent his remaining rupee not for bus fare, but for a
glass of sugarcane juice. After that it was hi ho, off to home we
go, and just a short ten- kilometer walk home in 105-degrees. Editor
was still in his late thirties and strong as the proverbial ox. And
even had he had the twenty, he would not have used it for the bus.
So the beggars were right: What he had
was enough for the day.
Now he goes out when its 80F he near passes out before he can make
it back inside.
·
Doubtless, you are asking: “But how did the beggar know that you had
a twenty-rupee bill?” See, this is the thing about India. Things
that in America would be counted as very, very weird happen all the
time. So much so you do not even think about them, leave alone say:
“How weird”.
·
If you want something that is not an India weird, how about this. The year was 1967 and Editor was returning
from Iran to Boston. (Please do not ask what he was doing in Iran,
because he will have to make up something. Not because he was doing
secret, but because he has no clue what he was there for. May be he
had gone to buy carpets. But why? They are cheaper in New York than
in Teheran. Who knows, life is always a great mystery.) For reasons
that also make no sense, Editor had to transfer to a Sabena flight
at Brussels to New York, then take the shuttle to Boston Logan.
·
So here
is he on the flight, and the gentleman in the next seat introduces
himself as Jewish and who managed to make it to America before the
Nazis closed in. He had gone to Europe to see what remained of his
family, which was not much. We were chatting about this and that
when out of the blue the gentleman asks: “What will you do if your
wife asks for a divorce?” Editor was taken aback, and not a little
offended. “I have a happy marriage, even though we’ve been married
less than a year. Why would she want a divorce?”
·
The
gentleman said: “Are you married to an American or to an Indian?” I
replied it was to an American. “I thought so. American girls are
very quick to ask for divorces. You must protect yourself.”
·
So you
know the rest. When I got home to Boston, Mrs. R. the First was very
quiet, not saying a word. No amount of asking what was the matter
would get her to talk. Three days later, she says: “I want a
separation. I want us to live apart, and I want to start all over
again with you. We can start dating and see how it goes from there.”
When Editor asked what brought this on she said: “You just wander
off going I don’t where for what reason, you never leave me enough
money, you’re refusing to go to grad school, and I’m an all-American
girl –“ – she was, “ – and I thought you were an all-American boy,
and this not how all-American boys act.” This I thought was unfair,
because Editor left whatever money he could. As for the going off no
one knows where and doing what no one knows, how am I supposed to
tell Mrs. R I that when I myself haven’t the slightest clue? Very
unfair. As for all-American boys, her first and only all-American
boy-friend before she met Editor was a football jock who would get
drunk and beat her up and cheated on her when he could.
·
Well,
Editor may be a doormat as far as women are concerned but he is not
anyone’s poodle, to be punished for bad behavior and rewarded for
good so he said “No. You want to leave, get a divorce.” Which she
did.
·
Now how
did the Jewish gentleman know
that? Personally Editor is convinced the gentleman was the
Wandering Jew – not the one of western legend, who supposedly
taunted Christ on his way to be crucified. The Wandering Jew Editor
was told about was a prophet without honor in his own country. He
always foretold the future correctly, almost never to his listeners’
taste. So he was stoned and made to leave for another country where
the whole thing would happen again. Editor has no clue who told him
that, but he remembers being told very clearly.
·
Ah yes,
thanks for reminding: Editor has just put on his “Urgent Must Do
List”: visit Israel to learn if someone could have told Editor the
true Wandering Jew story. This item #10,543 on his list. The answer
will not be found in Takoma Park, MD. A trip to Israel is a must,
perhaps Cairo (that’s where Editor must have heard the story). Alas,
trips to Israel cost money, and at one cent a day from orbat.com,
saving enough is going to take time.
·
So obviously Americans work harder than the Italians, right? Everyone knows how work-oriented Americans
are, whereas those Italians just live La Dolce Vita, ogling
beautiful women, chowing down on their delish food, listening to
opera and drinking great wine by the liter. So happens Italians work
more hours than Americans. We put in 1705-hours/year, Italians put
in 1774-hours/year. The problem, as Washington Post (Business, July
1, 2012, G-1, “It’s the culture, stupido”) explains is that Italian
productivity is only 75% of American. As anyone familiar with the
country knows, there are two Italys. The north has a living standard
akin to Switzerland’s. The south is not so well off. Italy’s GDP
growth has dropped because the south is pulling down the north. In
the north they are innovative, modern, and efficient. In the south
the family enterprise and nepotism rule. Now, of course, Germany
also has a lot of family-owned firms. But Italians don’t want to
expand their family business beyond a point because they don’t want
to lose control and because they don’t want their books open to the
banks, investors, and the taxman. Once the family is making enough
to live the good life, it is satisfied.
·
Okay, at
least the Germans work hard and have high productivity. Wrong again.
At 1411-hours/year the Germans are big-time slackers, and their
productivity is lower than France’s. Strange, but true.
·
Iran sanctions biting, but what now? The US and its partners deserve
congratulations because sanctions against Iran are really hurting
the country. A report in the UK Telegraph gives convincing proof of
the damage
http://tinyurl.com/6vsv22q
·
Oil
output is down 720,000-barrels/day over the last month, and the oil
sanctions toke effect yesterday. Iran is trying to sell discounted
oil, but this may force government oil revenues down by half,
throwing the budget completely out of whack. Food prices for 20
basic items have risen by 70% in two weeks, and the amount of food
being bought has fallen by half. Unofficial estimates are than
industrial employment is down by 35%. Even medicine-producing
factories are shutting down.
·
The best
part is that the oil sanctions are not hurting the US/allies. That
is because Iran has over the years made really bad enemies of the
Sunni Gulf States, and they (Saudi in particular) are pumping more
oil than they were before so prices have been stable.
·
Iran says
it is not worried because it has $150-billion in reserves to see it
by, but the financial sanctions make imports quite difficult. Iran
has been cut out of the international banking system. So is it going
to use hawala to pay for its imports, with people getting on planes
with suitcases full of gold bars? Is Iran going to send cargo planes
full of cash to pay its buyers? Two problems. People are not going
to want to court trouble selling to Iran even if they are getting
cash on the barrelhead. And if Iran starts using hawala, the next US
step will be shut down the cash transactions, even if they were
practical to begin with. Which beyond a few billion dollars they are
not. The cash/gold/securities will be confiscated and frozen.
·
Great!
Editor is impressed – he did not think the oil sanctions would work,
having forgotten about the Saudis et al; and delighted. The more
blows the stupid mullahs take to the head the more chance some brain
function will be restored.
·
But none
of this answers the question of what now. One school of thought says
Iran already has enough 20% enriched uranium that it can push it up
to weapons grade without trouble and build a bunch of bombs. Well,
actually the matter is not that simple, but let us not bore readers
with technicalities. But certainly Iran can step-up uranium
production sufficiently it can plausibly claim it has 5-10 bombs. It
can then seriously negotiate limits on its program, all the while
wriggling and cheating and lying, so that when at last the limits
become verifiable, Iran can say: “Okay, you all win, but we have 30
bombs now.” They might have none, but is anyone going to take the
chance? Deterrence will have been achieved.
·
That is
why strikes are still needed. Sorry about that.
·
US cutting carbon emissions without regulation US Government figures show that we are
on track to cut CO2 emissions by the17% required by international
treaties – but without any of the government mandates that are being
pushed as critical to the reductions. One government mandate, more
fuel-efficient cars, has helped, but we need that anyway to reduce
our dependency on oil imports. Editor counts himself as greenie –
that is why he strongly supports N-power. So Editor is not going “oh
those dumb greenies, here we’re achieving out CO2 targets without
mandates such as cap-and-trade, alternative energy, forcing people
to drive less.” Editor is only wondering if we really do need the
government to pass laws for everything that needs to be changed.
·
So here we are in the Capital of the Free World and it is our sad duty to tell readers that
after yesterday’s storm – barely lasted less than an hour – power to
everyone will not be restored for a week. That is right: our country
put men on the moon 40-years ago, and today it can find a terrorist
in a continent-sized space and kill him, but our country cannot keep
the lights on. This is a standard occurrence in the C of the FW. It
happens at least once, often twice a year, usually in winter, this
time in the summer with temps of 100+F and humidity of 80%+. The
power companies always have excuses, the “regulators” will scream
murder as always, and nothing will get done as usual. Maybe we need
to start thinking of changing Washington’s title to “Capital of the
Free (Third) World”.
·
Merkel did compromise, a friend tells us. She agreed that Italy/Spain’s private debt will not
be subordinated to money owed to governments, and the EU can lend
money directly to banks. The advantage of the second is that
currently EU can lend only to governments, who buy private bank
debt, but in return increase their debt-to-GDP ratio, raising
borrowing costs.
·
Truthfully, as to the first point, we know nothing. Is this a true
climb-down by Germany or is a tactical move because Germany does not
foresee much more money being lent out? As for the second, put the
cork back in the bubbly bottle, folks, because all Germany has said
that after a supervisor to overseas all EU banks is appointed, it
will consider clearing direct loans to troubled banks. That is two
long steps: the supervisor has to have enough power to regulate how
the banks function, and then Germany will think about giving money.
If Germany is not satisfied, no money – not even the $150-billion
already “agreed” for Spain.
·
Merkel and the Euro So has
Frau Merkel really compromised on the Euro? It may seem so, because
she has actually said “yes” to something instead of a long chain of
“No”. But to think she has compromised is to misunderstand her
position. She has never said Germany will not bail out the weaker EU
countries. She is ready to hand over the German credit card. But
only if the Euro nations needing help agree to her terms.
·
Not to
make a lengthy song and dance about her conditions, they can be very
briefly stated. Give over control of your fiscal policies to Berlin,
obey Berlin’s prescriptions, or pay a penalty which can be extended
all the way to being locked out of the club. We already know her
prescriptions: cut spending, raise taxes, keep both deficits and
inflation very low. If your people suffer, gee golly galoshes,
Merkel is so sad. Not. Hardly needs to be said if nations give up
control of their fiscal affairs, you are looking at the Third Reich
version 2, without having fired a single shot. Cold cash is mightier
than the sword. Europe will have to politically unite, and the Big
Dig is going to be Germany.
·
To be
clear: personally we do not see what is wrong with Germany dictating
to Euro. It is an old, old rule of money: she with the gigabucks
calls the tune. You want Germany’s money; obviously you have to do
what Germany wants you to do. Why is this even being debated? You do
not want to kiss Merkel’s big left toe, go manage by yourself. Even
economically, there is no dispute that Merkel’s prescription though
devastating in the short run, is highly beneficial in the long run.
No need for us Amerikans to
get smug. Sure, we avoided the immediate disaster that hit Europe by
going the stimulus route. But one of these days interest rates are
going to go up, and then you may as stand by while America flushes
itself down the potty.
·
To
remind: Keynes did not say “Borrow spend borrow spend” ad infinitum.
He said when economic activity slows, government has to keep demand
going by borrowing and spending. When the economy is booming, you
raise taxes and pay off the national debt. Remember what happened
when in the 1990s we started to run surpluses? We
cut taxes under the rather
weird notion that this would spur growth. It hasn’t, and people need
to stop with the busted memes. The reason we are not up Honey Creek
without a paddle is (a) we are the only country that can write a
check to itself by printing money; (b) for various reasons beyond
the ken of this simplistic discussion, interest rates have remained
ridiculously low. What are the odds when the economy recovers that
we will raise taxes and start paying off the deficit? Worse that the
odds Anna Netrebko will arrive at the Editor’s door and start
tearing his clothes off.
·
Paul
Krugman is a very intelligent and sensible economist. He notes we
did not pay off the national debt incurred from World War II.
Instead, with economic growth, the debt became irrelevant. US
national debt peaked at 120% of GDP in 1945, and then fell to 40% by
1980 without heroic measures because the economy grew so rapidly for
25-years. But think of this a moment. Assuming we stop running
deficits right now. To get our national debt down from 100% of GDP
to 40%, means GDP will have to grow to $37-trillion. First, is it
realistic to expect we will continue growing at the 1945-1980 rate
into the future, Second, is it realistic to believe America’s dollar
will remain the world’s reserve currency forever and ever, amen?
Third, is there any realistic hope our deficit spending is going to
come down to zero any time soon? Last, how long will the US dollar
remain the world’s reserve currency? Already in 2012 foreigners held
50% of our national debt.
·
Pay the
piper a lot now, or pay the piper more later. Pay we must. Merkel
says to the EU “pay now, and get it over with, just as we did for
ten years”. And she is right. She has not compromised with
Italy/Spain. If she had, she would be voted out of office even if
her actions are deemed legal by the German courts, which is
unlikely. It is legal for her to help Italy/Spain if she writes
their budgets. That still leaves the German people. It is not at all
clear they will agree to bail out Italy/Spain even if their chief is
writing Rome and Madrid’s budgets. Remember the latest poll we cited
the other day? Overwhelmingly, Germans want a common market. But
only 43% versus 41% say Germany must keep the Euro. Food for
thought, no?
·
Parenthetically, our advice to Americans: you’ve cut back spending,
but you have to cut back much, much more because no one knows what’s
around the corner. Here are some suggestions. Zero Starbucks. Zero
bottled water. Zero meals out. Zero new clothes. Zero cable. Cell
plan? Pay as you Go, limit yourself to $10/month. Can’t do it? So
what did your parents do before cell phones were invented? No
vacations – none. Your car is 12-years old? So sorry, we feel the
pain. It is good for at least 8 more years. Must build that
extension to your house because you want more space? Your parents
brought up six children in houses like mine – 1200 sft and one
bathroom. Send your kids to the local community college for the
first two years and then the state college – the cheap one, not UVa.
Limit your driving. Can’t get kids to viola practice followed by
swimming practice followed by math enrichment? Too bad. Your parents
and grandparents had none of this nonsense. Did it make them into
inferior human being? Don’t think so.
·
UK won’t extradite wanted US man, says his human rights may be
violated Whoa! What is the
deal here? Isn’t the US the home of human rights, a lofty place from
where we lecture the world? Apparently not, the UK court thought.
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/crime/court-blocks-shawn-sullivans-us-extradition-7896133.html
·
The
case A scumbag of the first
order was accused of raping a 14-year old girl in Minnesota and
assaulting two more. A dual US-Irish national, he fled to Ireland.
Where he assaulted two more girls and was convicted. After serving
his term, using an Irish version of his name, he made it to UK,
where he was discovered and detained because US had an Interpol
warrant out for him. While in jail he married a Home Ministry lady
who was apparently untroubled by his past.
·
During
his extradition trial, he argued that he would be put into civil
detention, a multi-state program to hold sex offenders indefinitely
even if they have served their sentence. He said no one had ever
been released from the Minnesota program since it began 24 years
ago. And apparently you don’t even have to be convicted to earn
yourself a place in this program.
·
UK court
said you cannot hold a person indefinitely, no matter what the
charges. It asked Minnesota to provide assurances this scumbag would
not get civil detention – love these American euphemisms, torture is
“enhanced interrogation”, anti-union laws are called “right to work”
and so on. Minnesota refused, no daunt on the principle that no
foreign court could place itself above a Minnesota court, so said
scumbag is a free man. Way to go Minnesota, your way or the highway,
and the UK has just ruled it’s the highway. Anyway.
·
Let us
first stipulate that hanging is too good for child molesters.
Indeed, we have often held
that anyone convicted of committing any crime while armed with a gun
– even if it is stealing a loaf of bread – should be put on death
row, or better still, given over to medical researchers for
experiments and extraction of body parts. Why waste a body, for
heaven’s sakes?
·
That out
of the way, does it occur to Minnesota and the 20-odd other states
who use civil detention that this is absolutely against human
rights? This is the same point we were trying to make about the US’s
terrorist prisoners. Minnesota argued it had a right to keep people
locked down to protect society. Who can argue? But if you’re going
to use civil detention, then you’ve passed from a state that
respects human rights to a totalitarian state. This doesn’t bother
Americans because as far as they are concerned, the crusade against
sex offenders transcends human rights. Slippery slope, anyone?
·
Pakistan: Back to Square One
The new Pakistan PM has just been sworn in, and the Supreme Court
has ordered him to write to Switzerland asking for reopening of
corruption cases against the President. The previous PM, at four
years plus some months the longest serving ever in Pakistan, was
impeached by the court for refusing the court’s orders.
·
The
previous PM argument, among other things, that the President had
been granted immunity and he had to follow the rules. If the court
wanted the President tried, the appropriate authority has to remove
the immunity, and he certainly is not authorized to do so. A simple,
straight argument, which bothered the court none. As far as the
court is concerned, no one is above the law, even if it means the
court breaks the law to bring the person to trial. The previous PM
also argued that Switzerland has said it instituted corruption
charges against the President (he was not president then) at
Pakistan’s request. Once he was granted immunity, the Swiss said,
they had to drop the case and unfreeze the man’s blocked accounts.
If Pakistan wanted to retry the man, the proper place was in
Pakistan, not in Switzerland, carry on and all that. This also did
not impress the court.
·
In other
words, writing a letter to the Swiss would not only contravene the
law giving the President (and 6000 other officials) immunity, and
not only contravenes the Pakistan constitution that gives the
President general immunity, it would serve no purpose because the
Swiss have said they will not open the case. Not bothered, said the
court to the ex-PM, you’re fired, and Mr. New PM, we order you to
write the letter. The head of the Supreme Court is, of course,
himself enmeshed in a massive corruption scandal thanks to his son,
but the Chief Justice has said neither his son nor he are guilty of
any crimes. Get this: it is not as if the case was investigated and
found to be without merit. The Chief Justice has said it has no
merit, end of the matter.
Strange way to uphold the law.
·
A
letter from Mr. Philip Rosen shows we were not clear in making our point yesterday about
importing workers on the excuse no domestic workers are available.
Mr. Rosen suggested we try to get developers and system
administrators in New York. As for paying more, small companies
already cannot compete in the bidding war for scarce skills. Fair
enough.
·
Let us
take something simple, like tomato pickers, if only because Editor
did a paper recently that discussed pickers. You have two farmers,
Jane and John. John pays his workers $5/hour for 12-hour days, no
benefits. Americans will not do these jobs, so he uses illegal
immigrants. Jane wants to be fair. She decides she will pay minimum
wage, which is now above $7/hour, and overtime above 8-hours. For
12-hour days, she pays $112/day; Farmer John is paying $60/day.
·
Farmers
Jane and John haul their produce to Wal Mart. Guess whose product
Wal Mart does not buy. Farmer Jane either holds to her principles,
and says “I will not exploit human beings”, and herself is left with
no job, or she recognizes reality, and pays her labor $5/hour, which
means back to illegals.
·
This
problem cannot be solved by Farmer Jane upping her productivity,
such as more efficient cultivation and mechanical pickers, because
increasing productivity also costs money that she may not have to
invest, and John’s cheap labor may still keep his costs lower than
Jane’s. So what is to be done?
·
The only
solution is to block illegal workers from entry. We do not quite
understand why people say it cannot be done. It is a technical
problem, it can very much done. But it will never be done, not
because Jane and John are paying off Congress to block serious
efforts at border control, but because Wal Mart is paying off
Congress – Wal Mart loves its fat profit.
·
When Wal
Mart hands over a check to Congressperson Fat Porker; Wal Mart
obviously does not say: “We want to protect our far profit.” Instead
it says “We are doing this to keep prices low for the American
people. They benefit.”
·
We won’t
diverge too far into what we call the Wal Mart Wage Effect. To keep
prices low, Wal Mart pays the producers as little as possible, and
pays its employees as little as possible. That reduces the income of
the tomato pickers and farmers, and of Wal Mart employees. So they
have to cut back on spending – famously, it has been calculated that
Wal Mart workers cannot afford a weekly basket of goods from Wal
Mart. Where is the profit going? Well, that’s another story.
·
As long
as corporations are free to import workers, legally or illegally,
American wages will keep plummeting until they level on a global
scale. It is not so simple. For example, a Mississippi manufacturing
worker at $12/hour is competitive with a Chinese worker at $4/hour
because there are other costs because of shipping, inventory,
management issues and so on. This is why jobs are starting to
returning to America – only because wages have been beaten down.
Consider that the Chinese worker earns $8000 in a country with a per
capita of $5,000; the Mississippi workers earns $24,000 in a country
with per capita of almost $50,000. The Chinese worker is rich, the
Mississippi worker is poor.
·
The
theory of globalization says that the lower wages in China should
not matter, because we will export Boeing 787s to them and they will
export furniture to us. We will lose furniture workers, and gain
aircraft workers. Well, of course this has not worked because the
Chinese have been learning to make jet aircraft from us and in
another generation will compete with us worldwide. The Chinese
already have their own design equivalent to the 737, the largest
selling American airlines in terms of numbers. We cannot see the
world’s airlines rushing to buy the Chinese airliner – today.
Tomorrow will be different. Incidentally, the largest item creating
a trade imbalance with China is not the furniture, toys, and shoes.
It is electrical and power machinery. Someone please remind us:
isn’t that the sort of thing we were to export to China in return
for their toys etc?
·
Our
larger point was that of democracy in America. If our government
worked for the people, it would block illegal immigration, and
establish the strictest of rules to import legal workers. This would
help American workers. But in the short run, it would hurt the
profits of those companies that use illegal/legal workers to push
down wages and increase their profit. The companies buy the
politicians. The politicians have zero interest in looking to the
welfare of ordinary Americans because ordinary Americans do not make
campaign donations. And it is a lot easier for Congressperson Fat
Porker to collect one check from a corporation, rather than get the
same money from ten thousands ordinary folks – simple economics.
·
BTW, as
far as Indian computer workers are concerned, please to note it’s
not just the H-1 visa people. An H-1 worker can apply for his wife
to work. Once he becomes a citizen, he can bring his relatives over.
Indians are the highest educated group in the US. All those other
people arriving are also qualified – and need jobs. On a personal
level Editor is very glad for India. We are told Indians overseas
send back $70-billion/year and that is a big help to the economy. It
is also wonderful to see all these hardworking, talent fellow
countrypeople getting such a big break in being able to come to the
US and succeeding. But it is not such a good thing for Americans.
·
Is America a democracy? So do
America’s elected representatives represent the people? Here things
become complicated, because it is Yes AND No. It is true that we
have regular elections, 2-, 4-, and 6-years, and we always get a
chance to throw the bums out if we think they have done a bad job.
On a technical level, American elections are fairly clean. Obviously
this statement has to be qualified, but we are striving for a broad
overview, people. But the bums are absolutely not responsive to the
people at the national level, are so-so on the state level, and are
responsive on the local level.
·
Whatever
the reason, to get elected at a national level requires $$$, and a
lot of $$$. Yes, the person with the greatest $$$ does not always
win. But the exception does not make the rule. You cannot ever take
a porker and pass it off as a senator candidate by spending tens of
millions or even billions. Which is a bit odd because a powerful lot
of senators are porkers one way or the other. Grunt. Snarf. Chomp.
Squeal. Shove. Snatch. Grab. Sounds awfully like our politicians.
But this is not a philosophy discussion, so let us move on.
·
The
essence of democracy is that a fast food worker’s vote should count
as much as that of a billionaire. It is not that way in America, so
America is not a democracy. Of course, money matters less the lower
down you do. In the People’s Republic of Takoma Park, candidates get
votes by doing the work of the people, not of the special interests.
·
Today we
offer one small example of how the people have no significance at
the national level. This is the matter of the H-1 visa. H-1s are
supposed to permit American companies facing skilled labor shortages
to import workers. After a period (Editor does not know how long)
workers get a chance to apply for a residency permit, and then
in time, for citizenship.
·
Let
Editor be very clear: he knows a large number of H-1 holders,
teachers, IT folks, and others. Without exception they are
hardworking and a sure benefit to America. What we are about to say
has nothing to do with if foreigners deserve H-1 visa and then green
cards.
·
Okay, we
learned yesterday that one of the big users of H-1 visas are Indian
IT companies with US operations. So several Indian companies have
been finding it difficult to get Indian workers to the US. So: they
are hiring Americans.
http://t.co/NjzATiec
·
As which
point readers justifiably go “Say what? Indian companies are hiring
Americans because they cannot get visas for Indians? So then where
is the shortage of Americans to do IT jobs?” As the Editor’s school
kids say: “Busted”. There is no shortage. There likely never was.
·
The
people of America did not vote for the import of workers, skill or
unskilled, legal or otherwise. No American politician with any sense
of decency or who feels any obligation to his voters will give
priority to special interests over American workers. But your
Congressperson does, as does your president. Because s/he is paid
off by special interests. This is not democracy.
·
Another
problem: Americans for a variety of reasons vote in relatively low
numbers. Neither your Congressperson, nor your president, represents
the majority of her/his constituents. This also is not democracy.
·
IRA Sniper’s conviction quashed because he was waterboarded Another example of how the Brits
really are different from us is the quashing of an IRA sniper’s life
sentence after it emerged he had been waterboarded and subjected to
death threats while in custody.
http://www.guardian.co.uk/uk/2012/jun/21/man-sentenced-death-uk-quashed
·
Exactly
40-years ago, this gentleman killed a soldier of the Parachute
Regiment. He was sentenced to death, and holds the historical
distinction of being the last man so sentenced in the UK. He served
17 years, by which time UK had abolished death penalty, so his
sentence was changed to life imprisonment. Now he is a free man,
because his confession was obtained illegally.
·
We greet
this news with mixed feelings. At the time the IRA was waging war
against the UK, just as Islamic terrorists have been waging war
against the United States. We assume the IRA gentleman was a British
citizen and so his rights could not be contravened unless he was
brought before a military tribunal, which he was not. The British
used the civil courts even for the IRA. So we understand the
gentleman’s conviction has to be overturned.
·
Though
there is disagreement on this, but we have firmly maintained that
terrorists captured by the US have no rights under the Geneva
Convention. They are not soldiers, nor are they guerillas. They are,
well, terrorists. The question then becomes, how are the terrorists
to be tried? The logical thing is for the President to ask for a
declaration of war against terrorists, and set up military tribunals
to handle captured terrorists. Convict them and shoot them. End of
the matter. They have no civil rights as far as we are concerned.
·
As for
waterboarding, please to understand that we have nothing against
torture in wartime or in a terrorist situation. Many people with
experience have written that torture does not work. Our answer to
that is, from what we have seen, the torturers and the interrogators
must then be incompetent.
·
But now a
problem arises. After World War II, the US executed Japanese
soldiers for waterboarding American prisoners. So what are we to do?
Declare Homo Americanus 21st Century an inferior breed to
his predecessor, Homo Americanus 20th Century, and just
say we cannot live up to the standards of our forefathers? This has
the virtue of honesty.
·
But
instead of doing that, we go through this complete charade of
insisting we Americans adhere to a superior morality by trying
terrorists in civil courts, and saying well, evidence gained from
torture will not be admitted. Total illogic, because once the
suspect has been tortured, or threatened with torture, all his
evidence is tainted and he has to be acquitted. Moreover, if we hold
we are morally superior, there is no alternative but to take
everyone involved in waterboarding, from the lowest to the
President, try them, throw them in SuperMax, and forget about them.
·
Administering torture for obtaining information from terrorists is
not cruelty, any more than a solder is cruel because he is doing
job. But what the Americans are doing to terrorists and enemy
combatants is deliberate, prolonged cruelty inflicted because we can
and there is no one to check us. Conditions at Guantanamo Bay, for
example, have been well documented. We refuse to give detainees a
swift trial and a clean death if they are found guilty. There are
men who have been locked up to 11 years with no resolution, in
conditions amounting to torture.
·
The
terrorist leader Sheikh Mohamed Khalid was waterboarded
266-times. Nothing shows
better the incompetence of the CIA/US military, and nothing shows
better that they are nothing better than sadists left to run amok.
·
Greece You don’t have to be superstitious to
wonder if there is significance to the PM of the new government
to be hospitalized for eye surgery right after he’s sworn in,
and his Finance Minister to collapse and require
hospitalization. Okay, if Editor was in the position of these
gentlemen he would post a sign on the office door “Don’t call
us, we’ll call you”, and head off home. The stress must be near
unbearable.
·
Still, the all-important Monday meeting with the EuroKommisar
Troika – EU, ECB, IMF – has had to be postponed. Also not good
is not only are the Greeks asking for less austerity, they want
AT LEAST 2-years more time. Now look, we sympathize 100% with
the Greek little people. But is Germany going to agree to two
years let alone more? Sounds doubtful. And even with two more
years, you cannot eliminate the structural problems including
corruption, cronyism, and massive tax evasion the Greeks face.
And even if that was not a problem, cutting budgets in a
depression means slower economic activity, means fewer taxes
collected, means a bigger deficit. Listen to the Beatles,
people: Let It Be. Recognize failure and let the weaker
countries go.
·
Twitter Editor is very worried: Twitter
followers have passed 100. When he had five, he was comfortable,
because there are surely five people as crazy as he is out
there. But 100? Seems
most unlikely. A friend keeps saying Editor has to follow people
to build up his base. No clue how this works, but we’re sure one
of our readers can tell us. But where is the time? True in the
summer Editor does not work. But even in the summer: half-time
college, Twitter, Orbat.com update, adding to orbats
contemporary and historical so that we can hopefully get some
advertising revenue (target for the next 12-months is $1000, for
which Editor would have to have 3-4,000 pages with ads, he can
manage 10-pages a day); Complete World Armies, finish up first
in a sci-fi/fantasy trilogy set in an Indian universe –
naturally neither agent nor publisher is in sight, the gym, a
little time on the model railroad, 8-hours sleep, plus this
being the summer a short nap, plus Editor has two writing jobs
(part-time, but they take time) for the next 12-months, trying
to market Complete World Armies (have not sold a single copy
despite being half Jane’s price and with at least five times as
much orbat data, and keeping up with the email. This is till
late August, when substituting starts again. Editor does not go
out anywhere, no movies, no parties, dinner with his youngest
every two weeks, visit once a month to the grandkids (day trip,
11-hours driving to spend 2-hours with them, can’t afford to
stay overnight, so it’s not like he isn’t spending enough time
working. If someone can tell us how we can keep an active scene
on Twitter, okay, we will do it.
·
Realism in movies editor has complained about this
many time and he’s going to complain again. Today he saw
15-minutes of some zombie apocalypse movie, where the
protagonists were two ladies who seem to be very poor because
they cannot afford clothes, so they do without. The ladies do
not seem to be short of firepower, however. In those 15-minutes
enough rounds were fired that in real life an entire army supply
company would be needed to bring up replacement ammo. Anyway,
that is not our complaint. The ladies were dressed in skimpy
tank tops and bikini cut-offs, and they were scraping along
walls, crawling on floors, jumping down garbage chutes, fighting
off the mad zombie dogs, engaging multiple enemies in unarmed
combat and offing them all and so on. Do movie writers realize
how much skin an unclad person would lose during such
activities? Do they not understand why soldiers wear gloves,
full-sleeves, full legs, semi-armored boots, helmets, armor
etc.? Yes, it’s to protect them against the enemy, but it’s also
to protect them from their environment
·
Okay,
Editor does realize these movies are aimed at a certain
audience, namely male adolescents of ages 13 to 83, and
certainly you would not get as much gasping and drooling from
the audience if the lady protagonists were dressed in burqas.
But can we at least not have protagonists entering darkened
areas alone through doors that no one knows lead where, with
flashlights that instantly give away the position? There is a
reason for opposed entry you use pairs. And another thing: we
just love the way people are dashing around in-between perfectly
timed bursts of fire – perfectly timed to let the protagonists
cross the open space without getting grazed. This is what the
infantry calls “the last 100-meters”, when you have to emerge
from cover to advance. It is the scariest of all situations that
can be imaged. People get so scared – rightfully – that they
will go to ground and just not move. It is much worse in urban
scenarios, such as those in the zombie movie, where you do not
know what is waiting for you in the next 3-meters.
·
The
other day we saw a few minutes of the original
Cape Fear with Robert
Mitchum and Gregory Peck. There is very little violence. But it
is one of scariest movies of all time. But making a
Cape Fear requires first-rate screenwriters, actors, directors.
Making a zombie apocalypse movie requires only half-naked
ladies, an obscene number of guns, and magic bullets that hit
only the bad people. All the director has to do is make sure his
movie has lots of cleavage, and a hundred rounds fired every
five steps.
·
Dead Indian man running for president solely to prove he is alive
As an Indian, Editor is quite
used to the Absurdity That Is India (this is a take-off on “The
Wonder That Was India”. But once in a while, Editor has to admit his
country people do manage to impress even him.
·
Our
headline – “dead Indian man running for president solely to prove he
is alive” is not a clever pun or something like that. It describes
only what is actually happening.
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/asia/india/9349320/Dead-man-runs-for-Indias-presidency.html
·
A farmer
decided to seek work as a cook in Bombay, presumably because he was
not doing well as a farmer. In Bombay he fell in love with and
married an outcaste woman. When he took her home, his high-caste
family ran him/wife out of the village presumably for the disgrace.
Family filed a missing person report, in due time got him declared
dead, and held a funeral and so on. They also seized his property,
which to Editor’s suspicious way of looking at things, may have been
the purpose of the exercise. Anyway. He filed a police report in his
village. The police were in on the deal of seizing his land and so
on, and they kindly told him if he did not beat it, he would be dead
and not just on paper. He went to the courts, but could not convince
them he was alive. He went to the police in the capital, and was
told he would have to commit a crime so that a case file and
relevant documents would be generated.
·
So as a
last resort he has filed as a presidential candidate for the
up-coming presidential election. He has already announced he does
not want to be president, he just wants acknowledgement he is alive.
·
Now, dear
readers, where else would you find something like this story? Only
in India. Editor, indeed, is feeling quite homesick after reading
the story.
0230 GMT June 23, 2012
·
Odd news from China UK
Telegraph reported June 14, 2012 that PLA has been conducting
bridging exercises across the Yalu. It has been constructing and
dismantling pontoon bridges at several points along the river.
Readers will recall General MacArthur and his threat to cross the
Yalu. We don’t know enough about the geopolitics of the Korean War
to tell if MacArthur provoked China to cross, or, seeing the North
Koreans being defeated, the Chinese would have crossed anyway.
In favor of the second is
that preparations to cross were made months ahead of the actual
date.
·
The
natural speculation is that Beijing must be worried about a regime
collapse at some point in the future, and that the PLA will
establish a barrier zone to prevent refugees from flowing into
China. Hmmmm. A plausible argument, but not air tight. Stopping
refugees from crossing the Yalu in the river is easier than invading
DPRK and establishing bridgeheads. Regime collapse and refugees will
impact South Korea much more severely than China. The Norks are kith
and kin to the South Koreans, shooting down Nork refugees is
unlikely to be a preferred option for Seoul. Some kind of massive
border refugee camps deal combined with sending aid north to keep
people in place seems more likely. Once North Koreans figure out
that South Korea is helping, no one in their right mind is going to
want to go to China.
·
This is
pure speculation; but could the PLA be training to invade and seize
DPRK’s weapons of mass destruction in case of a regime collapse?
Contrary to what the US says, the DPRK N-program is no threat at
all; and likely to stay that way for most of this decade. But
chemical and biowar weapons could pose a danger if not properly
secured. Or maybe the Chinese want a solid buffer zone between
themselves and a unified Korea. But this is going to put the Chinese
in an awkward position vis-a-vis the UN. The US/EU are certainly not
going to be happy that China has invaded Korea, whatever the
long-range security objectives. Surely the Chinese are aware of the
complications of a buffer zone.
·
There is
a larger question. We all talk glibly of regime collapse. But for
all purposes, the regime has long since collapsed. Starvation,
concentration camps, a police state, lack of the most necessities
such as electric power is already an everyday reality for North
Koreans. But the regime keeps the military and state apparatus fed
and warm. It’s possible Fatso Kim Junior’s faction can’t keep the
ruling elite together. But before we assume that is possible, the
question of why they might not manage has to be answered. The regime
has held together for 62 years. What has changed that it might
collapse soon?
·
Turkey-Syria The situation
after Syria’s shoot-down of a Turkish F-4 is changing so rapidly
that what we write here may change by the time you read it. Briefly,
at the very minimum the F-4 was flying parallel to the Syria border.
Damascus says it intruded into Syrian air space and Damascus had to
respond. The plane went down 15-km off the naval base of Latakia.
Syria has apologized and is helping with the search for the pilots.
It’s unclear of they’ve been rescued, everyone seems to have their
own opinion.
·
So, is
this serious or not? Regardless
of who provoked whom, Turkey can call an Article 4 NATO meeting to
discuss the matter. What then? Unless Turkey is seeking to create a
causus belli to establish a No Fly Zone over Syria, and unless NATO
is looking for an excuse to intervene, the apology should suffice.
Turkey has been muttering about retaliation. Is it ready to go to
war with Syria right now? Will NATO encourage or dissuade Turkey?
It is unclear to us that
anyone is ready for a fight-to-the finish at this point.
·
Eurosoccer 2012: Germany 4, Greece 2 Poor Greece. Humiliated, put down, oppressed
by the Germans, and a laughing stock to boot – don’t forget 1941,
folks, the Greeks certainly haven’t. – the Greeks’ one hope was to
thrash Germany in the Euro quarterfinals. Didn’t happen.
Congratulations to the German, but Greece, Editor’s heart is with
you.
·
Talking
about Greece, here’s a true story. Editor was strolling along the
Mall in his hometown of Simla, when a tall and broad Englishman
stopped him to ask directions to the old Viceregal Lodge, the humble
(not) country home of the British Viceroys in India. Somehow it
emerged the gentleman had been a British Army commando during the
war, and had dropped over Crete. The resulting mess up you should
know, even if you are younger than 70. He’d heard it rumored that a
British Army officer of Indian origin had been with one of the
groups, but had never learned anything else.
·
Very
peculiarly, Editor had been to dinner at the house of the Indian
Western Army Commander, Lt.-Gen. Inder Gill. The good general told
Editor he had joined the British army (as opposed to the
British-Indian Army), signing up with the parachute commandos. He
had dropped over Crete, been captured, and so on. He knew there were
other groups involved, but he never got to know who they were.
·
Pakistan The Media tells us
that in Pakistan, bringing cases against politicians is done
frequently, and the narcotics case against the OM-nominee will make
no difference to his taking office.
·
First,
the case. It concerns ephedrine, which bad people have been turning
into meth. If Editor meets any of these people he is going to smack
them so hard with a limp noodle they will immediately regret the
error of their ways. Editor suffers from sinus/allergies, and now to
get medicine he has to go through such rigmarole at the pharmacy you
might think he is trying to buy drugs, ha ha. So anyway, while this
gentleman was the Health Minister, it was brought to his notice that
quantities above the legal quota were being imported. He ordered an
investigation, and was rewarded with an arrest warrant for illegal
import of ephedrine. Not coincidentally, the warrant was sworn out
when it became apparent he was likely the next PM. Also not
coincidentally, one of the accused is the current PM’s son. Apparently this is biz as
usual in those parts.
·
Second,
he will get bail, and the case will go on forever and forever. If he
becomes PM, he gets immunity from prosecution. In any case, fresh elections
are due in 8-months, so he will not be PM for long.
·
Third,
there is a dispute if Pakistan Supreme Court can (a) cite the
current PM for contempt; and (b) order the Election Commission to
deregister him. The PM went regularly to court when required by the
Supreme Court. Supreme Court says he is contempt for failing to
write to Switzerland to reopen the corruption case against the
President. But the Swiss have said the Pakistan Government has to
lift the President’s immunity, and in any case they have returned
his money and closed the case after the immunity order. So,
Switzerland suggests – sensibly, we think, that it is up to the
Pakistan Government to try President at home. Moreover, it is being
argued, by ordering the PM to ignore the President’s immunity, the
Court is acting illegally because the PM cannot under the law do
that. He cannot be punished for following the law. The business
about the Election Commission is too technical for us to understand,
sorry. But the PM’s case may not be over.
·
A
Pakistani friend has said the current PM must go because Pakistan is
in a mess. Okay, let us assume it is his fault. There is a procedure
for getting rid of him. It is called fresh elections. Pakistan’s
problems from Day 1 have been weak institutions. It does not help
anyone if these institutions are abused by the Supreme Court.
Further, unless the Supreme Court wants to stand accused of
political vendetta, it will have to tell the next PM to write to
Switzerland. He will not be able to do so without breaking the law.
So what is the Court going to do? Order him fired, and the next PM,
and the next PM until it gets what it want, even if that want is
illegal?
·
Assange Circus Latest The
gentleman has said that he does not know if his asylum bid will
work, but at least he will have drawn attention to US persecution of
him. This, he says, is the real issue. One of his lawyers says he is
being punished for disclosing US war crimes.
·
Sigh. How
dramatic. Except that he has not been punished by anyone. There are
no cases against him. Sweden wants him back to talk to him, to see
if there is a case to be made against him. And that’s for sexual
assault, not for disclosing US war crimes.
·
Julian,
old buddy old pal: may we suggest you take your Prozac? You will
feel so much better, Editor can personally testify. And it will
reduce your libido so seriously you will not be tempted to sexually
assault anyone, keeping you out of more trouble. From time to time
we all need Mother’s Little Helper, so do not feel shy. Now
obviously for your paranoia, narcissism, sense of entitlement,
belief that even those who help you are to be used,
and delusions of grandeur the
Prozac will not help. But there are many meds for these problems. If
you seek refuge in the US Embassy, you will get all the
treatment/meds you need absolutely free of charge! And the Americans
have wonderful water therapy, better than you can get in any spa in
the world. All free. Of course, you have to earn this special
therapy. Just mumble on about a terrorist plot or two, and the
therapy will be yours! PS: Just be sure to go “USA! USA!” after each
treatment. The therapists are only human, you know. It is a hard
job, and they do appreciate a little praise.
·
For the
latest details, read
http://tinyurl.com/6u64k8k The story says British police
are watching the Ecuador Embassy. This raises another question:
jumping bail is a crime, so if the Brits get him will they sentence
him to jail? For a bit of British humor – which
in this case sounds suspiciously like US campus humor – read
http://tinyurl.com/6t8dm6a
(thanks to Chris Raggio).
·
Thank you, Julian Assange!
These days Editor is suffering from the heat and terminal boredom.
He is never bored because there is always something to do, and he
can work forever on orbats without noticing the hours, days, and
years pass, but this spring somehow has been the low point of almost
7 decades. Then Editor read the latest on Wikileaker Assange, and
that snapped him out of his somnolence for at least 10-minutes. Ten
minutes? You ask. You get ten minutes of relief and you are going
all gaga to thank Julian Assange? Well, consider this. Yesterday the
cutest trainer at the YMCA smiled and waved to Editor while leading
a class. That was good for two minutes. At which point you will say,
mon, you are truly sick. But trainer is settled in a relationship
with someone who is NOT 40 years older than her and someone who is
NOT a substitute teacher. So what are the chances? Not zero, but
close enough. So two minutes of ennui-less is quite impressive.
Until Editor read about Assange’s latest.
·
In case
you have not been following this prime example of a noble human
being, his UK appeal against extradition to Sweden to face
investigations or rape and sexual harassment (two different cases)
was rejected 7-0 by the UK Supreme Court. That left him YET another
appeal, to the European Court. Instead of going that route –
probably because he knew it was not going to work – he violated the
terms of his bail and walked into the Ecuador Embassy in London,
seeking political asylum. The Embassy has given him temporary
shelter while Quito considers the case.
·
Some more
background. Assange is on bail conditional on his being at the
estate of a person who offered to take him in between such-and-such
hours. Also, his sympathizers put up $360,000 bond.
By not returning to the
estate, he violated the bail conditions. In the US his bail would
have been canceled and the money claimed from those who put up bond.
UK seems to be going out of its way to give no appearance of
persecuting the man, because the court has said bail will not be
cancelled unless he misses the next court day. Of course, the police
have said since he is violation, they will arrest him. But the
people who put up bail are not being made to pay at this time.
·
Why
Ecuador, of all places? Good question. The government does not like
Washington. And at some point Assange had sought citizenship of
Ecuador, presumably figuring Quito would not be inclined to send him
to the US. Ironically, Assange’s leaks had cables from the US
ambassador to Quito saying the Ecuador police were corrupt. Ecuador
expelled the ambassador, but is prepared to be BFFs with the leaker,
which presumably means it supports his actions, but cannot face the
truth of his revelations. Odd.
·
So what
is Assange’s case against being extradited to Sweden? That he is
being politically persecuted and faces execution if extradited to
the US. Several problems with his position, which we do not doubt
are dissected in the legal judgments. First, Sweden only wants him
for questioning. He is not accused of anything. His theory that the
Swedish government can question him in London is a bit weird. When
Swedish citizens have filed charges against someone, you cannot say
Sweden can investigate only on your terms. Second, if the UK –
closest US ally – did not extradite him to US, what chance is there
Sweden will? Particularly because what he did leaking wise is not a
crime in Sweden – it is in the UK. Indeed, curiously, US did not
even ask UK courts for Assange’s extradition. Assange’s additional
contention, that he will be arrested and extradited if he returns to
his home country, is even more dubious because Canberra has said
after investigating that it has no case against him. Assange’s basic
contention, that he committed no crime and has been set-up by the
CIA in Sweden, and so he should not be sent to Sweden, is masterful
illogic. It is not for Assange to declare he is innocent, so he
should not be sent to Sweden. That’s for the Swedish police or
courts to decide.
·
Let us
face, folks. That Assange has managed to get this much traction for
so long indicates only one thing: there are enough Euros who are
America haters that even though the man has been accused of rape,
all sorts of people are willing to help him. One would think the
Euros – and Assange’s American supporters – would feel a bit
embarrassed at supporting an accused rapist. But obviously Assange’s
supporters are so blinded by anti-Americanism, that they don’t care
what common criminal act he may have committed, it has to be a CIA
plot.
·
Back to
Ecuador. Quito is in a bad position. Giving asylum to someone wanted
for questioning in crimes against two women is not something –
presumably – Quito wants. To give him asylum would signal that all
you have to claim is the CIA is out to get you, and its Welcome to
Ecuador and here’s your passport, you are now a citizen. This is why
Quito has carefully said it does not intend to interfere with the
criminal laws of UK, Sweden, etc. And generally it is not a good
idea to antagonize Washington without good reasons. The US
government – this includes the executive, the Congress, and the
criminal justice system, have very long memories and can be
downright vindictive. We are, of course, trying not giggle loudly at
the notion of Ecuador as the bastion of democracy and free speech.
In January Quito passed a law amending the constitution that places
restrictions on political reporting by journalists. For some of
President Correa’s other antics relating to the press, read
http://www.leahy.senate.gov/press/press_releases/release/?id=30dd18ef-f9df-4a60-a606-4319d93eee16
·
What on earth is going on in Pakistan? Yesterday. With a stroke of his pen, the
Chief Justice of the Supreme Court dismissed the legitimately
elected Prime Minister. Must be the most serious moral turpitude,
you say, or high crimes or treason. Nope. He has been dismissed
because the Court ordered him to open an investigation against the
Pakistani President concerning a money laundering case before he
became president after his wife Benazir Bhutto’s assassination. The
Prime Minister refused, saying he lacked the authority: the previous
president, General Musharraf, had given the new president and
several others amnesty, and where was the legal basis for him to
disregard acts of the previous government?
·
No go,
says the Supreme Court. You are guilty. Sentenced to one hour in
court custody or something like that. The PM serves the hour and
pushes off, and that is the end of the matter. But no. Supreme Court
yesterday says a convicted criminal cannot serve as PM, so he’s
fired. His lawyer objects, saying the PM did not file an appeal
because no issue concerning his suitability for office was raised.
Chief Justice says the PM showed contempt and ridicule of judiciary
by refusing to obey its order to open investigations against the
president. PM’s lawyer says but the Supreme Court never
charged/tried the PM on those charges. There’s all kinds of
technical stuff you can read at
http://www.thenews.com.pk/Todays-News-13-15452-Convicted-person-cant-represent-180m-people-CJ-Iftikhar
One point being raised is the PM did not disregard an order to ask
the Swiss authorities to reopen the corruption case against the
president because the Supreme Court never gave him a formal order.
·
The Swiss
case concerned kickbacks the president received when his wife was
PM. When the previous president gave the current PM immunity, the
Swiss ended the case against
the now president, and returned the money. Prosecuting a selectively
targeted person in Pakistan for kickbacks (or in India for that
matter) is wholly absurd because every single Pakistani PM or
minister has done worse things. The current president was charged to
retaliate against his wife; the whole thing is a political
persecution. But that is not the point here. The point is the
Supreme Court went after the Prime Minister without answering his
question: how was he supposed to overrule the immunity given the
President? That only Parliament can do, not the Supreme Court.
·
Moreover,
right at this time there are very serious charges against the Chief
Justice’s son and against the Chief Justice. A real estate developer
has detailed how he paid bribes to the CJ’s son to get his work done
in the courts, and while the developer does not say he paid the CJ,
he said he met him on many occasions to discuss his matters. Okay,
so we don’t know if the charges are true, but at the very least you
would think the Pakistan Supreme Court would ask the CJ – the same
one who is after the PM’s life – to step down while investigations
are made. But no. What this glorious body has done is charged the
developer with contempt of court!
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/06/14/world/asia/pakistan-court-initiates-contempt-charge-against-justices-accuser.html
·
The
Supreme Court has been going on about protecting the constitution
and democracy. What about protecting Pakistan against the Supreme
Court’s antics?
·
Now look,
people, Editor has no grasshopper in this race. His position is
clear, and endlessly repeated: Pakistan’s secession from India was
illegal and is therefore null and void. It was engineered by the
retiring colonial power for its own purposes, without staging a
constitutional referendum on the matter. You cannot say: Okay now,
you folks are independent and have democracy, but before we sign on
the dotted line, we are going to do major geographic engineering
that partitions your country, and democracy does not play any part
in our partition. Please no one write to Editor and say but India
accepted partition, because the Government of India did not (a) ask
the people of India if they agreed; (b) there was no legal
Government till independence was declared and India held elections.
Whatever power the so-called Government of India had was
illegitimately derived from edicts of the colonial power, which
itself was illegitimate.
·
But
editor feels compelled to defend the Pakistan Prime Minister because
this man has striven to do the right thing by his country, including
standing up to the Army, and believe us, in Pakistan that takes an
extraordinary amount of courage. Because Americans are in a major
hating on Pakistan right now, they do not see that this one man has
single-handedly tried to restore intuitions to Pakistan, which has
never had effective ones for long. Indeed, the Supreme Court’s
strike against him is itself a major blow to Pakistani institutions.
0230 GMT June 19, 2012
·
US asks UK’s help in stopping Russian attack helicopters to Syria
To avoid confusion: Editor’s
position on Syria is that the US, without delay, should obliterate
the Syrian armed forces. What next? Nothing next for the US.
Encourage and support whichever government comes to power, as long
as it is democratic, even if imperfectly. But what if the
instability gets worse? Come on now, people. If we are worried about
instability why did we oppose the Soviet Union and why do we keep
pushing China to democratize? Why did we overthrow Saddam and
Gadaffi? Stability brought by guns cannot be stable; it breaks down
at some point – Libya and Syria most recently.
·
This
said, what exactly does the US want UK to do to help stop the supply
of Russian attack helicopters to Syria? To begin with, the US – as
it does so expertly – has completely twisted the truth without
telling an actual lie. US has omitted to tell us these are not new
helicopters coming as part of a new sales to Syria. They are Syrian
property, sent for overhaul to Kalingard, and now being returned to
their owner. So the Russians are hardly “supplying” weapons to be
used against civilians. Is there a UN resolution blocking transport
of arms to Syria? Or have the US and UK declared war on Syria and
declared a blockade? In the absence of either course, so sorry so
sad, for US/UK to interfere in any way with the ship taking some of
the helicopters back to Syria will be piracy. Clearly this does not
bother Washington, which is a den not just of iniquity but of
hypocrisy. Washington believes everyone must follow the law, except
for Washington. If you and I break the law, the US government (we
include state and local government), throws the book at us. But the
US government seems to think it can break the law anytime it wants
because it is acting in the national interest.
·
The US
and/or UK will never get a UN resolution blocking Russian arms to
Syria, particularly as we too are indirectly supply arms to Syria –
the opposition, to be sure, but to Syria nonetheless. The correct
thing for the US to do would be a Congressional declaration of war
against Syria. US can then declare a blockade, and if the Russian
freighter breaks the blockade, sink it. While we’re at it, let’s get
a war declaration against Al Qaeda and all anti-American terrorists,
so that we can knock off people legally.
·
An interesting “By the Way” The winning pro-bailout Greek party got only
79 seats, just eight more than the anti-bailout Syriza. The winner
gets 50 more free seats, so that is how the pro-bailout New
Democracy ended up with 129. With
its ally Pasok, it has 162 out of 300 seats
·
We
thought this is a comfortable majority because the coalition, by
virtue of being the majority, would pick up support from
independents and splinter parties. Now, we understand this is not
going to make any difference to Greece’s future: Greece cannot live
without a bailout, but it can’t live with a bailout either, and a
few cosmetic concessions such as Germany appears willing to make are
not going to make a difference. What we wondered is that the ruling
coalition likely to go up to 165 or 170, why is everyone weeping and
wailing about an unstable government?
·
Someone
explained to us the problem is that Greek parties have a core number
of MPs, but also have a large number who look for the main chance.
So just because a person is a member of New Democracy, for example,
it does not mean he can always be counted on to stay that way. With
the matter of the bailout so controversial, and with untold
quantities of additional pain in prospect if the coalition tries to
keep to the bailout terms, the ruling coalition is actually at a
disadvantage compared to the main opposition party, Syriza. It will
rapidly lose support.
·
Why?
Because when things go wrong for the Greek people – as they have to
if the bailout terms are enforced – they will turn against the
ruling coalition very quickly. Fair enough, Editor argued, but if
Syriza comes to power and goes anti-bailout, things will also go to
heck-and-beyond in a shopping cart. Our person smiled and said:
“Then the people will vote Syriza out. Do you now see why people are
worried there will not be, perhaps cannot be, a stable government?”
·
Well,
truthfully Editor’s head was spinning by now. There is a reason he
does not understand politics: it is too complicated. Editor made one
last feeble attempt by saying surely the Greek politicians at some
point have to pull together to do the right thing for their country.
This got our person to laughing loudly. He said: “You’re from India
and you live in America. And you are saying that Greek politicians have to come together for the
good of the country? You come and tell me when Indian and US
politicians do what’s right for their countries instead of for
themselves, and I’ll tell you when Greek politicians put country
ahead of themselves.”
·
And to
that there seems no response.
·
Greece: Here We Go Round The Mulberry Bush The pro-bailout parties New Democracy
and Pasok have win 163 of 300 parliamentary seats of 300, giving
them a decent majority. Smaller pro-bail-out parties will increase
the total. (Greece has a unique system designed to help stability:
the party with the most votes gets 50 extra seats.)
·
So is
that the end of the crisis? No, it is the start – all over again. No
economic factors have changed: Greece cannot afford the austerity
Berlin insists on; it cannot meet its targets; even the pro-bailout
people say the terms have to be softened; Germany will not bend
further for Greece; and that is the end of the matter. Instead of a
clean decision on leaving, which have forced restructuring of the
Euro, we will continue to limp on for another two years or so, at
which point the collapse will still happen.
·
The
difference is that if the two years is used wisely, EU can further
insulate itself from Greek debt, and Greece can be better prepared
for the inevitable divorce. Will people be wise? We are not going to
bet on it. (Luckily, being permanently broke we cannot bet on
anything except that Editor will continue to be permanently broke.
·
Meanwhile, if there are people in the US that still think we’ll be
out of trouble soon, they’ve been Bogarting That Joint, My Friend,
and they need to stub it out, and they need to stop drinking
augmented Kool Aid. It is going to be at least five more years of
hardship. Meanwhile, the GOP and Democrats can continue with their
mouthing off contest: after all, none of those going yak-yap-yak-yap
are suffering. And if anyone still thinks any politician of any
stripe gives one micro darn about the rest of us, they need to stop
putting additives in their coffee. Better still, they need to stop
drinking coffee.
·
On the
positive side, reader Patrick Skuza reminded us of the theory that
American society moves in 80-years cycles, divided into 20-year
sub-cycles. The next 80-year cycle starts in 2020, where for
20-years Americans sacrifice and work together to build up the
country, as a reaction to the inevitable collapse when American
becomes entirely greed centered and Me-Me-Me centered. Thought our
American readers would like to know, the Indians also say the world
goes through four sub-cycles, though with centuries for each cycle –
understandably because till the 19th Century things
hardly changed in India century after century. The first sub-cycle
is the Age of Gold, followed by Silver, Brass, and Iron. We are now
in the last stages of the sub-age of Iron, where everything
collapses to start again. You may also be interested to know Indians
very much believe in End Times, which culminate with the arrival of
Vishnu’s 10th avatar. He cleanses the world by punishing
the wicked (which is most of us), and rewarding the righteous (who
are few), and leads the survivors into the new golden age.
·
Is it
coincidental that the first 50 Google references to Kalki are to an
actress who is French Indian, and not to the avatar Kalki? We
stopped at 50 because we got tired. Now look, people, the actress
Kalki is terribly cute, with a great smile, and she is 29, which
falls with the 28-35 bracket where women are at their physical (er,
we mean intellectual) best. But Editor for one is not going to be
relying on actress Kalki to save him.
·
Syria The other day we had
wondered what was really happening in Syria. According to various
media reports we have collated, the opposition has gained
significant ground in recent months, likely due to money and weapons
supplies by Mideast Sunni states. The US has decided to go all in,
and has met with rebel officials in Washington to discuss the
transfer of weapons. It appears these weapons will be from Libyan
stocks. Nonetheless, the Syria government is fight back ferociously.
The Army does the long-range killing with tanks, artillery, and
lately helicopter gunships; a state supported Shia militia does the
close-in killing.
·
A
personal comment: Editor understands the case anti-interventionists
make. The Arab world is fractured by fault lines, and we have seen
from Libya and Egypt the forces released by revolution have ugly
consequences. But is an artificial stability enforced by police
states to be preferred to the chaos of democracy?
·
Countries
like Libya, Egypt, Syria, Yemen, Somalia, and Iraq have never had
democracy. They have to go through the process of building free
states. When people have been kept down with violence, the
institutions for self-rule are lacking. Developing them will take
time, and likely there will be more downs than ups for possibly
decades.
·
For every
case where democratic institutions developed relatively peacefully
after the colonial power left – the US and India are prime examples,
there are scores of other cases where the process has been
incomplete. France, Italy, Germany, and Japan are countries where
democracy took time to establish, but it was established. It is hard
to forget the ease with which the Soviet Union snuffed out several
democracies that reestablished themselves after the final fall of
fascism, and in Russia the brief period of democracy subsequent to
the fall of Moscow’s empire has been followed by increasing
authoritarianism. Venezuela reminds us how easily democracy is
reversed when it has not taken the firmest of roots. Yet several
countries of the former Soviet empire – the Baltics and Eastern
Europe – have established strong democracies.
·
Sure, it
can all be quickly blown away. No historians we, but did not the
Founding Fathers specifically acknowledge that democracy is a
fragile institution and free people must continually work to keep
democracy?
·
Anti-interventionists may well say: “Look, no one opposes democracy,
all we are saying is that it cannot be enforced from the outside –
look at Iraq. It is not for the US to intervene in all 100+ states
where democracy is trying to assert itself.”
·
Correct.
The real debate is to what degree the US should intervene. In the
case of Syria Americans are having the debate. It has been too slow
a process for people who want instant action – like Editor, who has
repeatedly argued what is the point of having the most powerful
military in the world when we are scared witless at the prospect of
losing a handful of aircraft. But see, that is democracy: it
requires domestic consensus, and that takes time to build. Remember
the case of Europe in the interwar period, 1919-1938. Contrary to
popular belief, it’s not that the democracies were unaware or
willfully blind to the gathering threat of fascism. It is that after
the blood-letting of the Great War, building a consensus for
rearming was difficult. Had Hitler not obliged by attacking Poland,
the consensus might never have been built.
·
Which
leads to the whimsical thought: there was no reason for the west to
fight Hitler. Accommodations could have been made, and by the
mid-1940s at the very least, Germany and the Soviet Union would have
been at war. The west would have been secure, and we would have
escaped the terrible irony of fighting a world war to defeat fascism
only to help the rise of communism. Perhaps Chamberlin was right.
Until we can travel to other places in the universe to an earth
where Chamberlin emerged victorious, we can never know. There is an
infinity of earth where Chamberlin was right, and an infinity of
earths where he was wrong. Isn’t infinity wonderful?
·
Letter to the Editor from NKM I am not Indian, but I can understand
your frustration about your country. What I cannot understand is (a)
why you have no brain function – you have said you neither watch TV
nor drink beer; (b) why is your doctor, whom you like so much,
trying to kill you by prescribing heavy mega doses of cyanide and
ricin?
·
India: A Gone Case In the
Indian-English vernacular, a Gone Case is a Looney Tuner. In terms
of the ICD-10, India as a society runs from F0 through F39. Yes,
yes, we know IC goes F0 through F9, thus the ICD-10.
But when the learned western
head shrinkers visited India, on the first day itself they were up
to F39. Worried that no one could be THAT crazy, and concerned for
their reputations, the expedition quietly departed India and burned
all records. The only reason Editor knows about the F39 is that he
is one of the selected sample of N=1 that was carefully studied. But
we digress.
·
Old time
readers of Orbat.com may recall Editor seldom mentioned India. Then
because of the Twitter thing he began mentioning India simply
because most of his following of 3 are Indian. Which raises the
obvious question of the chicken or the egg. Was Editor writing about
India because most of his readers were Indian, or did most of his
followers arrive because he was writing about India? That the Editor
can ask this question clearly shows he now needs to move to Paris,
take up smoking Gauloises, stop shaving, paint his teeth yellow,
constantly keep a well-thumbed copy of Kierkegaard under a blessedly
deodorant-free armpit, drink vast quantities of Montmartre Red
Number 4, stare deeply and meaningfully into the eyes of nubile
young visiting American ladies, and confess that yes, he does have
the answer to that question, which is best discussed in private.
Doubtless among our 5 blog readers will be the know-it-all
spoilsport, who will sneeringly say: “I am an expert in the wines of
France, and there is no such thing as Montmarte Red Number 4. Is
that so, smarty-pants? If you would just care to look at page 455,
Catalog of French Industrial Solvents, you will see this fine wine,
available for a bargain price of Euro 3 per kiloliter. These days
they do not scrape barnacles off ships’ hulls, they merely spray
this wonderful product, and lo, not only are the barnacles cleared
off, the ship too dissolves. That handily
takes care of the arrest
warrant for dumping toxic waste off the coast of Equatorial Guinea:
no ship, no case.
·
Recently
Editor went to his HMO for yet another check-up. Last time Editor
went his doctor said: “There is hope: I have detected brain function
equivalent to that evidenced by a headless flat worm. Take these 35
medications, and see me in two months time.” Editor did wonder why
all 35 were labeled “Potassium Cyanide”, but you know, either you
trust your doctor or you do not. Editor’s doctor is tres cute, so
naturally he trusts her. And this just shows what a liberated person
Editor is: after all, any man can fall for a woman with two Nobel
prizes. It takes a man of deep sensitivity and sophistication to
realize you cannot just discriminate against a woman because she is
tres cute. Even good looking women have the right to be liberated
from their clothes, for heaven’s sake, not all men are male
chauvinistic pigs.
· Back to the doctor. She clamped this apparatus on his head – it can take readings down to 1-picovolt which is what your average rock manages by way of brain function on a good day. After much fiddling with dials and stuff she went: “Hmmmm. I need another instrument.” She explained as she was adjusting it “this one is so sensitive it can detect a being’s brain function 50-billion-light-years away." She seemed thoughtful as she put it away. “The medication hasn’t worked as I hoped. Here are prescriptions for 100 medicines. Take them and see me in 2-months time. By the way, your blood-pressure is very high. Have you been reading the Indian media again?” (Doctor is from India, so she understands these things.) When Editor shamefacedly admitted he had, she wrote on her prescription pad: “Patient is to entirely refrain from reading India media", and sent Editor off. Each prescription was for 30 x 100-mg ricin tablets. These are the stories Editor
read before his appointment:
·
Twenty
years after the need for a medium combat fighter became obvious,
India in 2012 signed a contract to buy the Rafale. So signing the
contract means it is a done deal, right? Wrong. In April the Indian
defense minister said there were still seven to eight more
clearances required. An objection at any level will result in
cancellation and rebid. You don’t believe anyone can take so long?
Well, after a quarter-century India has still not decided on which
medium gun it will manufacture. As a stop gap, India is buying 145
medium guns from the US, and an ordnance factor has promised to
deliver 200 based on the designs for the Bofors 155mm which was
cancelled in the mid-1980s. The medium gun competition is still
going on. By the way, Rafale starts becoming obsolescent in the
about 5-years. The plane is designed according to requirements first
formulated in the 1970s, and was put under development in 1982.
That’s thirty years ago.
·
India’s
budget deficit is 6% or even more. This is part of the reason
inflation is so high. Yet just a couple of days the Government
decided it was going to invest approximately $11-billion over the
next 8 years to save Air India (new equity, conversion of losses to
binds owned by the government, write-offs, debt restructuring, etc).
Air India flies 17% of India’s passengers, if it were not owned by
the government, it would be bankrupt. But the government cannot bear
to let Air India go, and we doubt anyone would buy it anyway. If
government invested that money for new power plants, something India
is desperately short of, at a debt:equity ratio of 3:1, it could
likely install 20-Gigawatts of power generating capability,
providing a huge economic boost. Instead that money is as good as
gone.
·
A news
article says India’s food-stocks have reached 75-million tons (http://oryza.com/Rice-News/15342.html
). 40% of Indians do not get enough to eat. Instead of stepping up
free grain supply for the very poor, the government is happy to see
rats, insects, and spoilage eat the grain. By some estimates as much
as 20% is wasted every year because of improper storage. 15-million
tons a year would provide 200-million people 200-grams of rice/day,
equal to half the 2000-kcals a person needs. But no matter, India is
great, the poor can starve.
·
Julian Assange: Oh Mama This Is So Not Really The End
So when yesterday we learned that
Wikileaker Julian Assange’s appeal to the UK Supreme Court had been
turned down 7-0, we thought finally he gets extradited to Sweden.
Wrong. He now gets until the end of June to appeal to the European
court, and they can order UK not to extradite him to Sweden while
they hear his appeal.
·
Let us go
back a bit. Assange says he should not be extradited to Sweden
because he fears he will be turned over to the US. This is a bogus
argument. UK and US are Best Friends Forever. If US has not
requested UK to extradite Assange, it’s hard to see how US would get
Sweden to agree when what the man did was not illegal under Swedish
law.
·
Should
the US at all arrest him?
This is quite simple. If he encouraged Bradley Manning to steal US
secrets, and if he facilitated Manning in any way, then Assange is
guilty under US law. But if did not encourage/facilitate Manning,
Assange can claim freedom of the press and we are told it is likely
the US courts will agree with him. The
one thing US Department of Justice hates is losing a case. DOJ will
not send him to trial unless it is sure it can win. Most DOJ cases
are not even tried, they are plea-bargained because FBI has
irrefutable proof you have done something wrong.
·
The
way we see it, Assange’s real problem is the Swedes.
They have a very tough attitude on what is consensual sex and what
is not. From what we gather, the partner can ask you to stop at any
point, and if you do not, that it, you have broken the law. We have
yet to get a clear answer on if this applies to women also: if the
man tells the woman to stop and she does not, what happens? Anyway,
it is absurd for Assange to claim this is all a CIA plot. Had it
been a CIA plot, CIA would by now have lined up 10 women, 7 men, and
five animals to say Assange raped then.
Unless the man has taken a
vow of celibacy, it is not a huge problem for someone working for
the CIA to get cozy with Assange and then make accusations. And yes,
the CIA does have animals working for them, necessary because of the
tastes of some American enemies, so do not think we are making this
up. The man has leaked US State cables, not CIA cables, so why
should the CIA be involved in the first place? This is an FBI
matter, not a CIA matter.
·
We
don’t like Assange because he
is both arrogant and hypocritical. He says he is saving the world
from American imperialism, but other people’s imperialism – like the
Russian – does not bother him one bit. He is just another cheap
huckster that has found anti-Americanism gets him money, attention,
and women. As George F. Will of the Washington Post might say, the
man produces nothing, he just extracts rent.
·
Finally someone is making sense on Syria After months of hearing the most pathetic
hogwash from the US government on Syria, matched by hogwash from the
media and from the intellectuals, Editor was surprised to hear
something that actually made sense. Dimitri K. Simes was in NPR
radio yesterday and he basically said that if the US is so worried
about Syria, why does it not just unilaterally intervene, as it did
in Kosovo? What is this business about the US must give approval?
Mr. Simes is of Russian origin, and is a well-known scholar on
Russian foreign policy. He was quoting an unidentified
Russian official to make the
point that Russia cannot be expected to give up its vital interests
in Syria just to get a few air kisses from Mr. Obama. If Syria is so
important to the US, let the US take the responsibility.
·
The
American lady on the interview – did not get her name, Editor is
quite deaf – then hit the dead doornail on the head. She said
President Obama is very reluctant to get involved.
·
We
discussed this the other day, and we said there are good cases for
intervening or not intervening. President Obama is giving Editor
excessive aggro not because he is will not intervene,
but because he and his go on
and on like a broken record, substituting wordy threats for action
and making the US a laughing stock. If Mr. Obama does not want to
get involved, that is fine with us. The US is his country to run.
Carry on and all that. But please, and we are trying to be as nice
as possible, as Larry the Crocodile keeps saying to his wife in the
comic strip Pearls Before
Swine “Shut your mouf, woman”. We
are not citing Larry as a role model, because he is the dumbest and
most foolish of Pastis’s habitat, just borrowing Larry’s words.
·
Ditto the
recent wild accusations by the Secretary of State directed at
Moscow, that Russia is supplying attack helicopters to Syria. Why
the verbal outrage? If the US really cares, why is it not blockading
Syria? Oooooh, but that would mean taking responsibility for Syria,
wouldn’t it? So much safer to stand on the safe side of the fence,
and fire away with the Word Heavy Artillery.
·
And BTW,
can someone tell our SecState that “heavy artillery”, a phrase she
uses, is a specific term? It is not a synonym for “artillery”. A
good rule to remember is that 100mm or 105mm is light, 130mm or
155mm is medium, and stuff like 175mm or 180mm or 203mm is heavy. We
could get into a quibble about 105mm as light, certainly up to – say
– 1950 or so it wouldn’t have been considered light. But these days,
it is a handy way of keep straight the difference between light,
medium, and heavy. Leaves the question of the 122mm: it is not
light, but it is not quite medium, either. Naturally 122mm is a
Russian caliber. Those dang Rooskies are always causing confusion.
·
George Zimmerman and the $135,000
Editor has been clear that in his humble
opinion, Zimmerman is at fault in the Martin case. Nonetheless, when
the prosecutor asked for, and got, cancellation of Zimmerman’s bail
on grounds he had lied about his assets at his bail hearing, we
thought the prosecutors were being vindictive. American prosecutors
love to pile on and to bring as many charges as they can possible
think of, including accused was 5-minutes late to pick up his kid
from day-care, and accused
did not floss his teeth six years ago this day, and accused was
caught on CCTV throwing away a cigarette butt on Interstate 95 while
on bail, violating the terms which call for him to abide by all laws
or something.
·
The judge
set bail at $150,000. Before the bail hearing a defense fund raised
$135,000 for Zimmerman; he did not tell the judge about the fund,
and has said since that was for his lawyers, he did not think he
needed to report it. Of course, there is the question is why has it
taken the prosecution all this time to bring this up, but anyway, a
lawyer would say it is not germane. Our point is anyone can see why
Zimmerman did not report it; it is not an asset he owned before he
killed Martin, the money was raised for his defense. Give him a slap
on the wrist and let him go, not toss him back in the slammer.
·
One reason President Bush avoided trouble
is that he knew he was not a genius, so
he spoke as little as possible; and when he spoke, he said as little
as possible. He also did not live to hear the sound of his own voice
because he was secure in himself. This was a tremendous relief after
Prez Billy Bob who, as someone has said, could keep talking long
after the last dog put down its ears. This was, in fact, an
exaggeration. Everyone knows President Billy could keep talking long
after the sun turned cold, and even at that point he was barely
getting underway.
·
Now we
have Prez The Big O. He is a mighty talker – nothing compared to
Billy, but then who alive or dead or yet to be born could compare to
Billy? Being a mighty talker, Big O gets into mighty and unnecessary
trouble. His latest, of course, is that the private sector is doing
fine jobs wise; it is the public sector jobs that are down.
·
Ironically, his facts are right but not his interpretation of them. Over the past year, the
private sector has generated 2-million jobs, the public sector has
lost 161,000. So if The Big O had said: “the private sector is doing
better than the public sector, it has generated 12-times as many jobs over
the past year, and that’s the way it should be, because we need the
genius of the private sector to create jobs blah blah blah,” all
would have been well and many moderate Republicans would have been
pleased.
http://abcnews.go.com/blogs/politics/2012/06/is-the-private-sector-really-doing-fine/
·
But the
private sector is not
doing fine. The same ABC source we quoted above notes that
“Why it seems so painful is because we had that
recession,” Thornberg said. “We had the trough of the economy
and then started growing at a normal pace. We haven’t had that catch
up.” In other words, the bounce that normally occurs when a
recession bottoms has not taken place, unemployment is above 8%, and most people are struggling.
·
If The
Big O would only think before he spoke, or at least check out what
he is about to say with his staff, he would not get into these
situation. Another situation he has created is that he has given
people the idea he is anti-capitalist. In fact, he is in bed with
the capitalists. We read somewhere corporate taxes as a percent of
GDP have gone down to almost half since The Big O took office. Sure,
some of that is due to the recession. But much has to do with he is
owned by Wall Street. For example, Wall Street is back to its old
tricks despite new “regulations” – think Austin Powers.
·
But
because he conflates Romney with the worst abuses of private equity
whereas it is not at all clear Romney is guilty as charged, people
start thinking “The Big O is against capitalism”. For heaven’s sake,
McGee, no one is against capitalism, not even the Chinese
communists. If DPRK and Cuba do not have capitalism the way we would
like, it is because unlike the Chinese they have not figured out how
to have capitalism and maintain tight political control. Why is The
Big O even in the position that people are saying he’s
anti-capitalist?
·
Same
problem: because he considers himself a genius, he does not watch
what he says. What makes it worse is that he thinks, because he is
so smart, everyone should just fall on their faces before him and
say: “O Great One! We were lost now we are found!” But dealing with
Congress means dealing with a bunch of 5-star egos. It does not
matter how smart The Big O is, he has to get down into the hot and
dirty of massaging those egos. If he is going to wait for his genius
to be acknowledged by his opponents instead of working to convince
him, then it is all over Baby Blue. People have repeatedly said the
Republicans just have a one word agenda, “No”. But is there a law
that says the opposition has to be nice to the Prez? It is up to The
Big O to win people over, not for them to acknowledge his exquisite
greatness.
·
Okay, here’s why Spain’s 10-year yields rose when the bailout was
announced Normal people might
assume that with Spain’s crisis over, bond yields would fall.
Hahahaha. Normal people cannot become economists because the dismal
science follows its own rules of logic. Bloomberg.com explains that
with the additional $125-billion loans, Spain’s debt as a percentage
of GDP goes up to 70% from 60%. So obviously it has to pay more for
its bonds. The deal was announced Friday last week, the markets
didn’t even have the decency to wait, because right on Monday the
yields went up from 6.17% to 6.47% and all indications are that’s
just the start.
·
Another
problem is that the media jumped to announce the deal, but
apparently the Germans have not agreed to the loan. Without Berlin’s
blessing, there will be no loan. Germans have had it with bailing
out people; even Merkel’s backbenchers are against the loan. Just
shows the poor quality of media reporting that the reporters did not
add a caveat to the announcement the bailout was a done deal saying
there were many string to be tied up.
·
Spain was
already having trouble selling bonds to banks other than its own,
says Bloomberg.com. The additional concern is that with the debt:GDP
ratio climbing, Madrid will not be able to borrow on the commercial
markets to meet its deficit. This will force is back to Brussels,
where the Spanish people will be required to hand over every
first-born child as a hostage for more money – if Germany agrees to
more money.
·
So,
reporting as we did last week that Spain was getting this bailout
without additional conditions was true, but misleading, because
Spain is going to be forced to pay atrocious rates for its bonds
from here on out, or it will have to borrow yet more money, and for
this there will be conditions. We already know what the conditions
will be: cut wages and spending. That will throw more people out of
work on top of the 25% currently, and being a collapse of Spain that
much closer.
·
We have
said this before in the context of Greece. Athens has 25%
unemployment and its GDP has fallen 20%. This is an outright
depression. People are not going to take belt-tightening after a
point because each they tighten their belts, economic activity falls
and they have to take their belts in another notch. And so the
downward spiral continues. 2012 or 2013 is not 1932 or 1933. When
the Great Depression hit, people were not used the idea that the
government should take care of them. It was understood people had to
look after themselves. Nonetheless, we do not know what would have
happened to America’s social stability had the US not launched
massive spending programs – as it did again in 2008-2011.
·
There
should be no doubt by now the German formula for austerity is not
working. The Germans might like to look back at their own history
and recall what happens when national economies collapse for
prolonged periods.
·
No
economist denies that when imbalances build up due to excessive
debt, austerity is needed for the long run benefit. But it would be
foolish to deny that in the short run austerity creates great
hardship. The question becomes: how much austerity can we force on
people before they take to the streets and start burning down
things? The Europeans assume their people will be infinitely docile.
·
Admittedly they have a precedent in the US. The American rank and
file have not seen their wages rise in 30-years. Moreover, Americans are
armed with more guns than probably the rest of the world has in
private hands. Still further, Americans are natural-born-killers.
They absolutely love to kill. Nonetheless, the American people have
risen neither against their government nor against the haves.
Editor’s theory is that cheap beer and 500 TV channels have reduced
Americans to drugged-out zombies. So possibly the Europeans are in
the same state and Berlin can keep tightening the screws without an
explosion. Why anyone would want to risk this is beyond us, because
once things start unraveling, they will spiral completely out of
control.
·
Someone
had quite a genius idea the other day. It is not Greece should leave
the Euro. It is Germany. Presumably it will take Holland, Austria,
and Finland with out of the Euro. That will leave the rest of the
zone to muddle through on its own, and to adjust policies as works
for each nation separately.
Things We Are Not Going To Comment On
·
By 2020 the British Army will
have four fully-manned brigades and seven brigades with a mix of
regulars and reservists. The total army will be 82,000, or about
0.15% of the population. We know it’s been bye bye British Empire
for several decades, but by 2020 we’re going to need an electron
microscope to see the British Army. The RAF may be down to six
fighter squadrons with a total of 150 aircraft. The Royal Navyis
already down to 19 surface warships (destroyers and frigates).
http://tinyurl.com/7y5j3te
·
Whatever else he is, President Putin
is not a comedian. But he appears to be
making a bid for Saturday Night Live. After getting passed a bill
that raises the fine for unauthorized demonstrations to
$10,000 per person, Mr.
Putin said this was in line with the penalties for other countries.
Is La La Land a country? We thought it was just a place in people’s
heads.
http://tinyurl.com/7sxjfho
·
A
bunch of young ladies at
University of Maryland College Park, the flagship campus of the UM
System, decided to go swimming in a fountain on campus, at midnight.
They stripped to their underwear and leapt in. Ten passersbys, who
did not get the spontaneous union with nature, stole their
belongings. One offender pinched the bottom of a lady. The
University Police spokesperson tactfully said this could have been
avoided with better judgment. Most of the belongings were recovered.
http://tinyurl.com/7q2nbfq
·
The Illinois Teachers Pension Fund
has a liability of $100-billion. It has
funds of $45-billion. And that is assuming an 8.5% return, something
the billionaire mayor of New York calls “absolutely hysterical”
(American Prospect, June 9, 2012). Mayor Bloomberg says if anyone
offers you 7%, check to see if his name is not Madoff.
http://tinyurl.com/85s9sze
. Now we know Illinois politicians reek, and not exactly of
eau de rose. Reader Luxembourg keeps us regularly updated on
Chicago’s follies and the state government’s malefactions. The point
here is, it takes two to tango. While the state has been merrily
underfunding pensions, what exactly has the teacher’s union been
doing? Cavorting, apparently, with the politicians in the U of
Chicago fountain. So let us not blame just the politicians.
·
In
another note, Illinois Medicaid bill is $14-billion out of a general state budget of $33-billion.
The state is hardly alone in incurring these staggering costs. One
does not have to be a raving red stater to understand something very
drastic has to be done, and now. But while Editor daily reads red
state rants about how government salaries and pensions are killing
budgets, the red staters have joined the blue staters in not saying
a word about Medicaid.
http://drwes.blogspot.com/2012/06/doctors-and-politics.html
·
Take heart, Americans! We are not alone in our descent into
degeneracy In Nottingham,
England, a female law student tries to board the last bus home. She
is short 20-pence on a 5-sterling fare. For 8-minutes (recorded on
CCTV) she begs with the driver to let her on or to stay so she can
go to the cash machine. He refuses. No one on the bust steps forward
to give her 20-pence (about 30-cents).
She calls her mother to pick
her up. While waiting, she is “abducted, raped, and brutally
beaten”.
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/crime/9320902/A-shameful-retreat-by-the-British.html
This is England, which used to be held up as a model of civility and
people helping each other.
·
Spain vs Greece if the Greeks
are feeling a bit aggrieved today, we cannot blame them. The EU has
just plopped down $125-billion bailout money – no conditions
attached. In Greece’s case, EU wants an arm, a leg, a spleen, a
kidney, and a liver before it coughs up the next bailout tranche, a
third that of the money given to Greece.
·
So, what
gives? Is Berlin softening its stance? Not quite. Spain and Greece
are quite different cases. Spain has not lied about its problems.
And it is in the process of making the changes it promised. It has
been having trouble because of the same problem that’s hit every
other Euro nation that has been forced into austerity, which is as
spending falls so do jobs and taxes, making the previous austerity
baselines irrelevant.
·
Spain’s
debt is only 69% of GDP, half of Greece’s. That makes the Spanish
situation much more manageable. Further, Madrid’s problems started
because its banks had over-lent to the real estate lot, same as with
US, so it needs money to recapitalize its banks. This is what the
bailout is for; and the Spanish have been cautious, they have asked
for more money than they need for an immediate recapitalization
should the economy worsen.
·
Nonetheless, a stark difference between Greece and Spain is that the
latter is too big to fail. Eurozone can quite easily live with a
Greek exit even though some people keep warning it will mean doom
and disaster. Europe has spent the last two-years preparing for a
Greek exit. While as political thing Brussels would prefer Greece
stay in the Euro, economically an exit is manageable. Spain, not so.
·
Now
before people start celebrating that the Euro crisis is starting to
dissipate, best to note what the economist Eswar Prasad (Cornell)
says. The Spain bank bailout "buys some temporary breathing room for
the eurozone." http://tinyurl.com/7nnre5b The
good professor is one of those extra-brainiac Indians, a sober sort.
And should be heeded if only for that quality.
·
Wisconsin We have avoided
commenting because unlike many Americans Editor is pro-union.
Nonetheless, how does Governor Walker explain that “…since 2009, 42
other states have enacted some kind of pension reform without laws
like Wisconsin’s” (Business Week, June 11-June 17, 2012, p. 12)
without the extreme drama he created? Is it that public sector
unions are determined to protect their compensation even as their
states are going banky (Indian slang for bankrupt?) Or is it that
Governor Walker is personally, to put it nicely, lacking people
skills? We leave it to readers to make the call.
0230 GMT June 9, 2012
·
Alien Resurrection Today
Editor is genuinely upset not about some stupidity committed by the
US Government or the Indian Government, but by the fourth movie in
the Sigourney Weaver Alien
series. First, an explanation.
·
Editor
does not watch TV. After his doctor told him he had to ease up on
the strength exercises and do a lot of cardio, Editor has been
getting through the very painful process, which involves much silent
screaming in mental space where no one can hear you.
As someone who has done
cardio all his life (age 9 on) Editor finds it hideously boring.
After ten years of strength, his body is just not reacting well to
the cardio (though the doctor is happy). Then Editor found if he
turns on the little cable TV screens attached to the exercise
machines – without sound – somehow the time goes faster.
·
So,
Editor is supposed to do 60-minutes cardio, these days he is doing
30 and has gone back to a third of his strength. That is because the
other day he had a crisis: he had to lift a bulky load, no more than
25-kilos, into the house and upstairs, and he had to put down the
load twice. That scared him sufficiently he has gone back to some
strength.
·
Okay,
assuming readers are still reading, with all the ads, 30-minutes
means 20-minutes of a movie. So Editor had this brilliant idea of
catching the plot on Wikipedia. And what can be more efficient?
30-minutes cable TV, three minutes Wikipedia, and one has seen a
90-120 minute movie.
·
So today
he watched Alien Resurrection
ending at the part the baby hybrid alien recognizes Sigourney as
his Mommy. It was a very touching scene. Editor, who can get very
emotional at movies – that really dates him, does it not – actually
sniffled a couple of times. Getting home Editor anxiously checked
Wikipedia to see if Sigourney had bought a Teddy Bear for the baby
alien and was reading him bedtime stories as the two cuddled in bed.
·
Instead
Editor finds Sigourney kills the baby alien.
What is with us human beings
and killing? Just because it is an alien it has to be killed?
What kind of sick script writer and movie director come up with
these scenarios? Okay, so we know the aliens are killing machines.
Alien 1, 2, 3: been there, done that. Why can’t the movie have
Sigourney socialize the alien, enroll
him in Pre-K, and the kids first rejecting him because he’s
different, and then accepting him? After all, in
Kindergarten Cop the kids
fall in love with Arnold Schwarzenegger, and if ever an ugly alien
has inhabited a movie screen, surely Arnie is at the very top?
·
Editor is
too upset to continue with his point that all these movies about
aliens slaughtering humans and the plucky humans fighting back to
prevail are unrealistic. A realistic movie would be the humans
slaughtering the aliens, whose only mistake is to look different.
·
Editor’s Very Boring Day Wake
up, breakfast, read Washington Post, which is so boring Editor
wonders why he bothered waking up. Okay, so Google Ad Sense may have
some news. It does: 32-cents yesterday, zero-cents today. The
counter has not moved despite Editor checking 50-times. Stare at the
monitor, trying to get excited about what radars Pakistan has bought
in the last 20 years and which it has disposed of. There is little
information, and all of it so boring Editor has to have a nap at
noon, despite having gotten plenty of sleep the night before. (Even
his dreams were excruciatingly boring.
·
Lunch is
always good (brown bread, butter, jam, a chocolate, Diet Pepsi) and
reading the comics brings Editor back to semi-consciousness. Gets
one 7-letter word in the daily Scrabble, which is mildly satisfying.
Engage in meaningless correspondence to expand the business,
meaningless because it never results in any money. Boring. Update
Twitter, nothing happening in the world, boring.
·
Cleaning lady comes by one
her once-a-month with her crew, some excitement as she is terribly
cute. She and Editor sit down for a chat while the crew is at it. We
gaze meaningfully and deeply into each other eyes and talk about –
her two kids and husband. That is all we ever talk about. Okay, at
least its 10-minutes contact with another human being. Work on train
set for an hour; stop because a part has not been delivered yet.
More time spent on Pakistani radars, more boring. Go outside,
desultorily prepare hole for a tree Parks service has dropped off
free of charge. It is a burning 81F outside, Editor has to quit with
the hole half dug. More boringness. Stagger off to the gym; almost
pass out because of the heat on the 5-km trip.
·
Stagger
inside, leer lecherously at several ladies from age 35 to 65, Editor
makes such a great impression on them that they do not even realize
they are being leered at. And you know, women ALWAYS know when a man
is looking at them. Not if the man happens to be Editor. Dejected,
Editor returns. More meaningless email exchanges. Eat dinner, which
is so boring even the tuna fish and the eggs object to being eaten
by such a boring person.
·
Wander
around house pondering the meaning of life – for only the 100,533rd
time since yesterday. Answer the same as before: whatever the
purpose of life is, the answer is going to be boring.
·
Resist
urge to check bank account: last six million times Editor has
checked since previous Sunday it has not moved beyond three figures
(that includes the two figures for cents)> Once again, the Martians
who are supposed to be paying Editor for gathering intel on Earth
have “forgotten” to send payment. Its only one Martian dollar a
month, when a Mars Bar costs 1 Martian dollar you would think they
would pay up. Editor came from Mars 58-years ago, not one check has
arrived. At current exchange rates 1 Martian dollar is worth 1
quintillion US dollars, which would alleviate Editor’s boredom.
·
Do
update, which as usual consisting of whining, weeping, wailing,
complaining about Editor’s life, to no effect. World does not care.
Readers do not care. If they ever did to begin with, they are by now
bored out of their mind.
0230 GMT June 8, 2012
·
Syria and the Yapping Pekinese of
Washington All that
Washington has done since the Syrian leader turned against his
own people is yap like a Pekinese. Some people love Pekinese
dogs, but most of us find the shrill, neurotic, frantic barking
of the breed unpleasant. Editor’s reaction when a Peke is going
at it is to think it sure would be nice to have titanaboa for a
pet. These fellows grew up to 60-feet and were 3-feet wide. A
titanaboa pet would sure end the Peke menace.
·
When
the US Government starts at it about Syria, Editor starts
searching pet stores on the web to see if by some remote chance
a titanaboa is available; maybe someone with a time machine went
back and got a couple. When the snake gets hungry, Editor would
need only to put in on a leash and hie over to another State
Department pronouncement about Syria, point it to the podium,
and a soothing calm would descend over the room.
·
Let
us first be quite clear that we can argue the case for a Syria
intervention both ways. It does not mean Editor doesn’t have a
position; it means only there are equally valid arguments on
both sides, pro or con intervention.
·
What
is irritating the heck out of Editor is that Washington. On
Syria, scarfs a ton-and-a-half of red beans, and then lets go,
pushing the global warming indices to frightening highs.
Washington has become Yap Yap Station, so much so it doesn’t
even understand how much it is humiliating America. This is
because our ruling elite has become psychotic and dysfunctional,
rent-free permanent inhabitants of La La Land. The elite
actually believes that to effect physical change, all you need
is to go “yap yap yappity yap”.
·
America says it is the world’s sole superpower. Certainly at the
Yapping Olympics, America would get 90% of the medals, India
would get 9%, and DPRK would get 1%. Does the elite not realize
that to keep gassing without acting is to expose America to
ridicule?
·
Why
does the US elite even imagine that by talking it could have
change Assad’s behavior? The state Department says it is
building coalitions because America cannot act alone. Illogical
assumption the First: that you need to publically bray and boast
to build coalitions. You need not say a word in public and yet
be building away. Illogical assumption the Second: America can,
very much so, act alone. In an aerial campaign for a No Fly
Zone, for example, America could do the job very quickly with
less than 20% of its airpower including cruise missiles.
Partners would simply get in the way.
·
If
the US decision is no intervention, then please stop yapping.
Say America cannot be the world’s policemen, sorry about that,
and let the matter alone. If the decision is intervention, shut
the heck up and act. Instead the US is playing this weird game
where it wants to be the leader, but has committed itself only
to blow bean gas. This is the stance of a liar and a bully. And
yes, Editor is saying Government of the United States is a liar
and a bully. It is a liar because it threatens without taking
action – not a week goes by without some ultimatum to Damascus.
It is a bully because it seeks to intimidate with words because
it lacks the courage to take action.
·
State
Department might retort we have to get Russia and China on
board. Really? The world’s sole superpower has to kiss Russian
and Chinese baatootees every single day to get them on board?
You know, a lot of State Department folks have Masters and
Doctorates in foreign relations. Editor does not. So maybe the
State types can explain to poor, pathetic, retarded us why they
think Beijing and Moscow will abandon their core interests to
help the US further consolidate the US’s status as Numero Uno?
·
State
will say “But if these countries want to be a productive part of
the international system, they will be well-advised to join us.”
It is those masters’ and doctorates’ are giving State
constipation. They are so backed up their brains no longer
function. Productive members of the international system as
defined by whom? Beijing and Moscow see this talk of
international system to be not-so-subtle cover for US hegemony.
Moscow may not be able to do much about US hegemony. But if
Washington thinks the Chinese are going to accept US hegemony,
then US is so off the
rational scale it is Lost In Space. Without Robbie The Robot to
come to the rescue.
0230 GMT June 7, 2012
·
You’ve been reading about a new plan to save the Euro that has Germany’s backing. Before you
celebrate, two points. Greece is gone, new plan, old plan, or no
plan. The new plan is focused on saving Spain.
And the plan is something
Germany has wanted all along, so there is no German compromise. It
is the same idea that Berlin has touted for the last couple of
years, that the Eurozone should accept a tighter fiscal union. If it
does that, Germany is willing to play.
·
In one
sense, the plan is sensible. Everything the Germans do is sensible
in the sense of coldly logical. You cannot have one currency while
each country follows its own fiscal policies. So the plan requires
the Euro nations to give up their fiscal independence and follow
policies that will be laid down by Germany. Naturally no one is
saying Germany will be the king of the hill, but that is what it
will work out to in real practice. Berlin is willing to take greater
responsibility for Europe’s debt, providing it gets to dictate the
zone’s fiscal policies. It will be the Fourth Reich, and frankly,
Editor for one is not going to get upset because the Germans will be
king of the hill using legitimate means. Luckily, Editor knows how
to sing Deutschland Deutschland Uber Allas because the music is the
same as “Glorious things of thee are spoken” aka Hymn 393 in the
hymnal from his school in India. Editor can never keep straight if
it was an Episcopal school of Anglican school or Church of England
or what.
·
At any
rate, the point we are trying to make is this fiscal integration is
not something that will be done any time soon. It will take years.
And in any case, only those who come humbly in ashes and sackcloth
and say “Verily we have sinned, forgive us, and we stand ready to
accept such judgment as you shall deem, even if means we have to
throw ourselves on our swords.” That rules out Greece no matter
which way you look at it.
·
Syria we could be like other
analysts and give you a detailed exposition of the Syria situation
that will, not coincidentally, sound like every other exposition you
read. Or we could be unlike the other analysts and tell you we do
not have a clue as to what is up inside the country.
·
A couple
of obvious points. Defections from the Syrian government/military
have been pathetically few. The regime is not about to collapse. As
for the west, it is still reaching for quadruple dozes of Imodium
Max Squared Ultra Extra Phenomenally Unbelievably Amazingly Extra
Outta-Site Strong. Even
something simple like a No-Fly Zone is out of the question because
the US gets stomach cramps at the thought of losing – the horror,
the horror – one or two aircraft. The US military leadership and the
US government is composed of a bunch of yellow cowards. Why are we
paying $200-billion a year for an air force that is allegedly so
feeble it cannot take down Syria’s air defense in short order? Why
are we paying another $100-billion a year for 10 carrier strike
groups? Oh, that is right, we forgot: it has to establish air
dominance over an Afghanistan that did not have one operating
fighter or SAM when we went in after 9/11. Anyway, we have to stop
now: doctor has said Editor has to watch his blood pressure.
·
The not
so obvious point: why is everyone yammering about Syria is sliding
toward civil war? What do the diplomats think is Syria’s current
state? Please, diplomats and media, can you just shut-up? The
braying that emerges from your lips is giving Editor a headache.
·
The
Syrian opposition is getting a regular flow of arms, but we are
unable to tell without being in the region if this has enabled the
opposition to retake ground. Syria is a small country, and its
mechanized forces can move easily from one part to the other.
Whenever they turn up, the opposition gets hammered. RPGs are fine,
but ATGMs are needed. We heard a rumor from someone who knew someone
who knew someone that a small number of ATGMs have been released.
Confirmation? Zip zero nada none. On the government side, the
Iranian Revolutionary Guard is in Syria – we know this because
Teheran has said as much. Weapons are coming from Iran – minor stuff
– and from Russia: lots and lots of stuff.
0230 GMT June 6, 2012
·
When India recently refused to buy jet fighters from the US Washington went into a complete snit, even to
the extent of openly saying that if this is the thanks America gets
from India for Washington having befriended Delhi, then it may as
well not bother further. Now comes a perfect example of why the US
is absolutely untrustworthy in the matter of arms supply.
http://ajaishukla.blogspot.com/
·
India has
been looking to buy a should-fired bunker-buster/ATGM for its
infantry. Since India has a lot – really a lot - of infantry, some
400 battalions, even if India bought weapons for use only at
battalion level (as opposed to platoon level), this deal would be
worth 60,000 rounds or even more. This may equal the number of
rounds the US will sell globally.
·
India is
considering the Javelin and the Israeli Spike. Javelin is favored,
even though extensive testing/evaluation for both systems is to be
conducted in India this year. The Americans rather cleverly let the
Indians fire the system during a joint exercise; all 10 rounds hit
their targets and much impressed the Indians. Moreover, India was
told that the US had cleared the system for manufacture in India.
Since infantry battalion modernization is a critical priority for
India, it plans to buy a large quantity off-the-shelf and
manufacture a many times larger quantity. The sums of money involved
are large, perhaps as much as $3-billion.
·
So what
can go wrong? The US State Department decides that the supply of as
many Javelins India wants will upset the regional balance of power,
so it can have only half. Since it is unlikely State is worried
about the balance with China, clearly State has appointed itself the
keeper of the balance between India and Pakistan. Brilliant move,
State. India has six times the population and nine times the GDP of
Pakistan, so what balance is it you are proposing to maintain?
·
The
Government of India, predictably, has gone bananas. You do not,
repeat not, talk to India about a balance with Pakistan. Unless
State backs off, it has single-handedly thrown a spanner into
Indo-US defense deals for at least the next 10 years. Since India is
becoming the world’s largest weapons importer, this will not be a
small setback for Washington.
·
Let us go
back to the fighter deal for a moment. Though touted as a
$10-billion deal, because of the delays the costs will be
$15-billion or even more. That is a lot of pizza. Yet there was no
chance from the first that India would accept the F-16 or F-18. Why
Washington thought it had the best fighter and even bothered to get
upset when India said no, is beyond us. Washington must be
politically tone deaf to think India’s inclusion of the F-16/F-18 in
the competition was serious. Everyone knew India included the two
because (a) the Air Force did not want to be accused of favoritism
and accepted all those who applied; and (b) the Indians were being
polite because the US was so intent on being included.
·
Both
aircraft are at the end of their development life-cycle and are
slated for replacement as soon as the US gets its F-35 program
straightened out. So for India to buy F-16/F-18s is asking it to buy
equipment that is obsolescing in US service, when India needs
something it can keep updating and get 30-years’ service from.
Next, neither plane met
Indian requirements. Further, it is not very sensible for the US to
be selling F-16s to Pakistan and expecting India to buy the same
plane. Last, no one in their right mind goes with the US for such a
major program when at any minute, for any reason, the US can change
its mind. Proof of that is needed? Sure: look at the way the US has
treated Pakistan. US for years even refused to return money Pakistan
had paid for its F-16s and even charged the Pakistanis for storing
the planes built – which the US had embargoed! In short, the US
cannot be trusted to honor a contract. More proof? Javelin? Yet more
proof? The extraordinary restrictions the US puts on anyone, not
just India, who buys its weapons. It is like the US is willing to
sell you a car, but on the condition that its man sleeps in the
garage and goes along on every drive. And the buyer gets to pay for
the man.
·
If the US
is so worried its technology will leak, why offer something for
sale? And at least the Indians, unlike the Israelis and the Chinese,
are not trying to steal everything including the kitchen sink from
the US.
·
What
America has to realize is that the days of India as a supplicant
have gone. To be entirely fair, most American government officials
do realize that. India now has the hard cash to pay for whatever it
needs. From the Editor’s viewpoint, for all the political problems
of dealing with Washington, on the business side deals with America
are clean, unlike France which overcharges and Russia, which not
just overcharges, but delays and delays, and blackmails India into
paying much more than originally contracted.
0230 GMT June 5, 2012
·
There oughtta be a
law against people talking on a cell-phone
as they approach you. So Editor is peacefully minding his business,
and about 5-meters from the YMCA entrance as he heads for his daily
workout. A lady has been sitting on a bench to the left. On seeing
Editor, she leaps up, heads straight for him, saying “Love and
kisses, I love you.” Editor is momentarily frozen as he mentally
bangs his head with a large imaginary mallet because this was an
unexpected attack and he has no lines of retreat mapped out. Wannabe
spies ALWAYS have lines of retreat mapped out, even if they are in
the process of being seduced by Michelle Pfeiffer or Kathleen
Turner. Lady misses Editor by
10-centimeter, hooks around Editor and pivots ahead, facing Editor,
and going “I love you.” Editor suddenly unfreezes – survival
instinct kicks in at long last. Editor breaks left, accelerates, and
is inside the Y before lady has a chance to react. She follows,
going “I love you” and it is only then Editor realizes she is
talking on a cell phone.
·
Editor sits on a chair and does a
mental “Fast Rewind” then “Play”, and the whole thing comes clear.
Lady did not see Editor heading for the door; she got up to go
inside, and she ended up in front of him because she was swerving to
avoid a collision. But because she is not looking or thinking, she
has her front to him and back to the door, instead of the other way
around.
·
But why should Editor be placed in
fear of his life to begin with? We need a law: when approaching
anyone, stop talking. Maryland doesn’t have a Stand Your Ground law,
else this could have ended badly both for the lady and Editor. Which
judge is going to believe you were in fear of your life because a
lady was bearing down on you repeating “I love you”?
·
NASA gifted two telescope better than
Hubble The donor is the National
Reconnaissance Office, and this is one of the stranger stories we’ve
come across in many a year. The ‘scopes are 2.4-meters, same as
Hubble, but they also have a secondary mirror that helps give far
sharper images than Hubble can manage. The field view is 100-times
Hubble’s. Apparently the ‘scopes can see a dime on top of the
Washington monument, but whoever briefed the Washing Post left out
from what distance
http://www.washingtonpost.com/national/health-science/nasa-gets-two-military-spy-telescopes-for-astronomy/2012/06/04/gJQAsT6UDV_print.html The ‘scopes come
without any instrumentation. NASA figures if the money is made
available, it can have the first ‘scope in orbat 2020, by which time
Hubble should be pretty much done dead. The Webb 6.5-meter ‘scope (4
tomes the light gathering area, primarily an IR ‘scope) is at least
four years behind schedule, and given the way NASA’s budgets have
been cut in recent years, there’s no saying if the bird will launch
in 2018 as now planned.
·
Okay, so now let us get to the obvious
questions. Are the two ’scopes part of a cancelled NRO program? If
so, which program and what was it intended to do? Or are they used
equipment that NRO does not need anymore? Eric Berger says they are
new and were never flown, which would also answer the question of
the ‘scopes’ resolution, the hypothetical dime on top of the
Washington Monument is seen from space.
http://blog.chron.com/sciguy/2012/06/as-nasas-science-budget-scrapes-by-dod-had-two-hubbles-on-ice/ Berger says they
were built 8-years after Hubble, which was launched in 1990. So this
would make them circa 1998, which explains why they are so much more
advanced.
·
Story brought to our attention by
Luxembourg. Write to us if you learn anything more.
·
The Three Bells
was a song
from Belgium (some says Swiss, it was in French, at any rate) in the
1940s or 1950s and was a pop hit in the US soon after. Editor
remembers it from his younger says, but had forgotten the words, and
frankly, they strike him as melancholy.
·
Jimmy Brown is born (Verse 1); Jimmy
Brown falls in love and marries (Verse 2); Jimmy Brown passes away
(Verse3). There it is, an entire life in three verses, and all there
is to Jimmy’s life is being born, getting married, and dying. Even
his name is wretchedly ordinary
·
Mandeep Singh Bajwa writes to
says trouble is brewing among Pakistan’s powerful corps commanders
over General Kiyani’s proposal to give himself a second extension as
Chief of Army Staff. Kiyani was first appointed in 2008 for a 3-year
term, and then wrangled a 2-year extension in 2011. Now he wants to
serve until 2015.
·
The
Pakistan military, like the Indian, goes by seniority. So when
General Kiyani got an extension in 2011, he ended the career of the
officer who would have succeeded him. Now he wants to edge out a
second officer. Aside from upsetting the officers who lost their
chance at Pakistan’s most prestigious and most powerful position,
Kiyani is also angering the cliques that inevitably build among
theCorps Commander around prospective Army Chiefs. More than that is
the sense of unfairness. The inner circle consists of 12 or so
generals; they are ambitious men, and if they are to be kept in
line, the system has to be seen as fair, with no one taking
advantage of it. Now Kiyani is proposing to take advantage of the
system for a second time. Once legitimacy of succession break down,
so does discipline.
·
Kiyani is
counting on the support not of his generals, but of the Army rank
–and-file. He has placed Subedar Majors (the most senior Junior
Commissioned Officers who are the backbone of the Army) loyal to him
in the formations. This enables him to keep his finger on the pulse
of the ordinary soldiers, and he believes he has their support in
any showdown with the corps commanders.
·
But factionalizing the Army
is dangerous and the last thing someone who cares for the Army
should encourage.
·
Meanwhile, the civilian government is thrilled and delighted at the
infighting, because it weakens the overwhelming power of the Army.
The current Prime Minister has already won one confrontation with
the Army; and we admit we were very surprised the PM was not thrown
out and replaced by a more compliant one. Indeed, we are surprised a
Prime Minister is standing up to the Army to begin with, given the
long and sad history of what happens to PMs who oppose the Army.
(You can read about the last confrontation at
http://www.guardian.co.uk/world/2012/jan/11/pakistan-army-confrontation-government)
Mr. Gilani has turned out to be one tough cookie; we have to admire
him for that.
·
The PM
wants the Army Chief gone. If there is infighting at the highest
level, he may be able to achieve this because like it or not, the PM
is the constitutional authority and can appeal to dissident generals
on that basis. Also, dissension at the top reduces the chances of a
coup. Editor cannot presume to speak about the prevailing mood of
the Pakistani people; but it just may be that the PM believes has
the support of the people if he moves against the Army Chief. He
certainly will have the support of the west, which will not tolerate
a coup.
·
The world is collapsing. Yawn.
Readers may noticed a certain lack of
enthusiastic outrage on Editor’s part these past few days. Some of
that is because the Twitter thing is taking up a lot of time, and we
are not sure how that is benefiting readers because anyone can skim
the headlines. Some of this is, however, is that just about
everything that can go wrong in the world is going wrong. Things
have regressed to the point that no one can change them; we are at
one of those periodic turning points in the world’s life where
things have to get worse before they can get better. In the 20th
Century it was that way in 1914, 1929, 1939, 1945 (the start of the
Cold War), 1950, 1965 (when the US took on a combat role in
Indochina), 1980 (when US prestige was at its lowest) and the late
1990s, when the Islamic war against the west started getting
serious.
·
In the US
you have two completely useless people battling it out for the US
presidency, there is no consensus anymore between different groups,
everyone is waging all-out war against everyone else on political,
judicial, social, and economic matters. Europe is looking at a mass
collapse. Pakistan is in such bad shape that honestly Editor does
not want to follow the news from there. India Shining has become
India Dimming because the politicians and bureaucrats are back to
their bad old ways of narrow parochialism.
China is heading for an
enormous smash-up because people have decided they cannot take the
misuse of state power anymore. Japan has faded into insignificance;
it cannot deal with a single major problem it faces. Africa is going
through its usual self-destructiveness, though there are bright
spots here and there, the Africans cannot get their act together any
more than anyone else. The Mideast is just waiting to explode.
Russia is a basket case in terms of institutions, political
connections and hordes of armed thugs rule the country. South
America is also going backwards in economic and political terms.
There is a brutal civil war going on in Mexico, America is least
concerned though it is our endless appetite for drugs that has
created the Mexican conflict. Etc. etc.
·
Since
these problems are wholly beyond the capacity of governments and
societies to deal with, Editor has decided that his song is “Don’t
Worry, Be Happy”. La la la la and all that. The one thing Editor is
curious about is whether the world has become so fundamentally
deranged due to computers and technological change that is
overwhelming our ability to cope. If so, good luck, because the next
50-years are going to bring more technological change than has
happened ever since Stanley Kubrick went back in time to film the
first apes making use of animal bones as weapons to club each other
to death.
·
Pakistan: Letter from David J. Barta
There are some difficult decisions that
Pakistan will need to make in the near future. It has a growing
population and it is lagging badly in several areas of economic
development. One of the contributing factors to the struggling
economy are unsteady energy supplies which covers both electricity
and refined petroleum products.
·
There
have been some discussions of Pakistan getting electricity and/or
petroleum products from India, but some in Pakistan are hesitant to
have stronger integration with India.
The fear is that India would retaliate by cutting energy
supplies if another Mumbai style attack was launched by Pakistanis.
It is interesting that the relatively wealthy Muslim GCC countries
that have helped Pakistan in the past aren't stepping forward to
upgrade the electricity generation capacity in Pakistan Nor are the
GCC countries blocking talks for the sale of refined petroleum
products from India to Pakistan. India sources oil supplies from
many countries and would
derive some additional income by selling to Pakistan.
http://www.thehindu.com/business/Economy/article3466506.ece
·
In recent
years, FDI (Foreign
Direct Investment) has been on the decline in Pakistan and is a small fraction of what goes
into neighboring India.
http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/BX.KLT.DINV.CD.WD Another
critical issue that Pakistan will need to address is the relative
freedom that religious extremists have in their country. The Western
World, India and other countries are annoyed that Pakistan would
rather be an obstructionist rather than a participant in improving
the world. Even China has prodded Pakistan to act more forcefully
against the militants that disturb the peace in the Xinjiang region.
http://www.thehindu.com/news/international/article3287906.ece
·
A
familiar excuse from Pakistan is that because of the religious
implications, it is unable to act forcibly against the extremists
that are nudging the country down the wrong path. There is a
definite precedent for a Muslim country to act forcibly against the
extremists in their midst and Pakistan needs to gather the resolve
to do something similar. The same Saudi Arabia that is the
destination for the Muslim pilgrims making the hajj is also the country that
acted strongly against their Wahhabi extremists less than a century
ago. The Battle of Sabilla was the largest confrontation and the
leadership of the radicals (Ikhwan) was massacred.
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ikhwan
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ikhwan_Revolt
·
If
Pakistan continues on the current path of letting the religious
extremists dictate policy and continue the philosophy of being
annoying to the rest of the world, the economic difficulties and
misery for the overall population will likely increase for Pakistan.
·
New LHA 7 Tripoli
also to be an aviation-centric shop,
focusing on space for more aircraft (M-22 and F-35) and without an
amphibious capability. Tripoli and America (LHA 6) are similar.
LHA-6 will replace Peleliu (LHA-5), the last of the five Tarawa
class LHAs. The other Tarawa’s have been decommissioned. Eight Wasp
class LHDs constitute the other large deck US Navy amphibious ships.
America has been commissioned; Tripoli will enter service in 2018.
·
Pakistan’s Haft IX
short-range tactical missile is seen as giving that country a
tactical N-capability to counter Indian armor spearheads. This will
eliminate the need to respond with strategic N-weapons should the
enemy spearheads break through conventional defenses.
http://www.defensenews.com/article/20120601/DEFREG03/306010001/Pakistan-Missile-Test-Underscores-Need-Deterrence
The use of strategic weapons is, of course, out of the question as
India’s response will devastate Pakistan. Strategic warheads are
particularly useless in countering India’s Cold Start doctrine,
calling for zero-warning, short-distance multi-pronged attacks to
seize territory up to 50-km, all that is possible before Pakistan is
forced to use its strategic weapons.
·
All this
is fascinating to the theorists, no doubt. There are enormous
practical difficulties in using tactical nukes. Plus release of
these weapons will leave India free to use its own tactical weapons,
neutralizing this segment of the Pakistan deterrent. NATO on the
1950s and 1960s thought tactical N-weapons would neutralize the
enormous Pact conventional superiority. Eventually it occurred to
NATO the only way to deter the Pact was with conventional weapons
and the alliance embarked on a massive conventional buildup in the
1970s and 1980s. Pakistan would do well to study that period before
assuming tactical weapons assure its security.
Ravi
Rikhye, May 30-31, 2012
Dr. Shakeel Afridi is the person
recruited by the US CIA to help pinpoint Osama Bin Laden’s location.
He was sentenced to 30-years jail plus a fine, in lieu of which he
must serve another three years. The Pakistan government initially
said he was being tried for treason. Now the government says it was
for aiding a terrorist militia.
Q. Dr. Afridi was
tried under tribal law and not allowed to present evidence on his
behalf or hire a lawyer. Is this not a violation of human rights?
KA The tribal areas of Pakistan called
FATA (Federally Administered Tribal Areas) are an Imperialist
construction created by Britain to keep a people as a free
militia,fully armed and controlled by special law called the
Frontier Crimes Regulation(FCR). They were to be the first line of
defense against any Russian outbreakinto India. Britain created a
juridical fiction that said that although the tribal areas are a
part of India but they are not a part of British India. By excluding
the FATA from British India the British absolved themselves of
either educating the tribes or initiating political development.
Pakistan has even today continued with the same policies.
Thus tribesmen remain out of the jurisdiction of superior
judiciary and human rights are not applicable here. Even more
Draconian laws have been brought to apply in the region under the
inhuman "Aid to Civil Authorities," regulation that gives the power
to a military official topropose the indefinite detention of a
person suspected of being/or assisting any militant.
Under
the FCR the accused does not have the right to a lawyer as they are
not permitted to work in FATA; Shakeel's lawyer has alleged that
Shakeel was charged with different charges other than what was seen
byhim,
http://paktribune.com/news/Dr-Shakeel-Afridi-jailed-for-helping-LI-not-CIA-250247.htm.Under
the FCR lawyers are not permitted in proceedings as it is the member
ofthe Jirga appointed by the Political Agent are the final arbiters
of the fate of a person.
Q. But under thissystem
anyone can be accused and condemned for any offense under tribal
lawwithout any right to argue their innocence.
KA According to S. 11 (2) an accused has
the right to convey his objections to the Political Agent who can
accept or reject the application.To that extent the balance is
greatly in favor of the state and anyone is thus easy to convict.
Remember the aim is not to provide justice but to ensure the
prevalence of what the State desires. It is very much akin to the
conduct of trial by military commissions. However, under S. 11, FCR
the accused has a right to a hearing (S. 11 [1]) and he can raise
objections and the Political agent has to give reasons before
disposing the petitions. Whether the accused presented applications
raising objections is not known - but is unlikely.
Q. Do tribes even run a jail systemwhere they can lock up
someone for 33 years?
KA The
maximum sentence that a Political agent can impose onhis own is 7
years (S. 12 (2) FCR). With the the approval of the Commissioner who
is the supervisory officer of the Political Agent, the sentence can
be doubled. But cannot be for 33 years. This is wrong reporting.
Since Shakeel has been sentenced on 4 counts the award of the
sentences add up to 33 years, but he cannot be imprisoned for more
than 14 years.
Convicted tribesmen serve their sentences in
prisons that are in the districts - in this case in Peshawar.
Q. Media says he is not a resident of the tribal area
under whose law hewas tried. Is this right? And if it is, how to
they have jurisdiction over him?
KA
Shakeel is an Afridi and a Malikdin tribesman and thus he is under
the jurisdiction of Political Agent Khyber; the FCR has jurisdiction
over him.
Q. How can a tribe try anyone for treason?
Treason is against a nation state.
KA
FCR recognizes offences against the State and thus aiding and
abetting terrorists can be anoffence under the FCR and is thus
cognizable.
------------------------------------------------------
Mr.
Aziz welcomes correspondence on this issue at azizkhalid@gmail.com
Editor's note We want to clearly state this case is an internal matter of Pakistan. At the same time, there are so many inconsistencies in the matter that we have to wonder what the Government of Pakistan thinks it is doing. First the world was told this is a treason trial. Then after the US cut aid to Pakistan and began to apply pressure, it was said the trial was about the accused's links with a terror group: he had treated group members and given it money. This seemed a poorly concieved effort to deflect US criticism: after all, how can the US object to to Pakistan sentencing someone for terror links? But now the terror group says it considers the doctor as an enemy and will kill him on sight. It says yes, he did give the group money. But only as a $21,000 fine levied for fleecing tribal patients.
In our opinion, the Government of Pakistan could simply have said that no foreign agency has a right to recruit its citizens for any purpose without its permission; the matter is no closed. This would have been a truthful and honest answer. Instead we see the Government as usual trying to be too clever by half. This brings it no credit, creates ridicule, and raises questions about how competent are its public relations officials.
·
EU Gives Ground on Spain
Madrid is to get an extra year to bring its deficit to the
Euro-mandated 3%, and EU has offered to help in recapitalizing
Spanish banks. In return, Spain must do more to ensure the
autonomous regional authorities reduce spending.
·
Does this
mean the EU is going soft and it might relent on Greece? Well, yes
and no. It is possible if Greece were not an issue EU would crack
down harder to Spain. Greece’s exit EU can handle, regardless of
what is being said. But while Greece is a $300-billion economy,
Spain is a $1.4-trillion economy, and if Spain starts drowning,
there is real danger to Italy. After which where it ends is
everyone’s guess.
·
But Spain
has been doing its level best to comply with Brussels’s orders,
whereas at best Greece is being half-hearted. Greece is certainly
cutting public-sector jobs and wages, but the converse of that is
that Greeks are happy people who do not trust the government with
their money. So more than most 1st world economies, the
Greeks do their best to avoid paying, and this is not going to
change for a generation at least. Throwing more money at Greece is
simply increasing the eventual loss. With Spain, however, there is
little doubt a bit of leeway will make the difference between
success and failure.
·
EU has
said there will be no more for Greece unless the government elected
on June 17 shows it is committed to structural reform. So far
Brussels seems to be hanging tough on Greece. A question coming up
is: will the new government be stable? Many are saying it will not,
and a third election may be needed. If so, that could take us into
2013. The problem is the Greeks run of money in June; it cannot wait
more than a few weeks after that.
·
A
Musing On Birtherism Editor is a big fan of the US Constitution. And why not? It’s a very
wise and – dare we say it – a very modern document given that for
the last seven decades we have lived in a state that is in a
perpetual state of war or war emergency. We got here by letting our
leaders panic us into believing that unless we gave them unlimited
power, the Reds or the Cong or Saddam would land on our shores and
molest our wives and children. To say nothing of seizing the remote
and sitting in our favorite recliner to watch ESPN or whatever.
·
There are
times, however, we wonder about the “Born in the USA” requirement
for Prezziness. It made perfect sense at the time: the new republic
was as weak as the proverbial new-born kitten. The abounding enemies
were real, and the possibility a secret loyalist could become Prez
and then create trouble was also real.
·
Flame Virus
so now we have a
new computer virus, allegedly the most sophisticated ever, so much
so that experts are saying a state must have made Flame, probably
the same country that made Stxnet. Its 20MB in size versus ½-MB for
Stuxnet, and an expert has said it will takes years to properly
explore. Israel is being mentioned as the source; except next to
Iran, which is worst hit, “Israel Palestine” is next
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/middleeast/iran/9295938/Flame-worlds-most-complex-computer-virus-exposed.html
Does this mean Israel and Palestine or Israeli Palestine? Flame is a
spy virus; it just sits there and steals everything from your
computer that it has been told to steal. It’s this lurking thing
that apparently makes it hard to stop. Though the Russian anti-virus
company Kasperensky says it has been shipping antidotes since early
May, so may be it isn’t that hard to vanquish.
·
But that
is not the point. Civilization, if you can call it then, is already
run by computers and we get more dependent on these HAL 2000
blighters every day. If people are going to wage cyber-wars and
unleash these pestilences left and right, all that sci-fi is not
going to come about, because pretty soon no one will be able to
trust computers. If Editor’s computer suddenly starts adding 5 + 4
to get 8, or starts flashing a message saying “Editor, who is the
moron now?”, in the larger scheme of things this hardly matters. But
if of a sudden computers start telling airborne airliners to throw
themselves into a steep dive, which is going to be a problem. Of
course, you have actual live
pilots at the controls, even if the computers are basically flying
the plane, and the pilots will disconnect the computer if it starts
acting crazy.
·
But what
if the virus refuses to let the pilots disconnect? Ditto power
plants, hydel dams, traffic signals, police computers – you can keep
adding to this list. The only defense may be to go back to pencils
and slide rules. Which from Editor’s viewpoint will be a disaster.
Because he is dyslexic as well as suffers from the Fat Finger
Syndrome (thus the inability to manipulate a slide rule), the only
time he could actually go back to Math is when the electronic
calculator appeared. The Editor thinks: how bad can it be? After
all, US put men on the moon using slide rules, and with computers
gone maybe all the tens of millions of jobs that have been wiped out
by them will return. Think how nice it will be to actually have
human service representatives.
·
It is the
Editor’s universal experience that the computer voice system does
not understand his accent. (Neither do people, since he has an
accent composed of five major countries and six regions, but at
least with a person one can use the language of mimes.) These computers do not seem
to have the option of asking for a human. They keep looping around:
“Sorry, I didn’t understand you, let’s start again.” Editor has
figured out the only thing that works is to repeat, in a monotone,
“I want to kill you”. Generally by round four the computer gives up
and says “Please wait while I connect you”. It does not help to say
“Thanks, can you please connect yourself directly to a 55-kilovolt
transmission line?” because then the computer starts looping again:
”Let’s try that again”.
·
When the
youngster was younger, he’d say “Dad, calm down, it’s only a
machine.” Well, humans are only machines too, made of
carbon/hydrogen instead of metals. For a computer to say “I’m only a
machine” is no excuse. By the way, there are several ways to get rid
of sales calls without being rude to the poor rep, who after all is
just trying to make living. One that always works (if you have a
voice like the Editor’s) is to say “Hello, you have reached the Drug
Enforcement Agency covert surveillance department. Please keep
talking while we identify you. Please be advised that breaking into
this line is a violation of 58 USC 131, punishable by a minimum of
10-years imprisonment. Thank you, and have a great day.” Since every
American over age 13 has gotten seriously choomed at some stage,
just mentioning the DEA gets people off the line pronto pronto.
·
The thing that is baffling us about Greece
is Where Do We Go From Here? The right
wing coalition that ruled Greece before the recent hung election is
now front runner for the June 17 election. A small center party has
thrown in its lot with the right, and there has also been a shift in
public opinion.
·
We should
be clear this is not an election about staying in the Eurozone.
Syrzia, a left party and leader till this recent shift, has said it
wants Greece in the Euro. The question is, on what terms? Syrzia
says it cannot accept the harsh mandate from Brussels because it is
killing the Greeks. The right agrees, but says the alternatives are
even worse.
·
There
should be no need for discussion if Greece can make it under the
current diktat: it has not been making it. Greece is in a
depression, not in a recession. Because revenues keep falling, it
falls further behind on its deficit targets. At which point Brussels
arrives in Athens, and starts kicking the Greeks who are already on
the mat, insisting further cuts must take place to meet the deficit
targets. That contracts economic activity further, making the new
target impossible to meet, at which point, just like Groundhog Day
the Movie, Brussels arrives again to administer another kicking.
·
As an
example of Brussels’s program not working, in 2012 Greece was
supposed to cut its deficit to about 5%. In the first quarter, the
actual deficit ran at 13%. http://finance.yahoo.com/news/greek-deficit-report-suggests-significant-195800840.html
This is not a case of just missing a target. It is an unmitigated
disaster.
·
Greece
agreed to cut wages 30% as a price for aid; but immediately Brussels
said another 15% is needed. Then Brussels said “sorry about that,
looks like wage cuts will have to be more than 45%”.
http://www.guardian.co.uk/business/2012/feb/21/greeks-face-further-wage-cuts-bailout
How can any country cut wages by 50% and still avoid the people
rising in revolt? Sure, if Greece quits the Euro it will still
likely suffer huge wage cuts. But as we’ve said, there’s a
difference between diving into poverty because Brussels says so, and
diving into poverty because Greece choose to leave the Euro.
·
Germany
and Brussels have repeatedly said they are not going to compromise
and Greece has to cut more and raise taxes more. Yet Greece is in
this parlous state after receiving $300-billion in bailouts since
2008. By comparison, its 2011 GDP is around $280-billion. On top of the bailouts, the
Greek debt write off was $140-billion. But debt is still nearly 115%
of GDP.
·
Either
the Germans have some secret formula to extract blood from a stone,
or Brussels is going to have to give way and accept much higher
Greek deficits than it is prepared to. Failing which Greece has to
leave the Euro.
·
We were
repeatedly told during the 2010-2011 part of the crisis that
everyone knew Greece was going to collapse, but the Eurozone was
shoring up its reserves against the inevitable debt default, and it
continued to give money to Greece to ensure an orderly default. Yet
now that the time has come for the Greeks to say sayonara and all
that, Europe is still dithering and blithering and moaning and
whining that Greece leaving the Eurozone will spell catastrophe.
· To us the matter is simple. Throw more money at Greece, or Greece will fail. And even with more money, Greece is going to fail because the fundamentals are so terrible. It is not up to the Greeks to say what happens next. So the conservatives return to power, is this going to enable Greece to magically meet its deficit targets? What purpose does delaying the inevitable serve?
·
India
We have been trying to
figure out why the Indians have gotten so gloomy about the country’s
path. The Indian press in not helpful at explaining things. They
write as if the reader is sitting in India, following the story
every day. So if you’re an outsider it’s like listening to insiders
converse, so clearly you are miss a lot.
·
First,
there is the Chief Minister (Governor) of West Bengal. She has 19
seats in the ruling coalition, and so far she has been standing
there with a large “No”. She has no other agenda. Without her okay,
no legislation gets through as she is the chief power broker.
·
This
lady, Mamta Banerjee, is quite a character. She is staunchly
anti-communist, which endears her to Editor immediately, and she is
the one who ended the decades-long rule of the Communist Party of
India. She is unmarried, and lives in the same 8’ by 8’ room in
which she grew up, in the middle of a noisome slum. If you knew how
utterly corrupt most Indian Chief Ministers are, you would vote for
Mamta on her living quarters alone. She promised she would get the
state going on the path to development, but when push came to shove,
she has not been able to get rid of her populist habits. Anything
that smacks of capitalism, especially foreign investment, she
vetoes. Foreign investors are fed up.
·
Next,
there is the matter of the deficit. To bring down the deficit means
cutting subsidies to interest groups (Americans can identify with
this issue). To cut subsidies is to lose votes. End of the
discussion. The high deficit has all sorts of negative consequences.
·
Then
there is the environment minister. In a densely populated country
like India, without exception any development – factory, road, mine,
power plant – is going to have an environmental impact. The
environment minister does not care how important a project is, he
vetoes everything left and right. You will understand the problem
when you realize the Environment Minister has even vetoed 60 top
national security priority roads that were sanctioned on a crash
basis.
·
Then the
Prime Minister is – always has been – weak. He is a technocrat, and
a very honest man. He hates politics. It is commonly accepted he
became Prime Minister only as Sonia Gandhi’s surrogate when the
opposition started threatening mayhem if she became India’s Prime
Minister. This lady is foreign born – apparently the Indian
Constitution says nothing about the Prime Minister must be Indian
born – and that has always been a sticking point with Indian
nationalists. The Prime Minister is utterly loyal to his mistress,
and since he does not like the thrust and cut of politics, everyone
rides roughshod over him. Imagine a US government in which the
cabinet secretaries are politicians and do precisely as they please,
without as much a glance in the president’s direction. The Prime
Minister cannot bring anyone to heel, so India is basically
functioning with a leader.
·
There are
many other factors, such as the growth of regional parties – itself
a consequence of the decline of a strong center, but we will stop
here.
·
Economists agree there is no reason India cannot grow at 9-10%
annually for at least twenty years. India has been doing 7-8%. Now
there is a danger India may even fall below 6%, which is not helpful
for a country where 40% of the people are dreadfully poor. No one is
talking about Indians having a US or European standard of living.
But at the minimum, a nation state owes its citizen three meals a
day, minimally acceptable housing, sanitation, clean drinking water,
electric power, medical care, and reasonable education. At 9-10%
annual growth, poverty can be vanquished in a couple of decades. Or
at least the poverty threshold can be substantially raised. At 6%
annual growth, India remains a poor country for several more
decades. China’s growth is going to come down to that level soon
enough. But that is after China has reached a per capita income of
$5000. India’s per capita is about $1500.
·
X-37B
So the Little Guy is
still zipping around the Earth, having been in orbit approaching
450-days, and with the US Air Force coyly refusing to say when it
might return. The Air Force is gushing enthusiastically about the
mission being a spectacular success. But nary a clue as to what this spectacular success
constitutes or what will come out of these tests. A third test is
tentatively scheduled for September 2012.
·
No
further vehicles are on order, so the assumption is something based
on the X-37B is in development. Boeing is known to be studying a
scaled up version, the “C”, which can carry six astronauts. Is there
yet another vehicle in development? No one has a clue.
·
Generally
there is no shortage of speculation about stuff like this. But we
have not seen anything aside from X-37B may be a spy vehicle, or
that it could be used to refuel satellites to extend their mission.
It could also repair satellites, including returning them to Earth.
A vehicle for experiments is an obvious use.
·
The US
denies the vehicle has weapons use, but then US would hardly sing
about this from the rooftops when there is no need. Dropping
tungsten rods from space on hardened ground targets has been
suggested. Our thought was X-37B could be used to plant stealth
space mines that orbit in tandem with enemy satellites, close up
when needed, and blow up the target. We also speculated it could be
used to grab an enemy satellite. The vehicle would have to be radar
and light absorbent for heavy-duty dirty tricks, there is no reason
it cannot be stealthed.
·
The
vehicle was first put under development by NASA in 1999, and then
taken over by DARPA, which does a lot of the military’s black stuff.
It is pretty unusual to have a NASA project put under cover. It is
even more unusual for nothing to leak for 13-years.
·
More on the sad saga of us and Google Ads
Yesterday we made 26-cents. Then Google
took away 17-cents, leaving us with nine-cents. Apparently people
get credited for ads that are later deemed invalid. Obviously we
have not been praying strenuously enough to the Great Google God.
·
Facebook
Editor has zero
investments of any kind, but from decades and decades of reading the
financial press he has some elementary knowledge about shares. One
definite no-no is investing in a company that has no business plan
to make money and wants you to buy its shares at 100-times
price-earnings. No great
wisdom is required to give such a company The Avoid (as the girls at
Mrs. R IV’s university in India used to put it, generally in
reference to males of the sweaty, drooly variety).
·
So now
it appears that Facebook has pulled a Big Fat Con and the inevitable calls for greater
regulation are growing in volume. Can those who want more regulation
tell us: does the individual have no responsibility in her/his
investment decisions? If the government is to make it safe for us to
speculate on the stock exchange, shouldn’t the government take the
profits and give us a 1-2% return on our money? When the government
stops us from doing as we want, generally on the grounds it is
keeping us safe, we scream about the Nanny State. When the
government says “Carry on,” and we get hurt, we scream about
insufficient regulation. Can we stop acting like a bunch of Terrible
Threes?
·
Our contribution to balancing the budget Why is the state playing daddy and husband to
single women with children? We agree bad things happen and men walk
away from their responsibilities, abandoning
wives and children. The solution is not for the state to step in
100% of the time. The solution is to hunt the man down, give him
100-lashes Singapore style, send him to the chain gang to pick
tomatoes or whatever job is not being done because there aren’t
enough workers, and send 100% of his earnings to the family he left
behind. Sentence to continue till the children are old enough to be
gainfully employed. Otherwise, by making taxpayers pay for his
misdeeds, the man is stealing from the public. Theft is illegal, a
crime for which you get to do time behind bars. So why shouldn’t men
who have children and then skedaddle do time? If we impose this
punishment a few ten thousand times, Editor can guarantee you men
will make sure they get a vasectomy before they – er – start reading
the Bible with a lady.
0230 GMT May 26, 2012
Odds and Ends
·
Pakistani doctor treason case
From what we read, the doctor was
offered an exit by the CIA, but refused. He believed Pakistan would
be proud of him. Poor, witless fool. Next, we read that since he was
tried under tribal law, the court could deny him a lawyer and even
deny his right to be present. So there was no fuss or muss
embarrassing to the Pakistan military. Third, the Pakistanis are
said to have thrown the book at him possibly to add to their card
suit for bargaining with the Americans.
·
Now,
we know little about tribal law. But
we find it difficult to believe that an accused can be barred from
saying anything in his defense or from confronting his accusers.
Agreed tribal law is rough justice by the standards of western
jurisprudence. But it is a traditional system of
justice. If a tribe can just pick up anyone, and sentence them
without allowing a single word from the accused, this cannot be
considered justice in any sense. It gives the tribal court unlimited
power over tribe members, and we do not see any tribe accepting
this. Further, how is treason a subject for tribal jurisdiction?
Treason is committed against a state. Tribes are not states. Then,
we do not see how the Pakistan military can be embarrassed if it
does not so wish. The man is accused of treason, of aiding a foreign
power. Surely a closed military trial is easily arranged? Last, the
idea of tribal justice is that it is immediate and is settled wither
with blood-for-blood or by the victims accepting compensation. Since
when have tribes had prison systems to hold convicts for 33-years?
·
Please
write in if you know about tribal law and feel our speculations are
out of order.
·
Greece
when the Greek crisis
hit a couple of years ago, someone we spoke to said “Greece does not
manufacture anything.” We accepted that, thinking so okay, it is not
a manufacturing country. But we did not realize the person was not
speaking rhetorically. Business Week May 28-June 3, 2012 has an
in-depth report on the Euro crisis. Greece does not make bottles or
cans for beer (p.13). So, BW says, going off the Euro will hugely
drive up Greek import costs. Of course, it turns out that the Greeks
run a substantial surplus in services, which has to mean tourism
($36.5-billion exports and $17.3-billion imports) and if the future
drachma falls to 2 to one Euro, or even lower as some fear, tourism
is really going to boom.
·
What
we find quite annoying is the
repeated assertions that a Greek departure from the Euro would be
catastrophic for the Greeks. Everyone knows that, including the
Greeks. Even Ulysses’s old dog knows this. But no one seems to have
an answer for if Greece is to say in the Euro, who is going to pay
for it? The Germans have said no, and without Berlin bailing water
from the sinking Greek boat is not going to stay afloat. Saying, as
do the Germans, EU, and everyone’s idiot relative who has to be kept
locked in the attic, that Greece has to cut back spending and reform
its tax collection system and end corruption is all jolly and well,
but how is Greece to so totally restructure itself in the very short
time that is being mandated? Greece HAS been cutting spending, and
each time it does that its GDP falls making the targets even more
unrealistic.
·
We’d
like those insisting Greece stay in the Euro to answer two questions. One, how was Greece managing before it
joined the Euro in 1990? Leave aside the debt, which Greece will
100% default on should it leave the zero. How have the fundamentals
changed? Somehow Greece muddled along. Who is to say it will not
muddle along if it leaves the Euro? Two, people are saying well,
Greece will have to accept short-term pain for long-term gain. That
is standard economic theory, with which we have no quarrel. But why
are the same people not understanding that if Greece leaves the
Euro, its pain will also be short-term. Do people understand that as
far as the Greeks are concerned, if they have to eat grass to
survive, they would rather starve as masters of their own destiny
rather than as slaves of the EU?
Is this a hard concept to follow? Apparently so for the EU.
·
One
last question How much of
this “Greece must stay in the EU” is special pleading from those
bankers who will lose money if Greece leaves, followed by Italy,
Spain, Portugal and Ireland, and how much is real concern for the
Greeks? Please excuse us if we doubt the loan-holders give one dead,
rotting sardine for the people of Greece.
0230 GMT May 25, 2012
·
Pakistan doctor case: developments and clarifications
First, US senate appropriations
committee has voted to cut $33-million from Pakistan’s aid budget,
one million for every year of the doctor’s sentence (see BBC at
http://tinyurl.com/bvv3vlm).
The annual aid is $800-million, so this is more an expression of
displeasure than a punishment.
·
And
second, the doctor was not told who he was looking for. He guessed
it was someone important, and according to a Pakistani who has seen
the interrogation transcripts, the Pakistanis, he asked for and
received additional money. But he was never told the identity of the
target. According to other material we read, he did not succeed in
finding Osama.
·
We are
intrigued by august US Senators saying that the doctor was a patriot
because he helped in the search for Bin Laden, and Pakistan as much
as America benefited. So clearly if the Pakistanis have sentenced
the doctor to 30-years for treason plus 3-years if he fails to pay a
fine of $4500, they believe he was a traitor to Pakistan – and have
repeatedly said so. From there it is but a short leap to the notion
that Pakistan and America are not on the same side as far as OBL is
concerned.
·
Now,
while Editor completely understands Pakistan’s support of the
Taliban, and has many times said the Pakistanis are entitled to work
with the Taliban because it serves Islamabad’s national security
imperatives, frankly we are a
bit confused as to what Pakistan gains by backing AQ. The only
rational explanation that comes to mind is that Pakistan is so
anti-American that the enemy of America is Pakistan’s friend. If we
are wrong, then it implies Pakistan sees strategic advantage in
working with AQ.
·
Which
takes us to the last point. America is preparing to spend forever
and a day in Afghanistan because, it says, AQ must not return to
Afghanistan. First, does the US really believe AQ no longer has
havens in Pakistan? The evidence is that AQ and the Taliban are
getting to be BFFs, and AQ is quite welcome in Afghanistan. Second,
precisely what has America achieved if AQ continues to enjoy its
havens in Pakistan? It seems to us the ad hocism of American
strategic policy continues unabated, as it has for eleven years
after 9/11. There is neither logic, nor thought, nor analysis, nor
reason, nor objective. Washington just keeps blurting post hoc
rationalizations to keep this endless war going.
·
It
seems to us AQ is spreading, which means we are losing. Before 9/11, AQ was a moderately successful
terror outfit that was pushed out of the Horn of Africa and found
refuge in Afghanistan. Now it remains in Afghanistan, and has spread
to Pakistan, Somalia, Yemen, and the Sahel, including its recently
achieved sultanate in Mali.
·
But, our
readers will say, America is succeeding because there has been no
successful terror attack since 9/11. Now, like it or not, we have to
go into the logic of this. To what extent have we prevented terror
attacks because of our most excellent defensive measures, and how
much due to our offensive measures?
·
Readers
will say “our offensive measures work, look at the case of the Yemen
bomb plot just foiled.” Hmmmm. We’re not sure we’d call it a success
when we (actually the British) infiltrate an agent provocateur into
AQ, have him volunteer for a suicide mission, and then say we foiled
AQ. If that man had not gone to AQ, this particular bomb plot would
not have arisen.
·
This
further raises a question: how much of the threat are we responsible
for creating? To give an example. In Vietnam, every time we stepped
up our military efforts, the enemy reacted by stepping up his
effort. So we were creating the threat that we were forced to fight
by investing greater effort, which led to the enemy investing
greater effort to fight us.
·
It also
raises another question: when the enemy is spending – say -
$100-million a year and we have to invest – say $100-billion a year
(including Homeland Security, additional intelligence, etc.), isn’t
AQ winning?
·
At which
point readers may well throw up their hands and exclaim: “Okay,
Editor, you’re the tops in criticism, what’s your solution?”
0230 GMT May 24, 2012
·
The US Presidential Election – Boooorrrrring Readers will notice Editor, who has an
opinion on everything under the sun, has been staying off the
subject of the US presidential election. Two reasons. Editor sees no
reason to immerse himself in the sewer of American political
campaigning. If you wallow in the stuff, some is inevitably going to
stick. That is good neither for one’s karma nor for one’s higher
consciousness. And considering that money interests own all the
candidates for president and Congress, we honestly do not see the
point of preferring one candidate for another.
·
Rasmussen, the political pollster, found in a May 2012 poll that 35%
of likely voters identify themselves as Republicans; 33% as
Democrats; and a whopping 32% as independents. To us this means
people are increasingly alienated from the two major parties,
rendering both parties increasingly irrelevant. So why bother
following the campaign?
http://www.rasmussenreports.com/public_content/politics/mood_of_america/partisan_trends
Honestly, Editors find the politics of the Euro far more interesting
than the vapid utterances of President Obama and Mr. Romney, both of
whom believe in nothing, and both of whom are ready to say anything
they think will get them elected.
·
So:
someone please wake Editor up after the election.
·
There’s a story about a rabies case in UK
that reminds Editor of something that
happened to him long. Editor had an astrologer who was unusual
because he wrote his predictions down so you could check if he had
been right. No other astrologer Editor has heard of is/was prepared
to do that. As everyone knows, the tendency is to forget predictions
that do not happen, and when they do happen, to say “Gosh, my
astrologer is fantastic, he’s always so right.” This astrologer left
himself no wriggle room.
·
Anyhows,
in 1970 the astrologer wrote down Editor would get bitten by a dog
in 1976. So for all of that year, Editor carried a stick when he
walking or jogging. The year passed peacefully. In 1977 Editor
stopped carrying a stick. He promptly got bitten by a stray.
·
Incidentally, the astrologer was also unusual in that he insisted
fate could be changed. “XYZ will happen only if you continue on your
present course. But you can change your course. It’s up to you.”
Interesting, no?
0230 GMT May 23, 2012
·
The Germans really are different
Chancellor Merkel as quoted by the UK
Telegraph says: “The German Chancellor
said that the current debate in Europe and beyond ‘gives the
impression that, for us, saving, as such, is pleasurable’”.
And: “’It’s just about not
spending more than you collect. It’s astonishing that this simple
fact leads to such debates,’” she said in a speech in Berlin.
And what can one say? She is absolutely right:
just don’t spend more than earn. Why are we even debating this?
·
Editor
agrees with all those who say that austerity when the economy is
weak is counterproductive to
growth. This too is simple, why is anyone debating this? And we can
all agree, contrawise, that in the long-run excessive debt reduces
growth. And we can agree, we think, that human nature being what it
is, when the economy is doing well the tendency is not to save and
pay off debts incurred when the economy was weak, but to spend more.
Since nations seldom reach the ideal of using surpluses from
good-times to pay borrowing from bad times, we may as well agree
with the Chancellor who is saying that one has to stop spending and
start saving sometime and there is no time like the present. Her
position is that more spending will encourage more bad habits, which
is true enough regardless of what economics says
·
While we are being agreeable, Editor is certainly willing
to agree that those who say the US situation is different from Eurozone’s are also correct.
The dollar remains the world’s reserve currency; when our bonds come
due, lenders have no choice but to accept more dollars in the form
of new bonds. Where are they going to go if they refuse to lend to
us? To Europe? Ha Ha. To China? Double Ha Ha followed by a ROTFL
followed by obscene sounds of the sort made when intestinal gas is
explosively expelled. (Being a family blog we are forbidden to use
the perfectly normal English word for this process. In case you are
baffled, the word has four letters, starts with an f, ends with a t,
contains the first vowel followed by the fourteenth consonant – we
hope we’ve counted right, else readers are going to be really
confused. Fast? Faqt? The latter word looks suspiciously looks like
the intestinal gas offerings made by camels. )
· Still, can it be conceded that there is nonetheless considerable hubris to the American position? The world is awash in capital, but this could change. In which case interest rates climb, and a whacking large part of the national budget goes to pay interest, our credit rating falls, and that begins the vice-ful circle that lenders demand higher rates to compensate for the cuts in our credit rating.
·
Nonetheless, the above para is not really the object of
this story The object is to note
how far apart Germany, Netherlands, and Austria are from the rest of
the Eurozone. Germany is not going to agree to issue Eurobonds. The
Telegraph article says that servicing/guaranteeing the amount needed
will cost Germany near $65-billion a year. For a country that has
scrimped and saved for years, this is not a circumstance that will
lead Germans to sing the Ode to Joy. What they sing will be more
like a requiem. Further, there is no assurance that one Eurobond
issue will solve the problem. What if Greece, Italy, Spain, and yes
– plucky Ireland that at least has accepted responsibility for its
debts – need even more help?
·
After months of being attacked on all sides – including by
the US –
the Germans have gone
passive-aggressive. There is a slight shift in their position, as
related by the Telegraph, which actually is not shift at all. The
Germans are saying to the rest of the Euros: “You wanna issue
Eurobonds? Fine. Carry on. Do it without us. No one is stopping
y’all. Good luck.” This sounds like a good compromise. But here is
the problem: without Germany’s guarantee, the bonds will not be
sound. The interest rate will have to be higher, defeating the
purpose, which is to lower the interest over what the individual
countries are paying. If they are willing to pay 6, 7, 8% or more,
they will have little trouble selling as many bonds as they need to.
The high interest rates kills the deal. At which point the Germans
will say: “See? We told you y’all is trying to scam us, you want
Germans to pay for your profligacy. We’ve already told you what the
solution is: cut your spending, raise your taxes, and after the
initial pain, you’ll start growing”. In other words, back to Square
One.
·
It goes without saying
that the Euros do not believe in just cutting spending as a way of
dealing with deficits. They understand that course puts the burden
disproportionately on the less advantaged citizens. They prescribe
higher taxes in tandem with spending reductions. And here is where
the Euros and America part company. It is fine for the Democrats to
score cheap points when the Republicans want reduced spending but no
tax increases. It is by no means clear, however, that the Democratic
constituency is any more amenable to tax increases than the
Republicans. True the Democrats want to tax the rich. But they
define rich as those making over $250,000 or even more. It has been
repeatedly shown that increased taxes above that level will not
yield more than nominal deficit reductions. Given the median income
of a 2-earner American family is close to $100,000, for any real
results the lower cut off may have to be $100,000 or even $50,000.
Perhaps Editor is naïve or uninformed, but he does not see Americans
agreeing to this.
·
The further problem is that unless health care is rationed, no amount of
spending cuts is going to work.
And we may agree that anyone advocating rationed health care
may as well paint a bull’s-eye on his forehead and carry a sign
saying “Shoot me”. Of course, it remains answered why Americans
spend 16-17% of GDP on health and get worse results than the
Europeans at 8-10%. Moreover, our spending is climbing so rapid
within 30-40 years the entire government budget will go to health
care. But reform health care? No red-blooded American will agree. We
have the greatest health care system in the world, so Americans say.
You know, the Euros are not the only ones living in La La Land.
Editor is a great fan of La La Land. It is so much the nicer place
to live than the real world. At which point our two Indian readers
will write in and say “Define reality.” Indians believe reality is
what you believe it to be. Editor happens to agree with this; to him
no explanation other than that reality is the material manifestation
of God’s dreams make sense – and Editor is a great fan of
astrophysics and cosmology, so he is coming to this conclusion from
the science position, not the faith position. If the Indians are
right, La La Land is the
reality. In which case we Americans must be the best adjusted people
in the world. Why stop at the world? In the universe. And why stop
there? We are so great we are the best in ALL possible universes.
0230 GMT May 22, 2012
·
US stands up to Pakistan
President Obama has refused
to meet with the Pakistan president until the later reopens the land
supply route to Afghanistam. Consider Pakistan is at the Afghanistan
conference in Chicago at the US’s invitation, this is remarkable.
For ten years the US has gone around with a large “Kick me, I’m a
moron who will never fight back” sign on its butt, and the
Pakistanis have happily, and repeatedly obliged. What’s more, they
have billed, and been paid, large sums of money by a US grateful it
is being kicked.
·
The sum
of money is $20-billion, and hey, if US Government paid Editor a
mere $50,000/year to abuse said US Government, Editor would consider
it his patriotic duty to oblige. Readers might say: “Wait a minute,
given your financial situation we’re sure $5,000/year suffices.”
Well, a person has to
maintain standards, you know. Editor wouldn’t want USG to think he
is a cheap kicker.
·
Now just
to be clear. Suppose Pakistan did not support the Taliban. That does
not mean the US would have won this war in no time. The Afghans
would still have resisted US occupation. The Afghans would have used
opium to buy weapons in Pakistan. There
still would have been an Afghan war. But absent Pakistan, US could
have done as much as it has done at a tenth the cost.
·
What’s
morbidly fascinating about the Afghan War is that for the first time
in US history, America has allied with its enemy, and paid the ally
to kill American soldiers. The US justification has been that
allying with the Pakistanis is better than fighting them.
·
Hmmmm. So
what the US is saying is that it’s okay to pay Pakistan kill
Americans, as long as Pakistan permits
passage of supplies to maintain Americans in Afghanistan – the same
ones Pakistan is directly killing.
·
Does this
make any sense? No, and the US Government gets away with it because
America has become a Sense Free Zone. It has also become an
Accountability Free Zone. As long as it has to do with national
security, US Government can commit any atrocity on its own soldiers,
and charge taxpayers any amount of money, and the good people of the
US could care less. The good people comprise 99% of America, and
have just one demand: don’t
ask us to shed our blood, and don’t raise our taxes to pay for your
wars.
·
Anyway.
The Editor can’t help ranting on this subject. Our point today is
different. The point is that Pakistan seems to have outlived its
welcome in Washington. The tipping point was not even finding Bin
Laden in a house whose plot adjoins a Pakistan military facility.
The tipping point was Pakistan’s cutting off land access and then
attempting to blackmail Washington.
·
This
appears to have been the last straw for the craven sub-IQ people who
constitute our national security leadership.
·
Our sole
concern is that the national security part of the US Government is
not just dysfunctional, its masochistic. Now that
Pakistan has been told by
America it doesn’t have America to kick around any more, Editor is
worried for his adopted country. Where is the US Government going to
get its daily dose of abuse? After all, we’re addicted to being
kicked in the butt. Readers, please send in your ideas for how our
government can make sure its humiliation continues.
0230 GMT May 21, 2012
·
The G-8 and Greece
Here is a little pome (not
poem, there is a difference):
Its only words
And words are all I have
To
tell you
I
have no clue
What to do
Those of a
certain age will recognize the first two lines as shamelessly
plagiarized from the BeeGees in what Editor thinks was their first
incarnation. These days Editor is studying for his Secondary English
certification, and can tell you if you didn’t know, that the pome
contains examples of assonance. You may well ask: “Editor, if you
can’t get a job teaching math, who will employ you to teach English,
as there is no shortage of English teachers.” The answer is that for
some reason Montgomery County Public Schools, Maryland has decided
since Editor is certified for Math and Social Studies, he is best
employed as an English substitute teacher, and who is Editor to
argue? Besides, lots of teachers – at least 10% - have
double-certifications, so if you want to stand out you really need a
triple. And not to be immodest, Editor qualifies for and has applied
for yet another certification to make it four. And if there is
someone running around with four, Editor is ready to study for and
obtain a fifth. No Child Left Behind calls for “highly qualified”
teachers, so may as well be more highly qualified than anyone else.
But we digress, as is often the Editor’s wont.
·
The
pome does concisely sum up the G8’s real position toward Greece. It’s all talk talk, and nobody has any
practical solutions. This is quite typical of the 3rd
World, where grand pronouncements are handed down by the leaders,
and are magically supposed to transform themselves into actions
without any further work. The talk talk has also become an American
hallmark. Our current Prez is quite good at this. The previous Prez
was not because, poor fellow, he could barely talk. He was for sure
verbally dyslexic, which endeared him to Editor, because Editor too
is verbally dyslexic especially when he talking fast. But we
digress.
·
So at the
G8 summit in Chicago (or should we say G8 trench, because trenches
are the opposite of summits and more accurately reflect the outcome
of this confab), the cheering section, led by Head Cheerleader Mr.
Obama, repeatedly said that austerity with growth was required to
save the world from disaster, and his guests dutifully agreed with
him.
·
BTW, reader Luxembourg sent us an
article that says no fewer than 40 US agencies were responsible for the security of the
summit. The shows the modern American penchant for complicating
things to the point the entire structure collapses, and bears all
the earmarks of the Democratic way: there is a problem, add more
layers of bureaucracy and regulation. The Republican way, where we
all take responsibility for our actions, would have mandated a much
simpler security method. Simple issue each summiteer with his/her
personal machinegun, declare the summit area a Stand Your Ground
area, and we’re done. Of course, you can say this is the Libertarian
way, because the Republican way seems to be to demonize the
government, then go running to Washington for bailouts when you get
into trouble, and then criticize the government for giving bailouts.
But we digress.
·
The
point we are trying to make is simple even Editor understand the
point. If the fear is that
certain countries cannot pay their debts, running the risk of a
banking collapse and a destruction of liquidity, which leads to a
downward spiral ending in economic collapse then the solution is
someone has to guarantee the debts of the wobbly countries. But how
to do this? In America, we get to print our own money, and as long
as there are buyers for our increased debt, we’re snugs as bugs in
rugs. By the way, this is another expression the Editor has not
quite understood. Snug bugs in rugs get stepped on and squashied, so
it can’t be too much fun for the bugs. But we digress.
·
But
Greece et. al. don’t get to print their own money
because they are not mistresses of their
own destiny. (Please notice Editor’s attempt to be non-sexist and
politically correct by using the word Mistress instead of Master.
Really, do we have to explain everything to our readers? How are we going to get to make our
point and bring today’s post to an end, to the relief of our seven
readers?)
·
So
clearly, the controlling Euro authority which we think is the ECB has to guarantee
the debts of Greece et. al., and that solves the problem.
·
Except
it doesn’t, because some
government has to guarantee the ECB’s bonds in case the ship goes
down. With such a guarantee, the bonds are useless. And when we come
to guarantees, we are really saying Germany has to guarantee the
debt of Greece et. al. at this point you have to visualize Greece
et. al. as helpless maidens tied to the tracks by the debt villain,
and the train is roaring along at 300-kilometer-an-hour (obviously
it’s a Euro train, American trains barely make it to 100-kmph), and
Frau Merkel is frantically looking for a broom, because she hates
the mess that happens when people get squashied by trains. In other
words, Germany is NOT going to guarantee any more debts beyond the
point it already has.
·
Okay,
so before we start beating on Frau Merkel two things have to be noted. First, we are
told, it is against the German constitution for Berlin to guarantee
the debts of other nations. Apparently just to be clear a German
court has even ruled this to be the case. Second, we are told a
whacking 75% of Germans oppose bailing out other countries,
especially the lazy, corrupt, shiftless Southern Europeans who sing
in the sunshine and dance in the rain on borrowed money, while the
good Germans grimly work and save. So if Frau Merkel goes against
her every instinct and does guarantee ECB bonds, she will be out of
office the next day – remember in parliamentary democracies it
really takes just one day for you to be tossed out.
·
Does
this not contradict what we said the other day that Frau Merkel is in trouble at home
because the Germans are fed up with austerity? No, it doesn’t
contradict anything. Easing austerity so that Germans can enjoy life
a little after 10-12 years of belt-tightening is not the same thing
as guaranteeing Greece et. al.’s debts.
0230 May 20, 2012
·
Some people are slow…and then there’s the Editor
It took Editor seven hours yesterday to
put ads on 29 pages and link them (Concise World Armies 2010 and
History). That is an average
of 15 minutes a page. The additional pages may give one dollar in ad
revenues in a year. Now, Editor is used to working for pennies per
hour when it comes to Orbat.com, but at 13-cents an hour he must
have reached some kind of low. As for page design, forget about it.
Putting the ad code and links is hard enough; Editor cannot even
imagine how much time it would take to have nicely designed pages.
We have just finished Year 12 at Orbat.com. In that period the site
has generated less than $12,000 in revenue, almost all of it from
Concise World Armies and from the dozen or so books we have brought
out. $7000 has gone for web-hosting. $2000 has gone to pay people.
So Editor has made $250/year for between 1000-1500 hours/year. Is
this sane? No. Is it healthy? No: Editor has put on 40-pounds
because he sits so much. Is there any point to this exercise? None.
So why does Editor do it? No clue. What does Editor propose to
remedy this situation? Do as the bears do: climb the mountain, and
hope one day one sees something other than the other side of the
mountains. Given the Editor is starkers, should one day he see
something other than the other side of the mountain, will he even
recognize he’s seeing something different? Probably not.
·
Run out of time today
for the
update. Sorry about that.
0230 GMT May 19, 2012
0230 GMT May 18, 2012
·
With Greece a goner, Spain now in cross-hairs
Moody’s downgraded 16 Spanish banks
yesterday, saying the government had not done enough to provide them
with additional capital. Spain managed to sell E2.5-billion worth of
bonds yesterday, but the interest rate on 10-year bonds went up to
6.2%. This is considered unsustainable, though not yet fatal. Rates
have to cross 7% before we get an “Imminent Danger, Will Robinson”
situation. 3- year bonds moved to 4.37% compared to 2.89% at the
previous auction; and 4-year bonds went for 5.1%, compared to 3.37% for the previous time they were
offered. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/finance/economics/9273435/Euro-crisis-ensnares-Spain.html
·
Meanwhile, we learn from
Eurostat that Greece is not in recession as we thought, but in a
depression. http://t.co/OfREFklz
Greece GDP is 80% of what it was in 2008, before the financial
crisis hit. This explains why the Greek people feel they cannot take
anymore, and why Germany is absolutely wrong to insist on more
austerity for Greece. We are not saying the German formula is
inapplicable to other Euro nations, because we do not know what the
situation in other countries is. But clearly it is inapplicable to
Greece.
·
Also
meanwhile 300 Greek MPs were
sworn in on May 17. They will hold their seats for one week prior to
the dissolution of parliament ahead of new elections on June 17. The
new 16-member Greek caretaker government, consisting of judges,
diplomats, former minsisters and academicians, has refused to
take any salary.
http://www.athensnews.gr/portal/1/55563 In France the new
President and his ministers will take a 30% pay cut.
·
Statistics are funny things
Did you know that
Orbat.com earns $20 per thousand page views from China, and that our
revenues are up 600% from when we started with the advertising? We
hope you are impressed. The
reality is that China gave us 3 page views (three) and 6-cents
revenue. The day we started running ads we made one cent; four days
later we are up to six cents.
·
After 39-years, Russia retires Soyuz-U launch rocket
The missile was used for 434 launches,
and its last lift-off was to put an Eye warning satellite into
orbit. The network consists of about 70 satellites, which seems like
a lot. The Soyuz-2 heavy launcher and Angara-3 medium launcher will
now take over.
http://en.rian.ru/russia/20120517/173517900.html
·
Second China J-20 stealth fighter flies
The aircraft with serial 2002 flew for
the first time yesterday.
http://news.xinhuanet.com/english/photo/2012-05/17/c_131593743.htm
0230 GMT May 17, 2012
·
Greeks continue to withdraw money but no panic
says Financial Times (quoted by BBC).
Athens bankers say 0.75% of deposits withdrawn Monday/Tuesday. No
lines at banks/ATMs and no panic. In 2008 crisis Greeks withdrew
E8-billion, now it is less than E1-billion. Of course, given that
Greece is in recession/depression it is hard to say how much of the
withdrawals are people trying to meet bills and how much is
precautionary against Greece leaving Euro.
http://t.co/ra2VinBX
·
London
Telegraph notes that in December 2009 Greek banks had E244-billion
in deposits; by March 2012 this was down to E177-billion. So the
withdrawal process has been on for some time.
http://tinyurl.com/dyul32g
At one end, a risk-assessment firm believes a Greek exit would
strengthen the Euro against the dollar by 5%, London equities would
drop by 3%, Greek by 20%, and oil by 5% (which would be a big
positive, by the way). Telegraph jokingly says that if this is the
cost, can Greece leave now please. On the other hand the losses
could run E1-trillion if Spain is pulled down too.
·
Fair enough, but then we get into politics and not economics. If Eurozone
has a E1-trillion debt overhang, in economic terms it needs to be
cleared up even at the cost of short-term pain. A properly pruned
tree becomes healthier, not sicker. If international bankers did not
own European parliaments (in the same way they own the US Congress),
these adjustments would have taken place subsequent to the 2008
meltdown. The sole economic point of bailouts is (a) orderly
liquidation of debt overhang; (b) give the economy a chance to
recover. These objectives cannot be met by some Euro economies. At
which point, if they are not allowed to fail, we are talking
politics. Greece got bailouts up the wazoo; it did not help Greece
though it did give time to prepare for a Greek exit from the Euro.
Media keeps saying Spain is different; if that is so, then a Spanish
bailout beyond what has been arranged should work. If it is not
true, Spain should be allowed to leave and that is all there is to
it. It’s not complicated.
·
Fresh
elections will be held on
June 10 or June 17. Though anti-austerity parties lead, some hope
the conservatives may pick up seats. Problem here is that even the
conservatives are saying austerity must be relaxed. If Conservatives
do return to power contrary to current polls, and if they are seen
as kowtowing to Berlin, trouble will again erupt and the government
will again become unstable. So the question is not will Greece stay
in the Euro – Greeks have said they want to. The question is whether
Berlin will back down on austerity, or from the Greek viewpoint,
force Greece out of the Euro.
·
Germany shows no sign of
backing down; to the extent even the Canadian Prime Minister who is
no fan of the Euro is saying that in a currency block stronger
members have to help weaker members. The German position is Greece
cannot have its cake and eat it to: if Greece wants to remain in the
Euro, it will have to agree to austerity because the Germans are not
prepared to help further.
·
Meanwhile, figures released by Eurostat show that Greek GDP is down
to 80% of the pre-crisis
amount. This shows Greece is in a depression, not in a recession,
and that Germany is dead wrong by insisting on austerity. Stimulus
is needed; austerity will only make things worse.
·
Hollande, Afghanistan, and the Media Gotcha Mode
The press is now saying that the new
French Prime Minister has been forced already to go back on his
pledge to withdraw French troops from Afghanistan. The reason? It
will take longer than year’s end to withdraw heavy equipment, so
hundreds of French troops will have to remain. And in any case
hundreds of French troops will remain as advisors and trainers.
·
But while
the details of French withdrawal may have changed now that Hollande
is in power as opposed to the previous campaign mode, his intent has
not changed at all. French are leaving Afghanistan, ASAP. So we do
not see he has gone back on a pledge. And if the Pakistan overland
route reopens, as is expected, then the French will have a shot at
withdrawing as Hollande wanted. No doubt since these things take
longer than anticipated, the press will be able to find French
troops in Afghanistan on January 1, 2013. Will they then say
Hollande has failed to keep his pledge? And if they say so, will
that have any meaning? Is the role of the media to inform or is it
to play gotcha?
·
On our
part, we would not be so sure French advisors/trainers will remain
in any significant number. One reason Hollande is withdrawing is
that Afghan forces have been attacking NATO troops including French
ones. Advisors and trainers are particularly vulnerable to such
attacks because they are stationed with Afghan forces. Possibly
America will sweet talk or pressure France to leave in place some
advisors/trainers. But again, we don’t see how this changes the
material situation, that France is so-outta-here.
0230 GMT May 16, 2012
·
Greece heads for new
elections in June, and already the EU weeping and wailing has
reached an unbearable crescendo. The pro-bail-out Greeks are saying
the country, its banks, and its economic will collapse. The Euros
are saying a Greek exit will plunge Europe into its worst economic
crisis since the 1930s. We say nothing much will happen to Europe;
Greece will take a tumble, but clearly the Greek people have decided
that if they’re going to have to suffer years more of austerity
without end, its best to their medicine in a one bitter dose and
become masters of their own destiny.
·
Useful
thing to remember The great
majority of Greeks, including even the moderate left SYRIZA party
that has precipitated the current crisis by refusing to join a
coalition, want Greece to
stay in the Euro. The dispute is on the terms. The current terms,
which imply an ever increasing austerity as Greece slips
economically ever further, requiring more austerity, are not
acceptable to a great many Greeks.
·
To a
significant extent, the anti-bailout Greeks are engaged in a game of
Chicken with the masters in Berlin. They are saying “If you don’t
want us to leave,” make it worth our while to stay. Berlin is saying
“we’ll compromise a bit, but you have to accept further austerity or
you leave and on your
head it is.” Neither side is quite convinced the other side cannot
be pressured to compromise beyond current positions.
·
We have
noted that 12 Euro governments have fallen since the 2008 crisis
began, and that the Berlin program
has not worked for any state.
Yes, it worked for Germany, but German restructured before the world
was in a recession. Iceland is the only country that has recovered
and is healthy, and Iceland did it by defaulting on its debts,
devaluing, and accepting high unemployment. All is well that ends
well, Iceland is paying back the debts, exports are thriving, growth
is back, and unemployment is way down.
·
Given
that Berlin’s prescription is not working, repeatedly, it makes more
sense for Greece to leave unless Germany backs off. Our impression
is Germany would rather let Greece go than pay more money for what
it considers is a lazy, over-consuming, feckless people. That
Germany feels this way is wholly understandable. Let’s face it: when
it comes to thrift, economic soundness, debt-aversion, and
productivity, the Germans ARE morally superior to the rest of us.
·
For this
reason we say Germany should stop beating up Greece, work with
Athens to make a Greek exit as orderly as possible, and if Portugal,
Italy, Ireland, and Spain are really going to fall into more
trouble, then help them exist in as orderly a manner as possible.
·
There
comes a time when reality must be faced.
Yes, we in America are doing heck of a
job refusing to face reality: we do not even have a national budget,
and there are no signs we are going to agree on one before the
January 2013 sequestration happens. We are for sure in the Banana
Republic category, which is likely insulting to the banana republics
because they all have budgets. So Editor’s point is, do the Germans
et al want to be like America when it comes to a refusal to face
reality?
·
Somalia and the Global War On Terror :
America may actually be doing
something correctly for once a dictum attributed to Lawrence of
Arabia is that it’s better to have the locals do the job
imperfectly, than to do it for them perfectly. So in Vietnam we
started out training the locals; increasing we got fed up, shoved an
ever increasing number of troops into the country, pushed the locals
out of the way, and decided to do the fighting ourselves. Of course,
it all still might well have worked had we been willing to continue
giving the RVN airpower and money. But that story did not end well.
Just as Afghanistan is not going to end well, because we seem to
have got diverted into doing everything except helping the Afghans
to themselves fight for their country.
·
In
Somalia, on the other hand, 19-years after the US intervention ended
in disaster because we turned yellow and ran – sorry, no other way
of putting it and still speaking the truth – we may have a
reasonable, low-cost formula for success. We have been training
regional forces to help the Somalis fight Al-Shabab, while doing the
drone thing when we can, which is pretty rarely compared to
Pakistan/Yemen. While Editor has no details, America seems also to
be helping the countries mainly involved – Uganda, Burundi, and
Kenya with money and logistical assistance. We doubt the money
involved is more than a couple of hundred million dollars a year.
·
And it
seems to be working. As more and more African Union troops are
committed, the peace force is up to 18,000. That is still not
enough, but it is a long way for the 5,000 or so the AU began with.
Al Shabab has been pushed out of Mogadishu, the Kenyans are clean up
south Somalia, and AU forces are moving into central Somalia.
0230 GMT May 15, 2012
The news muse seems to have gone for a walk leaving Editor behind at
home. We have been trying to work up enthusiasm and get energized by
the news of the day, but after a few minutes of looking at something
we get the feeling it’s all too boring for words.
Nonetheless, readers will be
thrilled and delighted we actually made money from Google Adsense:
one cent in two days. This leaves us a ways to go before catching up
with Mr. PieFace Gates, or Mr. TrainEngineer Buffet, or Mr.
FakeBoyishCharm Zuckenberg. Still, as they say – a journey of a
thousand miles begins with…?Wondering why you bothered?
·
China’s 95% rare earth monopoly on its way to becoming history US Molycorp, which has taken a mine shut down
for environmental and economic reasons, is up and running and has
already pre-sold its entire expected 2012 production. Molycorp is a
cautionary tale. Its mines were creating environmental damage, as
apparently rare earth extraction is a very dirty business. China,
with it’s “Frankly, my dear, I don’t give a darn” attitude about the
environment, became a very low cost producer, thus putting a double
final nail in US production.
·
Once
China achieved monopoly status, it began acting like a monopoly and
began raising prices and imposing export quotas. In the meantime,
new mining technology developed by Molycorp which seriously reducing
environmental impact became available, and the rising prices made
everything more economical again. Also meanwhile, a new venture was
out underway in Malaysia, and while we don’t remember the details,
India too decided to get in this game.
·
So the
Greens will say: “Editor, what are you complaining about? What harm
was done when Molycorp was shut down? Wasn’t it better to protect
the environment?” No harm, if you do not consider handing over your
strategic metals production to someone who really does not wish you
well. If the US had gotten into a major tussle with China before
Molycorp revived, well, a great deal of damage would have been done.
·
At any
rate, within five years Molycorp and Malaysia should be at full
blast. China is having to pay attention to its environment because
so much damage has been done, and with Chinese wages rising and
rising, hopefully the two new ventures will not be in danger of
elimination by cheap Chinese prices.
·
To us it is very, very strange that the US would permit any foreign
country
– leave alone a hostile one – supply us
with almost 100% of our rare earth needs, but Americans are not a
terribly logical people. Can you imagine us relying on the USSR
pre-1990 for our strategic metal needs? Because the Soviets were so
crassly crude and threatened us every day ten times a day, even
Americans understood the Soviets were an enemy. The Chinese are a
bit more subtle, so Americans think there is not much of a problem
with China. Yes, babaloos, currently there is not because China is
still militarily weak. But
even today, if China was prepared to spend 4% of its GDP on defense
as we do, it would have a defense budget of $250-billion to our
$600-billion. Seeing as its personnel costs are much lower, and
seeing as currently it does not need to be a global power, just a
regional and anti-America power, it is quite capable of causing us
much grief – if it wishes – even now.
·
At 7.5%
growth to our 3%, in the time we go to $30-trillion GDP (25 years),
China will go to $25-trillion or so. Does anyone really believe as
China gets stronger it will become a willing partner in an
American-defined and American-led world order? Dream on people.
Yes, between 1914 and 1940 –
a mere 25-years – a rising US was willing to be a partner to Britain
and France and play by European rules. After 1940 the US made its
own rules and dictated its own terms to all and sundry. So those who
think China will not be a threat need to explain why the Chinese
will act any differently than we did, when China’s time comes.
0230 GMT May 14. 2012
0230 GMT May 13, 2012
The absurdity of being the Brazilian government So Chevron was responsble for a 2400-barrel spill from one of its drilling platforms. No birds or sea turtles were harmed, and the slick dispersed. Brazil fined Chevron $10-billion. Then Chevron reported one barrel of oil in an area it was not drilling, and there was no sign of drilling chemicals in the slick. Brazil ordered six American executives arrested and imposed a second fine of - yes, $10-billion. Meanwhile, Petrobras, the domestic oil company, has been busy creating its own messes to the tune of eight in the same structure that Chevron is drilling. Has anyone been arrested? Has Petrobras been fined?
Obviously not. The point of these stupid shenanigans eludes us - and Editor as a 3rd worlder himself has some understanding of and sympathetic for another 3rd world country's point of view. He is just having trouble understanding what this point of view is. No one says that if Chevron is responsible for the 2400-barrel spill that it should not pay fines, even though the company moved rapidly to shut down production and clean up the oil. But one barrel that likely Chevron had nothing to do with?
It's worth noting that Brazil has been independent for 190 years, not much less than the US's 236. Brazil too can claim to be God's own country in terms of space and natural resources. E Yet two centuries after independence, Brazil remains a developing country. So who is to blame for this situation but Brazil itself?
Without doubt there is a case to be made that American imperialism harmed the countries of Central America, even if focusing on the US detracts attention from the role the ruling elite played in mismagaing these countries. But what is Brazil's gripe with America? Sorry, but we don't see Brazil was victimized by the US. And we further don't see it that Brazil was victimized by American oil companies. For one thing, it is only about 15 or so years ago that Petrobras ceased to be the legal monopoly producer in Brazil. So it is not as if American companies backed by gunboats arrived to take advantage of a poor, pathetically weak government and bribed everyone to grab prime concessions.
if Brazil has a problem with Chevron, cancel the leases, pay the contracted sums, and say goodbye. Brazil's current positions is government extortion. This cannot be ultimately good for anyone, let alone Brazil.
Entirely parenthetically, we don't see what blithering idiot came up with the idea of the "BRIC" block and which even more blithering idiots bought into the concept. Brazil's per capita is six times that of India and twice that of China. There is certainly no case for including India in any block but its own. Brazil and Russia yes. Brazil, China, Russia, okay, its a stretch but since China is growing so fast perhaps its okay. India does not figure in any of these calculations, at least not before 2030.
Also worth noting: oil and natural gas seep naturally from the ocean floor. Also, consider: about 100-million-barrels/day oil moves around the world. Even assuming that just one-hundredth of one percent leaks either as crude or as product, you're looking at 10,000-barrels/day leakage. No one says we should not be as careful as possible to avoid spills. But pollution from spills - as well as pollution from burning coal, driving cars, manufacturing I-Phones, producing food and medicines - all the myriad activities of human existence - will remain a fact of life as long as humans remains. The US alone generates 200+million tons of garbage a day, and that creates pollution too. Unless you eliminate humans, you are not going to eliminate pollution. And even then, remember Mother Nature does her share of pollution too: volcanoes put out 300-million-tons of CO2 annually. Sure we human put out much more. But 300-million-tons is not exactly small change in the pollution stakes.
And if Brazil is so worried about the environment, maybe it had better hie over to its Amazon region and check out what's happening there.
Referemce http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-05-10/how-brazil-is-making-an-example-of-chevron
0230 GMT May 12, 2012
Trouble in Indian artillery regiment When leadership is deficient, no one should be surprised if there is trouble in a military unit. And trouble happens in every military. This particular story got unusual play because someone deeply involved on the civil government side gave a reporter the whole story. The unit in question is 226th Artillery Regiment, at Nyoma, in Ladakh.
The trouble began when an orderly "misbehaved" with a major's wife, and the major not only beat up the orderly, but prevented other enlisted men from rendering him first aid. Though not said in the story, the only way the major could have done this is drawn a gun on the men. So obviously you cannot attack an enlisted man and expect to get away with it. When the regimental commander reached the scene he yelled at the major. Double dismal score, you do not yell at your officers in front of the men. Other officers became irate and beat up the colonel. Triple dismal score. The men went berserk at seeing their CO beaten up, and attacked the officers with whatever they could lay hands on. Quadruple dismal score. Some of the men seized the armory - that is about as dismal as you can get, Luckily, they did not break out weapons. Had they done that the Army would have squashed what would have been an outright mutiny. Like most armies, when soldiers mutiny, the Indian Army is not in the habit of reading "suspects" their rights and arranging lawyers.
The officers who attacked their CO, the men who attacked officers, and the men who seized the armory are looking at long periods of great unhappiness, as well they should. The divisional commander promised the men justice would be done, and the original perp, the major, should be punished. But justice being done does not mean those who broke Army rules and regulations will get a free pass. To appreciate this, please to understand the regiment is in a forward area, the division and the Chinese daily stare at each other across the line of control and the division, at least, is ready to go to war at a moment's notice. You can imagine if the exact same thing happened in an American unit, there would be all kinds of heck to pay. Same thing applies to this regiment.
Mandeep Bajwa thinks the incident is serious enough the regiment may be disbanded, though its too early to say, and there is only one source for the story. Our guess is the source is the District Commissioner, who had to hie over with a bunch of armed police when the incident broke, because had the men got their hands on weapons, there's no telling where things go from there.
But whatever happened, invariably the root cause is a badly led unit
OK, people, you can breathe again: world not ending in 2012 How do we know that? Well, the same people that people thought said the world was ending in 2012 earlier made calculations out to about 8000 AD. Someone came across more Mayan calendars, older than the alleged "world ends in 2012" calendar. You can read about it at http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/centralamericaandthecaribbean/guatemala/9259069/The-world-may-not-end-soon-predicts-newly-found-Mayan-calendar.html
Please to notice the UK Telegraph, in complete weasel fashion, refuses to take responsibility for a definitive "the world will not end in 2012". Its story is "world may not end soon". Dudes, if the world ends in 2012 be assured the last thing anyone will be doing is mocking the Telegraph for saying the world will not end.
Now of course if someone tells us there is no older Mayan calendar, it's all a government conspiracy to keep us paying taxes to the government, then we'll have to admit they have a serious point. Everyone knows the government will tell ANY lie to keep us paying taxes.
If you need reminding what war is really like go through this photo album of pictures by Horst Faas, the well-known Vietnam War photographer who just died. Look in particular at the pictures of the civilians. The stuff you see today is so sanitized as to have no bearing on reality. And truthfully, even the Faas pictures here are sort of mild. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/culture/culturepicturegalleries/9259915/Horst-Faas-Pulitzer-Prize-winning-Vietnam-War-photographer.html#?frame=2216792
0230 GMT May 11, 2012
From Mandeep Singh Bajwa on India-Pakistan military exercises Indian Army corps on the Pakistan front used to exercise every 2-3 years, but now the tempo has accelerated to once every year and the trend has become multi-corps exercises. In India the HQ above corps is the Command, which is both a geographical and a tactical arrangement. There are no field army HQs, though the matter comes up for discussion from time-to-time.
Before Cold Start, the army on the Pakistan front was divided into strike and holding corps. So XV, XVI, XI, X, and XII Corps were holding, and I, II and XXI were strike. The holding corps defensively protected their area of the front. Now all corps are to go on the offensive; indeed, most of Cold Start will be conducted by the former holding corps. As part of the offensive doctrine - a major change because since 1947 India has used the defensive-offensive configuration - the assumption is a war will be short. There will be neither time for mobilization, nor for learning on the job.
Accordingly, there has been a steady shift of formations closer to the front as a way of reducing mobilization time. The process is slow, because creating new permanent bases is not just expensive, in a crowded country like India land for new bases is not easily obtained. Equally, under Cold Start, there is to be no waiting for strike formations to concentrate at the front. The corps in place (now XV, XVI, IX, XI, X, and XII, from north to south) are to begin offensives at very short notice. The offensives will be conducted by eight armor battle groups, each of brigade size and heavily reinforced, each operating on a separate axis.
If the war is short, the battle groups will seize territory out to 30-km before shifting to the defensive. If the war continues, the three strike corps will enter play. Each of the three Pakistan-front plains commands - Western, South Western, and Southern - has an assigned strike corps. From north to south these are I, II, and XXI Corps.
The new posture requires considerably higher readiness, which is the reason for the increased tempo of exercises. I Strike and X Corps in South Western Command have finished an exercise, and now all of Western Command - II Strike, IX and XI Corps - is starting an exercise. It may be noted that by staging the exercise in May, at a time of maximum heat, the Indian Army is giving notice there is no more "fighting season". In the past this was the late fall/winter/spring. Now India is prepared to fight in the summer. The monsoon is still off limits because the torrential rains turn the ground to mush so that even tracked vehicles get into trouble.
Similarly, India is now prepared to go on the offensive in the mountains even in the dead of winter.
Pakistan, naturally, has not been sitting back passively. Despite its limited resources it has also stepped up its exercise tempo. Units from its I Strike plus X Corps and II Strike plus XXXI Corps have finished training at the ranges. A major exercise for IV Corps (Lahore) designed specifically to respond to a Cold Start grab is planned soon.
Editor's note First, this is Editor speaking. In no way should readers construe Mandeep as agreeing with any part of what follows. Editor thinks Cold Start is really Non Start. There are so many holes in the doctrine that it cannot be dignified with the term doctrine. And in any case, a country that bases its strategy on the presumption that within a few days the west will intervene to stop the fighting has lost before firing the first shot.
US arms control types, always eager to create another subject to label as extremely urgent so they can get funding and extend their jobs, have been sounding the alarm on Cold Start. According to them, two N-armed powers shouldn't even be thinking of conventional war. Too bad Pakistan and India didn't get the message when they happily went to war in 1999. The arms control types cannot understand the Indo-Pakistan dynamic, including the restraints both sides place on themselves covering both conventional and nuclear forces. As far as the US arms control people are concerned, since they haven't developed a doctrine for both sides to act in the interests of the US, the situation is very dangerous.
The US military is a lot more understanding of India and Pakistan's limits. They don't take Cold Start as seriously as the arms control types.
If anyone asks Editor - and truthfully, no one is asking him anything - he would advise ignoring anything India says. India can't fight its way out of a paper bag - not because the military cant, but because war is politics, and India's politicians are too busy adjusting their pink underwear, makeup, and bangles to bother about wars and stuff.
0230 GMT May 10, 2012
Greece: The Long Goodbye Now a third group is going to try and form a government. The right wing parties failed (149/300 seats). A middle lefty party (52 seats) failed because obviously it need the assistance of the major right wing party (108 seats) and obviously this wasn;t going to wrok since the right parties want to stick to the EU deal, the left and everyone else don't. So now the smaller right wing party (41 seats) gets its chance, and it's not going to succeed either unless a whole bunch of very disparate parties - including the middle lefties - ally with it.
So you can reasonably take it that there will be new elections. It's possible in the new elections the right wing parties make it. It's also possible that some defections from other parties take place. You could see a right government, but the basic issue will remain unresolved. And this is that the medicine is killing the patient. Germany and the hardliners keep demanding Greece take ever more bitter medicine - just before the elections an additional $15-billion in spending cuts was demanded. Each round of cuts deepens Greece's recession, so no government is going to last more than a few months.
Will this be a tgragedy? Not really. When the discussion first started last year that Greece had entered the endgame, and that default was inevitable, readers may recall we gave the "insider" view (which we got from the media) that the Eurozone people were only trying to buy time for an orderly default and withdrawal of Greece from the Euro. That orderly stage has arrived: most of the Greek debt is off the hands of banks, and in the hands of people like the ECB and the IMF. So a Greek collapse will not lead to a banking collapse. Greece is free to leave.
Now, this will not resolve other problems. Among these is that speculators will next go after Italy or Spain. They may well be unlikely to succeed, these two countries are not in the same mess as Greece, not by a long shot. But the Eurozone crisis is continue until the fundamental reality is addressed. This is you cannot have the same set of fiscal/monetray rules for two completely different kidns of economies. The Eurozone has to break up otherwise even if the present issues are solved, trouble will erupt again.
In the meanwhile we must confess to some degree of being appalled (say around two on a scale of a hundred) at the complete lack of understanding Americans have about what is happening in Europe. The Europeans have chosen socialism, we have chosen something not quite socialism and not quite capitalism. Their system works for them. What has happened is not because socialism has failed. And the last thing they want is a dog-eat-dog American system. What the French, for example, call a wrenching adjustment is raising the retirement age to 62. We in America seem to think it must inevitably rise to 70. If the French have to raise retirement to 62, or even to 65, it will be very ignorant of us Americans to think their system has failed. Same applies if they have to trim some benefits. One of these days we'll tell you the benefits the French take for granted, and it will make you sick to your stomach with envy. If they have to trim benefits by 10% or even 20%, they will still be so far ahead of us as to make the average American sick.
Editor has no time for the Euros when it comes to international security issues. But if we are waiting for Euro-socialism to fail, we'll be waiting a long time. Better to spend that time in straightening out our own economic mess.
Thank you Canada for proving you are just as nutzoid as America Let us face it: us Americans are a pretty Looney Tunes bunch. Once in a while Editor feels persecuted by the Divine - Editor takes America's follies very personally - and goes into his mode of "Why Lord? Why did you make us so crazy?"
Then along comes Canada to save the day. The Canadians have a new $20 bill - apparently their twenty is the most countertheir most counterfieted bill. Some Canadians think the bill features the Twin Towers and three topless women. (No need to go into the pyschology of what the Canadians see; this is a family blog.) Here is the link to the story http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-2141825/Canadas-new-20-dollar-naked-women-Twin-Towers-it.html
Well, what the bill shows is the Canadian monument to Vimy Ridge. You have to be pretty tweet-tweet to see topless women and the Twin Towers. Seriously, good Canadian friends. Your long winters are distorting your perception of reality.
Then just as we are feeling reassured and perhaps even a tiny bit morally superior to our Canadian friends, we scroll down to the Letter to the Editor and read this from an American reader: "Why the heck is a FRENCH memorial of ANYTHING featured on Canadian money? Doesn't Canada have its own landmarks?"
Please excuse Editor while he bangs his
head against the neighbors' stone wall.
0230 GMT May 9, 2012
·
Afghanistan
Yesterday we ran
an article by a former Pakistan ISI officer where he told the truth,
and nothing but the truth, about the Taliban. The Afghans are no
fighters; the effective part of the Taliban is Pakistani and
mercenary. That it was the Pakistanis who destroyed the Afghan
warlords 1994-96 and unified the country, not the Taliban, has long
been known to anyone with the most cursory interest in that part of
the world. Even the CIA knew this; whether the US military did we
don’t know, but honestly, the US military at its higher levels is
completely, totally, utterly unable to step a centimeter outside its
carefully constructed belief system.
· Basically what the Americans/NATO have been doing in Afghanistan is supporting their being in Afghanistan, not in fighting the Taliban. It’s like Jabba The Hut: 90% of his existence went in the care, feeding, and maintenance of Jabba The Hut.
·
The only
way the alliance could have “won” in Afghanistan would have been to
seal the border, which it was ferociously determined not to do.
Operating in La La Land so deep that the US never came up for fresh
air, Washington decreed Pakistan would close the border. Nice try,
mates, because it was the Pakistan who were the Taliban to begin
with, US drove them from Afghanistan, they were determined to get
back (and they will), so asking them to close the border was asking
them to shoot themselves. We do not need to get into a detailed
analysis of what went wrong, because when your starting assumption
is so fantastically bizarre and detached from reality, how can
anything else work.
·
BTW,
Editor wants to make it clear that for the first seven years of the
US presence in Afghanistan he swallowed all the official propaganda
and was convinced we had won. Its
only in 2008 that Editor started to realize it was all lies and more
lies from Washington – again, we must be careful to note that
Washington, being totally Looney Tuners, did not believe it was
lying. It believed it was telling the truth. One of the astonishing
things that has happened in 2011-12 is that of a sudden just about
everyone in the ruling elite has seen we were fooling ourselves,
that we were not winning, and the whole thing was going to end
badly. Now we’re just going through the motions of staging a
victorious withdrawal, even though no one cares anymore. It is just
that in the horribly poisoned political scene in America no one can
say: “Guys, it’s over, we may as well come home now.”
·
This war
is going on and on because of the politicians’ egos, and while we
can all get terribly outraged that that’s the determining factor,
the reality is that in this day and age wars are political at least
as much as they are military. If you want to get technical and
literal, then of course all wars are political, but we are trying to
make a distinction between wars of survival (1917-18 and 1941-45)
and other wars. Anyway, this is a boring subject.
0230 GMT May 8, 2012
Letter from Nithin Kumar on General Kiyani and the Siachin Glacier I have different theory. Just to clarify I am no military expert and my theory is based on what is publicly available.
The avalanche hit a very important base for the Pakistan Army. A major staging area with tons of supplies. Supplies which would very crucial for survival of PA troops on Saltoro. As I far I understand, with the base gone, it would be very difficult to sustain the troops on Saltoro. The clearup could take months. Sustaining the Saltoro position during this time, would require supplies that has to be brought from lower bases or through choppers. This increases PA expenses exponentially. And he knows that it is pointless to spend so much on area where PA is at disadvantage and for troops who are just sitting there, without firing a shot!
Secondly, with the base gone, he will not be able to defend a Indian push (not that Indian Army will be allowed to by Government of India) further down/west. By using the "peace at Siachen" PR and Indian media, he want to pre-empt any IA ops.
Setting up a alternate HQ on the same place is not possible as tons of fuel(kerosene, aviation fuel) and ammunition is buried in the snow. If the ammo explode, there will be another avalanche carrying the entire base downwards. Imagine what will happen, if the fuel ignite or leaks downstream. Hence PA has to either abandon the area or clear the area completely, which is time consuming and very expensive. Add to this expenses of supplies to forward position.
Fundamentally, PA has lost the Saltaro conflict. They dont have money left for the fight.
0230 GMT May 7, 2012
·
The Old Person
Upstairs Still Has A Smile For America
When Editor was growing up, a common sentiment was
that that The Old Person Upstairs had been very good to America –
God’s own country and all that. On seeing the Boomers grow up, the
Old Person obviously decided to take a long vacation to soothe his
nerves. Short visits back to check on Generation X, Y, Z, Zero or
whatever obviously decided him to continue on his vacation, which is
why many of us feel this is no longer God’s own country.
·
The
other day Editor and the Old Boy had their usual shouting match. The Old Boy insisted it
was America who had abandoned Him, so Editor naturally had to resort
to that cop-out so popular in post 1970 generations, “That’s right,
blame the victim!” Editor needs to explain for the benefit of newish
readers that the Old Boy and Editor can never have a normal
conversation, because the minute Editor dials in, the Old Boy goes
“Oh no, not you again!” and that’s when it starts going downhill
very rapidly. The other day the Old Boy was sneering: “Look who’s
talking, Mister Without A Saturday Date!” Editor, well trained by
his students in the advanced rhetorical arts, sneered back: “Look
who’s talking, Mister Without A Saturday Date!” You can tell Editor
and the Old Boy have very mature conversations.
·
Be that as it may, we got our new Businessweek in (May 7 –May 13, 2012),
and on Pages 26-27 (“Fracking Is Flopping Overseas”) learned that
because of geology, America is fantastically lucky. An American well
in the Huron shale costs a piddling $1.7-million to drill. China
pays $4.9-million in the Sichuan Shale; Argentina pays $8.4-million
in the Neuquen Shale; Canada’s Duvernay Shale is $10.6-million; and
Mexico Shale is $15.1-million.
·
If this is not a high five moment, nothing is. We already know that
thanks to new technology, America can become hydrocarbon independent
by 2020 (counting Mexican/Canadian hydrocarbons). But what we are
being now told is that aside from America’s growing advantage in
hourly wages, because of cheap gas we will be able to outcompete any
country in energy-intensive industries, so jobs will move back for
sure.
·
Now, obviously it is not a positive that our wages have fallen so low
that American companies in China
have begun shifting back. Nor does it explain how
countries like Germany and Japan, with a much higher wage structure
than ours, can beat the pants off China in manufacturing. But that’s
another story. Our wages are way down, and with cheap electricity we
will be in fat city of some sort.
·
So obviously the Old Person still has a smile left for America. So
naturally Editor had to dial the Old Person. We went through our
usual insult exchange, which Editor won with a “Yo Mama so fat when
burps there’s enough gas to power the entire Northeast for a day”.
Except Editor did not say “burp”, instead he used another 4-letter
world starting with an f, ending with a t, and the first vowel and
the first letter of the word “rambunctious” but then this is a
family blog, you know. Editor warned the Old Boy “Just ‘cause you’re
giving us a break doesn’t mean we aren’t going to mess it up, you
know. In fact, be sure, be very sure, we WILL mess it up.”
·
The Old Boy gloomily agreed, which may be the first time we’ve agreed on
anything since we agreed He is not just old, but very ugly. Of
course if you talk to Him that is not the story he will tell you,
but hey, this is modern America. My point of view is as real as
anyone else’s, truth is relative, and pretty soon instead of “In God
We Trust” as one of our national mottos we’ll have “It’s not my
fault.”
·
And there goes another
one It’s like the green bottles
on the wall; Sarko is history, and the eleventh Euro head of state
to fall thanks to the financial crisis. In Greece the ruling
coalition, with 50% of the vote counted, is down to 34% from 77% in
the last parliament, which is a whacking great loss. But New
Democracy, junior partner of the coalition, while down from 34%,
still is now the largest party at 20%. This may change any minute as
results come in. But if New Democracy holds, it will have the first
chance to form a new coalition, which likely will be unstable and
possibly lead to fresh elections. The present coalition says it
remains committed to Greece in Eurozone, but terms of the bailout
will have to be renegotiated.
·
At which point everyone else will insist on renegotiations, and Berlin
will either have to cave or revert to what many favor, an inner Euro
zone where only the strongest Euro states are members.
·
What’s odd about this as far as we are concerned is just the other day
we were declaring the start of a German age of triumphalism, because
Berlin had beaten everyone down to a cowering state of helplessness
where the Eurozone was going “Yes master, nice master”, like Gollum.
We honestly do not see Germany caving in, and truthfully, why should
it. It has the strongest economy in Europe, people have to play by
its rules or pick up their marbles and go home. It makes sense for
the weaker nations to go home rather than Germany play by their
rules.
0230 GMT May 6, 2012
·
Something peculiar is
up in the Siachin Glacier
The Pakistan Army Chief has made a third trip to
the site of the avalanche that killed 133 Pakistan Army personnel.
Normally, one would think one trip is enough. General Kiyani is,
after all, Army chief. He has an army to run and more importantly, a
nation to run. On each occasion he has called for a Siachin
settlement. This third time he has even taken an Indian journalist
with him. Why this PR blitz? He made an offer the first time, India
said all offers for settlement were welcome. The General couldn’t
have been serious about the offer because these matters are not
discussed via the media. Anyway,
both sides periodically call for settling outstanding issues.
General Kiyani has made
his point and now let the diplomatic channels do their work. Does he
think he has only to call for a settlement and the next day India
agrees? Why these attempts to pressure India, all made within days
of each other?
·
The General has talked about the enormous cost of occupying the region.
We cannot speak for Pakistan, but there is no evidence the cost
bothers India. There’s been no fighting for years, and the human
cost of operating in the hostile environment has steadily come down
as both sides have learned to live there. There is no reason for
India to agree to any withdrawal, because Pakistan can occupy Indian
positions within hours. And the vulnerability applies to Pakistan.
·
The only thing we can think of is that there is some trouble in the
Northern Light Infantry, Pakistan’s high mountain regiment. Even though after it was
regularized subsequent to the Kargil War 1999, as a consequence of
which 50% of the regiment is Punjabi, half still remains enlisted
from locals. First, the locals are mainly Shia Muslims and Pakistani
Sunnis, in common with their brethren worldwide, persecute the
Shias. Second, the Northern Areas have been the scene of major
crackdowns by the Pakistan Government because of local resentment
against Islamabad. Third, the Chinese are now in the region in
increasing numbers and this has to be causing more problems with the
locals.
·
It is possible – and we are only guessing – that the loss of lives in
the avalanche and the failure to recover the bodies has been a
trigger for resentments already building up within the NLI.
·
But again, we do not see how withdrawal will solve any of these issues
for Pakistan. To begin with, the men died in an act of nature. No
one is to blame. The NLI are professional soldiers, they serve
because they want to and because in comparison with their meager
economic circumstances the Army offers a very good living. We do not
see how saying “Okay, we’re pulling you back” suddenly makes
everything okay for the local soldiers of the regiment – assuming
there is a problem. And if the other issues we discussed are in some
way making the locals less reliable, Pakistan has a population of
180-million. It can recruit replacements and make the NLI 75% or
even 100% Punjabi within a few months. It can also post NLI
battalions outside the region – since the regiment is now a regular
regiment, Pakistan in any case sends NLI battalions where they are
needed.
·
Incidentally, the problem Pakistan has been having in recovering the
bodies of the avalanche victims is that the avalanche brought down with it
enormous boulders which now cover the site. To get these out of the
way requires blasting, which itself risks further avalanches.
Pakistan is blasting, but clearly it has to proceed very slowly.
·
In a way this reminds of the Indian AN-12 transport that crashed in the
mountains on a troop carrier mission from Chandigarh to Leh in 1968. The plane,
with six crew and 98 soldiers went down in February at over
6000-meters altitude likely after hitting a mountain in bad weather.
The military gave up an aerial search after six months. Thirty-five
years passed before shifting glaciers revealed aircraft parts and
small fragments of one body and of the aircraft. This was reported
by trekkers. Though after the discovery there were allegations made
that the military made insufficient effort to find the wreck, an air
force person with a helicopter unit tasked to find the wreck in 1968
said that about 500 sorties were flown without success. You can read
all about it at Bharat-Rakshak
http://forums.bharat-rakshak.com/viewtopic.php?t=388
·
Editor’s solution to
Keystone XL Problem As we understand it, the
problem is that the pipeline crosses the international border and
thus requires special permits. Editor has a simple solution. Railway
tank cars can cross the border without problems. Station a rail tank
car so that one end is in Canada and the other end in the US. Pump
oil from the Canadian pipeline into the tank car on the Canadian
end. Pump it out into
the US pipeline at the US end. Problem solved. No need to thank us,
just part of our civic contribution.
·
Colombia
Lady-Of-The-Night
says her life is ruined. We
have been trying our best to understand why she says this. Editor
will accept anything as long as the reasoning is logical. Her
profession is legal in her country. We would think the publicity
would help her. She has decided to run a beauty shop because she can
no longer do whatever it is ladies-of-the-night do. How precisely is
she prevented from earning her living? In a media interview, she
coyly allowed she might be willing to pose sans culottes if the
price is right. Should we now be looking forward to a civil suit in
a US court because her life is ruined?
·
Why precisely are we
Americans gloating about the EU?
A study by North Eastern University says 54% of
Americans with college degrees under age 25 are unemployed or
underemployed
http://abclocal.go.com/kabc/story?section=news/national_world&id=8633117
So why exactly are we gloating about how superior we are to the
Europeans?
0230 GMT May 5, 2012
The day’s military news is
at Twitter, Editor_Orbat
Teachers, pay, pensions, and unions
·
We saw statistics the other day indicating between 170,000 and
300,000 teachers have lost their jobs since the recession of 2008.
If the higher figure is correct then about 8% of teachers have lost
their jobs, which may be more than in most professions. Editor
doesn’t have a job because of the cutbacks. But still, if the
country cannot afford as many teachers as it did previously, it
cannot afford them. That is all there is to it, and there is no need
to have a discussion on the subject.
·
Nonetheless, a major misconception about teachers needs addressing. First you have to consider
that in 1970, an average teacher salary was about $48,000 (2007
dollars, figures from
http://www.aft.org/pdfs/teachers/salarysurvey07.pdfm). In
2007, it was about $52,000. It is a little bit more in 2012. Unless
you believe the 1970 teacher was overpaid, you cannot rationally
argue the 2012 teacher is overpaid. Particularly since other
professionals with the same qualifications in 23 professions deemed
comparable by the Bureau
of Labor Statistics make $20,000 more than teachers.
·
Now, America being a free market, what happens when you underpay one
profession? You do not get the best people. South Korea, for
example, takes its teachers from the top 1% of university graduates.
America takes its teachers from the bottom one-third. If US teachers
were paid salaries comparable to South Korean teachers, they would
have to be given salaries between $100,000 and $120,000. (These
stats are from a paper Editor did; if you really want the paper he
will email it to you. First you will need to sign a disclaimer
saying that if you drop dead of boredom, no suit can be brought
against Editor.) Incidentally, South Korean teachers have the lowest
dropout rate in the world. On average, 40% of American teachers
leave the profession in five years, just about when they are
becoming competent. In urban school districts the rate can approach
100%.
·
So we can stop here, no need to go further. You want better
teachers, pay them better. If you say you do not want your taxes to
increase, hey, Editor understands. He pays taxes too. But then stop
with the complaining already, people. You get what you pay for.
·
If you think teachers and unions and pensions are the problem, go
all out for the free enterprise solution. Going to school should be
optional. If you want your kid to go to school, you pay for it. The
one thing Editor guarantees you is that you will see results. Why?
Because if the school does not perform, you can go to another. But
there is another reason you will see results. You are paying
$750/month to get your little adorable darling educated. The second
time your little adorable is sent home because he wouldn’t get off
his ‘phone – and of course your fees will not be rebated – you will
thrash the adorable one till he can’t sit, and you will take his
phone away. That is capitalism at work: the kid wants a roof over
his head and three squares? Then he had better perform for mom and
dad. He doesn’t want to perform for Mom and Dad? Fine. He can go
work in the mines for $1/hour.
·
By the way, Editor is not jesting. America is about personal
responsibility. If the kid is old enough to have sex, waste the
family’s money on frivolous things, decide he does not have to do
his homework because he would rather play videogames, thinks its
okay to do drugs tobacco, and alcohol, then the kid is old enough to
take the consequences of his bad decisions.
·
Editor works in a “good” school district. Maryland is at the top in
terms of American school performance, and Montgomery County is one
of the two best, if not the best, county in Maryland. Half the kids
Editor sees: he is happy to pay taxes for them. One quarter of the
kids he sees: 30-days probation, if kid does not straighten out,
good-bye. The remaining quarter: fire them. Right now. Give them
another chance after five years.
·
So: if someone wonders why he should pay over-paid spoiled rotten
teachers to teach his kids, Editor is entitled equally to wonder why
his taxes are going to pay for someone else’s hopeless case
kid+parent.
·
90% of the hopeless cases are kid+parent – just an observation – it
is rare you get a bad kid with good parents. But that is another
long story that in Editor’s 16 years of dealing with parents he has
learned parents do not, repeat, do not, want to hear. Only one
principal of many Editor has seen would verbally spank the parents
if she felt they were not doing their job. She was a nun –
obviously. And as likely or not, she had taught the parents too, so
to begin with they were terrified of her. Imagine a public school
principal chewing out a parent for her/his parenting failures. You
would have a lawsuit on your hands in five seconds flat.
0230 GMT May 4, 2012
·
Occasionally we get a restrained comment from people who know the
Editor
regarding the unkind things
he says about India, his home country. The comments are restrained
because people know the one time he loses his otherwise
never-ruffled temper is on the subject of Indian defense. So today
Editor is not going to attack India on a defense matter, He is
merely going to suggest you visit
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/motoring/picturegalleries/9226902/Srinagar-Leh-highway.html
·
You will see for yourself something grandiosely
called the Srinager-Leh Highway. It is an absolutely vital road,
linking Kashmir with the critically important Ladakh region. Parts
of Ladakh – large parts – are under Chinese and Pakistani
occupation. The “highway” first came to independent India’s
attention in 1947-48. We won’t bore you with the details of the
hows, whys, wheres, and whens; suffice it to say that 65 years
later, this “highway” is a one-lane road, at least at the Zojila
Pass chokepoint, and it stays blocked 6-months of the year because
in six-and-a-half decades, the government of India hasn’t figured
out how to keep the highway open 365-days of the year.
·
True, you can see from the height of the snow walls
that this is not an easy proposition. But you know something odd? Even
twenty-plus years ago the Indian Army was perfectly capable of
launching a 3-division offensive in Ladakh, in the dead of winter.
It would seem an army that can do that would be able to keep a
difficult mountain pass snow-free.
·
But of course, it’s not the army that builds the
roads and keeps them open. And the reason this road is not a proper
two-lane 20-ton highway plus pavement to pull off, and the reason it
is not kept open, is that the Government of India has not sanctioned
the money. Why? Because the GOI does not see any need to make the
effort. After all, all Indians die and are reborn millions of times,
so why get agitated about a strategic road?
·
So all Editor asks of the Government of India is
that GOI admit we are a banana republic, get a banana headdress for our
president, and change the national flag to feature a banana, and
Editor will have no more mean things to say. It’s this fantasy that
somehow we are a great country that bothers Editor.
·
So see? Editor is quite capable of being nice about
India. Has he said a single mean thing today?
·
Oh yes, every international visitor to India should
be greeted with a banana gift.
·
See? Even Japanese parakeets are smarter than ours
A parakeet in Yokohama,
Japan flew off from home. After being caught at a hotel and put in a
cage, the bird was taken to the police station. Whereupon it recited
its complete address – and if you know Japanese addresses, this is
not the simplest thing. Apparently the owner had taught the bird the
address in case of just such an eventuality.
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/newstopics/howaboutthat/9240683/Lost-budgie-taken-home-after-it-recites-entire-address.html
·
Letter from Reader Lloyd from Canada The process of getting pipeline approval is not
simple. It is becoming simple thanks to a conservative (big oil
backed) government. Keep in mind Canadian conservatives have no
problem with gay marriage or socialized medicine, so how
conservative are they?
·
The oil will go to whoever wants it. China, sure, but Vietnam,
Japan, Korea, and Vietnam, not to mention India are other
candidates. Did the people at orbat really believe the oil
coming from canada would stay in America? If a democrat or wanted
this to be true, couldn't they have attached an amendment stating
this? You also don't mention that the Greens in Canada are
attempting to be muzzled by the various Governments. (First
Nations too) Keep in mind, this part of Canada had extensive
coverage of the Exxon Valdez spill. Everyone remembers this in
BC. That said, no one will hit an oil tanker in case of
war in the middle east. Why don't you ask Saudi Arabia, U.A.E.
or Qatar or even Kuwait if they will allow that? Remember, these
countries will be the ones cleaning up the mess. It will not be
America's or Iran's problem. Iran could hit 10 oil tankers. It
would be one of the worst things Iran could do. It would devastate
the coastal economies and would ensure that Iran becomes a pariah to
the region. America would be forced to buy all of it's oil from the
western hemisphere for it's own security. Do you really think the
Saudi's and the Iraqi's and the Kuwaiti's want that?
·
You ignore a few points about the first nations 1. They do not want
to risk contamination on their land. Why would they want an oil
spill that poisons their waterways. Where Salmon spawn and where
they make their livelihood. selling and stocking fish for the
winter? That said yes they do have the right to
tell the rest of Canada what they can and cannot do with their land.
It is THEIR land. Perhaps Americans are too used to getting
their own way because "they are Americans" Some native groups
are also holding out for jobs (which will be offered).
·
Are you going to tell me that if I decide to build a pipeline across
your front yard, you don't have any right to say no? No one in
Canada is talking about succession. Jobs and the economy are the
priorities in Canada. Hoping to avoid another 'black eye' when
America tanks again is another. Canada has military bases all over
the country. Many regions, many demographics. There is no
generalization needed. Generalizations breed ignorance.
·
Editor’s comment
Actually, generalizations
are always needed for simple communication, short of smacking the
other person upside the head with a skillet; else each of us would
have to write volumes to convey the simplest ideas. Generalizations
of themselves are not bad; their use to stop further debate is bad.
·
America’s interest is not served by buying oil from the Persian Gulf
when it is available from Canada. By blocking Keystone XL, the
Greens have not stopped Canada from producing the oil. Canada will
merely send it somewhere else. Is it in Canada’s interest to extract
oil? That is for the Canadians to decide.
·
Does the land over which the second pipeline will travel belong to
First Nations? If so, they have a right to say no. We were under the
impression First Nations has certain rights over the land, but not
exclusive rights. If we are wrong, we would be happy to carry a
clarification. And yes, the Canadians are concerned with jobs. Which
is why the pipelines should go ahead. Though truthfully, call us
parochial if you will, if America gains nothing from the pipelines,
personally we have no interest what the Canadians decide. Americans
kind of lost the right to concern themselves with Canada’s internal
affairs, exactly 200 years ago.
·
This brings Editor
to mind of the only Canadian
he knew; a lovely lady he met decades ago. She said one day: “You
Americans go on about how you’ve never lost a war…” this was before
the Vietnam mess, obviously, “…but we Canadians defeated you in
1812”. Editor is so craven he had no hesitation in saying “I’m not
American. Can we discuss your enchanting green eyes instead?” And
before you ask, yes, there was no date on Saturday. The young lady
was being faithful to her husband who was off somewhere in the wilds
of the North. Had the First Nations mistaken him for a moose or
something and stuck a spear in him or something,, Editor would not
have been distraught. Alas, no such luck.
0230 GMT May 3, 2012
0230 GMT May 2, 2012
The spring of our discontent – sort of
vaguely, anyway
And now, the news…
it is a campaign year, everyone is shooting off her/his mouth,
be dignified by saying nothing.
0230 GMT May 1, 2012
0230 GMT April 30, 2012
·
Take California. It needs to default on most of its debt and
massively devalue so it can regain its competitiveness. Of course
there will be a big drop in its standard of living. But California
will rise again. The way things are arranged now, California will
drag the US with it when it defaults. It is not Greece we have to
worry about, people.
0230 GMT April 29, 2012
The $1-Trllion Student Debt: Another Example Of How We Manage
to Get Everything Butt-Backward in America
0230 GMT April 28,
2012
Apropos a Twitter entry we made the
other day, Richard Bennett of AFI tells us there is indeed a Syrian
15th Division (as given by Debka)
0230 GMT April 27, 2012
0230 GMT April 26, 2012
·
New Israeli document on the 1973 War
A bit of background is needed.
Apparently, Israel’s Defense Archivist decided to make some
documents on the 1973 war available, and one might say “about time”
seeing as 39-years has passed. Among the documents is a conversation
between three young Israeli officers and a 2-star general, which the
general warned the youngsters was on the record. You can read the
discussion at
http://tinyurl.com/7vzlzcf
·
Anyone who does not know the Israeli Army is likely to be
shocked. Better than any army in the world, the Israelis have
specialized in elevating their army to mythic realms, and Editor for
one is often amazed at how even so-called experts docilely buy the
myth.
·
This conversation only reveals the reality behind the myth. And
at that, there are signs the transcript is censored. For example, no
names of officers being discussed are mentioned.
·
So, the Israeli Army was badly trained, badly prepared for war,
often badly led by incompetents and cowards (for the cowards bit you
have to carefully read between the lines), with officers often
refusing to follow orders if it meant risking their lives. If you do
know the Israeli army, you will merely say: “Yawn. So is there
anything new in this?
·
The Israeli Army from the start has been a citizen conscript
army with all the virtues and faults of such an organization. The
virtues include not just a passionate patriotism, but an always
overriding sense of “if we fail, the nation dies”. These are
powerful motivating factors. But a citizen army means everyone in
the Israeli Army, his brother, and his dog who gets around in a
wheelchair has an opinion, is not reluctant to express it, and is
convinced everyone is wrong and he is right. The US and European
powers had large conscript armies, but the ethos was quite
different. Taking the US Army as an example with which most readers
are familiar, the overriding ethos was blind obedience – the Germans
never had anything on the Americans when it came to blind obedience.
·
The second ethos was a very experienced officer corps at all
levels. After all, in the period 1917-1974, before the US went
all-volunteer, US fought the First and Second World Wars, Korea, and
Vietnam. For the US to mobilize, train, and deploy men by the
millions was simply routine. Resources were never an issue – the US
Army may beg to disagree, but we are comparing its resource
availability to the rest of the world. And to the rest of the world,
even to the leading industrial powers of the day like Britain,
France, and Germany, the quantum of resources available was
staggering.
·
Political interference was so light as to be almost
non-existent. For one thing, you do not have the ever-present,
non-stop interaction between the generals and the civilian leaders
that you have in Israel. This interaction is not the best thing if
you want a professional army. The Great American Public were as
sheep, lined up in their perfect ranks and files – yes, the
consensus broke down by 1970, but that was another story.
·
By contrast, when Israel became a nation in 1947, it did not
have an army. Not even a battalion. Everything had to be built from
scratch. Yes, there was a cadre of officers and men who had served
in the allied armies in World War II. But that was all. The Israeli
Army had no structure, no training facilities, mis-matched equipment
scrounged from dumps, and hastily conscripted soldiers. This was not
akin to the creation of the new German army in the 1950s. It was
akin to nothing experienced before in modern times. The Army had to
be created in the middle of the first Arab-Israeli War, simultaneous
with the creation of the nation.
·
1973 came just 26-years after independence, after three very
easy wars. We say very easy because while the Israelis were in all
respects in terrible shape in the 1948, 1956, and 1967 Wars, their
opponents were even in worse share, likely by an order of magnitude.
Yet, if the Israelis had become complacent, they may be excused.
·
In 1973, it not that the Israeli Army was of a lower standard
in past wars. It was that the adversaries had grown in capability by
leaps and bounds, all thanks to the Soviets. The Soviets supplied
modern equipment in astonishing quantities. They reorganized
Egyptian and Syrian training in ways that accepted the reality of
the ordinary Arab soldier: low education, callous and cruel
officers, lack of organization at every level that would had made
Saladin, had he been reincarnated, give up soldiering and become a
rock musician, higher decision-making that was worse than no
decision-making, and a substitution of action by rhetoric as a way
of life. And the Soviets motivated the younger officers who were now
driven to avenge the humiliation of past failures.
·
So the Soviets made very simple plans at all levels, and then
proceeded to relentlessly drill the Arab armies. The Soviets did not
want initiative; they wanted a set of routines and sub-routines
executable mindlessly – and flawlessly – in wartime.
·
And it worked. If you doubt that, study the failure of the
Israeli Army to reach Damascus even though the Israeli Air Force had
attainted air supremacy after the first disastrous days.
·
In 1973, as now, Israel could not keep its army mobilized for
more than a couple of weeks before the economy started taking a hit.
In 1991, for all the very considerable training US reserves get, and
for all the extended warning time, the US Army declared the three
reserve brigades mobilized as insufficiently trained for war. But
the bulk of the Israeli Army has traditionally been untrained for
war. With a citizen army, you need to mobilize, and train for
six-months to a year before you reach a minimally acceptable level
of effectiveness. Please to remember, also, that in the Israeli Army
even the bulk of officers – captain, majors, colonels, brigadiers,
generals – were reservists who, along with the rest of the army,
basically were in a “come to war as you are” situation. We forget
the figures, but probably 80% of the Israeli Army in 1973 was
neither ready for war, nor had any meaningful opportunity to train.
·
Add to that the failure to understand what the surface-to-air
missile would do to Israeli airpower, and what the anti-tank missile
would do to Israeli armor; the miracle is not the Israeli army did
not do better, but that it was not defeated.
·
If you appreciate the shape the Israeli Army was in 1973, you
will read the declassified document, murmur, “interesting” and go on
doing what you were doing. Nothing in that document is news. And
many of the same problems continue, as we saw in the first Lebanon
War and the 2008 War.
·
It cannot be otherwise because the Israelis cannot maintain a
standing army, or even mobilize the entire army twice a year for
six-to-eight weeks of maneuvers. The country has 6-million people
(Arabs are not liable for military service), of which at best about
a million-and-a-half will be ages 18-40, and half of those will be
women. Sure, the Israelis have women in their military doing many
jobs, but there are many jobs – anything to do with combat or combat
support – that Israeli women do not do. When Israel mobilizes its
full strength, perhaps 700,000, just about everyone not in a mental
institution or on crutches gets mobilized. That entire lot is then
unavailable for the economy. So mobilizations have to be short, and
unless the existence of the country is at stake, limited. That means
you will never get the level of operational effectiveness required
for a first-class army.
·
But, you will say, what is the big deal? Sweden and Switzerland
could put 700,000 men into the field during the Cold War. True, but
irrelevant. Take a look at the terrain in Switzerland and Sweden and
you will have your answer. Israel, of course, exists smack in the
middle of its traditional enemies: Egypt, Jordan, Syria, and Iraq is
just around the corner. It has no defensible borders. The terrain is
flat. Even the Golan is excellent tank territory – after all, in
1973 the Syrians launched three armored/mechanized divisions backed
by two more, about 2500 armored fighting vehicles, at Israeli
positions.
·
The real question, as far we are concerned, is whether the
mass-mobilized citizen army can be continued. We have our doubts,
but that is another debate.
0230 GMT April 25, 2012
0230 GMT April 24, 2012
0230 GMT April 23, 2012
0230 GMT April 22, 2012
0230 GMT April 21, 2012
0230 GMT April 20, 2012
0230 GMT April 19, 2012
We wrote a rant about the Defense
Secretary’s latest apology for the US military and his cute little
habit of taking military planes back home for weekends. Then we
thought: “Is this really fair? The man is just a sad, pathetic,
lonely, depressed, and frustrated little person with delusions he is
so important that he can be outraged on behalf of America and needs
to apologize for America.” We decided it is not fair to attack
someone with delusions of importance. After all, Editor also has
delusions of importance. But then, he does not cheat the American
taxpayer in pursuit of these delusions, nor does he humiliate the
country by pretending to speak for it. So maybe that rant should
have been printed, after all.
0230 GMT April 18, 2012
The discussion on oil today is a very,
very basic discussion. To keep it short, we have had to simplify a
great many issues. If you are knowledgeable about oil and still
insist on reading this, try and keep your focus on the broad points
and the overall picture.
0230 GMT April 17, 2012
Short update today: submitted wrong
final exam. Professor could have given a zero, but she allowed
Editor to do the right exam, taking away six hours from the day.
Better a short update than a zero, we think.
0230 GMT April 16, 2012
0230 April 15, 2012
0230 April 14, 2012
0230 April 13, 2012
The News Of The Day
More news of the day
0230 April 12, 2012
Warning: today’s update is very, very,
very boring. Don’t say we didn’t warn you.
0230 GMT April 11, 2012
·
Oh behave, you will say; Editor,
you are being ridiculous. No we are not. You want Pakistan to stop
supporting the Taliban, what we have suggested will do it – 100%.
Editor will even volunteer to toddle over to Pakistan and get a
letter from the ISI Chief that he agrees to the US terms. He will
sign it for sure – one hand holding the pen, the other with crossed
fingers behind his back, after the money is in the Government of
Pakistan’s hands. It will have to be used $1, $5. $10-bills in
advance – the Pakistanis will not trust us if we give them a
financial instrument because they will worry we will stop payment on
the check. And as for $20, $50, $100 bills, there are too many fake
$20s and $100s, and as for the $50, we are told the Pakistanis
consider that a fake to begin with, produced by the US, of course.
0230 GMT April 10, 2012
0230 GMT April 9, 2012
·
Oh yes – the watchers thing. That’ll have to wait – this post is way
overlong.
0230 GMT April 8, 2012
The daily updated could not be loaded as
Word crashed as the update was finished. Editor was racing to finish
up an exam and could not redo it. Sorry.
0230 GMT April 7, 2012
·
So what gives? Doubtless you, like
Editor, are scratching your head. Who in their right mind
discriminates against attractive women? Well, apparently other women
do. 93% of the potential interviewers were women. If now you are
asking what is the point of a survey in which 93% of the
interviewers are women, Editor certainly does not have the answer.
Are HR personnel in Israel 93% women? In the last twenty years
Editor has applied for jobs five school systems and one university.
Only in one case was the interviewer a male. Editor is just
finishing a master’s in Human Relations. By far the majority of
students are women. Before you say “What, still no date?” (a) it’s
an online degree; (b) Editor has found to his great sorrow that most
women are uninterested in dating men their grandfathers’ age. And even if they were, you’ll
agree that accepting a date would be inappropriate.
0230 GMT April 6, 2012
0230 GMT April 5, 2012
·
Personally, we have nothing against multiple spouses, though
Editor lacks the financial resources for even one. It’s the sexism
that is unfair. If Muslim men can have four wives, why can’t Muslim
women have four husbands? Ditto the Mormons of old. India, of
course, is far ahead of all you backward Muslims and Caucasians and
so on. In Editor’s home state of Himachal Pradesh, there is a
district where a shortage of women leads to a situation where a
woman marries all the brothers in a family. Used to be whichever
husband she chose to spend the night with put his scarf on her
bedroom door knob. Doubtless that’s where the American college
custom of putting your tie on your door knob to signal you were
occupied and not to be disturbed comes from.
·
Editor used to do that in college; sadly, it took just a couple
of days for his dormies to figure out there was no lady inside. Oh
the humiliation (Yes, Editor has been having this date problem for a
very long time). Incidentally, in much of tribal India the women do
exactly as they please, married or not. But we’ll leave it to the
sociologists to explain. If you are a male and don’t have a very
robust ego, we’d suggest not migrating to the Indian tribal areas.
0230 GMT April 4, 2012
0230 GMT April 3, 2012
·
Editor should also clarify that he
has no objection to being strip-searched. He plans to eat his
broccoli only to save the correctional staff from getting severe
myocardial infractions at the sight of the Editor without his
clothes. No one gets paid enough for that.
0230 GMT April 2, 2012
We thought we’d missed one day’s update
on account of being under the weather, but looks like its two days.
Editor keeps time by the day of the week: he really has no clue what
date it is and often does not know what month it is. Years are a bit
shaky at a time, but centuries he definitely has a firm grip on.
This is the 22nd Century; we can inform readers
confidentially because 12 years ago the 21st Century
ended. Something like that.
0230 GMT March 30, 2012
·
Peculiar report in
Foreign Policy
The report says four US officials have told the
magazine they believe Azerbaijan has given Israel air basing right.
If this is correct, it of course changes entirely the Israeli
pre-emptive strike scenario. Azerbaijan shares a border with Iran.
Baku has denied the report. At the same time, Foreign Policy is a
serious sort of magazine.
http://www.foreignpolicy.com/articles/2012/03/28/israel_s_secret_staging_ground
·
UK slips back into
recession
GDP fell by 1.2% in the last quarter of 2011 and is
expected to fall 0.4% in the first quarter of 2012. This makes us
gloomy, because we’ve been saying the US has got to bring its
deficit down to minus zero (i.e., budget surplus) no matter what it
takes. Readers have challenged us saying recessionary times require
spending, not cutting back, and cite the example of Greece, Spain,
Italy, UK, and Ireland. These countries have all followed the theory
that excess has to be wrung out of the system regardless of the cost
and are not getting anywhere. To our counter that when are we
supposed to cut back spending because no one seems to do that, our
readers say that what’s gone wrong is not Keynes, but that people
don’t follow the parts of his doctrine that don’t suit them. Keynes
said when the economy is growing is the time for government to cut
back spending and reduce the deficit.
·
US now project life-time
cost of F-35 as $600-million+
That’s per aircraft, for a 50-year
service life. Of course, no one can accurately foretell what
inflation will be in the future. In 2012 dollars each aircraft will
cost $135-million. Each time we lose one of these aircraft we’ll
have to declare 10-days of national mourning. Almost makes one want
to become a pacifist.
·
A reader who has stopped
reading the blog says it’s because it’s supposed to be about the
GWOT but is now about personal stuff. Fair enough, Editor
understands. It’s just there isn’t that much to report about the
GWOT anymore. The media is bored to death by the subject. Besides
there’s no way we can compete with
www.longwarjournal.org
on the subject of the US part of the GWOT. Of course, there’s a lot
more to GWOT than the US component, but let’s face it folks, when
you have one hour a day to spare for the blog you aren’t going to be
writing brilliant stories every day. Nonetheless, our former reader
has a valid point and maybe it’s time to change the name and call it
“13 Bats in the Belfry…But wait, there’s more”. Or “Musings of a Mad
Editor Who Hasn’t Been Taking His Meds”. Or perhaps “News from
ALT_Earth”. Or “Well, at
least the polar bears read the blog”. Or “News from the future that
may never happen”. Or “everyone’s a critic”. Or “If I had a date
would I be writing this blog?” (Answer to the last is “Yes…the date
would have to wait downstairs’ with a Diet Pepsi because that’s all
there is to drink in this house. That’s another possible title…
0230 GMT March 29, 2012
·
Editor is weeping fat,
fat tears. Why? US finds DPRK is not serious
Al Jazeera says US is suspending food aid to DPRK “The US has
suspended food aid to North Korea because Pyongyang has broken its
promise to refrain from missile launches and cannot be trusted to
deliver the aid to those who need it, a Pentagon official has said.”
Boo hoo hoo, we are so sad that DPRK has lied. Remember the saying
“There’s a sucker born every minute”? It seriously applies to
official Washington.
·
More evidence for “We Are
Not Alone”
Turns out that 40% of all Red Dwarfs may have one
earth-like planet each. Since there’s 160-billion Red Dwarfs in our
galaxy alone, that’s 60-billion potential earth-like planets. The
question we now need to ask ourselves is: will anyone want to friend
us on Galactic Facebook. Editor is skeptical.
http://tinyurl.com/89wrjte
·
Well, since the press is
talking about the Indian COAS’s letter to the Prime Minister
no harm in us commenting. The figure that 97% of the air defense is
obsolete is not correct. If you look at the air threat, about 60% of
AD assets are obsolete, which is pretty serious. And it isn’t just
tank ammunition that is very seriously short. There is one man
responsible for this, Saint Anthony the Defense Minister. He is
called Saint Anthony because you just have to go whisper in his ear
“The contract MOD just signed with XYZ involved a bribe” and he will
stop the procurement process, period. So since every defense
contract except some with Russia involves competitive bidding, there
are many, many losers out there ready to whisper. Saint Anthony is a
true saint: he doesn’t have to show evidence XYZ is guilty. XYZ has
to prove its innocent. In further true saintliness, he has zero –
and we really do mean zero – interest in national security. His sole
interest is that no one should be able to whisper in the Prime
Minister’s ear that Saint Anthony has been, shall we say, a bit lax
in his morals. Anthony does not care if the armed forces are war
ready or not. His objective is his self-image and the country can go
hang.
·
When Editor was in India, foreigners used to ask him all the time
about Indian defense : “But what’s the plan? What’s the strategy?
What’s the intent?” When Editor would reply there is no plan, no
strategy, and no intent, the foreigners would refuse to believe him
and say Editor was being deliberately provocative as he often is.
The truth was as Editor said it. India lives in its own reality.
Occassionally the rest of the world’s reality and India’s reality
intersect like a Venn diagram. Most of the time India is off in its
own special place in the universe. There’s a reason for this, and it
lies in Indian cosmology which actually is very sophisticated –
science is just catching up with ideas Indian have espoused for
millennia. Further, a case can be made that the Indian view of
conducting life – the “Whatever” approach has permitted Indian
civilization to last five thousand years. (Indians don’t believe in
writing history down, by the way – another complicated issue.)
·
So you may doubt that one Looney Tuner (Saint Anthony) can totally
gum up the works of Indian defense. After all, India has 1.5-million
men under arms (and no, the PLA is not the world’s army – it was
once but not anymore).This cannot happen in any other country unless
we’re talking about a microstate with a military of 3: the
Commander-in-Chief (usually the Prez), the Commander-in-Chief, and
the C-in-C’s batman. But this is the truth about what’s happening in
India. If you don’t believe it, all Editor can say is, go spend a
couple of years in India.
0230 GMT March 28, 2012
·
Argentina again insists
Royal Navy sent a missile submarine
to the South Atlantic. Now, since these
boats are untrackable for practical purposes, we’re unsure how
Argentina knows not only that an SSBN was sent, but it was HMS
Vanguard. The British say don’t be silly, we’re signatories to the
convention keeping nuclear weapons out of the South Atlantic. Orbat
would also like to point out that given the Trident 5 missile
carried by the British boats, they can target all of Argentina from
well north of the equator. No need to go to the South Atlantic.
·
US to deploy ABM in Asia,
Mideast
says Reuters. The blogosphere has been alight with
discussion about a US cave-in to Russia on the European ABM shield
against Iran. The Russians are being supremely silly (actually
thilly) in insisting the European shield will undercut its
N-deterrent. A few batteries of missile interceptors cannot possibly
make the slightest dent in the Russian deterrent. For a proper
defense against Russia, we’re talking a trillion smackers. This
rough estimate assumes you need 3-10 interceptors to down an
incoming missile, so that US would need 5-10,000 interceptors to be
on the safe side. The total could easily go over $1-trillion. Even
1-tril would require $50-billion/year for 20-years, or an increase
(very roughly) of 10% in the annual defense budget. And all Russia
would have to do is spend a tenth the money building more missiles.
Why the US is in the first place rushing around kissing the
Kremlin’s fat butt on this question is beyond us. United States has
a fundamental responsibility to its citizens to protect them against
rouge nuclear-armed nations. One longs for the days of Ronald
Reagan.
·
See – they’re nuts in
France too This is supposed to make us American feel better.
The French are just as bats as we are. A British teacher working in
France asked her students for a moment of silence for the terrorist
who killed seven people and was killed by the police. She told the
children he had had an unhappy childhood and that his links to
Al-Qaeda were made up by the French president. Actually, the links
were made up by the gunman. The French have not found any links
they’ve told the public about, it was the gunman proclaiming he was
AQ. Anyway, the kids went and complained and the teacher apologized,
saying she was unwell. Obviously she was unwell, seeing what she
said indicates a person gone stark, raving, bonkers. And they’ve
started the woulda coulda shoulda blame game in France, followed the
glorious American tradition.
http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/europe/police-accused-of-failures-over-toulouse-terror-deaths-7584079.html
0230 GMT March 27, 2012
Sorry, ran out of time. We felt it
important to run this dissent seeing as Editor has been declaiming
on the subject from the rooftops. Then after running the dissent
Editor couldn’t stop himself from declaiming some more. More letters
are welcome: if you’re taking the time to read this blog, you have a
right to say what you want in response.
·
Letter from
Name-Withheld-By-Request on Florida Killing
A
911 operator is not an officer of the law and doesn’t have the
authority to order people to do things. The operator told Mr.
Zimmerman that he didn’t have to follow Mr Martin. The operator did not
say “Do not follow him” in the imperative voice. It wasn’t an order. Mr Zimmerman had every right
to follow Mr Martin. Public street.
He had
every right to come up to him and ask him a question. What he did not have a right
to do was lay a hand on him.
This case is going to come down to who laid a hand on who
first.
·
It is very possible that the law enforcement of Sanford Florida has
done all this analysis and concluded there was insufficient basis to
charge Zimmerman. That Zimmerman displayed poor judgment is not in
question – but poor judgment is not illegal. Nor does this incident really
fit into the Stand Your Ground Law except the political opportunists
are using it to try to get the law repealed.
·
This has all the makings of another Rodney King trial in that it’s
going to have a controversial outcome and there will be race riots. It’s also useful for
President Obama to get his base fired up. No justice no peace, eh
mister President?
·
Editor’s response It seems from the evidence so far that the
teenager did attack the Watch person. Who laid hands on whom first
is not going to be known. But said teenager was making efforts to
get away from a person from whom he apprehended danger. Being a
neighborhood watch officer does not entitle anyone to act as
quasi-police. Watch is supposed to report suspicious activity and
that’s all. Approaching someone you have followed in your truck with
a demand to know what they are doing on a public street is beyond
the pale. Only a police officer can make that demand unless it’s
private property.
·
We are forced to agree with letter writer that the incident is all
politics now. When young black men and busy killing other young men,
often for no reason, one has to ask, just because in this case the
killer is non-black it’s okay to demonstrate, and it’s okay to say
nothing when black men kill each other (or Hispanic as the case may
be)?
·
Yet Editor cannot blame the teenager’s parents for taking every
angle they can to get justice for their son. We’ve said if a black
person had killed the youngster, no one else – including the black
activists now making such a noise – would have had anything to say.
But like it or not, this is the reality of America. The racial
history is so extreme that to black folk it
does make a huge difference that the killer was not black. There’s
no point in saying “why are you quiet when blacks kill other
blacks?” Editor can answer that question. It’s because black parents
know no one will do anything for them, neither the police, nor the
politicians. As for the politicians: no matter what their color, all
politicians are scum bags. At least until you need them to do
something for you. Fortunately Editor has never had to ask a
politician for anything.
·
It is a basic principle of English law that if a man is running from
you, he cannot be deemed to be a threat to your life and you cannot
shoot, even if he has just robbed you. You cannot pick a fight with
an unarmed person and kill him, claiming you feared for your life.
If Florida law says otherwise, the law is an ass and needs to be
changed. If Zimmerman feared the youngster was armed, there was no
need for him to get out of his truck and confront anyone.
·
Editor firmly believes everyone has a right to carry a weapon
without a permit. In fact, he has often argued the Government makes
a mockery of the 2nd Amendment by refusing to issue every
person a gun the day s/he turns 18. What is the point of this grand
proclamation about the right to bear arms when some of us don’t have
the money to buy a decent weapon? Government goes around saying
everyone has a right to food and shelter and health care and free
schooling; well, what about the right to a gun if you can’t afford
one? But no one has a right to start a hassle with someone else and
then shoot them.
·
Cryptic letter from a
Chicago reader
23 people were shot last weekend here in Chicago, 6
dead. All black on black violence. Obama, Jesse and Rev Al had
nothing to say on the subject. Oh............Obama and JJ LIVE here.
0230 GMT March 26, 2012
·
Afghan killings
A US Army source said last Saturday that the
soldier responsible for killing 17 Afghan civilians may have left
the base twice to attack two different villages. Apparently Afghan
soldiers at the US post made two reports of an American leaving the
base, at two different times. If substantiated, this may spell
trouble for the soldier’s defense that he was unaware of what he was
doing. It also raises question what the US soldiers at the base were
doing. Why weren’t any on watch?
·
Florida
Two unhelpful occurrences regarding the case. The Black Panthers
have offered $10,000 “bounty” to locate the shooter who is now in
hiding, and called for 10,000 persons to hunt him down. The shooter
was acting as a vigilante; we don’t need black folks also doing
wrong by talking vigilante talk. Agreed the Panthers are extremists,
which is why they are not doing the dead black youngster’s
supporters any favors by their talk. Also, why was it necessary for
President Obama to inject himself into the issue by saying he could
identify with the youngster as a son? Newt was being his usual
loose-mouth self when he tossed around extravagant adjectives
concerning Mr. Obama’s statement, but Newt does have a point. Would
Mr. Obama have said the same thing about a dead young white youth?
After all, Mr. Obama is half-white.
·
Cats and falls from high
places
While the cat who fell 19 floors onto mulch or a
flower bed in Boston is much in the news, the BBC reminds of a New
York cat who fell 30 floors – onto concrete – and was out of
hospital in 48-hours.
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/magazine-17492802 The explanation, we
are told, is simple. Cats are aboreal animals, they are designed to
take falls. A cat by splaying its legs and using its tail not only
makes sure it falls on its feet, its aerial maneuvers and body shape
give it a terminal velocity of just 100-km/hour as opposed to us
humans, who hoiit 200-km/hour. Cats have very strong legs as they
are climbers, and their legs act as shock absorbers to cushion a
fall. Learn something every day.
·
Our Fave Dictator is back
in Cuba
for radiotherapy following his surgery last month.
Honestly, we’d be very happy to see him leave office, but we have no
interest in seeing him depart earth befor a good, long life. We hope
he survives.
·
Meanwhile, Guatemala held a conference to discuss legalizing drugs
The presidents of Honduras, El Salvador, and
Nicuragua cancelled at the last minute and sent senior officials in
their place. The presidents of Costa Rica and Panama attentended.
Guatemala believes the war on drugs has failed and the consequences
of the war have proved disastrous. US opposes legalization, but
accepts the countries concerned have a right to discuss the matter.
0230 GMT March 25, 2012
·
Florida
Before we discuss some new information on the murder of the Florida
teen by a vigilante claiming self-defense, we need to discuss what
“Stand your ground” means. Generally, killing in the name of
self-defense means you could not reasonably walk away from a threat.
”Stand Your Ground” changed that. Now if you have a right to be
where you are, and apprehend danger, you don’t have to walk away.
You can stand your ground, and if the threat gets killed in the
process, that’s just too bad for the threat. Like many half-baked
laws, Stand Your Ground has a fatal flaw. If there are no witnesses,
I can kill anyone and claim I was standing my ground. I am right
because I am alive, the other person is wrong because he’s dead. But
let’s ignore that here.
·
The police told the vigilante not to follow the teenager. He
disobeyed. It is on record that the teenager asked why the man was
following him. Just because the man belongs to a neighborhood watch
gives him no authority to override police instructions. Thus, the
man was NOT where he had a right to be, and as such Stand Your
Ground does not apply. It’s not complicated. When the police have
told you to stop, but you still follow someone, get out of your
truck and approach that someone on foot, and you are taking
advantage of that you are armed, you are not a citizen going about
his business, you are a self-appointed vigilante, and therefore not
entitled to the protection of the law.
·
A Fox TV affiliate station
http://www.myfoxtampabay.com/dpp/news/state/witness-martin-attacked-zimmerman-03232012
reports there is more to this story than generally known till now.
We say generally known, because apparently the fact we are about to
mention has been known from the start. A witness to the
confrontation says that the teenager was on top of the vigilante and
beating him up, with the vigilante calling for help. The vigilante’s
cries for help are on the police record. This in interesting, no
doubt, but it doesn’t change anything. When it’s dark, and someone
is following you, and you ask that person why, aren’t you entitled
to stand your ground if the follower doesn’t back off? Particularly
if the follower laid hands on the teenager, or if the teenager had
reason to believe he was about to be mugged. You cannot commit a
crime – which the vigilante was since he had been told to back off
by the police – and then kill the victim, and then claim
self-defense.
·
More to the point are statistics researched by PJ Tatler
http://pjmedia.com/tatler/2012/03/23/crime-and-the-numbers-game/
Tatler makes a point well-known to anyone who looks even casually at
murder stats, which the Editor does occasionally: the vast majority
of murder victims are killed by people of their own race. As for
interracial killings, in 2009 whites killed 209 blacks, which we did
not know. But blacks killed 454 whites. People who are talking of
“walking while black” need to dial back on their rhetoric. Editor
lives 700-meters from the Washington, DC border and has taught black
students for many years. The walking while black phenomenon happens
to be a reality. Any parent of a young black male in Washington, DC
has every reason to be fearful each time their child leaves the
house. But the danger comes
from other young black males, not from white people.
·
At no point is Editor saying that black people have no reason to
fear white people, given the history of this country. Nor is Editor
saying the parents of the teenager are out of bounds in their
campaign for justice. We’ve said the vigilante was in the wrong and what he did was
murder. Ironically, the parents can raise a hue and cry precisely
because their son was NOT killed by a black person. Had that been
the case, there is just no way anyone would have cared – inclouding
the black leaders and President Obama who are now jumping into the
matter. But whatever has happened in the past, the stats cannot be
disregarded. PJ Tatler notes that 13 times more black folk are
killed by blacks than by white folk.
·
Editor has one more point, if he may. The vigilante’s family is
making much of that their son is also a minority, Hispanic, to be
specific, and therefore cannot be called a racist. He has black
family members, it is said. It would be useful to know how the
family has black members. Did someone in the family marry a black
person, for example? But as for a Hispanic to be assumed non-racist
because he is also part of a minority is complete and utter rubbish.
Anyone with any familiarity of the interaction between American
blacks and Hispanics can testify there is a considerable amount of
hostility: Editor sees it every day. Editor is not pointing fingers:
he has said before that as a South Asian, he can personally testify
that South Asians are extremely racist when it comes to black people
(this is obviously not true of the Caribbean or East Africa).
·
But rather than leave you in a depressed state, Editor would like to
mention Northwood High School in Silver Spring, Maryland, where he
subs more than at other school. Northwood is a 3-way mix of white,
blacks, and Hispanics. You have only to walk the halls any school
days and watch the boys and girls: it makes no difference to them
what the color of the other person is. Now, all is not rainbows and
daisies: the boys and girls are considerably more cautious with
other races of their sex. And while the boys and girls are motivated
more by hormones than color, editor wonders what the reaction would
be if – say – a white girl took her black boyfriend home or a
Hispanic boy took his black girlfriend home. At the Editor’s
Catholic school in the same neighborhood, there was NO mixing, if
only because the school was 95% white. Nonetheless, when Editor came
to America more than 50-years ago, the amount of color mixing that
goes on at Northwood HS would have been simply, absolutely, totally
not happening. Who knows: maybe in another 50 years skin color won’t
matter. Of course, we in America will all be speaking Spanish and
working for the Chinese, but that’s another story.
0230 GMT March 24, 2012
·
Fusion power: just within
test reach
US National Ignition Facility reached
1.8-megajouled this month. By year end NIF is aiming for 2-MJ, which
is self-ignition point. Meanwhile, a new facility under
construction, LIFE, offers the promise of a prototype fusion plant
by 2025, and large-scale production of plants by 2035. This is about
20-years sooner than previously believed possible. The LIFE designed
should be able to match coal and natural gas produced electricity
for cost.
·
Of course, fusion has now for almost half-a-century been a “The Bear
Goes Over The Mountain” affair. As you may recall, when the Bear
Goes Over The Mountain he sees the other side of the mountain and
then another mountain. There is so much politics in these
giga-projects that you can never tell how things will work out.
America has become ADHD Nation. Anything that requires sustained
effort no longer seems possible.
·
Germany will subsidize 6th
Israeli Dolfin submarine
Three of the class are in service, two AIP versions are to be
delivered this year, and a sixth is on order, for which Germany will
pay 1/3rd the cost. Germany helped pay for the first
five. The Dolfins are of interest because they have 4 x 650mm launch
tubes. The speculation is that the larger tubes are for
Turbo-Popeye, an Israeli developed cruise missile which ten-years
ago the US allegedly tracked to a 1500-km range. We don’t know the
internal layout of the Dolfins, but doubt Popeye reloads could be
carried, limited Israel’s second-strike force to 24 missiles. In times of crisis five could
be available for short periods.
·
Mali Coup
Trouble for this nation which is one of the few democracies (was) in
the Sahel region. Army has overthrown the government and taken
power. The term-limited president was to step-down next month, and
while the army is talking vaguely about elections and such, there is
no mention of the already planned (now presumably cancelled) April
elections.
·
Mali is a victim of blow-back from Libya. Gaddafi enlisted upto of
1500 Tuareg fighters from Mali, even as in the west his own Tuaregs
were fighting against him. A Tuareg rebellion has simmered for
years, but when the mercenaries came back, armed with plenty of new
weapons and stiffened with many Libyans, the rebels quickly captured
several northern towns. The Mali Army says it was sent in untrained
and with inadequate resources to fight the rebels; the army suffered
heavy losses. So they’ve staged a coup. A coup does not HAVE to
follow losses; the more logical thing would be to rebuild the army,
an endeavor in which the US and France would have been glad to help.
Right new these two nations have cut off aid. This being Africa, the
army is usually looking for an excuse to take power. The army’s
first act was to loot the Presidential Palace and get drunk. Poor
Africa. First it was oppressed by European imperialists, then by its
own leaders. Many countries have become democratic, but Mali shows
how easy it is to revert to the bad old ways.
0230 GMT March 23, 2012
·
Toulouse, France
So the Al-Qaeda gunman refused to respond for
12-hours, and the French police moved in on his flat. He fired
30-shots, and jumped out of his ground-floor bathroom window to
escape. Whereupon a sniper got him. End of the story. Of course, now
the authorities will not know the full story, but on the plus side,
think of all the money they save from not trying and jailing him for
30-years or whatever sentences are in France. Turns out the 23-year
old man was quite the little career criminal and the police had him
under surveillance. Good luck to the French police in explaining how
he nonetheless managed to kill seven people. Sure, at orbat.com we
know how easily surveillance can fail. Back in the day you needed 24
personnel to keep a 24-hour watch on someone, and we doubt this man
was rated such a threat that he got the full Monty, so as to speak.
We don’t think France has progressed as far as the US in the
finger-pointing, court-suing blame game with all the
shouldas-couldas-wouldas where the people getting the blame are
expected to perfectly perform their tasks and are blamed for less
that complete perfection. But honestly we don’t know.
·
Kandahar Killer
So the lawyer for the US soldier accused of killing
16 Afghan civilians in cold blood met him and said in all his XYZ
years of being a lawyer he had never been so moved. We don’t see how
anyone can stand to be constipated for XYZ years, but certainly the
lawyer has unloaded a giant poopy mountain. Hope he feels better.
Said lawyer also says there is no evidence to link the soldier to
the killings. Does he really think the Army has not already begun to
conduct forensic tests? He also says the soldier has no recollection
of the moment. He has recollection of before, and after. Soldier has
no recollection or the lawyer has told him to say that as lawyer
builds a case for PTSD?
·
Incidentally, just as we don’t see what the stress the soldier was
under has to do with his actions – hundreds of thousands of soldiers
have suffered similar stress and not gone around killing people
including nine children (naturally the soldier is being portrayed as
a loving father and husband; Editor is waiting to hear how much the
soldier loved his Teddy Bears), we also don’t see what his past
before he joined the army has anything to do with the situation. It
is perfectly irrelevant that he had financial problems and a fraud
conviction and minor brushes with the law after he joined the
service. Stick to the incident: did he kill those people or not? If
he did kill them, the why is not important. Do you really want
someone running around who blanks out and goes on a shooting spree?
Are we really expected to trust a bunch of psychos (sorry, slip of
the tongue here, we meant psychiatrists) who will assure us he has
been cured of his psychosis and can be released? Rubbish. Complete
and utter bosh. Stuff and nonsense.
·
We’re just waiting for the lawyer to request permission to interview
the Afghan villager and use their statements as testimony. The
villagers are swearing on their ancestors that it was not a lone
gunman, but a group of soldiers and that the US Army is lying. Of
course it just goes without saying that Afghan villagers are so
truthful you can accept anything they say as gospel without further
ado. And Hamid “CSI” Karzai has already declared that obviously one
man could not have carried out the killings, it’s so obvious.
Doubtless ol’ Hamid was personally trained by the Prince of
Detectives, Inspector Clouseau of Pink Panther fame. Cue the theme
“Dead-ant dead-ant dead-ant” and stomp violently.
·
Chee. Talk about a
drought
On Titan it rains once every 1000 years. And it
rains liquid methane, obviously, not water. Can we stop complaining
about droughts, already? The Titan (or the Titanians?) have much
more serious problem than us earthlings.
http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/science-environment-17454005
·
Speaking of distant shores you all have heard the studio that made
“John Carter” has taken a $200-million write-off already, within
weeks of the movie’s release. Our hunch is the refusal to go with
the full title “John Carter of Mars” probably cost a few tens of
millions. The studio says it didn’t want to put off women. Look
fellas, John Carter goes around in a fur diaper and little else. The
women will come to see the hunk or they’re not interested. If
they’re not interested, calling the movie anything you want – such
as “Summer love among the Banths” would not matter. If they want to
see the hunk, they also wont care what the movie is called.
Meanwhile, you can’t expect anyone under the age of 60 to know about
“John Carter”. At least “John Carter of Mars” might have attracted
the younger male set. (Younger means under 60, obviously.) Or maybe
“John Carter and the Princess of Mars.” That should have brought in
the boys and the gals.
0230 GMT March 22, 2012
·
Toulouse, France
BBC reports that around midnight GMT (our estimate)
French special police moved in against the Al Qaeda gunman who is
wanted for killing three soldiers, a school-teacher rabbi, his two
little sons, and an 8-year old girl pupil. The police had spent
several hours in negotiation, and the unit, called RAID, is known
for its phenomenal patience. It does its best to take wanted people
alive, presumably on the principle that dead men are a bit
unresponsive when interrogated, and information is critical. Latest
reports say the blasts are meant to intimidate the wanted man, and
the police are not setting up for a final showdown
·
The gentleman says (via a cell phone that was provided him by the
police) that he is avenging attacks on Afghan children, that he was
planning to kill more people before being cornered, and he shot the
rabbi and the children only because he couldn’t find more soldiers
to kill. Now, normally we’d say the Afghan War is, well, a war, and
if an Afghan was to come to France determined to kill military
personnel, that’s fair. After all, French soldiers are in
Afghanistan killing Taliban.
·
The problem that arises here is that the gentleman is not Afghan,
but French, of Algerian origin, but none the less completely French.
So what he is doing is killing his own country’s citizens in the
name of waging war, and unfortunately, the name for this sort of
activity is treason. We can have sympathy with a man fighting for
his country, no matter how misguided we think he is. We can have no
sympathy for a person who takes up arms against his state.
·
Now, of course if we were to engage in a conversation with the
gentleman, he would say he is waging jihad, and jihad is higher than
mundane matters of nationality. If that is so, those who you wage
jihad against have the moral right to hunt you down and kill you
wherever you are. It is for this reason Editor personally believes
the uproar in the US against US targeted killing of American
citizens overseas is misguided. Let us explain.
·
In 1861, Americans from the southern states rose up against their
government. They may have claimed Confederate nationality, but
nationality is not a matter of saying “I belong to such and such
country” and that makes it so. The CSA would have had to be
internationally recognized as a nation for the nationality of the
rebels to change. Till then, they were United States nationals in
rebellion against their lawful country. Did the US Government seek
to gently and lovingly arrest the rebels and try them in civilian
court, according them all the protections of the American
Constitution? They killed the rebels.
·
Now, we are no experts on US history of that period. But did the
rebels actually renounce their citizenship? We don’t think so. In
effect, the US Government was killing US citizens who had taken up
arms against the Republic. At that point they forfeit all
protections under the Constitution.
·
Similarly, any jihadi who happens to have American citizenship
forfeits constitutional protections when he assumes arms against the
Republic. Also ask
yourself, how was the American citizenship obtained? Suppose a
foreign visitor has a baby in the US and then leaves, a week later.
The baby, under current law, is entitled to American citizen even if
s/he never visits the US again. Is this person entitled to the same
protections as Americans who are born here and live here? We don’t
see it.
·
Now, we have readers well versed in US constitutional laws, and they
could well ask: (a) where does it say there are different classes of
American citizenship; and (b) where does it say in the US
Constitution that you forfeit constitutional protection if you take
up arms against the state? Excellent and valid points. Our answer
would be that the Constitution as framed was written for a different
time. The reason the US has never thought it necessary to jettison
its constitution in favor of a new one is that the document is
flexible enough to permit amendment. Let the Government ask Congress
– after proper debate, of course – to pass new amendments to deal
with the tricky issues today, including the acquisition of drive-by
citizenship, and jihadis.
·
In the meanwhile, plain old criminal law can be applied. If an armed
man is wanted and is resisting arrest, the police must give him his
full rights – after he is in custody. But nowhere does it say the
police must make superhuman efforts to take him alive at all costs.
Thus, the French police attempted to get the French gunman to
surrender. He refused. The police are completely within their rights
to go after him, and if he still refuses to surrender, to kill him.
Thus it is with American jihadis abroad. No reasonable person can
expect the FBI to dispatch teams to the Yemen, Somalia, Afghanistan
to track down wanted jihadis and do their best to bring them back
alive for trial. A person waging war against the US from an overseas
base can be reached only by the military.
·
If you say that the warrant for a jihadi has to be issued by a
court, Editor will not disagree. But what the Editor would prefer is
that the Government declare a state of war against jihadis and free
itself to eliminate them as necessary. It is correct to insist we
are not waging a war on Islam. But we permitted, indeed required, to
declare war on jihadis or others who declare war on us. The time is
long past for political correctness.
0230 GMT March 21, 2012
·
Sent by Reader VK: E-mail
from a Stratfor analyst to his boss re. meeting with General Pasha,
then chief of Pakistan ISI
·
Our meeting Monday of
last week was organized by the military's pr wing (the 2-star
heading the dept and his chief of staff) and the ISI's pr people (in
particular a certain Colonel Zaka). The last two times I met the ISI
chief, it was at his residence inside Joint Staff Headquarters at
Chaklala Garrison in Rawalpindi. This time around, the meeting took
place in the super secure headquarters in Islamabad.
·
In recent years there
have many a lot of new roads constructed in the capital, especially
around the ISI headquarters and then the jihadist insurgency led to
the closure of the main road that ran in front of the directorate.
So, it was interesting to actually get into the facility. Was
directed to take a side/rear road into the complex.
·
Had to go through five
layers of security to get into the place. There were five check
posts each with concrete as well as delta barriers and several armed
men. The first two layers had guys with plain clothes with walkie
talkies and guns while the inner three had uniformed men.
·
Once after the main
barrier, which is an iron gate you enter the courtyard of the new
main building adjacent to the old ones. A really fine structure
recently completed when the current army chief was heading the ISI
and Musharraf was in charge - from the inside it resembles a 5-star
hotel in terms of the quality of the interior
finishing.
·
I was told by the
guard at the front door to park at the rear of the building. So I
parked and walked back to the front. Once in the building and making
my way through the metal detector I was greeted by a plainclothes
official who said I didn't need to take out my blackberries to pass
through the machine and asked me to hand them over to the guys at
the reception who were also plainclothes people.
·
The guys didn't look
tech savvy but I would be surprised if others didn't go through my
list of contacts and emails. The official who was wearing a tie and
had two devices attached to his hip with a small earpiece escorted
me to the fourth floor and seated me in a waiting room which could
be accessed through two wooden doors and one made of glass. I was
early and turned on the tv and waited for about 15 minutes before
another person in a black suit and tie came in and took me to a
meeting room where a minute later DG-ISI Lt-Gen Ahmed Shuja Pasha
came in and greeted me warmly remarking that I had come after a long
time.
·
We had a 30 minute
conversation, which began with him asking me what was happening in
Libya saying that Tripoli had asked for Islamabad's assistance - a
request that was under consideration and wanted my thoughts on a)
what was happening there; b) what I thought Pakistan could do to
help. He also said that the U.S. seems to have made the
wrong
decision to intervene militarily. I briefly gave him our assessment
of the situation and suggested that sending troops to Libya or
Bahrain was very risky (which he agreed) but added that perhaps
Pakistan could work with Turkey since Ankara is trying to take the
lead in a diplomatic solution to the crisis there but I didn't know
what kind of leverage Pakistan had with the rebels or the govt. By
this time an aide had brought in tea and cookies in a really nice
set of chinaware.
·
I then asked him what
was the status of U.S.-Pakistani relations specifically CIA-ISI post
Raymond Davis. He said the relationship has not really changed. Of
course it hasn't improved but it hasn't deteriorated further below
the existing levels and told me he would be in DC to discuss the
issue on the 11th. He then went into the details of
what had
happened with the Raymod Davis matter saying that this issue could
have been solved if the Americans had kept it between the CIA and
the ISI.
·
He said he called up
Panetta (who said he had a really good personal friendship with the
D-CIA saying he was the only U.S. official whom he had invited to
his house and introduced to his wife and son) asking him that we
should sort out the issues between our two agencies. Panetta told
him that he couldn't because State was taking the lead on it. Pasha
said he was disappointed at this response and knew that this was
about to turn into a diplomatic row and media ruckus.
·
At that point he said
the ISI let Punjab police handle the investigation and no one on the
Pakistani side taking responsibility. The government said the matter
is in the hands of the courts and the courts looking at the foreign
ministry for answers about the status of Davis' immunity. All of
this he said could have been avoided if it were not for State
getting involved. Ultimately he said it came back to the ISI and we
were able to work out an arrangement with the CIA. He also said once
it
became a media issue we were really worried that Davis might
be killed by people from within the police service. (Another 2-star
I met said there were concerns that the Americans could have him
killed and we would be in deep s***). We wanted him gone and as soon
as possible and thankfully we were able to pull it off.
·
But he said that there
are still unresolved questions about the people who Davis killed. He
said they were not ISI sleuths as some suspect. Rather, low level
thugs who had a lot of cash on them and in different currencies, which is
·
On the domestic
insurgency he said you can see things are much better. He added that
in fact the situation was really good. The attacks were down and
limited to a certain area.
·
But it would take
another 10-12 years to completely get rid of the issue and a lot
depends on how the Americans settle Afghanistan. On North Waziristan
he said, he has been saying that we need to do an operation there
for several years now going back to the days when I was Director
General Military Operations and was overseeing the early days of our
counter-insurgency efforts in the northwest. But the issue is one of
logistics. The only way to mount an offensive in NW is through South
Waziristan, which we are trying to stabilize with the building of
roads and resettlement of locals. We also needed to stabilize the
tribal agencies to the north of North Waziristan, which is also a
work in progress. Once we have achieved our goals of stabilizing SW,
we will move into NW.
·
At this point, the ISI
chief picks up the phone and asks one his aides to connect him to a
certain official within the directorate (he referred to him as
Director something can't quite remember). The guy comes in with a
cell phone and the chief speaks with the guy asking him if the
friends had given the coordinates for south waziristan. He then asks
if
it is south of a particular area or north. After that he says
that is all I wanted to know and hangs up and apologizes for having
to make the call.
·
On Afghanistan, he
said the Americans are stuck with the old notion that Pakistan wants
to see the Taliban come to power again in Afghanistan. Anti-Pakistan
and pro-India analysts and advisers in the U.S. and elsewhere
continue to feed that perception. This is an outdated view because
Islamabad has long given up that goal given the threat to Pakistani
security. We do not wish to see the Talibs dominate Afghanistan.
·
On the contrary, we
want to see a broad-based government that can end the civil war in
that country, which has had a disastrous fallout for us. Of course
the Talibs will be a key player in a post-NATO Afghanistan, which we
feel is necessary for true peace to take place. But that is just an
acknowledgment of a reality than a desire on our part to see Talibs
rule Kabul.
·
Even the U.S. realizes
that there will be a deal with the Talibs so why the double
standards when it comes to us (especially when we will have to deal
with the situation once after the U.S. leaves)? Pakistan wants to
see a friendly government - one that can maintain peace in the
country. Such a govt can only come about when the Karzai government
can reach a negotiated settlement with the insurgents, which is not
going to happen by talking to the former Talibs like Zaeef,
Mutawakkil, etc.
·
I asked him if the
Obama admin had approached Pakistan to help with the negotiations.
He said no such thing happening, which he said was the problem. He
added that DC and Kabul need to involve us in the process because if
anyone can deliver it is us and we have an interest in doing so.
Look at what happened during that incident with the meeting with the
man who they thought was Mullah Mansoor but in reality he was a
shopkeeper who swindled them for money and made a mockery of
everyone including Petraeus who actually met the guy (laughs and
smirks at this point).
·
At this point the guy
who brought me into the room comes and in and says it is time for
your next meeting. The chief says give me a few more minutes and we
continue talking and he says I really appreciate the work you are
doing in terms of steering clear of taking any sides. I then thank
him and we begin to walk out of the room.
·
At this point I asked
him if there was any change to his email address and Pasha says I am
sorry I have not been in regular touch over email because these
people were reading my messages and I had to have my pc cleaned but
I am still using the old email address. I asked who was reading his
emails and he replied there is only one entity in Pakistan who can
do that. (I take it he meant people from within the directorate were
doing so).
·
He walked me to the
elevator from where I was escorted by another young man in black
down to the lobby from where I collected my blackberries and he then
escorted outside and asked me where I was parked to which replied at
the rear of the building and he then walked me to my car during
which I asked him how long he had been serving in the ISI and he
said for quite some time (I had hoped he would tell me the number of
years). He waited until I pulled out and then waved and left and I
drove out of the complex passing the same set of security layers I
had encountered on my way in.
·
Editor’s comments
Not
terribly clever of young Sean (the analyst) to take his Blackberries
along, but then if he is only an analyst and not an operator that’s
understandable. Unsolicited advice to Sean: next time no
Blackberries, nothing in wallet except cash, no pieces of paper of
any sort except a locally purchased school student’s notebook and a
pencil or two to take notes.
·
Naturally one wonders
what sort of contract old GUS (Government of the United States) has with Stratfor. This
cozy-e-cozy with The Pasha Himself would hardly have been granted to
a junior representative of a mere think tank.
·
The reason State was
taking the lead on Ray Davis was that he was a State person. And why
should the Punjab Police want to kill Davis because he shot two
thugs/would-be-robbers? Of course, if he shot two police operatives
then the Punjab Police is going to get mad.
·
Regarding South Wazoo
and North Wazoo. General Pasha wants US to believe Pakistan cannot
launch an operation in North Wazoo because its L-of-C through South
Wazoo is not secure. Let’s first take this statement at face value.
What does it say about the Pakistan Army that ten years into the
Afghan War it has not secured one of Pakistan’s territorial areas?
But the statement cannot be taken at face value because in North
Wazoo are Pakistan’s Taliban proxies. The one’s Pasha doesn’t want
to get involved with because of the threat to Pakistan. The ones he
has nothing to do with, but Pasha can still deliver a deal on
Afghanistan if the US would only trust him. The people he doesn’t
want to see in power in Kabul, but they’re going to take over
anyway. Pasha might want to tell where the Taliban is getting its
advisors, logistic support, weapons, cash, and even food from. Is
the Taliban stealing from the US forces or the Afghan forces? Is
Iran in charge of supporting the Taliban? No, of course not. It is
the ISI that created the Taliban, and but for the US intervention,
would be peacefully ruling Afghanistan in alliance with Pakistan.
·
This said, it is not
for Pasha to do the US
Government’s work in Afghanistan. It is for the US Government to do
its own work. Pasha has to do Pakistan’s work: hey, Washington, can
you understand that? Editor thinks Washington finally does get it,
but what it does it say for US’s smarts that its taken 8-9 years to
fully come to grips with something that should have been obvious
from Day 1. Smarts=GUS=Very low. If GUS was in school, it would be
assigned to the special education classrooms, you know, the ones
where there is an aide for each student because the student, poor
fellow, cant tie his shoelaces. As the student, obviously, not the
aide. US thought it could roll over Pakistan with threats after
9/11. So, dear, dear GUS, who has rolled over whom? Who has come out
on top in this fabulous misadventure? Hint: it isn’t GUS.
·
The simple reality,
dear, dear, very dear GUS,
is that brown man for whom you have had nothing but contempt, the
Pasha, is simply ten times smarter than your Panetta and your
Petraeus – put together. Admitting that would be a valuable first
step to recovery, where you start to learn to deal with reality. The
chances that GUS will actually admit it? Let’s put it this way.
Editor will continue putting his dollar on Powerball Lotto. They say
one’s chances of winning Powerball is the same as being struck by
lightning on the same day and getting a date with both Elvis and
Marilyn Monroe. Much better chances than the chances GUS will see
sense.
·
(There go the Editor’s
chances of doing business with the CIA and the Pentagon. It’s true
they don’t read this blog or most other blogs. It’s also true the
chance of doing business with Panetta/Petraeus even if Editor said
they are the smartest people in the world are zero. So nothing lost
by speaking one’s mind. And you do know that if Editor was to say
P/P are the smartest in the world, the world he’d be referring to is
called La La Land. )
·
(Last year Editor sent
a letter to the new director of ops, nothing of any importance,
Editor likes to share his thoughts with the world’s leaders. He
sends them regular advice, and mostly gets back a polite note from
the 17th Secretary to the deputy to the assistant to the
vice to the chief official responsible for looking after the World
Leader’s Bunny Slippers, saying “Your thoughts are appreciated.” Weeks later the letter came
back with grubby paw prints all over it, and the notation “No such
person at this zip code”. NO world leaders’s office has ever
returned a letter with “No such person here but us meeces”. There is
either no reply or a note.
Well, the name the Editor used was the name given to the
press. So even he wasn’t at THAT zip code, why couldn’t they have
forwarded it the RIGHT zip code? Would it have killed them?
Actually, probably yes. Too much thinking required. Grunt. Grumble,
Complain. Mutter.)
0230 GMT March 20, 2012
·
Israel Intercepted 80% of
GRAD Class Rockets says Defensenews.com, with 60 of 75 attempts
succeeding. This is lower than the initial reported rate of 90%, but
still very good. Pressure is growing on Israel to attack Gaza to
destroy rocket launching sites and simplify Israel’s defense problem
in the event of a strike on Iran. The Israel prime minister hints
that a withdraw from the West Bank will not happen. Why he’s
bothering to say this, we don’t know, because no one assumes Israel will give back land here.
·
China may have 1000
modern fighters by 2020
says Aviation Week and Space Technology. The low
end will be made up of aircraft like the FC-17 (joint development
with Pakistan) and the high end of Su-27 clones. Some F-20 stealth
fighters will be in the mix.
·
Bashing US Government For
Solar Energy There’s no denying the US Government has made a
couple of disastrous decisions regarding subsidies for American
solar power, including the infamous Solyandra. But actually those
serious missteps are preventing a discussion about whether America
is to have a solar energy industry or whether we should just give up
and let China make our solar panels.
·
The problem is that China is determined to destroy everyone else’s
solar industry, and it is doing so by (a) admittedly more efficient
manufacture; and (b) by enormous subsidies to its solar industry,
estimated at $30-billion last year alone. Americans are going to
have to decide: do they value lowest price over all other
considerations including an industry’s strategic value? Once
manufacturing shifts to China, it’s very hard to bring it back
because every item has components, and components also shift to
China. Thus the oft-cited case of the battery industry. America has
some great new battery technology, but since the whole battery
kit-and-kaboodle has gone to China, it’s near impossible for an
American company to make batteries here.
·
China is a mercantilist nation while everyone else is trying to
expand free trade to ensure the most efficient producer makes an
item. But China’s low costs are subsidized by cash, and by a cheap
currency.
·
We’ve frequently mentioned as Chinese wages rise, and as American
wages fall, manufacturing will shift back to the US. But that
doesn’t address the issue of the Chinese subsidies and undervalued
yuan. We are not saying we know the solution to this problem. What
we are saying is Americans had best devote some serious thought to
the solar and other issues.
·
Incidentally, by the end of this year installed Chinese power
generation capacity will equal the US’s 1.14-terawatt capacity. Of
course this is not the whole story: efficiency of generation and
transmission, and efficiency of energy use per dollar of GDP are
equally important. Nonetheless, just another straw in the wind as US
continues its inexorable march downward. China plans 1.4-Terawatt by
2012 and 1.7-Terawatt by 2020.
15% of the 2020 total is expected to be renewables. China is
expected to soon burn half of the world’s coal used for power
generation.
0230 GMT March 19, 2012
A country that has to recruit 28-year old men as soldiers in not
in decline: it’s basically finished
·
But doesn’t that prove that the
Iraq and Afghan Wars were not worth fighting? A military superpower
is an expeditionary power. It has to be prepared to fought anywhere
in the world. If the people won’t accept what is the natural
corollary of that – a draft – then our superpower days are over.
0230 GMT March 18, 2012
·
Is it time for Editor to
return to Mars? American “bride” “marries” herself
This story is so weird that you’d better read it yourself. You
wouldn’t believe it if we summarized the story. Or maybe you would,
and find the lunacy nothing worthy of comment. It’s stuff like that
makes Editor wonder if he has imposed on America’s hospitality for
too long and its time to go back to Mars. The problem is the call
number for the Mother Ship is composed of 1 googol characters. Since the Editor
has forgotten the number, he’d have to try random combinations. The
other problem is that, as readers may recall, Mars marooned Editor
on Earth as a way of getting him out of the way. Even if he got the
right number there’s no assurance the Mother Ship will come.
http://shine.yahoo.com/love-sex/bride-marries-herself-more-singles-throw-solo-weddings-202200537.htm
·
Major AH Amin’s
Contrarian Thesis on Afghanistan
Major Amin is a retired Pakistan Army
officer who often writes about military matters. Recently he has
challenged the thesis that Afghanistan has never been ruled by a
foreign power. He says that for several centuries, Eastern
Afghanistan was ruled by Hindu Rajput kings based in modern-day
Pakistan Punjab. Then it was ruled by Persian or Turcic kings. Since
medieval times, the first time Afghanistan became independent was in
the mid-18th Century because of the rapidly weakening
Moghul Empire. It was not a British army that invaded Afghanistan,
but an army raised by the commercial British East India Company.
·
Because Maharaja Ranjit Singh, the great Sikh warrior, blocked
Punjab to the EIC, the company had to take a 1500 mile route to
reach Kabul, traversing enormous stretches of desert, instead of the
300-mile direct route through the fertile Punjab. When the British
reached Kabul, they were down to one-quarter rations. Even in this
terribly weakened state, the EIC lost seventeen dead to take the
massive fort of Ghazni. Remember, this was not a military expedition
but a commercial expedition supported by a security force. The EIC
totaled up the costs side of the ledger, and compared it to the
earnings side of the ledger; decided the game wasn’t worth the
candle, ordered a withdrawal. The withdrawal was conducted by 700
British and 3800 Indian soldiers – who had finished their rations.
They were chased by 50,000 tribesmen. Given the situation, it took
no great military prowess to finish off the expeditionary force.
·
When the British returned, says Major Amin, their garrisons were
held by just a few thousand troops each: Jalalabad withstood a three
year siege with just 2000 combatants, and suffered just 20 killed.
Had the British not decided to hold Afghanistan against Russia,
Moscow would have added Afghanistan to its relentless advance east
in the second half of the 19th Century. The Russians
overcame any number of armies composed of the fiercest fighters,
Afghanistan could not have withstood them.
·
The myth of the invincible Afghan fighter is a conjuration of the
press. Here Editor thinks its fair to ask: what would have happened
if the US had not poured money, weapons, and trained fighters from
the Pakistan side of the border. Sure much of the countryside might
still not be under Russian control. But the countryside has never
been under anyone’s control. Its worth remembering what the Russians
have done in the Caucasus: even with their empire disintegrated, the
Russians are very much in control of their Caucuses republics. Peace
of the grave and all that, sure. But this likely would have been
Afghanistan’s fate but for the Americans.
·
Agreed the Americans have not defeated the Taliban. This was an
impossible task for three reasons. One, the US never bothered to
secure the Pakistan frontier, nor have they ever punished Pakistan
for its support of the Taliban. A constant stream of war materials
and men keeps coming across the border. Who can win in these
circumstances? Two, instead of being content content to control the
major towns and keep the interconnecting roads open, the US decided
to try and pacify the whole country with a handful of troops. Cannot
be done with an open border. And the Americans did not even do the
divide and rule thing, which is the key to empire. The Tajiks,
Hazaras, and Uzbeks should have been let loose on the Pushtuns.
Instead the US has tried to get a unified army.
·
Three, and we know our more sensitive readers will be utterly
revolted, but the only way counter-insurgency works is if you kill
the enemy without mercy. This the US did in Vietnam, pacifying much
of the country in three years 1965-68. The Viet Cong and their North
Vietnamese sponsors were annihilated, so much so the VC were never a
real threat, and the North Vietnamese had to regroup for four years
before making another try. And they were annihilated again in 1972.
Had the US been ready to keep using its airpower, does anyone
seriously think the NVA would have succeeded in 1975? No chance.
Again, the US was not
ruthless enough because by and large it left North Vietnam free to
keep getting resupplied by China. The US could very easily have made
it far too expensive for the North Vietnamese to continue: mine the
entire coast, knock down the Red River dykes, unleash the B-52s
against the China-North Vietnam border every single day. The fallacy
was “limited war”. We should have learned in Second Indochina there
is no such thing; instead we have to learn it all over again in
Afghanistan.
·
Yes, we did well in Iraq – eventually. But please to note: the Shia
and Kurds were 80% of the population, and we used them to fight the
Sunnis, just 20% of the population. Classic divide and rule, and it
worked. Moreover, there was no open border: the Iranians are Shia.
·
Please to remember, muh fella Markins (Channeling LBJ here): you
wanna be nice guys, don’t go to war. Was the Union in 1861-65 nice
guys? Pershing’s Americans in 1917-18? The US in World War 2? Gulf
One? In 1950-53 America fought a limited war. No need to remind what
happened: the third generation of the King Dork Dynasty is still
ruling the North.
0230 GMT March 17, 2012
·
Hamid Karazi Has A
Brilliant Idea But is the US Government smart enough to take it?
Doubtful. Hamid wants US forces to pull back to their main bases,
evacuating all outposts. Here is the perfect out for the US in its
Mission Impossible: when it all goes wrong, as it will 100%, US can
shrug and say “well, the Afghans ordered us to do so, and it’s their
country after all.” Hamid says his troops and police are ready to
take over now (Cue laugh tracks, with hoots of derision). So lets
take him at his word. And after all, US has been training the
Afghans for 10 years now. If they haven’t got it yet (they haven’t),
they will never get it (as even the US military leadership, which is
not exactly a bright light, knows). So US doesn’t want to give the
appearance it has been run out of Afghanistan. Fine. Pulling back to
the main bases allows US to substantially reduce its troop levels,
allows it to protect the main cities (which given that we were never
going to commit enough troops for a true counter-insurgency should
have been out first and only strategy) and allows it to focus on
training. Personally, we feel the training is pointless, but what do
we know, being from Iowa. But this way US troop levels and costs and
casualties will come way down. Afghans will be happy. We’ll be
happy. It’ll be peace and love and daisies all around. (Cue
disbelieving snorts – okay, we’re letting our cynicism show, time to
change the subject.
·
Finally the Israelis Are
Getting serious
They’re going to add enough 707 refuellers to
permit a transfer of 1000-tons of fuel. Lets do some
back-of-the-envelope calculations. Israel has seven 707 tankers,
likely more now because this talk of an air strike has been going on
for some time. US KC-135s can transfer a maximum of 90-tons of fuel.
This basically means the tanker takes off, and operates over a
radius of a couple of hundred kilometers. We don’t know how much
fuel the Israeli 707s can transfer, but make it 60-tons. If Israel
has 8-9 tankers now, it needs another 7-8. An F-15 will take 6-tons for
a full internal fuel load. Say and F-16 takes 3-tons internally (you
don’t to fill the external and conformal tanks) to get a 1000-mile
radius. So you can refuel 100 F-15s and 100 F-16s. This is a
terribly crude calculation, but we don’t have time to sit down and
do a proper one. Still, it indicates Israel can conformably do the
job. And remember, it won’t be a one-day, one-off attack.
·
And Finally The US Is
Getting Serious It’s sending four minesweepers to the Persian Gulf
to join the four already forward deployed. Four are forward deployed
to Japan, so this will leave just two in reserve in the US, but this
is what happens when you run down your forces. Four minesweeper
helicopters are also going. We’d need to research the current status
of NATO minesweeper forces, but we think US, UK, and the rest of
NATO can put 30 minesweepers and 8 sweep helicopters into the Gulf.
Should suffice.
0230 GMT March 16, 2012
·
Washington Post Under
Attack! Editor Gallops to the Rescue! Let’s be clear on Editor and WashPo.
It’s his favorite paper because it has more comics than anyone else.
For the rest, the WashPo is simply a tree murderer. It has NO
redeeming features other than the comics. Of course, it goes without
saying if tomorrow WashPo offered Editor a job, he’d be singing its
praises. He’s always hoping the establishment will buy him up, but
hypocrite he is not.
·
So someone called the Washington Free Beacon
http://freebeacon.com has taken
umbrage at the WashPo’s China Review, a paid supplement that
basically says – surprise! – that China is as American as America is
American. Beacon feels this is Selling Out. Whoa, Nelly! (As in
“hold yore hosses, pardner!”). We’re not sure why Beacon has just
discovered this. And we’re also not sure why Beacon has not attacked
WashPo’s regular paid informel put out by the bastion of democracy
and human rights, Russia.
·
Next, isn’t all Main Stream Media just a giant selling out? The news
presented by the MSM is simply squashed in there to attract your
eyeballs to the adverts. That’s the name of the game. Why get upset?
You may as well get upset at religion because 99% of it is pious
hypocrisy, or at politicians because they lie, or CEOs because the
insist on making 1000 times what their lowest paid workers make, or
movie stars for being unfaithful, or for people trying to cheat the
IRS and so on and so forth.
·
If Beacon doesn’t mind, Editor will give some free advice. Honesty
is NOT the best policy. Hypocrisy is. As a sixty-year antihypocrite
(that’s sixty years of being an AH, not sixty year old, what Editor
wouldn’t give to be sixty again and Mrs. R. IV nowhere in sight)
Editor can dolefully confirm no one, but no one loves a person who
has a hair-trigger hypocrisy meter. Editor is always joking about
his lack of money. Now, when he was in India, he worked for a
gentleman who paid him (illegally) out gentleman’s expense account
and let Editor say exactly what Editor wanted. It was only enough to
live like a college student. Mrs. R. IV, even in her young days,
used to carry on and on
about Editor should grow-up, Editor should act responsible, Editor
should get a real job and so on. Looking at what Editor’s eldest had
to go through because of the no money situation, and looking at the
youngest sleeping peacefully in his crib, Editor heroically decided
He Had To Conform. So when he returned to America, he lied through
both sides of his mouth in order to Conform. Did it work? No,
because people are not fools. You can say “Yes Boss, No Boss, you
are great Boss” all you want, but Boss can tell from your body
language that really what you’re saying is “Boss, you’re a liar,
hypocrite, incompetent, self-serving, disloyal, ready to sell your
children to get ahead etc.”. In other words, Editor’s body language
is saying “Hey, Boss, you’re just a normal person.” Well, Boss cant
get rid of you because you haven’t said or done anything disloyal,
but you sure as heck are going to get nowhere in life. Of course,
the Editor is making himself out to more heroic than he is, because
no matter how hard he tries, it slips out sooner or later: “Boss,
you’re an incompetent idiot”. And the truth is, Editor was spoiled
rotten by his first boss, who was one person who was smarter than
Editor, and had rock-like integrity. He was also spoiled by his
headmasters in school, because – as many be expected of religious
schools – lying or evasion of any kind was not acceptable. So then
he comes back to America to work for just ordinary folks just trying
to make a living, and it’s a complete mess.
·
So what Editor is saying to Washington Free Beacon is, look, just
take it easy. The people at WashPo are not evil. They’re merely
trying to make a living. Yes, the street walkers on 14th
Street downtown are more honest about the way they make a living.
But no one can be more virtuous than a prostitute (either sex); it’s
an impossible standard to meet. Do you have a mortgage to pay? Kids
to look after? A retirement fund to which you must contribute? Then
forget the outrage, and do what’s necessary to make a living. If it
involves taking ads from nasty, disgusting people like the Chinese
and Russian Governments, do the Stiff Upper Lip and all that sort of
thing. No one loves a person who is pointing fingers and screaming
“hypocrite!”. It may make you feel virtuous, Editor feels very
virtuous every time he has a blow-up with someone who is being a
hypocrite. But there’s no magic machine that transforms your virtue
into $$$$$. And like it or not, in the real world $$$$$ rule. So
Editor will stop now, as he needs to do what he does every night:
plan to get rich. Of course it won’t work, but you can’t just give
up.
·
By the way, Editor was quite taken aback when a while ago an Indian
friend said “I know who you worked for, it was Mr. K. Subhramanyam.”
Just for the record: Mr. Subhramanyam was a great man and by the
Editor’s lights, a true patriot, and a loyal civil servant. Yet,
Editor did research papers for him, and enjoyed it too. Yes, he got
paid for the papers the same way anyone who wrote for the Institute
of Defense Studies and Analyses got paid. Editor is proud to say he
was Mr. K’s most devoted disciple (he had many). But no, Editor did
not work for him.
0230 GMT March 15, 2012
·
Afghan Killer At Work –
Shhhhhh…. So US SecDef lands at the British airfield
adjacent to Camp Leatherneck in Helmand Province, presumably to
investigate the atrocity that happened a few days ago. Afghan civil
worker at base takes a 4 x 4, sets it on fire, and charges off to
get said SecDef. Afghan is overcome by the fumes, drives into a
ditch, and himself catches fire. Really impressive.
·
Two articles on America’s
wars in Iraq and Afghanistan in today’s
Washington Post. One, by a retired army major-general, we agree
with. He blames a leadership that has fought two wars over 11 years
with an army that is way too small, resulting in people having to
make three, four, five tours. This has put the force under extreme
stress. Makes sense. The second article, which we do not agree with,
is by a WashPo staffer. He speaks of the fear, tension, hunger,
thirst, uncertainty, anguish of seeing comrades die, and so on of
the Iraq and Afghan wars. He adds as a by the way the Vietnam boys
also faced the same tensions etc., but it was only for one year.
·
The staffer is way off base. In that one year the Vietnam boys were
in combat for 200 days, or
five times what the World War II soldiers endured. Moreover this was
not combat against a sixth rate bunch of ragtag incompetents who
call themselves the Taliban. The NVA and elite VC units were the
best infantry the world has seen since the German infantry of World
War II. The enemy in Vietnam was extraordinarily tough,
extraordinarily brave, extraordinarily dedicated. And while they did
not have airpower, at point of contact they often had greater
firepower than the Americans. Yes, the Americans did not have to
face the same kind of anti-vehicle mines today’s troops face. But
the Vietnamese were very, very good at booby traps, at camouflage,
at tactics. You just never knew when you were going to get caught in
a trap, or have the enemy attack you seemingly out of nowhere.
·
Editor realizes that speaking with admiration and compassion of the
Vietnam generation is not the done thing in the United States. But
it is absolutely preposterous to speak of the Vietnam generation and
our soldiers today in the same breath. America lost 58,000 soldiers
in Second Indochina, almost all in South Vietnam, in seven years.
The bulk of the fighting took place in the four years 1965-69. We’ve
heard it said that compared to World War II, 20,000 more troops
would have died but for the improvement in trauma care. All this
from 10 divisions. By comparison, in Afghanistan/Iraq we’ve lost
6000 killed. By the way, that entire loss equates to just three
months fighting in 1968, the worst year of the war when 40% of the
total casualties were taken. And we won’t even start getting into
that the bulk of the Army infantry in Vietnam were draftees, and we
don’t think anyone knows how many of the Marine Corps “volunteers”
for the infantry went in because they knew otherwise the Army would
take them. Those boys did NOT want to be soldiers: the state sent
them a notice and if they didn’t comply, they’d be arrested and
looking at a five-year jail term for draft evasion.
·
And while we are on this rant, what about the Korean War? Many of
those soldiers were doing their
second major war. You want
hunger, thirst, dead comrades and the rest, try the PLA and NKA for
opponents.
·
Now look, people we are in no way diminishing the achievements of
the soldiers who have gone to Iraq/Afghanistan. What they’ve been asked to do is a
major crime inflicted by our political and military leaders. You do
not send people off to a combat zone every two years for a year at a
time. This new lot of soldiers is older, and again, while we have no
figures, we’re willing to bet a significantly higher percentage of
the soldiers are married and have children compared to the Vietnam
soldiers. Can you imagine what it would do to your family life if
after one year home you were sent off again for a year, and then
again after a year at home, and then yet again? Sure these men are
volunteers, but did they sign up for perpetual war without end? We
don’t think so. And what about the reservists? They signed on for a
major war affecting the direct security of the United States, not
stupid adventures undertaken by a government that didn’t know its
left foot from its right hand
·
The worst part is that you and I are wholly complicit in the crime
committed against today’s soldiers. We have been very happy to stay
at home and grow fat on beer and chips, while they do the fighting.
To assuage our guilt, we call them “heroes” and “warriors”, and shed
crocodile tears when we read about their funerals. This is the same
displacement activity that those who shirked their duty in Vietnam
engage in by calling their fathers’ generation “The Great
Generation”. It was their way of saying “see, we aren’t against
soldiers and just wars, we were just against Vietnam”. What a
whopping big fat lie. They were against getting their tushies blown
up, and if a World War II situation had erupted in the 1960s, they
still would have done everything to delegitimize the war. This time
around we’ve shirked our duty by saying “oh, well, the soldiers are
volunteers, they want to be there, we don’t”
·
So are we suggesting we should all have rushed to the recruiting
stations when the Afghan and Iraq Wars began? No. But after year
three, when people were on their second tour, we should have told
our government: “Either pull them out, or institute a draft so that
the burden is fairly spread.” Whoa! A draft? But these were wars of
choice, not of necessity. In the first case, Afghanistan, we kept
shifting our objective so as to keep the war going forever and a
day; in the second case, Iraq, the government tricked the country
into the war, Saddam was no threat. Why should we get drafted?
Agreed and agreed. But if it was not okay for us to get drafted, how
is it okay for the regular soldiers to keep getting sent over?
·
Either a war is worth fighting, or it is not. If it is worth
fighting, we all should go. If it is not worth fighting, no one
should go.
0230 GMT March 14, 2012
·
Why don’t the Afghans
criticize the Taliban for civilian casualties?
This question is being asked in various comments on news stories and
blogs which we’ve dropped in on. Three reasons. (a) We don’t know
what the locals really think of Taliban atrocities because neither
do the media ask them, nor is it the wisest thing to be seen/heard
giving your free opinion to journalists. After all the Taliban are
everywhere. (b) The Taliban don’t claim moral superiority in the
matter of respect for civilians the way Westerners claim. All the
Afghans are saying is “you’re not living up to your standards. If
from the start we’d said “okay, folks, CI is messy, innocents are
going to get killed, and we’ll play blood money if that happens”,
we’d be in a lot less trouble. But of course we can’t say that
because we’re terrified people will claim money for deaths we
haven’t caused. Penny wise, dollar foolish. The US spends one
million dollars a year for every soldier deployed, is it really
going to bust the budget if 100, 200, or even 500 people falsely
claim blood money?
·
(c) Consider this analogy. Your wife is beating the stuffing out of
you (we’re trying to avoid sexist stereotypes, and after all, women
do beat up their husbands a lot more than statistics say – a man who
complains his wife thrashed him gets only laughs for being a clown).
So a stranger on the street steps into your house and forces your
wife to stop already with the saucepan upside your head. You are
duly grateful. Then the stranger decides he is going to stay in your
house to make sure it doesn’t happen again, and starts ordering you,
wife, kids, mother-in-law, and dog to do his bidding. How long will
you put up with him, especially if once-in-a-while he smacks one of
your kids or maybe even you or your wife and then goes “Oopsies!
Didn’t mean to. Sorry about that”?
·
Now, Editor doesn’t think the Taliban, when they ruled, won any
popularity contests. But that’s very different from saying your
typical Afghan male welcomed the West coming in and reordering their
society by force. Look, people, Editor was thrilled and delighted
when the west went in and threw out the Taliban. Editor had been
keeping an eye on this lot of savages since 1996 and never ceased to
be horrified at their treatment of women and girls. But Editor was
under the misconception that the West would go in, defeat the
Taliban, and build a society from the ground up. Well, no sense in
pointing the fingers of blame, but for whatever reason, things did
not work out. Editor’s mood was not helped by what he believes
was/is total US military/civilian incompetence in fighting an
insurgency. Anyway, that is beside the point. All we’re saying is,
don’t expect Afghans to be grateful to us and be as critical of the
Taliban as they are of us. The Taliban are Afghans. We’re not. End
of the matter. And to their credit, at least from the comments on
the Internet, as many Americans understand this as are
angry/bewildered by the reaction to the Koran incident and the rouge
soldier.
·
Is drop in jobless rate
really outpacing economic growth?
A reader sends us a post from the Wall
Street Journal’s Outlook blog (we’re not posting the URL because you
have to be a subscriber to read the post). Essentially the poster
says that unemployment has dropped from a peak of 10% in October
2009 to 8.3% today. But the economy has grown just 2.5% since then.
The poster asks how this makes sense.
·
Actually, there is a simple explanation. US population grows by 1% a
year. Anything over 1% growth will reduce the unemployment rate. Not
proportionally, because when coming out of a recession employers do
everything to avoid hiring new workers. They add to existing worker
overtime, they work with leaner inventories, and they forgo new
investment which means adding workers. Now, at some point these
measures no longer work. You can get just so much work out of your
donkeys – oopsies, we meant workers (Not), inventories falling below
an already lean state costs you business, and you decide the time
has come to take the risk of expanding .You have to hire more
workers. That’s what’s been happening in the last few months.
·
There’s another factor at work which militates against those
claiming credit for this recovery. When things are very bad for
workers, they stop looking for work and many shift to part-time
work. That knocks them out of the official unemployment count, the
U3. That’s why the
Government also has another index, the U6 rate. This counts people
working part-time but wanting full-time work and those who would
reenter the labor market if they thought they had hope of getting a
job. The U6 rate for February 2012 is 14.9%. There’s no secret about
it, the Government openly publishes these stats. See
http://www.bls.gov/news.release/empsit.t15.htm
·
It’s because of the U6 rate we said the other day don’t expect the
unemployment rate to seriously reduce any time soon, because as the
economy improves, more people will return to the labor force,
keeping the U3 rate high.
·
Idlib in Syria falls to
Assad
Loyalist forces have retaken another rebel
stronghold, Idlib. There’s no way of getting around this, the rebels
are taking a serious beating and are soon going to be back to
controlling no meaningful territory – unless help comes. The US has
most generously offered communications equipment. We suppose the
rebels can use their radios to beat Syrian armor and artillery to
death. They can also play recordings of Mrs. Clinton saying how
Assad is doomed. That will scare loyalist forces so much they will
drop their weapons and run.
·
This is too cute
Touching, even. Prince Harry is on trip to
Central/South America representing his grandma, Elizabeth II. He has
a way with people, something inherited from his mother obviously, as
even iron robots would find his father and grandfather severely
lacking in people skills. He’s having a great time and his hosts are
having a great time with him . The other day he sought out and had a
meal with one of his mother’s bridesmaids, who is now 44 and running
some kind of hotel in the Bahamas. The lady must have been 11 or 12
when Diana got married. He had a half-hour meeting, all the time he
could spare from his schedule, but then invited her to join him at a
dinner in Nassau. Getting in touch with his mother’s bridesmaid is
such a nice sentimental thing to do that’s were astonished a young
man has done it. We’re no fans of Diana, by the way, and consider
Charles a verbally and emotionally abused husband. But obviously
we’re fans of the kids.
0230 GMT March 13, 2012
·
Palestinians continue
rocket attack on Israel; Israel threatens ground operation
As nearly as we can understand, Islamic Jihad is responsible for
launching 200 rockets between Friday and Monday. We had been told
earlier that Hamas was discussing with Cairo a peace agreement with
Israel, so this onslaught has come as a surprise. Islamic Jihad is
separate from Hamas, but to the Israelis, understandably, this is a
distinction without a difference because Hamas could squash IJ any
time it wants. We don’t know if IJ is reacting to Hamas’ peace moves
or what.
·
More important from our viewpoint is that Israel’s Iron Dome Counter
Rocket system is getting its first full-scale workout , and of the
rockets fired at towns protected by the system, 90% have been
intercepted, which is excellent. According to Complete World Armies
2012, Iron Dome batteries are located at Beersheba, Ashdod, and
Ashkelon, with six more batteries coming by year’s end. (In case
you’re saying “And what is this business of quoting CWA when you,
dear Editor, also write CWA” our response is guilty as charged, but
it looks so much more impressive to say ‘according to CWA’.)
·
An issue with Iron dome is that its interceptor missile at $35,000
per round is forty times as expensive as a home-made Palestine
rocket. This, of course, is no reason not to deploy it, and the cost
will come down with mass production. Also, the radar/fire-control
will not fire at missiles that are going to land in unpopulated
areas. A battery has three 20-round launchers. Our criticism is
simply one of aesthetics: the launcher is about the ugliest such
piece of equipment we have seen. Iron Dome is entirely an Israeli
system, but the US is helping with money to buy more batteries.
·
Israel has launched at least nine air strikes in retaliation,
killing six Palestinians including fighters. Israel has said it is
prepared to begin a ground operation if required.
·
“Bradley Manning's treatment was cruel and inhuman, UN torture
chief rules”. Brief epistle to UN special rapporteur from
Editor. “Dear UN person, we are told that you object to Mr. Manning
being kept in solitary 23 hours a day for 11-months as constituting
torture. According to UK Guardian, you said that “The special
rapporteur concludes that imposing seriously punitive conditions of
detention on someone who has not been found guilty of any crime is a
violation of his right to physical and psychological integrity as
well as of his presumption of innocence,".
·
“May we point out that Mr. Manning is not in the civilian criminal
justice system, but in the military. Military justice anywhere tends
to be very tough. Mr. Manning had an option to avoid solitary
confinement: not break the law. A soldier has to be held to higher
standards than a civilian and Editor, for one, is not about to blame
the US military for its failure to be amused by Mr. Manning’s
antics. You spent 14-months investigating and writing your report.
Aside from an overwhelming desire to stick your nose where it
doesn’t belong, why are you investigating this case and at such
extreme length? Do you do the same for other US military prisoners?
For military prisoners of other nations? We don’t think so. To us
your investigation smacks of politics. Your investigation serves no
purpose except to display your anti-American bias. Please go home.
Thank you.”
·
“PS: Have you given thought to that the US military kept Mr. Manning
isolated because (a) he was psychologically unstable and diagnosed
as a danger to himself; and (b) given his diminutive size and his
sexual orientation he would have been at risk from other prisoners?
Or have you given thought to this and decided it is not relevant?
From a reading of your report
http://image.guardian.co.uk/sys-files/Guardian/documents/2012/03/12/A_HRC_19_61_Add.4_EFSonly-2.pdf
we see that you decided the issue was not germane because the US did
not provide you with satisfactory evidence of what harm was sought
be averted. So the US military is required to justify to you how it
decides on the treatment of its prisoners? You are further aggrieved
that your request for an unmonitored meeting with Mr. Manning was
not granted. Aren’t you pushing your charter beyond acceptable
limits by asking a military to prove itself accountable to you? Your
conclusions are so venomous that we wonder what you’d be saying had
Manning attempted to kill himself, or been beaten up and seriously
harmed.”
·
“PPS: Please to note we have no quarrel with your investigation of
abuses of prisoners in US immigration custody. This concerns
civilians. We hope you had some success here and things have
improved.
·
Editor’s version of 10
Things Never To Put In Your Resume
(1) That you haven’t had a date on
Friday night since JFK’s election; (2) That you vividly remember
Theodore Roosevelt’s inauguration; (3) That when you went to school
it was difficult making notes because paper and pencils had not yet
been invented; (4) That you once bravely faced down a charging polar
bear by tripping up your best friend and making off while said bear
was snacking on your best friend; (5) That you’ve been married four
times but can’t remember who Wife Number Three was and
when/where/why you got married; (6) That your Swiss bank locker is
stuffed full with Monopoly Money; (7) That you actually came to
Earth from Mars on a highly secret mission and then discovered it
was all a ruse for the Martians to get rid of you; (8) That you’re
so short people jam-packed in the rush-hour subway car rely on you
to call out the stations; (9) That the elite school you attended was
surrounded by 16-foot walls topped with 8-feet high coils of barbed
wire; (10) That you write every day for Orbat.com; (11) That’s
you’re so academically slow your college permitted your 8-year old
to be your official helper, and that he spent his time covering his
eyes and exclaiming in front of the class “Gosh, Dad, how can you be
so slow!” (12) That you
think 12 things are actually ten things.
0230 GMT March 12, 2012
Sigh. Third day wasted trying to get the
computer to work properly. Computer says no viruses, but still
redirects to websites such as happili, yellowpages, and other such
timewasting sites. Told Firefox to block, but it doesn’t work.
Google in IE8 messed up. Rhapsody messed up – the “application has
requested Runtime to shut it down in an unusual way” message. System
Restore only working to point after problems started. System won’t
boot from USB drive with Windows Standalone System Sweeper. Hotfix
download resolves nothing. Tried a whole bunch of things, no luck.
Gave up and called Computer Geeks, likely they will not come till
Wednesday.
Even worse, there seems to be little to
report or comment on today.
·
Greece
So Greece’s private debtors agreed to take a substantial loss on
their bonds, 50% in terms of face value, and an additional 20% in
reduced interest. There wasn’t much doubt they would agree because
the bulk of the bonds were issued under Greek financial law, and the
government can change the law. The question now2 is what happens in
the general election to take place in April or May. So far the
conservatives, who have said they will abide by the terms imposed by
Brussels, are in front, though not by enough to form a government on
their own. The fresh austerity measures demanded by Brussels will
start biting soon enough, and if the past is any guide, the economy
will sink further. That will make Brussels demand more spending
cuts. At some point people will have had it with Brussels. No one
can say just what that point is. We will have to wait and see. We
will also have to wait and see how Brussels reacts to Spain’s
refusal to kowtow any more. Sure, Brussels can kick Spain out of the
Euro, but the country has a $1.4-trillion economy, with public
external debt over $2-trillion, Greece multiplied by
three-and-a-half. The consequences of a Spain default will be that
much worse than Greece.
·
Parenthetically, while Japan’s debt ratio – 210% of GDP – is by far
the worst in the world, its external debt is in the region of 40%
and it has control over its currency. So Japan is not in the trouble
one might assume. Japan has borrowed against domestic savings. US
also has control over its currency and can pay back its debt in
depreciated dollars if the going gets tough. But US external debt is
over 100% of GDP. Right now, of course, no major owner of American
debt can cash their US debt and invest it elsewhere because no one
has a big enough economy to absorb the inflow.
·
Further, this may seem peculiar to Americans who are very worried
about their country’s economic stability’ the rest of the world
still considers America the safest bet for large sums of money. This
is why America is not being forced to do the austerity dance. Can
you imagine the consequences if, like Greece, our GDP fell five
years in a low, and unemployment shot up to 25% as a result of
forced austerity? Does not bear thinking about. But please to note
when China’s GDP reaches America’s, say by 2030 or later, things
will change – and not for the better. Of course, we will continue to
sing in the sunshine and dance in the rain till it’s too late.
That’s the American way now.
·
India
Indian press is reporting a brigade has moved into the Maoist
infested areas of Jharkhand. This is the first major army deployment
to counter this insurgency which India has largely ignored for
decades but is now too big to be ignored, About a fifth of India’s
counties have severe Maoist infestations.
·
To India’s credit, for the first time it is not embarking on a major
counter-insurgency effort in ad hoc fashion. There is a great deal
of training going in for the Army and for paramilitary troops, which
is why the buildup is very slow. Indeed, the army insists even this
first brigade is only training. It would be fairer to say it is
getting acclimatized to its area of operations.
·
One reason India has not gotten serious about the Maoist insurgency
is that everyone agrees the locals have been shamefully exploited
and have no option but to fight back. There is a much greater sense
of “these are our people and we have to step softly” than was the
case in Kashmir and the North East insurgencies. From the beginning
the government realizes the problem is socio-economic and a military
solution is no answer. This makes this CI very different from the
others the Indians have embarked on in the last fifty years.
·
Kandahar incident
We honestly have little useful to say. This is war;
people go crazy and do inexplicable things. Our advice, which will
not be followed, is to hand over this man to the Afghans, and let
them do what they want. It is the only way to placate them. And
after all, they are the injured parties. His state of mind is
absolutely immaterial. No one cares what his mental problems are.
There is no need for lengthy investigations and psych evaluations.
There is no need for ten lawyers and a lengthy trial. Western law
and legal practice will solve nothing.
·
That said, we need to avoid the usual media hype about “What does
this mean for the US course in Afghanistan”. It is a random
incident; it does not need analysis; it means nothing for the way
the US is conducting the war. The media has to fill up empty space,
and it inevitably seeks to draw grand conclusions from everything,
whether or not there are conclusions to be drawn. Nor do we need to
hear from a bunch of “experts” that this incident will make things
difficult in Afghanistan. Media needs to stop its banalities.
0230 GMT March 11, 2012
·
Letter from a reader We were trying to understand better the
Indo-Pakistan crises of 1999, 2001-2002, and 2008. For non-Indian
readers, 1999 was the Kargil War which erupted when India found
Pakistan had quietly infiltrated south of the Line of Actual Control
in North Kashmir. 2001-2002 was the crisis that began with the
attack by a Pakistan terror group on the Indian parliament. India
mobilized for war, nothing happened, then in the spring of 2002 it
adjusted its deployments and made noises that it was going to
attack, but nothing happened. 2008 was when a Pakistan terror group
attacked Bombay (Mumbai), and this time India didn’t even bother
mobilizing, it just shut its eyes, rocked itself back-and-forth, and
sucked its thumb, pretending nothing had happened. In this context,
here is what one Indian reader had to say about how the Indian
political leadership reacted in these three crises.
·
Coming to Parakram (2001-2002). Contrary to what you said, the Army did not back off; it
was the political leadership that did not want an actual war. In a
way, this ties back to the conversation we had about Kargil and
Sharif's trip to Washington. Musharaff and his Corps Commanders had
asked Sharif to go to Washington and broker a ceasefire when it
became clear that the tide of war had decisively turned against
them. From what I have heard, it was at this time that we had also
begun to mobilize the Strike Corps in a way that would be visible to
American imagery satellites. Sure enough, they picked it up and the
Americans assumed that we were gearing up to launch a 1965-style
reprisal attack. This was supposed to have been a factor in Clinton
forcing Sharif to agree to a full withdrawal instead of a mere
ceasefire. In return, we would not expand the war.
·
I suspect that when the Parliament attack happened, the political
leadership thought that they could again use a mobilization and the
threat of a full-fledged war to get the Pakistanis to cut their
jihadi proxies loose. The political leadership did not want an
actual war but then at the same time they did not think of what to
do in case the Pakistanis called our bluff. When Parakram was
launched, the Army did ask about what came next and the response
they got was that they would be told when the time came.
·
When the Mumbai attacks happened, the Army made it very clear that
it would not mobilize unless the political leadership had thought
things through, which obviously they hadn't. I really don't see this
situation changing any time soon even if the Congress is replaced by
the BJP in the next general elections.
·
Editor’s comment When you read this, you begin to understand why
the Editor is always ranting about India’s pathetic
strategic-political ineptitude. For whatever reason, your adversary
has invaded your territory. And you are satisfied with just
restoring the status quo ante? So what consequences did India impose
on Pakistan for its war of aggression? Zero. So what message does
that send Rawalpindi (Pakistan GHQ, where the real decisions on war
and peace have always been made)? The message is clear: do what you
will, there will be no consequences. 2001-2002 was a grand bluff,
and the Pakistanis called it. Of course, the situation was far
worse, because the leadership had no idea what they really wanted to
do, aside from a vague prescription of attacking Pakistani terror
training camps in Pakistan Kashmir. The more the military and the
politicals looked at it, the less idea anyone had of what India was
to do if Pakistan escalated. The politicals wanted to avoid war at
all costs, and anyone who bluffs without the determination to follow
through if the adversary does not respond to the bluff, has lost the
game before it started. As for Bombay 2008, the message was equally
clear: Pakistan, do as you want, there will be no consequences.
·
India, by the way, has six times Pakistan’s population and today
seven times the GDP. Its defense budget has usually been at least
three times Pakistan’s budget. So if you don’t have the courage to
take on someone a fraction your size, what is it you are telling the
world? That we Indians, when push comes to shove, are cowards.
That’s just asking for trouble, isn’t it?
·
Letter to President Obama Some of this blog’s conservative readers have
written in saying you had nothing to say when various people used
sexual slurs against Sarah Palin and Michelle Bachmann. We’d told
our readers that Sandra Fluke was different, because she was not a
public person, making Rush Limbaugh’s attack on her worse than
attacks on Palin and Bachmann. Our belief got strengthened when we
read the full text of Rush’s attacks on Fluke, including that it was
not a one-time rant, but repeated over three days.
·
Now, however, a reader has sent us quotes of the sexual slurs a
Democratic supporter, who is also a major donor to your campaigns,
used against Palin. Let us first confess that when the incidents
took place, we had no clue, because we don’t follow domestic
political news for the simple reason if one swims in the cesspool,
pretty soon one starts reeking of poop. But seeing the words used
against Palin by your supporter we are, frankly, shocked. We are
told you have rationalized this gentleman’s words by saying he is a
comedian. The Editor’s raunchy joke meter is set very high, so high
that he is frequently in trouble white American women. Editor is not
being racist, it ois simply his experience that you can be as
raunchy with black women as you want, and they’ll give you back
twice what you gave. White American women go into the prune-faced “I
am offended” mode, even though I always make the jokes at my
expense, and not at the expense of any other man or at the expense
of women. To be fair to you, Editor has looked at what this putative
comedian said up, down, port, starboard, upside down, in the 3rd,
4th, and 5th dimensions, and he is sorry to
say he doesn’t get the joke.
·
As a lifelong student of the interaction between the sexes, it is
quite clear to Editor that your court jester conceived a severe lust
for Palin, and having zero chance of making it with her, resorted to
sexual slurs. This is, of course, also the case with El Rushbo, as
we learn Limbaugh is nicknamed. We don’t need to do a detailed
analysis of his words with respect to Sandra Fluke, because it is
all too obvious he is very upset that – as he imagines – Fluke is
sleeping around with everyone but him. Can we persuade you, Mr.
President, to see when a man sexual defames a women he cannot have,
the man is not a person of low character, he is a person of no
character? If your comedian was, according to you, joking, then why
are you not accepting El Rushbo’s excuse that he is only joking?
·
We’ve discussed both comedians with the few women we get to have
conversations with at school, and it’s evident that while they are
very angry with what Limbaugh said, they’re also very angry about
the anti-Palin slurs voiced by your comedian, even though apparently
they were uttered some years ago. And understandably so, because women operate on many levels,
and one level is the shared sisterhood of women where an insult
against one woman is taken as an insult against all women regardless
of if they are Republicans or Democrats. Most teachers tend to be
pretty liberal, so Editor took quite seriously his fellow teachers’
complaints about the slurs against Palin.
·
Asking a modern American politician – and you, sir, are one – to
repudiate something or someone because it’s the right thing to do is
as futile as asking a hungry tiger to spare the lamb. So we won’t
appeal to your moral sensibilities. No insult, but just that you are
a professional politician shows that your moral meter is busted and
set to zero, and we are quite clear that other politicians are
surely no better, and some are actually worse. No. We appeal to your
desire to get votes. If you were to repudiate your comedian, and
return his money – which you can easily afford, since we are told
you are a true Bunga Bunga fund raiser (and more power to you) – you
would get not just many conservative women voting for you, but
possibly many liberal women who otherwise might not.
· Just the Editor’s thoughts, the same sort of thing he would tell any young man that he thinks is Not Quite Getting that what he thinks is a joke is actually not funny. Meanwhile, can we tell you the one about the Nun, the Priest, and the Camel? Well, there’s this nun, priest, and camel, and they’re stuck in the desert, and the camel drops dead, and the priest says to the nun “sister, since we are to die I must confess I’ve never had sex before,” and the nun says “brother, since we are about to die I must confess I’ve never had sex before”. And so they start taking off their clothes and …whoa, Nelly! Forgot this is a family blog. You’ll just have to take Editor’s word for it that this is a very funny joke, told the Editor by a devout Catholic lady
0230 GMT March 10, 2012
Got most of the viruses off by the internet re-direct viruses keep returning. Still working on it, but for someone who does as much search as Editor (several hundred sites on a full day working from home) this is really hitting productivity. Couldn’t download Microsoft Standalone Sweeper at work because the school system’s computer dont permit downloading executable programs. So off to Kinkos in the morning. Hopefully that will sort it out. (CCCleaner and Microsoft Security Essentials and Microsoft Windows Malicious Software Removal Tool do not seem to have worked.)
· Israeli public largely against Iran attack we are told, and who can blame the public. No one wants missiles raining down on your head even if they are only conventional warheads. Unfortunately, national security emergencies are not really amenable to being dealt with on the basis of the popular vote. If right now your average Israeli feels worried about a conventional Iran missile attack, how much worse will be a nuclear Iran prove to be. The entire country is about the size of New Jersey, by the way.
· Pakistan arrests Bin Laden wives for illegal entry May we most politely ask why the Pakistan Government is engaging in this fit of pique against three helpless women? Was it really their choice to be in Pakistan? We don’t imagine OBL and the wives of other mullahs have much say in anything that happens to them. If Pakistan is worried about illegal entrants, how about nabbing the Taliban that Pakistan nurtures? Or is it Pakistan’s case they have legitimate passports and visas for Afghanistan and Pakistan and dutifully get their passports stamped at the border each time they exit and enter? It behooves Pakistan to send them home, wherever home is, and not throw them in jail, separating them from their children. Ohm Government of Pakistan says most generously, the children can return to their homes. Well, their father is dead; their mothers are in jail, how is this helping the children?
· North Dakota now 3rd ranked oil state In January it produced 546,000-barrels/day, third place after Texas and Alaska, and ahead of California, the former 3rd place. http://mjperry.blogspot.com/2012/03/north-dakota-sets-new-oil-record-in.html Unemployment is 3.3%; sixteen counties have less than 3%, and one county, where the Bakken oil formation is located, has 1% unemployment. What’s remarkable is that oil output has zoomed 59% in one year. Before you head to North Dakota, though, we’re told accommodation is not available for love or money or both. Okay, you say, I’ll take my camper. Apparently there’s no place available for campers either.
· Please do not take this as Obama-bashing but the continued creation of new jobs in no way signals the situation is getting better for job seekers. 4-million Americans were born in 1994 and have reached/will reach 18 this year. Assume 2 of 3 need work. Very roughly, that’s 200,000 jobs a month needed just to keep up with the population growth. Further, when those who stopped looking for jobs or those who are working part-time because they cant get full-time work see the economy is improving, they’ll be back looking for full-time jobs. So that 8.3% figure unemployment today may well not go down in any significant way this year.
· The President has little control over the economy in general, particularly when the two parties can’t agree on the simplest things. So we’re not criticizing the president, just noting a fact. And BTW, anyone remember gasoline went to $4/gallon in Mr. Bush’s time? That wasn’t Mr. Bush’s fault any more than today’s $4/gallon is Mr. Obama’s fault.
0230 GMT March 9, 2012
· Chairman US JCS demurs on Syria strike Like a daintily fastidious cat unwilling to get its paws dirty, the Chairman of the JCS laid out the reasons he should not be called to strike Syria. Aside from the usual “Syria is not Libya” in terms of air defense, he came up with another reason. The heaviest defenses are in thickly populated areas, so there will be collateral civilian casualties. At this point we are supposed to go “ooooohhhhh!” and swoon dead away, taking the good chairman off the hook. Civilian casualties is supposed to be the nuclear weapon of anti-interventionists, because we cant have civilian casualties, can we now.
· There are the Pentagon’s fantasies, and there’s reality. In Libya the allies flew 18,000 sorties and killed 60 civilians. A remarkably low figure. So what is the Chairman envisage? 600 civilian dead? At the rate Assad is going, that’s ten days of people he’s killing. Besides, who say the entire Syrian air defense network has to be taken out. An argument can be made that a thousand sorties against the safest targets would serve to warn Assad that The End Is Near.
· Now, we’ve said before that if the US is that risk averse that it doesn’t want to attack Syria, fine. That’s a legitimate position to take. We don’t want to risk it. The End. But that would require the US to shut its fat mouth about how Assad is bound to fall and so on. This has become the most annoying feature of US policy: not willing to do a darn thing, not even supply weapons to the opposition, but equally unwilling to shut up. US insists on being the center of attention, it wants to pull all the strings, it wants to give everyone marching orders, but all without putting a single chip on the table. How does this make any sense? If the US doesn’t want to take risks, then let it resign itself to being a third rate power. Because one thing is for sure: American hot air won’t scare anyone.
· President Obama shoots down Keystone XL again Still trying to have his cake (appear pro-green) and eat it too (appear strong on energy independence) the President was the moving force in killing a Senate bill requiring the government to give approval to the Keystone XL Canada-US pipeline link. This a few days after he said he encourages the completion of the pipeline within the United States. It is hardly news that a politician speaks with a forked tongue, the GOP clowns vying for the honor of being defeated by Mr. Obama in the 2012 presidential election testify to that.
· But there’s a difference, or there should be a difference. The GOP clowns are NOT the US president. The president is supposed to lead, not just defer to whatever prevailing wind is blowing the strongest. To the greens, it matters not one bit that a country that imports as much of its energy as we do cannot maintain its foreign policy independence. They want the pipeline stopped, some because they are genuinely worried about Nebraska aquifer pollution, but most because they don’t think Canada should exploit the tar sands because it adds CO2 to the atmosphere. These greens have freed themselves of the responsibility to give practical alternates to America’s energy problems. Like everyone else in America, they have a single point agenda which they are pushing at all costs.
· We’ve said this before: if the greens don’t want environmental damage caused by mining the tar sands and American shale for oil, they should push for negative population growth and a reduction in our standard of living. According to www.instituteforenergyresearch.org/energy-overview/petroleum-oil 71% of US oil goes for transportation, 23% for manufacturing and industry. Raise gasoline to $8/gallon and ban industries that need oil such as fertilizers and chemicals. Pay more because now we’ll need to import these items. Oil demand will fall from 20-million-bbl/day to half that, and whamo, no more imports from Mideast, and no need for Keystone XL end immigration, legal and illegal, and instead og growing 1% a year the population will likely start falling. Mandate no one gets a house bigger than 1000-square-feet, double electricity to 30-cents/kwh, and our coal use will fall dramatically.
· Oil import dependency: solved. Rise in CO2: solved. Suburbs eating up valuable forest and farm land: solved. Traffic problem: solved. Budget deficit: with the extra and drastic rise in taxes, likely solved, maybe income taxes could even be reduced. Look at all the good things that can result if we simply bite the bullet. If greens suggest this, Editor will enthusiastically support it. Likely we’ll be able to tear up many pipelines, with the reduced demand for oil.
· A concluding message: Dear green friends, just don’t expect Editor to put out the fire when the American people start burning you at the stake. And by the way, why can’t Keystone XL give free life-time drinking water to those who might be affected if there’s a leak?
· “Got problems? We have the answers”. That’s our new motto.
0230 GMT March 8, 2012
Got hit by a virus attack again, wiped out update, doing an attenuated version
· 3rd BRIC in trouble we’d mentioned that China’s growth has slowed to 7.5% expected for 2012, India’s to 6.8%. Brazil is the latest to get into trouble: its growth last year was 3%, and the same is likely this year. Brazil’s president is an economist, but she’s trying to clean up corruption and political patronage, and naturally the people affected are not cooperating.
· UK Afghan losses up to 404 Honestly, this business of keep track of losses is, in military terms, pretty meaningless. The real question is whether the mission is being achieved or not. Nonetheless, UK has taken a higher percentage of casualties than the US in terms of combat brigades deployed. How much more we’d have to calculate as we’re not sure off the top of our head how many brigade-years the US has. UK has about 8 brigade-years at most (one brigade for 8 years). There could be any number of reasons for the disproportion. The Brits could be readier to mix it up with the Taliban. Or the level of protection for their troops could be less. Or their medevac/battlefield medicine might not be as advanced as the US. The Taliban they’ve engaged could be better and more determined than the ones the US is facing. Possibly the British troops are less experienced because they stay for 7 months and don’t return for three years, US rotations are longer (one year) and more rapid.
· Stealth X-37B Mini-Shuttle still whizzing around Earth, one year on, and still no clue on what’s it’s up to.
· Editor again not on Forbes Billionaire list We checked. Hey, unless we check how will we know if we’re on it or not?
0230 GMT March 7, 2012
· Oooooh! The Syrians are so scared! That at least is Washington’s preferred fantasy in dealing with Syria. Washington has announced it will “help” the opposition. How? By sending humanitarian aid. How is this to reach the Syrians? Washington doesn’t have a clue. And what about arms? Well, we aren’t going to object if others arm the Syrian opposition. You may well ask: “For this limp-noodlish foreign policy we pay $1-trillion a year?” (defense, homeland security, foreign aid, foreign service, intelligence). Yes, people, this is where your taxes go.
· Now, we will be the first to agree that yes, the Syrian situation is very complicated. You have a Shia minority, allied with a Christian minority that is tacitly complicit, that brutally rules over a Shia majority. If Syria fractures, things could get very ugly indeed, particularly since we fractured Iraq. But look, folks. If its stability you want, then cut the verbal garbage which has become a non-stop, every day affair, and align with the Russians and Chinese in helping Assad suppress the uprising. Beijing, Moscow, and Teheran (not to mention Baghdad) very much want stability in Syria, and if it’s the peace of the grave, you don’t see them losing any sleep.
· But if its democracy you want, do something. That its hard is no excuse not to do it. And please, if Editor has to hear from one more “expert” that Syrian air defenses are vastly more capable than Libya’s and that’s why we can’t intervene, Editor will have no choice but to call for the impeachment of the political and military leadership for incompetence. Americans are paying $1-trillion for national security and you dare tell me you can’t take down Syrian air defenses because its hard? Kindly resign and send yourselves to the glue factory. At least America will get some use out of you for the money its spent on you.
· China’s Defense Budget Hike China has increased its defense budget by $10-billion or so dollars, 11%, so that for 2012 the budget is $106-billion. Before we comment on this, let the Editor clearly state he regards China as the enemy of both India and the US. Not potential enemy, but here-and-now enemy.
· That said, how much China decides to spend on defense is no one’s business except China’s. It is a sovereign country, and just as no one has the right to question the US defense budget, the US has no right to question China. As for providing explanations about their defense spending, a boring, tiresome, and utterly pointless US demand in recent years, the Chinese don’t have to explain anything to anyone, and the more the US demands explanations, the weaker and more petulant is appears.
· There is only one acceptable response to the Chinese buildup short of kissing China’s fat butt. That is for India and the US to increase defense spending. Japan will have to also increase, but today we’ll leave it out of the picture. At which point, if you are American, you will say: “But hasn’t orbat.com been advocating a balanced budget? Has it not from time to time railed against American military adventurism?” Correct and correct. To balance the budget and increase defense spending means taxes will have to go up. Don’t want to pay more taxes? Still have the illusion that we need to cut taxes and growth will pick up? We have just one thing to say: “Prepare to kiss China’s fat butt.” By the end of 2012, even with slower growth, China’s GDP will be $7-trillion. No need for us to do the math. As for railing against American military adventurism, the reason we’ve been doing it is not because we are pacifists, but we have seen in the last 10 years how utterly incompetent US political/military leadership has become. If the US continues with this incompetence, then also we have just one thing to say: “Prepare to kiss China’s fat butt.”
· As for India, we’ve been detailing how India has started to build up its capabilities against China. But you see, unless India gets its defense procurement and production act together, which it shows no sign of doing since the fall of the Soviet Union, then India can just get ready to kiss America’s fat butt or China’s – you pays your money and you takes your choice. We end up either America’s vassal, or China’s.
· Both America and India can rationalize all they want, but the simple equations of the power between nations in the 2010s, 2020s, and 2030s is not going to change. If America thinks all it needs is quality and not quantity, we have just one thing to say: Germany in World War II. And if the Indians think quantity of manpower is all we need and weapons are not important, then we have just one thing to say: Russia in World War I.
· LulzSec Bites The Dust It was just a matter of time before this hacker offshoot of Anonymous was brought down. It doesn’t matter how brilliant a hacker an individual is, the government has ten thousand or more just as smart, and it has unlimited computer and financial resources. LulzSec is said to have had ten members. The leader was caught and flipped by the FBI, he handed over five more people.
· Now we will get the usual blah from “experts” about how others will get angry and become hackers. We may agree there are plenty of people out there who’d like to measure their skills against those of the government. The difference is if they’re caught they get to go to jail, which we are told is not a happy place, particularly in the US. Because of the interconnectedness of the web, any serious hackers is likely committing American grade felonies, which are no joke. Seeing hackers going through the wringer, and also now having to watch their backs against their own kind, will likely dissuade many. Those that are not dissuaded will simply play into the hands of the government. The US government in particularly is addicted to finding enemies of national security. It has been terribly, terribly busy for 70 years. The more hackers there are, the more money the government will get to fight them. For the government it’s a win-win.
0230 GMT March 6, 2012
· Spain: the peasants are revolting against Brussels The Spanish prime minister has caused an uproar among the EuroKommisariat because he says he cannot push his country’s deficit down to 4.4% this year as promised. He says it was 8.5% last year, and he will bring it down to 5.8% this year. Basically he is saying austerity is killing the country – the unemployment rate is on its way to 25% and Spain needs breathing space. Brussels has been screaming about “serious deviation” – shade of communist mullahdom.
· Meanwhile, the Dutch are also getting into a bad mood. They’re estimating between Euro 1.3-trillion and Euro 2.4-trillion by 2015, a share of which will have to be paid for by the Dutch people, they’re warning their standard of living is going to fall. An additional complication: the Dutch might not meet their deficit target either.
· The EuroKommissars have ordered Belgium to cut its spending and threatens to withhold several hundred million Euros worth of assistance to Hungary unless that country obeys orders.
· Meanwhile, contrary to what we reported earlier, two polls shows the Irish people will support accession to the new Euro treaty which requires states to meet Brussels-set deficit target or pay penalties.
· And talking about the economy a number of people are getting freaked about the economic slowdown in India. India expects growth to be 6.8% this year, down from the near 10% it was a couple of years ago. Okay, we’ll be the first to say India has some incredible problems in keeping up the growth rate, in large part because it’s a democracy. The top can’t just give an order as happens in China. Indians fight back when the government wants their land or when foreign companies like WalMart want to come in, threatening the livelihoods of little people. And unlike China, bureaucrats don’t stay bribed and bribed Indian bureaucrats are not efficient. They’ll take your money and STILL not do your work fore any number of reasons.
· This said, what is the big deal about 6.8% growth? China has announced its rate is going to drop to 7.5%, and the country has been used to 11%, 12%, even more. Don’t hear much weeping and wailing about China.
· More on Rush Limbaugh Readers have pointed out that in their turn several Democratic Party supporters have said extremely rude things about Sarah Palin and Michelle Bachmann, so the uproar about Rush Limbaugh is hypocritical. Sure, but when it comes to hypocrisy there is so much of it going around it doesn’t really help to say the Republicans are hypocrites or the Democrats are hypocrites. The people who used foul language towards Ms. Palin and Ms. Bachmann were totally in the wrong.
· We don’t know if we will convince our politically conservative readers, but we nonetheless think there is a difference. When the people concerned used foul language toward Ms. Palin and Ms. Bachmann, they were using the words as curse-words, not with reference to their sexual habits or lack of them. Rush called the Georgetown student “slut” and “prostitute” because she was advocating for employer-paid birth control. If there was any doubt Rush was making a sexual inference about the student’s personal business, his saying “and we get to watch” confirms it. To begin with there is something creepy about this prurient comment. Then, and we’re not sure Rush realizes this, there is something very, very wrong for an older man to be saying this about a young woman. We cannot repeat the other things he said about the student. maintain a standard here
· That out of the way, we are not sure why Mr. Obama has created this controversy in the first place. Is he that politically inept that he doesn’t realize what an explosive issue forcing the Catholic Church to pay for birth control is? Look, people, we completely agree that a bunch of old men sitting in Rome and in state legislatures should not be making decisions about women’s right or not-right concerning birth control. We understand that something like 96% of Catholic women say they have used birth control during their reproductive years. We accept what an extremely wroth Catholic lady friend who attacked us as if we were the Pope says when she declaimed that till 1930 the Catholic Church did not even have a position on birth control. Accepted and agreed. Nonetheless, could not Mr. Obama have come up with a solution that would have avoided infuriating Catholic conservatives? We are not saying we have a solution: public policy on church-state separation is not our thing. But surely Mr. Obama, who is from Chicago, where they have many clever people, and who is reputed to be a clever person himself, could have avoid this issue in some manner? See, Mr. Obama may be a Democratic president, but he is president of all Americans, not just of Democrats. Why get into people’s religion?
· We further note that it was not the cleverest thing for a graduate student to complain that birth control costs a female student a thousand dollars a year. The all-to-obvious retort to that is abstinence costs zero dollars a year. And we further don’t understand why this student is taking the anti-feminist stand that the woman alone is responsible for birth control. Don’t the men have a responsibility too? Seems to us the men should have the primary responsibility. Or is editor just revealing his age?
0230 GMT March 5, 2012
0230 GMT March 4, 2012
0230 GMT March 3, 2012
Further proof America is collapsing
under the weight of its created structures
Would you believe that a very high
credit score can be a negative? This makes no sense, right? Not so. Someone lost
their cell T-Mobile cell-phone. They researched new phones and plans (with
T-Mobile remaining as their carrier) and found it suited to get to a monthly
plan and to buy a phone instead of signing a new 2-year contract with T-mobile
and getting a free phone (the lost phone was on a contract the minimum period
was years past, so the person was free to move to a new plan). Oh dear, says T-Mobile, we can’t shift
your old number to the new instrument unless you get a 2-year plan. (We’re
pretty sure this is illegal, but that’s a separate issue.) Get a 2-year plan,
we’ll transfer your number to the new phone, and then we’ll let you convert to a
monthly plan (all sounds terribly shady and you’d have to be mad to believe a
telephone company, even American
politicians are more honest than the telcos, for heaven’s sake, but that’s
another story). Well, the person sighed but really wanted their old number, so
they applied for a 2-year contract. Now, as you know, this requires a credit
check. Back came T-Mobile: sorry, your credit doesn’t check. Whoa, says our
person, I have 973/1000, how much higher do I have to get to get a cell phone
for $%#@!%^* sake?!
Oh, says T-Mobile, you see, your score
is so high we’re concerned it’s a fake, so no can do, sorry about that and have
a nice day. So here you have a person of extreme financial virtue, who has zero
debt, always pays their credit cards on time, saves half their income,
and they can’t get a freaking cell phone
because their credit rating is so high T-Mobile decides it must be a fake?
In the name of “progress” every year
the life of an American get more complicated. But as anyone familiar with
structures will tell you, complexity reaches a point where you get failure. This
is why the US is failing in Afghanistan, why it is losing the war on drugs, why
it cannot reduce the deficit, why its spending more and more money on health and
getting outcomes worse than any first-world country and a whole bunch of other
things.
Incidentally, in case you think the
person in this story is the Editor, be assured it’s not. Editor’s credit rating
is in the basement – the lowest level of a multi-story basement. First Editor
thought its because he had to file Chapter 11 to save his house when Mrs. R. IV
took off years ago. But on checking, he found that’s not the reason. The reason
is – please get this – is that his student loans are shown as open accounts
drawn to 100% of their limit. That a student loan is not a credit card does not
seem to register with the rating companies. You may well ask why is Editor not
getting this cleared up with the rating companies. Because when he’s dealing
with moronic bureaucracies, his already short fuse gets cut by 99%. He’s too old
now to get sent to jail for tearing out the lungs of the negative IQ types one
has to deal with at the credit bureaus. It’s true these morons breathe through
their fundaments and you can’t even say they’re brain dead because they have no
brains, but we bet there is some statute of the USC that says you cannot rip out
the lungs of a person, even if they work for a credit bureau. American law is
very cunning.
But back to Afghanistan
0230 GMT March 2, 2012
0230 GMT March 1, 2012
0230 GMT February 29, 2012
The item on Ireland contains a
correction: earlier we had thought Ireland will have a referendum on staying in
the Euro zone. Rather, the referendum will be on the new Euro fiscal treaty.
Nonetheless, rejection could force Ireland to leave the Euro zone.
0230 GMT February 28, 2012
0230 GMT February 27, 2012
0230 GMT February 26, 2012
0230 GMT February 25, 2012
0230 GMT February 24, 2012
·
The President and gas
prices It’s unclear to us what any president can do about gas prices, for all
that Americans are crying like small kids: “I have a booboo and I want you to
kiss and make it all right.” Within the reality of a cartelized production
market, gasoline prices are set by supply and demand. To reduce gasoline prices,
demand has to be reduced or supply has to be increased. But when the prez tries
to reduce demand by substitution, he gets clobbered for trying to pick winners
and loser (solar, electric cars). That’s by the right wing. When he tries to
increase supply, he gets clobbered for pushing “dirty” oil, gas, and nuclear.
That’s by the left wing.
·
Meanwhile, Editor for
one is highly unsympathetic to complaints about rising gasoline prices. To begin
with, Americans are NOT paying $4/gallon for gas. They are paying $6/gallon or
more once you factor in the cost of keeping oil routes open and crude producers
happy. Because the extra $2+/gallon is paid from the general taxes that go for
defense/foreign affairs/foreign aid/intelligence, Americans don’t see them. If a
good is priced at less than cost, it will be wasted. Americans are Number One
gasoline wasters in the world because they insist (a) on driving big vehicles;
and (b) living in big houses which means a constant growth of the suburbs and
exurbs, requiring more driving.
·
It’s well past time
Americans grew up and understood they cannot have everything. You’re worried
about gas prices? Sell your house in the exurbs and move back into the city. But
cities are not safe and the houses are tiny and the schools are lousy. Then stay
where you are and pay more for your weekly gas bill. Don’t want to do that? Then
stop getting in the way of new hydrocarbon production? Don’t want that? Then
accept alternatives like cars that give 50-miles/gallon. But how will the kids
with all their sports equipment fit into a Fiat 500? Forget the sports and keep
the kids at home. But how can we do that, they have to play sports and we have
to have to trucks to haul our stuff around and how can we commute 100-miles a
day in a Fiat 500 without getting hemorrhoids and a bad back? Okay, move back to
the city.
·
You will say: “Editor,
you’re just jealous because you can’t afford better than a 1-liter car and have
to live on one-seventh of an acre.” You are so right, Editor
is jealous. But you don’t hear him
complain about gas prices. His gasoline bill at the current $4/gallon is
$65/month. True, he accepts work only within a 10-mile radius and goes no where
because he has no life. But what did we just say about Americans have to grow up
and realize they can’t have everything they want? You have to make compromises.
And what if gasoline goes to $6/gallon? Editor is slowly saving for a motor
scooter. They give 90-miles/gallon. Suggest dear readers start doing the same.
If you’re worried about hemorrhoids from a Fiat 500, imagine the fun you’ll have
making your 100-mile daily commute on a motor scooter. Hahahahaha. (Sorry, that
was ungracious but Editor couldn’t help it.)
·
So the 1st
Hubby of Finland was caught gazing at the – er – bosom of his state dinner
partner, Princes Mary of Denmark. We’re not sure this rises to the standard of a
scandal or even lewd behavior. The man is 63, after all, and as a senior citizen
himself the Editor can testify that at that age all one can do is look. And
Princess Mary was dressed in a dress
with a rather – er – plunging neckline. Plus she was wearing enough jewels
around her neck to pay off the US national debt, so Editor is for giving him the
benefit of the doubt as to what precisely he might have been looking at.
·
But here are some
letters to the UK Telegraph
http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/europe/finland/9097513/First-Man-of-Finland-caught-gawping-at-Danish-princesss-breasts.html
·
“Well at least he and
Sarkozy were eyeing the opposite sex. Such a rarity in the 21st
Century world”.
·
“The protocol is tricky. It's admissible to look
but not to stare. What the experts can't agree on is the point at which a look
becomes a stare. Perhaps the government could appoint a quango (Editor’s note: a
British quasi-autonomous non-governmental organization) of highly paid time
servers who have lost their parliamentary seats to regulate the matter. Female
décolleté to descend to a point no further than 5 cm north of the nearest
nipple; Male observance of the phenomenon to last no more than 1.5 seconds in
good light.”
·
“Let him who is without
sin cast the first stone.”
·
“Okay, you stand still
and we’ll throw stones.”
·
“I was in a restaurant once
and a pretty girl with a great figure (on display) walked in. I looked once and
decided not to even glance again as my girlfriend is very jealous. Within
minutes my girlfriend stopped talking and turned moody. This got worse as the
night went on. Eventually she accused me of "trying not to look at the women on
the next table".”
·
Mrs. R. IV used to
accuse Editor of looking at women from the corner of his eye. This invariably
outraged Editor so much that never once in 32 years did he remember to point out
he wears thick specs. Looking at anything from the corner of his eye means
seeing a blur.
·
The truth is women check
out men just as much as vice-versa. But they are more subtle about it. Your date
will appear to be gazing deeply into your eyes while she will be examining every
male of interest within a 90-degree field of vision. You will never know. Men
are such pathetic fools.
0230 GMT February 23, 2012
0230 GMT February 22, 2012
0230 GMT February 21, 2012
0230 GMT February 20, 2012
0230 GMT February 19, 2012
0230 GMT February 18, 2012
Where’s the outrage? Editor certainly
feels none. Too much chocolate. There’s a lot of outrageous things happening,
but all Editor can bring himself to do is raise a languid hand and go
“Whatever”. Could this be Old Age has finally caught up Editor? Whatever.
0230 GMT February 17, 2012
0230 GMT February 16, 2012
0230 GMT February 15, 2012
0230 GMT February 14, 2012
0230 GMT February 13, 2012
0230 GMT February 12, 2012
Folks, the pepper thing has ended
badly. Editor received a lot of advice on how to go about enjoying pepper. Well,
he tried the teeniest bit of the old pepper and immediately went off into a
paroxysm of sneezing, hacking, and close-to-upchucking. The thing is simply too
strong, and presumably fresh-ground pepper will be much stronger. There was
another problem: adding pepper to his food would have required 10 extra seconds
each day. One reason Editor has no life is that he has simplified his existence
to maximize work time. So even if he could tolerate the pepper he’d have to give
it up. Sad, but there it is. If you give up 10 seconds here, then the next thing
you know you’re doing something else to make life more pleasant, and then
another thing and another thing, and before you know it, you’re a sybarite like
Nero and headed for the Hot Place Downstairs. True Editor already has his place
reserved down there, but that’s for reasons other than self-indulgence. When you
combine Indian asceticism with New England asceticism you get…a very unbalanced
person. What’s one to do. Of course you might retort “well if you’re such as
ascetics, what about the four pillows you insist on for your bed?” Let’s be
reasonable, people. One pillow one needs to cushion one’s – er – ample middle.
One pillow is needed to cover one’s head against light. Yes, Editor can’t sleep
if there’s a sliver of light under the door – even with the pillow on his head.
So he’s really sleeping only with two pillows. Likely you’re shaking your head
and saying “No wonder you’ve had four wives leave you. Mrs. R. IV must have been
a saint to put up with you for 30 years.” If you must know, the real issue with
Mrs. R. IV (aside from my insisting she not spend nights out without calling
home) was that Editor is adamant everyone must have a bath before getting into
bed. Mrs. R. IV though this was spousal abuse. Her greatest thrill was waiting
till Editor was fast asleep (2100 Hours on the dot), skip the night bath, and
then in the morning roll around the bed going “He he he” (I am not kidding about
the he he part) loudly singing “I didn’t have a bath! I didn’t have a bath!”
Young people are so disrespectful of their elders.
0230 GMT February 11, 2012
New York Times has a fairly
intelligent article given space constraints explaining the current crisis.
http://www.nytimes.com/2012/02/11/world/africa/sudan-and-south-sudan-edge-closer-to-brink-in-oil-dispute.html?pagewanted=2&hp
0230 GMT February 10, 2012
The US, Israel, and the Iranian MEK
0230 GMT February 9, 2012
The mystery of the pepper
So the youngster was over for dinner,
and his mother (aka Mrs. R. IV) also dropped in). I related the story of the
effort to get pepper at Whole Foods. Mrs. R IV went to a kitchen cabinet, and
five seconds later put one of those generic spice bottles in front of Editor –
you know the kind you buy two dozen at a time and label yourself. The ink on the
labels were long since fadedI looked at it and said: “but I tasted the contents
and they’re not pepper. Even I am not so dumb as to think this is pepper” (You
can see Editor has trust issues with Mrs. R. IV – that’s another long story).
Then youngster tasted in and said “Dad, this is indeed pepper”. Editor tasted in
and it sure still didn’t taste like pepper. It appears it’s so long since he’s
had pepper he had forgotten what it tastes like. Can’t say about you all, but
when a woman who left the house eight years ago can just walk in and locate what
it is you’ve been looking for eight years, one gets an eerie feeling. Mrs. R. IV
does these things to assert ownership. Editor bought her out of this house
(raising the mortgage to the extent paying it has been the bane of his life
since), she has her own house, is building another house (in India), and
inherits property in the old home town from her dad who is now 88, bless his
soul, but she still wants this house too. Editor has his pepper (which does not
taste like pepper) but he is well and truly spooked by the way Mrs. R IV
unerringly located the putative pepper. There was something just so
self-confident and predatory in the way she put the bottle in front of the
Editor…maybe he is imaging things…
0230 GMT February 8, 2012
0230 GMT February 7, 2012
The other day Editor learned about
Intermittent Explosive Disorder and did several eye-rolls. Just further evidence
of the drive by American shrinks to categorize everyone in the world as having
at least one disorder. Many people believe they want to do this as a case of
empire building and to earn more money. Editor’s theory is they do it so they
don’t feel lonely. He believes shrinks are crazy as coots (or is it cooties) and
if they define everyone as crazy then they can say “see? It isn’t just us.
Everyone is nuts.” Whatever their
motivation, if everyone is nuts then by definition being nuts is normal and no
one is nuts.
But doing the weekly shopping at Whole
Foods (aka Whole Paycheck) yesterday Editor came very close to an expression of
IED. Only reason he didn’t let loose was because this single dad with a very
cute 3-year old daughter who was acting up was in Editor’s line of fire. The
provocation was pepper. When Mrs. R. IV left the house, there was one bottle of
pepper half full in the house, about 2-ounces worth. For some reason over the
next eight years Editor never remembered to get pepper. So each time he’s eating
his salad or eggs he’d say: “Dang, MUST remember to get pepper.” And every week
he’d forget. Yesterday he remembered. He went to where the salt was, looked up,
down, right, left, no pepper. He asked a store worker who explained the pepper
was in the spice aisle, not with the salt. Editor should explain he is dyslexic.
Every case of dyslexia is different. Editor’s case including a very deep
annoyance when people are not being logical. First, it’s salt
and pepper, you mention the two together, and you put them next
to each other on the table. Next, even if you say pepper has to be with the
spices, why is the salt not in the spice aisle? Why two aisles away? Editor
started to seethe. He made it to the spice aisle, and of course could not read
any labels because the spice bottles are tiny. (Lots of people were there
staring at spice bottles – they couldn’t read the labels either.) Editor started
to boil. Then he saw the prices on the tiny bottles: $6.99. Editor started to
shake with fury. Then he found: white pepper, peppercorns, pink pepper,
lime-pepper, curry pepper, yellow pepper, on and on –
but no ground ordinary pepper. The
pink pepper was the last straw. Editor was getting ready to start smashing the
spice shelves when the cute little tyke had a meltdown – her dad had spent even
longer than Editor at the shelves, trying to locate oregano. So naturally Editor
had to help the dad calm down the tyke. When she was calmed down Editor told
her: “Now you’re going to be nice to your daddy who looks after you from now
on?” and she said “No.” Dad’s face fell. All Editor could do was make a joke out
of it and saying: “Looks like she’s getting in early practice on being mean to
men” and which point the dad hugged Editor tightly and wept on his shoulder
while tyke looked amazed: she thought it was her sole right to cry. By the time
this was all sorted out Editor forgot – once again – that he had no pepper. When
the checkout clerk pro forma asked “And did you find everything today?” Editor
said “Yes, thank you.” (Did Editor mention he is ADHD? Very short attention
span.) Then he got home, peeled a cucumber, looked for the salt and pepper, and
said “Dang, MUST remember to get pepper.”
0230 GMT February 6, 2012
Letter from Major A.H. Humanyun on the
US, Pakistan ISI, and Osama Bin Laden
Lieutenant General Khwaja Ziauddin
(Retired) nominated as army chief and promoted to four star on 12 October 1999
who had served as Director General Inter-Services Intelligence Agency from 1998
to 1999 in an interview in November 2010
with Pakistan’s GEO TV made following important revelation:
0230 GMT February 5, 2012
0230 GMT February 4, 2012
0230 GMT February 3, 2012
Finally saw something on the gym TV
that made sense: a show called Transformers.
0230 GMT February 1, 2012
0230 GMT January 31, 2012
This has to remain a secret between
us, so be sure not to tell anyone. Editor may soon be very rich. The other day,
in a desperate attempt to get the weighing scale to give him a lower reading,
Editor took his wallet from his pocket, figuring okay, that has to count for a
couple of ounces. Instead his weight went up a couple of ounces. He has repeated
this experiment several times with the same result. Remove wallet. Editor gains
weight. Clearly Editor’s wallet contains the secret of anti-gravity. The wallet
is so light it has negative weight, which for those of you unfamiliar with the
concept, can be due only to anti-gravity. Editor will keep you posted on
developments, but first he has to patent his wallet.
0230 GMT January 30, 2012
0230 GMT January 29, 2012
Saw a new (for us) show on the TV at
the gym, “Royal Pains”. The title says it all. Only thing of note to report is
the show features a lady who by her looks has to be from India. She is either
6-feet 6-inches tall or the protagonist is a midget. Then we read that Fran “The
Nanny” Drescher says she and her brother were kidnapped by aliens as children
and chips implanted in the palms of their hands. This is not a likely story.
Aliens do not implant chips in the palms of humans’ hands.
0230 GMT January 28, 2012
0230 GMT January 27, 2012
At the Gym
At the gym, when the Editor was doing
weights, he was spared having to watch TV. He doesn’t watch it home. When people
express astonishment he ends discussion by saying it’s against his religion.
This is one comeback that always works in America because we are so PC no one
will dare ask: “And what religion is that?”
When at school staff would invite Editor to join them in the Friday
Evening Follies, Editor would say it’s against his religion to drink and dance.
The truth was Editor was not about to spend $20-30, equally, he was not about to
spend 3-4 hours having fun when he could be working. One day a new and bold
young teacher did ask what was the
Editor’s religion. “Seventh Day Adventist”, Editor replied, correctly figuring
bold young thing would know Adventists don’t drink, but not know they having
nothing against dancing and having fun.
But back to the gym. The doctor has
put Editor on an intensive cardio regimen, where he is supposed to get his
heartbeat to average 140 for an hour. He’s been doing the hour religiously, but
the 140 he manages only twice a week as yet. Anyway, the cardio, because it’s
all out, involves a considerable amount of pain – not that the doctor cares. In
case you wonder why Editor listen to doctor, it’s because she’s from India and
terribly cute. Editor is anxious to get her approval; he’s unsure why, it’s not
like he’s going to get a date. Aside from the impropriety, doctor is at least
half Editor’s age, if not younger. Further, no woman who has – er – done the
things a doctor has to do to her patient (we draw a curtain to spare those of
delicate sensibilities) can have the slightest romantic feeling about said
patient. Still further, Indian lady doctors don’t go for partially-employed
school teachers. At the very least it has to be another doctor. And no lady
doctor who has patiently sat there while patient (Editor) blubbers on how he’s
being mistreated by his wife (then wife) and going through boxes of Kleenex, can
have the slightest admiration for
said patient. Women do not have warm feelings toward men who are, to put it
succinctly, total wimps where women are concerned, particularly when those women
are their wives, present or ex.
But back to the cardio. The only way
the Editor gets through the hour is by watching the TV – the weight machines
obviously have no TV, but the cardio machines do. The distraction helps him get
by. Editor watches without sound because he doesn’t want his mind further
degenerated by what passes for popular entertainment. The ads are of precisely
two varieties. You have women making oral love to candy, which makes Editor very
angry and jealous because he wants the candy. Or you have a bunch of people who cannot
dance to save their lives breaking into slow-mo dances because they got a deal
on their tax refund (that’s before they get the notice from the IRS for claiming
improper deductions), or their internet company (that’s before they find the
fantastic low-price they’re getting is only a third of the total bill after the
ad ons), or something equally stupid.
For some reason, at the time Editor
goes to the gym, between 3 and 4:30, his only choices are soaps, CSI/Law and
Order, or something called Burn Notice. What happened to the afternoon cartoons,
or is Editor again fantasizing about a perfect America that never actually
existed? The problem with the soaps – remember, Editor is watching without sound
– is that attractive looking people are constantly either ripping of each
others’ clothes or taking a veeeeeeeeeery looooooong time to die. For the second
category you find yourself shouting “Die! Die! Die!”, which the other gym
members find disturbing for some odd reason. For the first category, you can’t
help thinking “this is soooo unrealistic”.
Editor has been around a long time, and he can assure his readers no
attractive woman has ever ripped off his clothes. Come to think of it, no
unattractive woman has either. And Editor has never gotten close enough to
attractive women to rip off their
clothes. Plus, knowing how PC we are in America, there’s probably a gym rule
requiring guests to not separate women guests from their clothes.
So: CSI/Law and Order. Let the Editor
say that shows about people alternating between looking long and hard at fibers,
with expressions that suggest they have discovered the solution to what’s on the
other side of a black hole, and conducting long, boring, meaningless
interrogations of suspects in sparklingly clean rooms with new furniture and
tastefully painted walls are not particularly gripping. Plus they’re
unrealistic. Everyone knows you get the suspect to confess by giving him the 3rd
degree, or by threatening to frame him for seventeen murders when all he did was
spit on the sidewalk.
That leaves Burn Notice, which Editor
admits he can watch for 30 seconds at go without flinching. (The rest of the
time he has his eyes closed and is praying the exercise machine clock would just
speed up a bit.) There is a minor problem with Burn Notice. The good guys seem
to off acres of bad guys in each show and the police never come around. Everyone
is running around with submachine guns carried openly, no one thinks this is
odd. The hero can outdraw a man holding a gun on him at three meters, the baddie
tastefully crumples while the hero gets a look that says “Cripes, I forgot to
floss in the morning.” The good guys get shot, gassed, run over, drowned, blown
up, but never need to go to hospital. Burn Notice hero treats them at his
mother’s house. Heck, he operates on himself at his mother’s house, while
getting a lecture from her about the need to get a job (we assume this is what
she’s saying, she has that look. The heroine is invariably severely underdressed
– the locale is a beach city and there’s every opportunity taken to work
severely underdressed women into every scene – and acts seductive around the
hero, who however is too sensitive or too cool – or is it too respecting of her?
– to make a move. You do learn he cares deeply about her when she gets shot or
blown up or drowned and his left eye twitches one millimeter. You have to
anticipate that twitch, it happens so quickly, but Editor by now is an expert.
Everyone lives in gorgeous apartments and houses with great art on the wall, and
drives nice cars, bad guys especially. Oh yes, did we mention the homemade
explosives made from scratch using Mom’s favorite blender, boxes of ball
bearings, and kilometers of wire? In one episode heroine is stirring rat poison
into the blender mixture. If these people are so good, why has the CIA not
drafted them? And of course no one’s cell phone ever drops a call.
The real problem is not even the
shows. It’s that as Editor gets used to the exercise (and despite his age he
still gets used to new forms of exercise very quickly) that 140 heartbeat target
becomes harder and harder to meet. Now, of course, if his doctor would rip off
his clothes he might get the heartbeat up. On the other hand, given his age he
might easily assume doctor wants to be tucked into bed and read a bedtime story.
Alas, while Bob Dylan may remain Forever Young, its true tide and time wait for
no man. And neither does the mortgage company.
Oooookaaay, you say, and what does
this have to do with the Global War On Terror? Truthfully, that’s a hard
question to answer. Editor was about to write about the US Army’s proposed
reorganization in view of the coming reductions (just as stupid as every other
reorg), discuss what Nancy Pelosi may have on Newt (she said on CNN/John King
she knows something that will ensure he never becomes Prez), inform you about
the move to break-up Yemen (it should never have been unified), the latest
trouble with South Sudan oil (Sudan and south Sudan cannot agree on the royalty
split), and the SEAL Six rescue of two aid-workers in Somalia, but somehow
Editor got diverted….
0230 GMT January 26, 2012
0230 GMT January 25, 2012
0230 GMT January 24, 2012
0230 GMT January 23, 2012
Further adventures with Microsoft Word
2010. So editor has been spending every available moment the last ten days
formatting and spell-checking the new reference book, and of course, on long,
technical documents you can’t expect the Word 2010 spell-checker to do much. It
is a weak creature at the best of times, with the spelling ability of an
autistic kindergartener, though possibly we insult the intelligence of
kindergarteners. Anyway, when the spell-checker was working on Brazil, it
informed the Editor that a Russian dictionary was not loaded. When asked to
spell check Central and South America, Editor was repeatedly informed that no
Portuguese dictionary was installed. Doing France and the French-speaking
African states got the message that Editor really needed to load the Spanish
(Bolivia) dictionary. Then while doing the English entries, spell-checker again
demanded the Spanish (Bolivia) dictionary. When the Editor refused to comply –
you don’t calm down a crack addict by giving him heroin – spell-checker said for
Spanish entries it really, really needed the Swedish dictionary. And when Editor
was spell-checking Hungary, the program somberly informed him he needed to load
the Slovak dictionary.
One
result of all this, as you have perhaps guessed, is that NO words were getting
spell-check-corrected. Once in a while spell-check would correctly say “armour”
should be spelt “armor”, but then when Editor asked “correct all”, forget
correcting all, it wouldn’t correct the very next spelling of “armour”. This is
just another episode for what passes as normal in the Editor’s existence.
If he could explain some of this to
his students they might stop wondering why, when Editor is walking the corridors
at school, he has a look as if his eyes are tightly focused on a point
10-light-years away. They would stop asking why he’s whacked out. He is not
whacked out. It’s just the minute you put him next to a computer, the computer
gets whacked out. But try convincing
them of that. The kids have such faith in their electronic gadgets that when
their calculator tells them 2 + 2 equals 5, they will argue with Editor when he
says they’ve entered the numbers wrong.
Back to the alleged “real world”,
here’s a short news update (family came unexpectedly for dinner, throwing Editor
behind schedule on work)…
0230 GMT January 22, 2012
Correction: George Romney was head of
American Motors, the Number 4 manufacturer, not General Motors. While our point
about his pay remains valid, we’re surprised readers did not pounce on this
major faux pas of ours. It remained
to a much younger person who corrected us during the course of the conversation.
So maybe we don’t have any old-timers readers of the blog because no one
familiar with American autos during the US’s industrial heyday would have failed
to see our mistake.
0230
GMT January 21, 2012
Reader Tacman’s musing on US carriers
and the current Iran situation
The letters to us are very compressed
because Tacman and Editor are going over familiar ground, to them, anyway.
Nonetheless, its not difficult to figure out what Tacman is saying, and its
instructive. The exchange starts with reader Chris Raggio forwarding a picture
of the attack carriers Lincoln and Stennis together, and asking Tacman if this
signifies the possibility of action against Iran. Below is Tacman’s 2-part
reply, the second building on the first.
Part I
Part II
Editor’s professional opinion
We’re saying “professional opinion”
because this is what we’d say if we were getting paid for our analysis
Neither the United States nor Israel
will at this time make a strike against Iran. But if Iran should make a mistake
due to the enormous amount of economic, diplomatic, and military pressure that
is being imposed on it, neither US or Israel will hesitate to attack. Is Us
working to provoke a rash Iranian action, justifying retaliation. Yes and no,
Yes in that some people are definitely hoping for a reaction. No because others
really do believe – wrongly in our opinion – that Iran can be brought to the
negotiating table. This is an example of people with diverse final objectives
agreeing on a strategy that serves their different purposes.
For this analysis, which needs no more
than the 110 words used, you are paying nothing because you put up with the
Editor’s daily whining and moaning. But as we speak, services who do this for a
living are charging from hundreds of dollars to tens of thousands of dollars to
their clients while saying precisely nothing in a thousand to ten thousand
words.
0230 GMT January 20, 2012
Folks, just to warn you: college is
starting next week and your faithful editor will not have as much time to update
till semester end last week of April. (yes, yes, we can hear some of our readers
saying “that is supposed to be bad news?”)
0230 GMT January 19, 2012
0230 GMT January 18, 2012
0230 GMT January 17, 2012
0230 GMT January 16, 2012
Flash: Orbat.com has discovered that
Mr. Newt Gingrich is a British Monarchist! As evidence, we present you the
single fact that he speaks English. English, as we all know, is the language of
England. And England is the country we revolted against a few years ago. What
does this suggest? Yes, that Newt is an agent of Her Majesty Elizabeth II. Good
Queen Liz, you may recall, belongs to the House of Windsor. What you may not
recall, the House of Windsor is actually a euphemism for the House of Hanover.
During World War I, when the Brits and the Germans were having it out, the royal
family thought it politically expedient to play down their German roots and take
a name that is as English as spanking. (Goodness! Can’t believe we said that!
And this a family blog too!) Orbat.com does not need to point out that it was
King George III of Hanover who America rebelled against. And he spoke English as
his first language! What further proof do we need The Newt’s perfidy, this
serpent America nurtured at its bosom (or should that be bosoms? Editor can
never get this right). What is worse, The Newt apparently did his doctoral
thesis on “Belgian Education Policy in the Congo 1945-1960.” In Belgium
they…they…they…sorry, having a hard time getting this out…they speak
French and they eat
cheese. L'horreur! L'horreur!” (Thank
you, Google Translate). And France, as we all know, is the home of the Marquis
de Sade, and we all known (or should have known) about him and spanking! It
follows without any doubt that if Newt becomes US Prez, we will see the
restoration of the British monarchy – after all, technically we are still in
rebellion – and the installation of Newt as George VII, we will be forced to
speak French and eat cheese. As for the spanking – please people, why this
sudden prurience on the part of our readers? Don’t we have enough serious things
to discuss?
0230 GMT January 15, 2012
So here it is Saturday again, and your
Editor is spending the evening as he does every evening, at his computer, today slowly going blind trying to proof
Complete World Armies 2012. Adobe Acrobat, which at times functions like Adobe
Dingbat, is famous for displaying your converted document exactly as it is. That
is the point, of course. So Editor’s Acrobat X has decided to show dashed
underlines as if they are in bold. Acrobat has apparently taken what the
Americans euphemistically call an “Executive Decision” that the Editor needs
bolded dashed underlines, which makes the heads treated thus stand out more than
the headings with double- and single-underlining. Which is precisely NOT the
point of underlining, a 3rd level underline should look like 3rd
level, not 1st level. But the Dingbat apparently doesn’t agree.
0230 GMT January 14, 2012
0230 GMT January 13, 2012
0230 GMT January 12, 2012
0230 GMT January 11, 2012
0230 GMT January 10, 2012
0230 GMT January 9, 2012
So finally Editor gave in called
Computer Geeks to take a look at his computer, which had been acting so badly he
was losing 2-4 hours of productivity every day. $95 and five minutes later,
Editor was reminded of the old joke about the heating mechanic who arrives at
the house, makes one “ting” with his hammer and informs the owner the problem is
fixed and the charge is $150. Owner
says “A hundred and fifty dollars for one ting?” The mechanic says: “The ting
was free. Knowing where to ting costs $150”.
The Computer Geek whipped out a CD, put it in the CD drive, watched the
screen intently for a couple of minutes, pressed a couple of keys, and said
“you’re good to go.” The diagnostic CD told him McAfee was gumming up the entire
works, he deleted McAfee. He also said what some of our readers have said, as
also the youngster: McAfee and other programs are junk, just use the Windows
free anti-virus. Well, to us old timers the words “Windows anti-virus” are an
oxymoron, but apparently Microsoft has finally gotten its act together. Which
does not explain why Word 2010 insists of periodically reformatting stretches of
the Editor’s long documents…Be that as it may, the problem is now fixed. Of
course, Expressions 4 which Editor is supposed to use since the crash wiped out
his programs and FrontPage is no longer made, just sort of sits there and does
nothing, forcing Editor to use Word for the news update and resulting it another
productivity loss. The only satisfaction is that Bill “Pieface” Gates, or “Moron
Smile” as he is affectionately called in sixty-eight languages (none of which he
understands), is no longer the world’s richest person. Partly that is due to his
giving away large sums to his foundation, but partly because Slim of Mexico just
keeps getting richer.
0230 GMT January 8, 2012
0230 GMT January 7, 2012
0230 GMT January 6, 2012
0230 GMT January 5, 2012
Lot of small stuff happening that may
or may not be significant
0230 GMT January 4, 2012
Short update tonight, computer
problems galore. Adobe getting in everyone’s beeswax and creating problems.
McAfee hasn’t apparently updated itself or done a proper scan in a year – it was
a Super Bug that cause Editor’s computer crash after Thanksgiving and the loss
of a ton of files plus the money to get a new computer. Microsoft Word decides
to go on strike, crashing the computer every time an Office program is open.
Internet Explorer crashing every 20-minutes for the last several weeks. PayPal
creating problems – but then when does PayPal not create problems.
0230 GMT January 3, 2012
0230 GMT January 2, 2012
0230 GMT January 1, 2012
Don’t Negotiate With Iran
The rest of the news